Essential-of-Compilation/book.tex

\documentclass[7x10]{TimesAPriori_MIT}%%7x10

% TODO:
% move binary subtraction from Lif to Lint

\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}
%% \usepackage{setspace}
%% \doublespacing
\usepackage{listings}
\usepackage{verbatim}
\usepackage{amssymb}
\usepackage{lmodern} % better typewriter font for code
%\usepackage{wrapfig}
\usepackage{multirow}
\usepackage{tcolorbox}
\usepackage{color}
%\usepackage{ifthen}
\usepackage{upquote}
\usepackage[all]{xy}
\usepackage{url}

\definecolor{lightgray}{gray}{1}
\newcommand{\black}[1]{{\color{black} #1}}
%\newcommand{\gray}[1]{{\color{lightgray} #1}}
\newcommand{\gray}[1]{{\color{gray} #1}}

\def\racketEd{0}
\def\pythonEd{1}
\def\edition{1}

% material that is specific to the Racket edition of the book
\newcommand{\racket}[1]{{\if\edition\racketEd{#1}\fi}}
% would like a command for: \if\edition\racketEd\color{olive}
% and : \fi\color{black}

% material that is specific to the Python edition of the book
\newcommand{\python}[1]{{\if\edition\pythonEd #1\fi}}

%% For multiple indices:
%\usepackage{multind}  moved this to the file TimesAPriori_MIT.cls. -Jeremy
\makeindex{subject}
%\makeindex{authors}

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\if\edition\racketEd
\lstset{%
language=Lisp,
basicstyle=\ttfamily\small,
morekeywords={lambda,match,goto,if,else,then,struct,Integer,Boolean,Vector,Void,Any,while,begin,define,public,override,class},
deletekeywords={read,mapping,vector},
escapechar=|,
columns=flexible,
%moredelim=[is][\color{red}]{~}{~},
showstringspaces=false
}
\fi
\if\edition\pythonEd
\lstset{%
language=Python,
basicstyle=\ttfamily\small,
morekeywords={match,case,bool,int,let},
deletekeywords={},
escapechar=|,
columns=flexible,
%moredelim=[is][\color{red}]{~}{~},
showstringspaces=false
}
\fi


%%% Any shortcut own defined macros place here
%% sample of author macro:
\input{defs}

\newtheorem{exercise}[theorem]{Exercise}
\numberwithin{theorem}{chapter}
\numberwithin{definition}{chapter}
\numberwithin{equation}{chapter}

% Adjusted settings
\setlength{\columnsep}{4pt}
%% \begingroup
%% \setlength{\intextsep}{0pt}%
%% \setlength{\columnsep}{0pt}%
%% \begin{wrapfigure}{r}{0.5\textwidth}
%%   \centering\includegraphics[width=\linewidth]{example-image-a}
%%   \caption{Basic layout}
%% \end{wrapfigure}
%% \lipsum[1]
%% \endgroup

\newbox\oiintbox
\setbox\oiintbox=\hbox{$\lower2pt\hbox{\huge$\displaystyle\circ$}
\hskip-13pt\displaystyle\int\hskip-7pt\int_{S}\ $}
\def\oiint{\copy\oiintbox}

\def\boldnabla{\hbox{\boldmath$\displaystyle\nabla$}}

%\usepackage{showframe}
\def\ShowFrameLinethickness{0.125pt}

\addbibresource{book.bib}
\if\edition\pythonEd
\addbibresource{python.bib}
\fi

\begin{document}


\frontmatter

%\HalfTitle{Essentials of Compilation \\ An Incremental Approach in \python{Python}\racket{Racket}}
\HalfTitle{Essentials of Compilation}


\halftitlepage

\clearemptydoublepage

\Title{Essentials of Compilation}

\Booksubtitle{An Incremental Approach in \python{Python}\racket{Racket}}

%\edition{First Edition}

\BookAuthor{Jeremy G. Siek}

\imprint{The MIT Press\\
Cambridge, Massachusetts\\
London, England}

\begin{copyrightpage}
  \textcopyright\ 2023 Massachusetts Institute of Technology \\[2ex]
  This work is subject to a Creative Commons CC-BY-ND-NC license. \\[2ex]
  Subject to such license, all rights are reserved. \\[2ex]
  \includegraphics{CCBY-logo}

The MIT Press would like to thank the anonymous peer reviewers who
provided comments on drafts of this book. The generous work of
academic experts is essential for establishing the authority and
quality of our publications. We acknowledge with gratitude the
contributions of these otherwise uncredited readers.

This book was set in Times LT Std Roman by the author. Printed and
bound in the United States of America.

Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data is available.

ISBN:

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

  %% Jeremy G. Siek.  Available for free viewing
  %% or personal downloading under the
  %% \href{https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/2.0/uk/}{CC-BY-NC-ND}
  %% license.
  
  %% Copyright in this monograph has been licensed exclusively to The MIT
  %% Press, \url{http://mitpress.mit.edu}, which will be releasing the final
  %% version to the public in 2022. All inquiries regarding rights should
  %% be addressed to The MIT Press, Rights and Permissions Department.

%% \textcopyright\ [YEAR] Massachusetts Institute of Technology

%% All rights reserved. No part of this book may be reproduced in any
%% form by any electronic or mechanical means (including photocopying,
%% recording, or information storage and retrieval) without permission in
%% writing from the publisher.

%% This book was set in LaTeX by Jeremy G. Siek. Printed and bound in the
%% United States of America.

%% Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data is available.

%% ISBN:

%% 10\quad9\quad8\quad7\quad6\quad5\quad4\quad3\quad2\quad1
\end{copyrightpage}

\dedication{This book is dedicated to Katie, my partner in everything,
  my children, who grew up during the writing of this book, and the
  programming language students at Indiana University, whose
  thoughtful questions made this a better book.}

%% \begin{epigraphpage}
%% \epigraph{First Epigraph line goes here}{Mention author name if any,
%% \textit{Book Name if any}}

%% \epigraph{Second Epigraph line goes here}{Mention author name if any}
%% \end{epigraphpage}

\tableofcontents

%\listoffigures

%\listoftables


%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\chapter*{Preface}
\addcontentsline{toc}{fmbm}{Preface}

There is a magical moment when a programmer presses the run button
and the software begins to execute. Somehow a program written in a
high-level language is running on a computer that is capable only of
shuffling bits. Here we reveal the wizardry that makes that moment
possible. Beginning with the groundbreaking work of Backus and
colleagues in the 1950s, computer scientists developed techniques for
constructing programs called \emph{compilers} that automatically
translate high-level programs into machine code.

We take you on a journey through constructing your own compiler for a
small but powerful language. Along the way we explain the essential
concepts, algorithms, and data structures that underlie compilers. We
develop your understanding of how programs are mapped onto computer
hardware, which is helpful in reasoning about properties at the
junction of hardware and software, such as execution time, software
errors, and security vulnerabilities.  For those interested in
pursuing compiler construction as a career, our goal is to provide a
stepping-stone to advanced topics such as just-in-time compilation,
program analysis, and program optimization.  For those interested in
designing and implementing programming languages, we connect language
design choices to their impact on the compiler and the generated code.

A compiler is typically organized as a sequence of stages that
progressively translate a program to the code that runs on
hardware. We take this approach to the extreme by partitioning our
compiler into a large number of \emph{nanopasses}, each of which
performs a single task. This enables the testing of each pass in
isolation and focuses our attention, making the compiler far easier to
understand.

The most familiar approach to describing compilers is to dedicate each
chapter to one pass. The problem with that approach is that it
obfuscates how language features motivate design choices in a
compiler. We instead take an \emph{incremental} approach in which we
build a complete compiler in each chapter, starting with a small input
language that includes only arithmetic and variables. We add new
language features in subsequent chapters, extending the compiler as
necessary.

Our choice of language features is designed to elicit fundamental
concepts and algorithms used in compilers.
\begin{itemize}
\item We begin with integer arithmetic and local variables in
  Chapters~\ref{ch:trees-recur} and \ref{ch:Lvar}, where we introduce
  the fundamental tools of compiler construction: \emph{abstract
    syntax trees} and \emph{recursive functions}. 
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\item In Chapter~\ref{ch:parsing} we learn how to use the Lark
  parser framework to create a parser for the language of integer
  arithmetic and local variables. We learn about the parsing
  algorithms inside Lark, including Earley and LALR(1).
%
\fi}
\item In Chapter~\ref{ch:register-allocation-Lvar} we apply
  \emph{graph coloring} to assign variables to machine registers.
\item Chapter~\ref{ch:Lif} adds conditional expressions, which
  motivates an elegant recursive algorithm for translating them into
  conditional \code{goto} statements.
\item Chapter~\ref{ch:Lwhile} adds loops\racket{ and mutable
  variables}. This elicits the need for \emph{dataflow
    analysis} in the register allocator.
\item Chapter~\ref{ch:Lvec} adds heap-allocated tuples, motivating
  \emph{garbage collection}.
\item Chapter~\ref{ch:Lfun} adds functions as first-class values 
  without lexical scoping, similar to functions in the C programming
  language~\citep{Kernighan:1988nx}. The reader learns about the
  procedure call stack and \emph{calling conventions} and how they interact
  with register allocation and garbage collection. The chapter also
  describes how to generate efficient tail calls.
\item Chapter~\ref{ch:Llambda} adds anonymous functions with lexical
  scoping, that is, \emph{lambda} expressions. The reader learns about
  \emph{closure conversion}, in which lambdas are translated into a
  combination of functions and tuples.
% Chapter about classes and objects?  
\item Chapter~\ref{ch:Ldyn} adds \emph{dynamic typing}. Prior to this
  point the input languages are statically typed.  The reader extends
  the statically typed language with an \code{Any} type that serves
  as a target for compiling the dynamically typed language.
%% {\if\edition\pythonEd
%% \item Chapter~\ref{ch:Lobject} adds support for \emph{objects} and
%%   \emph{classes}.
%% \fi}
\item Chapter~\ref{ch:Lgrad} uses the \code{Any} type introduced in
  Chapter~\ref{ch:Ldyn} to implement a \emph{gradually typed language}
  in which different regions of a program may be static or dynamically
  typed. The reader implements runtime support for \emph{proxies} that
  allow values to safely move between regions.
\item Chapter~\ref{ch:Lpoly} adds \emph{generics} with autoboxing,
  leveraging the \code{Any} type and type casts developed in chapters
  \ref{ch:Ldyn} and \ref{ch:Lgrad}.
\end{itemize}
There are many language features that we do not include. Our choices
balance the incidental complexity of a feature versus the fundamental
concepts that it exposes. For example, we include tuples and not
records because although they both elicit the study of heap allocation and
garbage collection, records come with more incidental complexity.

Since 2009, drafts of this book have served as the textbook for
sixteen week compiler courses for upper-level undergraduates and
first-year graduate students at the University of Colorado and Indiana
University.
%
Students come into the course having learned the basics of
programming, data structures and algorithms, and discrete
mathematics.
%
At the beginning of the course, students form groups of two to four
people.  The groups complete approximately one chapter every two
weeks, starting with chapter~\ref{ch:Lvar} and including chapters
according to the students interests while respecting the dependencies
between chapters shown in
Figure~\ref{fig:chapter-dependences}. Chapter~\ref{ch:Lfun}
(functions) depends on chapter~\ref{ch:Lvec} (tuples) only in the
implementation of efficient tail calls.
%
The last two weeks of the course involve a final project in which
students design and implement a compiler extension of their choosing.
The last few chapters can be used in support of these projects.  Many
chapters include a challenge problem that we assign to the graduate
students. For compiler courses at universities on the quarter system
(about ten weeks in length), we recommend completing the course
through chapter~\ref{ch:Lvec} or chapter~\ref{ch:Lfun} and providing
some scaffolding code to the students for each compiler pass.
%
The course can be adapted to emphasize functional languages by
skipping chapter~\ref{ch:Lwhile} (loops) and including
chapter~\ref{ch:Llambda} (lambda). The course can be adapted to
dynamically typed languages by including chapter~\ref{ch:Ldyn}.
%
%% \python{A course that emphasizes object-oriented languages would
%%   include Chapter~\ref{ch:Lobject}.}

This book has been used in compiler courses at California Polytechnic
State University, Portland State University, Rose–Hulman Institute of
Technology, University of Freiburg, University of Massachusetts
Lowell, and the University of Vermont.

\begin{figure}[tp]
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
  {\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{tikzpicture}[baseline=(current  bounding  box.center)]
  \node (C1) at (0,1.5) {\small Ch.~\ref{ch:trees-recur} Preliminaries};
  \node (C2) at (4,1.5) {\small Ch.~\ref{ch:Lvar} Variables};
  \node (C3) at (8,1.5) {\small Ch.~\ref{ch:register-allocation-Lvar} Registers};
  \node (C4) at (0,0) {\small Ch.~\ref{ch:Lif} Conditionals};
  \node (C5) at (4,0) {\small Ch.~\ref{ch:Lvec} Tuples};
  \node (C6) at (8,0) {\small Ch.~\ref{ch:Lfun} Functions};
  \node (C9) at (0,-1.5) {\small Ch.~\ref{ch:Lwhile} Loops};
  \node (C8) at (4,-1.5) {\small Ch.~\ref{ch:Ldyn} Dynamic};
  \node (C7) at (8,-1.5) {\small Ch.~\ref{ch:Llambda} Lambda};
  \node (C10) at (4,-3) {\small Ch.~\ref{ch:Lgrad} Gradual Typing};
  \node (C11) at (8,-3) {\small Ch.~\ref{ch:Lpoly} Generics};

  \path[->] (C1) edge [above] node {} (C2);
  \path[->] (C2) edge [above] node {} (C3);
  \path[->] (C3) edge [above] node {} (C4);
  \path[->] (C4) edge [above] node {} (C5);
  \path[->,style=dotted] (C5) edge [above] node {} (C6);
  \path[->] (C5) edge [above] node {} (C7);
  \path[->] (C6) edge [above] node {} (C7);
  \path[->] (C4) edge [above] node {} (C8);
  \path[->] (C4) edge [above] node {} (C9);
  \path[->] (C7) edge [above] node {} (C10);
  \path[->] (C8) edge [above] node {} (C10);
  \path[->] (C10) edge [above] node {} (C11);
\end{tikzpicture}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{tikzpicture}[baseline=(current  bounding  box.center)]
  \node (Prelim) at (0,1.5) {\small Ch.~\ref{ch:trees-recur} Preliminaries};
  \node (Var) at (4,1.5) {\small Ch.~\ref{ch:Lvar} Variables};
  \node (Parse) at (8,1.5) {\small Ch.~\ref{ch:parsing} Parsing};
  \node (Reg) at (0,0) {\small Ch.~\ref{ch:register-allocation-Lvar} Registers};
  \node (Cond) at (4,0) {\small Ch.~\ref{ch:Lif} Conditionals};
  \node (Loop) at (8,0) {\small Ch.~\ref{ch:Lwhile} Loops};
  \node (Fun) at (0,-1.5) {\small Ch.~\ref{ch:Lfun} Functions};
  \node (Tuple) at (4,-1.5) {\small Ch.~\ref{ch:Lvec} Tuples};
  \node (Dyn) at (8,-1.5) {\small Ch.~\ref{ch:Ldyn} Dynamic};
%  \node (CO) at (0,-3) {\small Ch.~\ref{ch:Lobject} Objects};
  \node (Lam) at (0,-3) {\small Ch.~\ref{ch:Llambda} Lambda};
  \node (Gradual) at (4,-3) {\small Ch.~\ref{ch:Lgrad} Gradual Typing};
  \node (Generic) at (8,-3) {\small Ch.~\ref{ch:Lpoly} Generics};

  \path[->] (Prelim) edge [above] node {} (Var);
  \path[->] (Var) edge [above] node {} (Reg);
  \path[->] (Var) edge [above] node {} (Parse);
  \path[->] (Reg) edge [above] node {} (Cond);
  \path[->] (Cond) edge [above] node {} (Tuple);
  \path[->,style=dotted] (Tuple) edge [above] node {} (Fun);
  \path[->] (Cond) edge [above] node {} (Fun);
  \path[->] (Tuple) edge [above] node {} (Lam);
  \path[->] (Fun) edge [above] node {} (Lam);
  \path[->] (Cond) edge [above] node {} (Dyn);
  \path[->] (Cond) edge [above] node {} (Loop);
  \path[->] (Lam) edge [above] node {} (Gradual);
  \path[->] (Dyn) edge [above] node {} (Gradual);
%  \path[->] (Dyn) edge [above] node {} (CO);
  \path[->] (Gradual) edge [above] node {} (Generic);
\end{tikzpicture}
\fi}
\end{tcolorbox}
\caption{Diagram of chapter dependencies.}
\label{fig:chapter-dependences}
\end{figure}

\racket{
We use the \href{https://racket-lang.org/}{Racket} language both for
the implementation of the compiler and for the input language, so the
reader should be proficient with Racket or Scheme. There are many
excellent resources for learning Scheme and
Racket~\citep{Dybvig:1987aa,Abelson:1996uq,Friedman:1996aa,Felleisen:2001aa,Felleisen:2013aa,Flatt:2014aa}.
}
\python{
  This edition of the book uses \href{https://www.python.org/}{Python}
  both for the implementation of the compiler and for the input language, so the
reader should be proficient with Python. There are many
excellent resources for learning Python~\citep{Lutz:2013vp,Barry:2016vj,Sweigart:2019vn,Matthes:2019vs}.
}
The support code for this book is in the GitHub repository at
the following location:
\begin{center}\small\texttt
  https://github.com/IUCompilerCourse/
\end{center}

The compiler targets x86 assembly language~\citep{Intel:2015aa}, so it
is helpful but not necessary for the reader to have taken a computer
systems course~\citep{Bryant:2010aa}. We introduce the parts of x86-64
assembly language that are needed in the compiler.
%
We follow the System V calling
conventions~\citep{Bryant:2005aa,Matz:2013aa}, so the assembly code
that we generate works with the runtime system (written in C) when it
is compiled using the GNU C compiler (\code{gcc}) on Linux and MacOS
operating systems on Intel hardware.
%
On the Windows operating system, \code{gcc} uses the Microsoft x64
calling convention~\citep{Microsoft:2018aa,Microsoft:2020aa}. So the
assembly code that we generate does \emph{not} work with the runtime
system on Windows. One workaround is to use a virtual machine with
Linux as the guest operating system.

\section*{Acknowledgments}

The tradition of compiler construction at Indiana University goes back
to research and courses on programming languages by Daniel Friedman in
the 1970s and 1980s.  One of his students, Kent Dybvig, implemented
Chez Scheme~\citep{Dybvig:2006aa}, an efficient, production-quality
compiler for Scheme.  Throughout the 1990s and 2000s, Dybvig taught
the compiler course and continued the development of Chez Scheme.
%
The compiler course evolved to incorporate novel pedagogical ideas
while also including elements of real-world compilers.  One of
Friedman's ideas was to split the compiler into many small
passes. Another idea, called ``the game,'' was to test the code
generated by each pass using interpreters.

Dybvig, with help from his students Dipanwita Sarkar and Andrew Keep,
developed infrastructure to support this approach and evolved the
course to use even smaller
nanopasses~\citep{Sarkar:2004fk,Keep:2012aa}.  Many of the compiler
design decisions in this book are inspired by the assignment
descriptions of \citet{Dybvig:2010aa}. In the mid 2000s, a student of
Dybvig named Abdulaziz Ghuloum observed that the front-to-back
organization of the course made it difficult for students to
understand the rationale for the compiler design. Ghuloum proposed the
incremental approach~\citep{Ghuloum:2006bh} on which this book is
based.

We thank the many students who served as teaching assistants for the
compiler course at IU, including Carl Factora, Ryan Scott, Cameron
Swords, and Chris Wailes. We thank Andre Kuhlenschmidt for work on the
garbage collector and x86 interpreter, Michael Vollmer for work on
efficient tail calls, and Michael Vitousek for help with the first
offering of the incremental compiler course at IU.

We thank professors Bor-Yuh Chang, John Clements, Jay McCarthy, Joseph
Near, Ryan Newton, Nate Nystrom, Peter Thiemann, Andrew Tolmach, and
Michael Wollowski for teaching courses based on drafts of this book
and for their feedback. We thank the National Science Foundation for
the grants that helped to support this work: Grant Numbers 1518844,
1763922, and 1814460.

We thank Ronald Garcia for helping Jeremy survive Dybvig's compiler
course in the early 2000s and especially for finding the bug that
sent our garbage collector on a wild goose chase!

\mbox{}\\
\noindent Jeremy G. Siek \\
Bloomington, Indiana

\mainmatter

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\chapter{Preliminaries}
\label{ch:trees-recur}
\setcounter{footnote}{0}

In this chapter we review the basic tools needed to implement a
compiler. Programs are typically input by a programmer as text, that
is, a sequence of characters. The program-as-text representation is
called \emph{concrete syntax}. We use concrete syntax to concisely
write down and talk about programs. Inside the compiler, we use
\emph{abstract syntax trees} (ASTs) to represent programs in a way
that efficiently supports the operations that the compiler needs to
perform.\index{subject}{concrete syntax}\index{subject}{abstract
  syntax}\index{subject}{abstract syntax
  tree}\index{subject}{AST}\index{subject}{program}\index{subject}{parse}
The process of translating from concrete syntax to abstract syntax is
called \emph{parsing}\python{ and is studied in
  chapter~\ref{ch:parsing}}.
\racket{This book does not cover the theory and implementation of parsing.
  We refer the readers interested in parsing to the thorough treatment
  of parsing by \citet{Aho:2006wb}.}%
%
\racket{A parser is provided in the support code for translating from
  concrete to abstract syntax.}%
%
\python{For now we use Python's \code{ast} module to translate from concrete
  to abstract syntax.}

ASTs can be represented inside the compiler in many different ways,
depending on the programming language used to write the compiler.
%
\racket{We use Racket's
\href{https://docs.racket-lang.org/guide/define-struct.html}{\code{struct}}
feature to represent ASTs (section~\ref{sec:ast}).}
%
\python{We use Python classes and objects to represent ASTs, especially the
  classes defined in the standard \code{ast} module for the Python
  source language.}
%
We use grammars to define the abstract syntax of programming languages
(section~\ref{sec:grammar}) and pattern matching to inspect individual
nodes in an AST (section~\ref{sec:pattern-matching}).  We use
recursive functions to construct and deconstruct ASTs
(section~\ref{sec:recursion}).  This chapter provides a brief
introduction to these components.
\racket{\index{subject}{struct}}
\python{\index{subject}{class}\index{subject}{object}}

\section{Abstract Syntax Trees}
\label{sec:ast}

Compilers use abstract syntax trees to represent programs because they
often need to ask questions such as, for a given part of a program,
what kind of language feature is it? What are its subparts? Consider
the program on the left and the diagram of its AST on the
right~\eqref{eq:arith-prog}. This program is an addition operation
that has two subparts, a \racket{read}\python{input} operation and a
negation. The negation has another subpart, the integer constant
\code{8}. By using a tree to represent the program, we can easily
follow the links to go from one part of a program to its subparts.
\begin{center}
\begin{minipage}{0.4\textwidth}
\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{lstlisting}
(+ (read) (- 8))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi
\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
input_int() + -8
\end{lstlisting}
\fi
\end{minipage}
\begin{minipage}{0.4\textwidth}
\begin{equation}
\begin{tikzpicture}
 \node[draw] (plus)  at (0 ,  0) {\key{+}};
 \node[draw] (read)  at (-1, -1) {{\if\edition\racketEd\footnotesize\key{read}\fi\if\edition\pythonEd\key{input\_int()}\fi}};
 \node[draw] (minus) at (1 , -1) {$\key{-}$};
 \node[draw] (8)     at (1 , -2) {\key{8}};

 \draw[->] (plus) to (read);
 \draw[->] (plus) to (minus);
 \draw[->] (minus) to (8);
\end{tikzpicture}
\label{eq:arith-prog}
\end{equation}
\end{minipage}
\end{center}
We use the standard terminology for trees to describe ASTs: each
rectangle above is called a \emph{node}. The arrows connect a node to its
\emph{children}, which are also nodes. The top-most node is the
\emph{root}.  Every node except for the root has a \emph{parent} (the
node of which it is the child). If a node has no children, it is a
\emph{leaf} node; otherwise it is an \emph{internal} node.
\index{subject}{node}
\index{subject}{children}
\index{subject}{root}
\index{subject}{parent}
\index{subject}{leaf}
\index{subject}{internal node}

%% Recall that an \emph{symbolic expression} (S-expression) is either
%% \begin{enumerate}
%% \item an atom, or
%% \item a pair of two S-expressions, written $(e_1 \key{.} e_2)$,
%%     where $e_1$ and $e_2$ are each an S-expression.
%% \end{enumerate}
%% An \emph{atom} can be a symbol, such as \code{`hello}, a number, the
%% null value \code{'()}, etc.  We can create an S-expression in Racket
%% simply by writing a backquote (called a quasi-quote in Racket)
%% followed by the textual representation of the S-expression.  It is
%% quite common to use S-expressions to represent a list, such as $a, b
%% ,c$ in the following way:
%% \begin{lstlisting}
%% `(a . (b . (c . ())))
%% \end{lstlisting}
%% Each element of the list is in the first slot of a pair, and the
%% second slot is either the rest of the list or the null value, to mark
%% the end of the list. Such lists are so common that Racket provides
%% special notation for them that removes the need for the periods
%% and so many parenthesis:
%% \begin{lstlisting}
%% `(a b c)
%% \end{lstlisting}
%% The following expression creates an S-expression that represents AST
%% \eqref{eq:arith-prog}.
%% \begin{lstlisting}
%% `(+ (read) (- 8))
%% \end{lstlisting}
%% When using S-expressions to represent ASTs, the convention is to
%% represent each AST node as a list and to put the operation symbol at
%% the front of the list. The rest of the list contains the children.  So
%% in the above case, the root AST node has operation \code{`+} and its
%% two children are \code{`(read)} and \code{`(- 8)}, just as in the
%% diagram \eqref{eq:arith-prog}.

%% To build larger S-expressions one often needs to splice together
%% several smaller S-expressions. Racket provides the comma operator to
%% splice an S-expression into a larger one. For example, instead of
%% creating the S-expression for AST \eqref{eq:arith-prog} all at once,
%% we could have first created an S-expression for AST
%% \eqref{eq:arith-neg8} and then spliced that into the addition
%% S-expression.
%% \begin{lstlisting}
%% (define ast1.4 `(- 8))
%% (define ast1_1 `(+ (read) ,ast1.4))
%% \end{lstlisting}
%% In general, the Racket expression that follows the comma (splice)
%% can be any expression that produces an S-expression.

{\if\edition\racketEd
We define a Racket \code{struct} for each kind of node.  For this
chapter we require just two kinds of nodes: one for integer constants
and one for primitive operations.  The following is the \code{struct}
definition for integer constants.\footnote{All the AST structures are
defined in the file \code{utilities.rkt} in the support code.}
\begin{lstlisting}
(struct Int (value))
\end{lstlisting}
An integer node contains just one thing: the integer value.
We establish the convention that \code{struct} names, such
as \code{Int}, are capitalized.
To create an AST node for the integer $8$, we write \INT{8}.
\begin{lstlisting}
(define eight (Int 8))
\end{lstlisting}
We say that the value created by \INT{8} is an
\emph{instance} of the
\code{Int} structure.

The following is the \code{struct} definition for primitive operations.
\begin{lstlisting}
(struct Prim (op args))
\end{lstlisting}
A primitive operation node includes an operator symbol \code{op} and a
list of child arguments called \code{args}. For example, to create an
AST that negates the number $8$, we write the following.
\begin{lstlisting}
(define neg-eight (Prim '- (list eight)))
\end{lstlisting}
Primitive operations may have zero or more children. The \code{read}
operator has zero:
\begin{lstlisting}
(define rd (Prim 'read '()))
\end{lstlisting}
The addition operator has two children:
\begin{lstlisting}
(define ast1_1 (Prim '+ (list rd neg-eight)))
\end{lstlisting}

We have made a design choice regarding the \code{Prim} structure.
Instead of using one structure for many different operations
(\code{read}, \code{+}, and \code{-}), we could have instead defined a
structure for each operation, as follows:
\begin{lstlisting}
(struct Read ())
(struct Add (left right))
(struct Neg (value))
\end{lstlisting}
The reason that we choose to use just one structure is that many parts
of the compiler can use the same code for the different primitive
operators, so we might as well just write that code once by using a
single structure.
%
\fi}

{\if\edition\pythonEd
We use a Python \code{class} for each kind of node.
The following is the class definition for
constants from the Python \code{ast} module.
\begin{lstlisting}
class Constant:
    def __init__(self, value):
        self.value = value
\end{lstlisting}
An integer constant node includes just one thing: the integer value.
To create an AST node for the integer $8$, we write \INT{8}.
\begin{lstlisting}
eight = Constant(8)
\end{lstlisting}
We say that the value created by \INT{8} is an
\emph{instance} of the \code{Constant} class.

The following is the class definition for unary operators.
\begin{lstlisting}
class UnaryOp:
    def __init__(self, op, operand):
        self.op = op
        self.operand = operand
\end{lstlisting}
The specific operation is specified by the \code{op} parameter.  For
example, the class \code{USub} is for unary subtraction.
(More unary operators are introduced in later chapters.) To create an AST that
negates the number $8$, we write the following.
\begin{lstlisting}
neg_eight = UnaryOp(USub(), eight)
\end{lstlisting}

The call to the \code{input\_int} function is represented by the
\code{Call} and \code{Name} classes.
\begin{lstlisting}
class Call:
    def __init__(self, func, args):
        self.func = func
        self.args = args

class Name:
    def __init__(self, id):        
        self.id = id
\end{lstlisting}
To create an AST node that calls \code{input\_int}, we write
\begin{lstlisting}
read = Call(Name('input_int'), [])
\end{lstlisting}

Finally, to represent the addition in \eqref{eq:arith-prog}, we use
the \code{BinOp} class for binary operators.
\begin{lstlisting}
class BinOp:
    def __init__(self, left, op, right):
        self.op = op
        self.left = left
        self.right = right
\end{lstlisting}
Similar to \code{UnaryOp}, the specific operation is specified by the
\code{op} parameter, which for now is just an instance of the
\code{Add} class. So to create the AST
node that adds negative eight to some user input, we write the following.
\begin{lstlisting}
ast1_1 = BinOp(read, Add(), neg_eight)
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}

To compile a program such as \eqref{eq:arith-prog}, we need to know
that the operation associated with the root node is addition and we
need to be able to access its two
children. \racket{Racket}\python{Python} provides pattern matching to
support these kinds of queries, as we see in
section~\ref{sec:pattern-matching}.

We often write down the concrete syntax of a program even when we
actually have in mind the AST, because the concrete syntax is more
concise.  We recommend that you always think of programs as abstract
syntax trees.

\section{Grammars}
\label{sec:grammar}
\index{subject}{integer}
\index{subject}{literal}
%\index{subject}{constant}

A programming language can be thought of as a \emph{set} of programs.
The set is infinite (that is, one can always create larger programs),
so one cannot simply describe a language by listing all the
programs in the language. Instead we write down a set of rules, a
\emph{context-free grammar}, for building programs. Grammars are often used to
define the concrete syntax of a language, but they can also be used to
describe the abstract syntax. We write our rules in a variant of
Backus-Naur form (BNF)~\citep{Backus:1960aa,Knuth:1964aa}.
\index{subject}{Backus-Naur form}\index{subject}{BNF} As an example,
we describe a small language, named \LangInt{}, that consists of
integers and arithmetic operations.\index{subject}{grammar}
\index{subject}{context-free grammar}

The first grammar rule for the abstract syntax of \LangInt{} says that an
instance of the \racket{\code{Int} structure}\python{\code{Constant} class} is an expression:
\begin{equation}
\Exp ::= \INT{\Int}  \label{eq:arith-int}
\end{equation}
%
Each rule has a left-hand side and a right-hand side.
If you have an AST node that matches the
right-hand side, then you can categorize it according to the
left-hand side.
%
Symbols in typewriter font, such as \racket{\code{Int}}\python{\code{Constant}},
are \emph{terminal} symbols and must literally appear in the program for the
rule to be applicable.\index{subject}{terminal}
%
Our grammars do not mention \emph{white space}, that is, delimiter
characters like spaces, tabs, and new lines. White space may be
inserted between symbols for disambiguation and to improve
readability.  \index{subject}{white space}
%
A name such as $\Exp$ that is defined by the grammar rules is a
\emph{nonterminal}.  \index{subject}{nonterminal}
%
The name $\Int$ is also a nonterminal, but instead of defining it with
a grammar rule, we define it with the following explanation.  An
$\Int$ is a sequence of decimals ($0$ to $9$), possibly starting with
$-$ (for negative integers), such that the sequence of decimals
represents an integer in the range $-2^{62}$ to $2^{62}-1$.  This
enables the representation of integers using 63 bits, which simplifies
several aspects of compilation.
%
\racket{Thus, these integers correspond to the Racket \texttt{fixnum}
  datatype on a 64-bit machine.}
%
\python{In contrast, integers in Python have unlimited precision, but
  the techniques needed to handle unlimited precision fall outside the
  scope of this book.}

The second grammar rule is the \READOP{} operation, which receives an
input integer from the user of the program.
\begin{equation}
  \Exp ::= \READ{} \label{eq:arith-read}
\end{equation}

The third rule categorizes the negation of an $\Exp$ node as an
$\Exp$.
\begin{equation}
  \Exp ::= \NEG{\Exp}  \label{eq:arith-neg}
\end{equation}

We can apply these rules to categorize the ASTs that are in the
\LangInt{} language. For example, by rule \eqref{eq:arith-int},
\INT{8} is an $\Exp$, and then by rule \eqref{eq:arith-neg} the
following AST is an $\Exp$.
\begin{center}
\begin{minipage}{0.5\textwidth}
\NEG{\INT{\code{8}}}
\end{minipage}
\begin{minipage}{0.25\textwidth}
\begin{equation}
\begin{tikzpicture}
 \node[draw, circle] (minus) at (0, 0)  {$\text{--}$};
 \node[draw, circle] (8)     at (0, -1.2) {$8$};

 \draw[->] (minus) to (8);
\end{tikzpicture}
\label{eq:arith-neg8}
\end{equation}
\end{minipage}
\end{center}

The next two grammar rules are for addition and subtraction expressions:
\begin{align}
  \Exp &::= \ADD{\Exp}{\Exp} \label{eq:arith-add}\\
  \Exp &::= \SUB{\Exp}{\Exp} \label{eq:arith-sub}
\end{align}
We can now justify that the AST \eqref{eq:arith-prog} is an $\Exp$ in
\LangInt{}.  We know that \READ{} is an $\Exp$ by rule
\eqref{eq:arith-read}, and we have already categorized
\NEG{\INT{\code{8}}} as an $\Exp$, so we apply rule \eqref{eq:arith-add}
to show that
\[
\ADD{\READ{}}{\NEG{\INT{\code{8}}}}
\]
is an $\Exp$ in the \LangInt{} language.

If you have an AST for which these rules do not apply, then the
AST is not in \LangInt{}. For example, the program \racket{\code{(*
    (read) 8)}} \python{\code{input\_int() * 8}} is not in \LangInt{}
because there is no rule for the \key{*} operator.  Whenever we
define a language with a grammar, the language includes only those
programs that are justified by the grammar rules.

{\if\edition\pythonEd
The language \LangInt{} includes a second nonterminal $\Stmt$ for statements.
There is a statement for printing the value of an expression
\[
\Stmt{} ::= \PRINT{\Exp}
\]
and a statement that evaluates an expression but ignores the result.
\[
\Stmt{} ::= \EXPR{\Exp}
\]
\fi}

{\if\edition\racketEd
The last grammar rule for \LangInt{} states that there is a
\code{Program} node to mark the top of the whole program:
\[
  \LangInt{} ::= \PROGRAM{\code{'()}}{\Exp}
\]
The \code{Program} structure is defined as follows:
\begin{lstlisting}
(struct Program (info body))
\end{lstlisting}
where \code{body} is an expression. In further chapters, the \code{info}
part is used to store auxiliary information, but for now it is
just the empty list.
\fi}

{\if\edition\pythonEd
The last grammar rule for \LangInt{} states that there is a
\code{Module} node to mark the top of the whole program:
\[
  \LangInt{} ::= \PROGRAM{}{\Stmt^{*}}
\]
The asterisk symbol $*$ indicates a list of the preceding grammar item, in
this case, a list of statements.
%
The \code{Module} class is defined as follows
\begin{lstlisting}
class Module:
    def __init__(self, body):
        self.body = body
\end{lstlisting}
where \code{body} is a list of statements.
\fi}

It is common to have many grammar rules with the same left-hand side
but different right-hand sides, such as the rules for $\Exp$ in the
grammar of \LangInt{}. As shorthand, a vertical bar can be used to
combine several right-hand sides into a single rule.

The concrete syntax for \LangInt{} is shown in
figure~\ref{fig:r0-concrete-syntax} and the abstract syntax for
\LangInt{} is shown in figure~\ref{fig:r0-syntax}.%
%
\racket{The \code{read-program} function provided in
  \code{utilities.rkt} of the support code reads a program from a file
  (the sequence of characters in the concrete syntax of Racket) and
  parses it into an abstract syntax tree. Refer to the description of
  \code{read-program} in appendix~\ref{appendix:utilities} for more
  details.}
%
\python{The \code{parse} function in Python's \code{ast} module
  converts the concrete syntax (represented as a string) into an
  abstract syntax tree.}

\newcommand{\LintGrammarRacket}{
  \begin{array}{rcl}
    \Type &::=& \key{Integer} \\
    \Exp{} &::=& \Int{} \MID \CREAD \MID \CNEG{\Exp} \MID \CADD{\Exp}{\Exp}
      \MID \CSUB{\Exp}{\Exp}
  \end{array}
}
\newcommand{\LintASTRacket}{
  \begin{array}{rcl}
    \Type &::=& \key{Integer} \\
    \Exp{} &::=& \INT{\Int} \MID \READ{} \\
           &\MID& \NEG{\Exp} \MID \ADD{\Exp}{\Exp} \MID \SUB{\Exp}{\Exp}
  \end{array}
}
\newcommand{\LintGrammarPython}{
\begin{array}{rcl}
  \Exp &::=& \Int \MID \key{input\_int}\LP\RP \MID \key{-}\;\Exp \MID \Exp \; \key{+} \; \Exp \MID \Exp \; \key{-} \; \Exp \MID \LP\Exp\RP \\
  \Stmt &::=& \key{print}\LP \Exp \RP \MID \Exp
\end{array}
}
\newcommand{\LintASTPython}{
  \begin{array}{rcl}
  \itm{binaryop} &::= & \code{Add()} \MID \code{Sub()} \\
  \itm{unaryop} &::= & \code{USub()} \\
  \Exp{} &::=& \INT{\Int} \MID \READ{} \\
        &\MID& \UNIOP{\itm{unaryop}}{\Exp} \MID  \BINOP{\itm{binaryop}}{\Exp}{\Exp}  \\
  \Stmt{} &::=& \PRINT{\Exp} \MID \EXPR{\Exp} 
\end{array}
}

  
\begin{figure}[tp]
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
{\if\edition\racketEd    
\[
\begin{array}{l}  
  \LintGrammarRacket \\
  \begin{array}{rcl}
    \LangInt{} &::=& \Exp
  \end{array}
\end{array}
\]
\fi}

{\if\edition\pythonEd
  \[
  \begin{array}{l}
    \LintGrammarPython  \\
    \begin{array}{rcl}
      \LangInt{} &::=& \Stmt^{*}
    \end{array}
  \end{array}
  \]
\fi}
\end{tcolorbox}
\caption{The concrete syntax of \LangInt{}.}
\label{fig:r0-concrete-syntax}
\end{figure}

\begin{figure}[tp]
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
{\if\edition\racketEd
\[
\begin{array}{l}
  \LintASTRacket{} \\
  \begin{array}{rcl}
    \LangInt{}  &::=& \PROGRAM{\code{'()}}{\Exp}
  \end{array}
\end{array}
\]
\fi}

{\if\edition\pythonEd
\[
\begin{array}{l}
  \LintASTPython\\
\begin{array}{rcl}
\LangInt{}  &::=& \PROGRAM{}{\Stmt^{*}}
\end{array}
\end{array}
\]
\fi}
\end{tcolorbox}
\python{
  \index{subject}{Constant@\texttt{Constant}}
  \index{subject}{UnaryOp@\texttt{UnaryOp}}
  \index{subject}{USub@\texttt{USub}}
  \index{subject}{inputint@\texttt{input\_int}}
  \index{subject}{Call@\texttt{Call}}
  \index{subject}{Name@\texttt{Name}}  
  \index{subject}{BinOp@\texttt{BinOp}}
  \index{subject}{Add@\texttt{Add}}
  \index{subject}{Sub@\texttt{Sub}}
  \index{subject}{print@\texttt{print}}
  \index{subject}{Expr@\texttt{Expr}}
  \index{subject}{Module@\texttt{Module}}
}
\caption{The abstract syntax of \LangInt{}.}
\label{fig:r0-syntax}
\end{figure}


\section{Pattern Matching}
\label{sec:pattern-matching}

As mentioned in section~\ref{sec:ast}, compilers often need to access
the parts of an AST node. \racket{Racket}\python{As of version 3.10, Python}
provides the \texttt{match} feature to access the parts of a value.
Consider the following example: \index{subject}{match} \index{subject}{pattern matching}
\begin{center}
\begin{minipage}{0.5\textwidth}
{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{lstlisting}
(match ast1_1
  [(Prim op (list child1 child2))
    (print op)])
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
match ast1_1:
    case BinOp(child1, op, child2):
        print(op)
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}  
\end{minipage}
\end{center}

{\if\edition\racketEd
%
In this example, the \texttt{match} form checks whether the AST
\eqref{eq:arith-prog} is a binary operator and binds its parts to the
three pattern variables \texttt{op}, \texttt{child1}, and
\texttt{child2}. In general, a match clause consists of a
\emph{pattern} and a \emph{body}.\index{subject}{pattern} Patterns are
recursively defined to be a pattern variable, a structure name
followed by a pattern for each of the structure's arguments, or an
S-expression (a symbol, list, etc.).  (See chapter 12 of The Racket
Guide\footnote{See \url{https://docs.racket-lang.org/guide/match.html}.}
and chapter 9 of The Racket
Reference\footnote{See \url{https://docs.racket-lang.org/reference/match.html}.}
for complete descriptions of \code{match}.)
%
The body of a match clause may contain arbitrary Racket code.  The
pattern variables can be used in the scope of the body, such as
\code{op} in \code{(print op)}.
%
\fi}
%
%
{\if\edition\pythonEd
%  
In the above example, the \texttt{match} form checks whether the AST
\eqref{eq:arith-prog} is a binary operator and binds its parts to the
three pattern variables \texttt{child1}, \texttt{op}, and
\texttt{child2}, and then prints out the operator. In general, each
\code{case} consists of a \emph{pattern} and a
\emph{body}.\index{subject}{pattern} Patterns are recursively defined
to be either a pattern variable, a class name followed by a pattern
for each of its constructor's arguments, or other literals such as
strings, lists, etc.
%
The body of each \code{case} may contain arbitrary Python code. The
pattern variables can be used in the body, such as \code{op} in
\code{print(op)}.
%
\fi}


A \code{match} form may contain several clauses, as in the following
function \code{leaf} that recognizes when an \LangInt{} node is a leaf in
the AST. The \code{match} proceeds through the clauses in order,
checking whether the pattern can match the input AST. The body of the
first clause that matches is executed. The output of \code{leaf} for
several ASTs is shown on the right side of the following:
\begin{center}
\begin{minipage}{0.6\textwidth}
{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{lstlisting}
(define (leaf arith)
  (match arith
    [(Int n) #t]
    [(Prim 'read '()) #t]
    [(Prim '- (list e1)) #f]
    [(Prim '+ (list e1 e2)) #f]
    [(Prim '- (list e1 e2)) #f]))

(leaf (Prim 'read '()))
(leaf (Prim '- (list (Int 8))))
(leaf (Int 8))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
def leaf(arith):
    match arith:
        case Constant(n):
            return True
        case Call(Name('input_int'), []):
            return True
        case UnaryOp(USub(), e1):
            return False
        case BinOp(e1, Add(), e2):
            return False
        case BinOp(e1, Sub(), e2):
            return False

print(leaf(Call(Name('input_int'), [])))
print(leaf(UnaryOp(USub(), eight)))
print(leaf(Constant(8)))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
\end{minipage}
\vrule
\begin{minipage}{0.25\textwidth}
{\if\edition\racketEd  
  \begin{lstlisting}






    
   #t
   #f
   #t
\end{lstlisting}
  \fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}






    




   
   True
   False
   True
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
\end{minipage}
\end{center}

When constructing a \code{match} expression, we refer to the grammar
definition to identify which nonterminal we are expecting to match
against, and then we make sure that (1) we have one
\racket{clause}\python{case} for each alternative of that nonterminal
and (2) the pattern in each \racket{clause}\python{case}
corresponds to the corresponding right-hand side of a grammar
rule. For the \code{match} in the \code{leaf} function, we refer to
the grammar for \LangInt{} shown in figure~\ref{fig:r0-syntax}. The $\Exp$
nonterminal has four alternatives, so the \code{match} has four
\racket{clauses}\python{cases}.  The pattern in each
\racket{clause}\python{case} corresponds to the right-hand side of a
grammar rule. For example, the pattern \ADDP{\code{e1}}{\code{e2}}
corresponds to the right-hand side $\ADD{\Exp}{\Exp}$. When
translating from grammars to patterns, replace nonterminals such as
$\Exp$ with pattern variables of your choice (e.g., \code{e1} and
\code{e2}).


\section{Recursive Functions}
\label{sec:recursion}
\index{subject}{recursive function}

Programs are inherently recursive. For example, an expression is often
made of smaller expressions. Thus, the natural way to process an
entire program is to use a recursive function.  As a first example of
such a recursive function, we define the function \code{is\_exp} as
shown in figure~\ref{fig:exp-predicate}, to take an arbitrary
value and determine whether or not it is an expression in \LangInt{}.
%
We say that a function is defined by \emph{structural recursion} if
it is defined using a sequence of match \racket{clauses}\python{cases}
that correspond to a grammar and the body of each
\racket{clause}\python{case} makes a recursive call on each child
node.\footnote{This principle of structuring code according to the
  data definition is advocated in the book \emph{How to Design
    Programs} by \citet{Felleisen:2001aa}.}  \python{We define a
  second function, named \code{stmt}, that recognizes whether a value
  is a \LangInt{} statement.}  \python{Finally, }
Figure~\ref{fig:exp-predicate} \racket{also} contains the definition of
\code{is\_Lint}, which determines whether an AST is a program in \LangInt{}.
In general, we can write one recursive function to handle each
nonterminal in a grammar.\index{subject}{structural recursion} Of the
two examples at the bottom of the figure, the first is in
\LangInt{} and the second is not.

\begin{figure}[tp]
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{lstlisting}
(define (is_exp ast)
  (match ast
    [(Int n) #t]
    [(Prim 'read '()) #t]
    [(Prim '- (list e)) (is_exp e)]
    [(Prim '+ (list e1 e2))
      (and (is_exp e1) (is_exp e2))]
    [(Prim '- (list e1 e2))
      (and (is_exp e1) (is_exp e2))]
    [else #f]))

(define (is_Lint ast)
  (match ast
    [(Program '() e) (is_exp e)]
    [else #f]))

(is_Lint (Program '() ast1_1)
(is_Lint (Program '()
       (Prim '* (list (Prim 'read '())
                      (Prim '+ (list (Int 8)))))))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
def is_exp(e):
  match e:
    case Constant(n):
      return True
    case Call(Name('input_int'), []):
      return True
    case UnaryOp(USub(), e1):
      return is_exp(e1)
    case BinOp(e1, Add(), e2):
      return is_exp(e1) and is_exp(e2)
    case BinOp(e1, Sub(), e2):
      return is_exp(e1) and is_exp(e2)
    case _:
      return False

def stmt(s):
  match s:
    case Expr(Call(Name('print'), [e])):
      return is_exp(e)
    case Expr(e):
      return is_exp(e)
    case _:
      return False
  
def is_Lint(p):
  match p:
    case Module(body):
      return all([stmt(s) for s in body])
    case _:
      return False

print(is_Lint(Module([Expr(ast1_1)])))
print(is_Lint(Module([Expr(BinOp(read, Sub(),
                  UnaryOp(Add(), Constant(8))))])))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
\end{tcolorbox}
\caption{Example of recursive functions for \LangInt{}. These functions
  recognize whether an AST is in \LangInt{}.}
\label{fig:exp-predicate}
\end{figure}


%% You may be tempted to merge the two functions into one, like this:
%% \begin{center}
%% \begin{minipage}{0.5\textwidth}
%% \begin{lstlisting}
%% (define (Lint ast)
%%   (match ast
%%     [(Int n) #t]
%%     [(Prim 'read '()) #t]
%%     [(Prim '- (list e)) (Lint e)]
%%     [(Prim '+ (list e1 e2)) (and (Lint e1) (Lint e2))]
%%     [(Program '() e) (Lint e)]
%%     [else #f]))
%% \end{lstlisting}
%% \end{minipage}
%% \end{center}
%% %
%% Sometimes such a trick will save a few lines of code, especially when
%% it comes to the \code{Program} wrapper.  Yet this style is generally
%% \emph{not} recommended because it can get you into trouble.
%% %
%% For example, the above function is subtly wrong:
%% \lstinline{(Lint (Program '() (Program '() (Int 3))))}
%% returns true when it should return false.


\section{Interpreters}
\label{sec:interp_Lint}
\index{subject}{interpreter}

The behavior of a program is defined by the specification of the
programming language.
%
\racket{For example, the Scheme language is defined in the report by
  \citet{SPERBER:2009aa}. The Racket language is defined in its
  reference manual~\citep{plt-tr}.}
%
\python{For example, the Python language is defined in the Python
  Language Reference~\citep{PSF21:python_ref} and the CPython interpreter~\citep{PSF21:cpython}.}
%
In this book we use interpreters to specify each language that we
consider. An interpreter that is designated as the definition of a
language is called a \emph{definitional
  interpreter}~\citep{reynolds72:_def_interp}.
\index{subject}{definitional interpreter} We warm up by creating a
definitional interpreter for the \LangInt{} language. This interpreter
serves as a second example of structural recursion. The definition of the
\code{interp\_Lint} function is shown in
figure~\ref{fig:interp_Lint}.
%
\racket{The body of the function is a match on the input program
  followed by a call to the \lstinline{interp_exp} auxiliary function,
  which in turn has one match clause per grammar rule for \LangInt{}
  expressions.}
%
\python{The body of the function matches on the \code{Module} AST node
  and then invokes \code{interp\_stmt} on each statement in the
  module.  The \code{interp\_stmt} function includes a case for each
  grammar rule of the \Stmt{} nonterminal and it calls
  \code{interp\_exp} on each subexpression.  The \code{interp\_exp}
  function includes a case for each grammar rule of the \Exp{}
  nonterminal.}

\begin{figure}[tp]
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{lstlisting}
(define (interp_exp e)
  (match e
    [(Int n) n]
    [(Prim 'read '())
     (define r (read))
     (cond [(fixnum? r) r]
           [else (error 'interp_exp "read expected an integer" r)])]
    [(Prim '- (list e))
     (define v (interp_exp e))
     (fx- 0 v)]
    [(Prim '+ (list e1 e2))
     (define v1 (interp_exp e1))
     (define v2 (interp_exp e2))
     (fx+ v1 v2)]
    [(Prim '- (list e1 e2))
     (define v1 ((interp-exp env) e1))
     (define v2 ((interp-exp env) e2))
     (fx- v1 v2)]))

(define (interp_Lint p)
  (match p
    [(Program '() e) (interp_exp e)]))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
def interp_exp(e):
    match e:
        case BinOp(left, Add(), right):
            l = interp_exp(left); r = interp_exp(right)
            return l + r
        case BinOp(left, Sub(), right):
            l = interp_exp(left); r = interp_exp(right)
            return l - r
        case UnaryOp(USub(), v):
            return - interp_exp(v)
        case Constant(value):
            return value
        case Call(Name('input_int'), []):
            return int(input())            

def interp_stmt(s):
    match s:
        case Expr(Call(Name('print'), [arg])):
            print(interp_exp(arg))
        case Expr(value):
            interp_exp(value)

def interp_Lint(p):
    match p:
        case Module(body):
            for s in body:
                interp_stmt(s)
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
\end{tcolorbox}

\caption{Interpreter for the \LangInt{} language.}
\label{fig:interp_Lint}
\end{figure}

Let us consider the result of interpreting a few \LangInt{} programs. The
following program adds two integers:
{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{lstlisting}
(+ 10 32)
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
print(10 + 32)
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
%
\noindent The result is \key{42}, the answer to life, the universe,
and everything: \code{42}!\footnote{\emph{The Hitchhiker's Guide to
    the Galaxy} by Douglas Adams.}
%
We wrote this program in concrete syntax, whereas the parsed
abstract syntax is
{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{lstlisting}
(Program '() (Prim '+ (list (Int 10) (Int 32))))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
Module([Expr(Call(Name('print'), [BinOp(Constant(10), Add(), Constant(32))]))])    
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
The following program demonstrates that expressions may be nested within
each other, in this case nesting several additions and negations.
{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{lstlisting}
(+ 10 (- (+ 12 20)))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
print(10 + -(12 + 20))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
%
\noindent What is the result of this program?

{\if\edition\racketEd
As mentioned previously, the \LangInt{} language does not support
arbitrarily large integers but only $63$-bit integers, so we
interpret the arithmetic operations of \LangInt{} using fixnum arithmetic
in Racket.
Suppose that
\[
  n = 999999999999999999
\]
which indeed fits in $63$ bits.  What happens when we run the
following program in our interpreter?
\begin{lstlisting}
(+ (+ (+ |$n$| |$n$|) (+ |$n$| |$n$|)) (+ (+ |$n$| |$n$|) (+ |$n$| |$n$|)))))
\end{lstlisting}
It produces the following error:
\begin{lstlisting}
fx+: result is not a fixnum
\end{lstlisting}
We establish the convention that if running the definitional
interpreter on a program produces an error, then the meaning of that
program is \emph{unspecified}\index{subject}{unspecified behavior} unless the
error is a \code{trapped-error}. A compiler for the language is under
no obligation regarding programs with unspecified behavior; it does
not have to produce an executable, and if it does, that executable can
do anything.  On the other hand, if the error is a
\code{trapped-error}, then the compiler must produce an executable and
it is required to report that an error occurred. To signal an error,
exit with a return code of \code{255}.  The interpreters in chapters
\ref{ch:Ldyn} and \ref{ch:Lgrad} and in section \ref{sec:arrays} use
\code{trapped-error}.
\fi}

% TODO: how to deal with too-large integers in the Python interpreter?

%% This convention applies to the languages defined in this
%% book, as a way to simplify the student's task of implementing them,
%% but this convention is not applicable to all programming languages.
%% 

The last feature of the \LangInt{} language, the \READOP{} operation,
prompts the user of the program for an integer.  Recall that program
\eqref{eq:arith-prog} requests an integer input and then subtracts
\code{8}. So, if we run {\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{lstlisting}
(interp_Lint (Program '() ast1_1))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
interp_Lint(Module([Expr(Call(Name('print'), [ast1_1]))]))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
\noindent and if the input is \code{50}, the result is \code{42}.

We include the \READOP{} operation in \LangInt{} so that a clever
student cannot implement a compiler for \LangInt{} that simply runs
the interpreter during compilation to obtain the output and then
generates the trivial code to produce the output.\footnote{Yes, a
  clever student did this in the first instance of this course!}

The job of a compiler is to translate a program in one language into a
program in another language so that the output program behaves the
same way as the input program. This idea is depicted in the
following diagram. Suppose we have two languages, $\mathcal{L}_1$ and
$\mathcal{L}_2$, and a definitional interpreter for each language.
Given a compiler that translates from language $\mathcal{L}_1$ to
$\mathcal{L}_2$ and given any program $P_1$ in $\mathcal{L}_1$, the
compiler must translate it into some program $P_2$ such that
interpreting $P_1$ and $P_2$ on their respective interpreters with
same input $i$ yields the same output $o$.
\begin{equation} \label{eq:compile-correct}
\begin{tikzpicture}[baseline=(current  bounding  box.center)]
 \node (p1) at (0,  0) {$P_1$};
 \node (p2) at (3,  0) {$P_2$};
 \node (o)  at (3, -2.5) {$o$};

 \path[->] (p1) edge [above] node {compile} (p2);
 \path[->] (p2) edge [right] node {interp\_$\mathcal{L}_2$($i$)} (o);
 \path[->] (p1) edge [left]  node {interp\_$\mathcal{L}_1$($i$)} (o);
\end{tikzpicture}
\end{equation}
In the next section we see our first example of a compiler.


\section{Example Compiler: A Partial Evaluator}
\label{sec:partial-evaluation}

In this section we consider a compiler that translates \LangInt{}
programs into \LangInt{} programs that may be more efficient. The
compiler eagerly computes the parts of the program that do not depend
on any inputs, a process known as \emph{partial
evaluation}~\citep{Jones:1993uq}.  \index{subject}{partial evaluation}
For example, given the following program
{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{lstlisting}
(+ (read) (- (+ 5 3)))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
print(input_int() + -(5 + 3)    )
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
\noindent our compiler translates it into the program
{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{lstlisting}
(+ (read) -8)
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
print(input_int() + -8)
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}

Figure~\ref{fig:pe-arith} gives the code for a simple partial
evaluator for the \LangInt{} language. The output of the partial evaluator
is a program in \LangInt{}. In figure~\ref{fig:pe-arith}, the structural
recursion over $\Exp$ is captured in the \code{pe\_exp} function,
whereas the code for partially evaluating the negation and addition
operations is factored into three auxiliary functions:
\code{pe\_neg}, \code{pe\_add} and \code{pe\_sub}. The input to these 
functions is the output of partially evaluating the children.
The \code{pe\_neg}, \code{pe\_add} and \code{pe\_sub} functions check whether their
arguments are integers and if they are, perform the appropriate
arithmetic. Otherwise, they create an AST node for the arithmetic
operation.

\begin{figure}[tp]
  \begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
    {\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{lstlisting}
(define (pe_neg r)
  (match r
    [(Int n) (Int (fx- 0 n))]
    [else (Prim '- (list r))]))

(define (pe_add r1 r2)
  (match* (r1 r2)
    [((Int n1) (Int n2)) (Int (fx+ n1 n2))]
    [(_ _) (Prim '+ (list r1 r2))]))

(define (pe_sub r1 r2)
  (match* (r1 r2)
    [((Int n1) (Int n2)) (Int (fx- n1 n2))]
    [(_ _) (Prim '- (list r1 r2))]))

(define (pe_exp e)
  (match e
    [(Int n) (Int n)]
    [(Prim 'read '()) (Prim 'read '())]
    [(Prim '- (list e1)) (pe_neg (pe_exp e1))]
    [(Prim '+ (list e1 e2)) (pe_add (pe_exp e1) (pe_exp e2))]
    [(Prim '- (list e1 e2)) (pe_sub (pe_exp e1) (pe_exp e2))]))

(define (pe_Lint p)
  (match p
    [(Program '() e) (Program '() (pe_exp e))]))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
def pe_neg(r):
  match r:
    case Constant(n):
      return Constant(-n)
    case _:
      return UnaryOp(USub(), r)
  
def pe_add(r1, r2):
  match (r1, r2):
    case (Constant(n1), Constant(n2)):
      return Constant(n1 + n2)
    case _:
      return BinOp(r1, Add(), r2)

def pe_sub(r1, r2):
  match (r1, r2):
    case (Constant(n1), Constant(n2)):
      return Constant(n1 - n2)
    case _:
      return BinOp(r1, Sub(), r2)
      
def pe_exp(e):
  match e:
    case BinOp(left, Add(), right):
      return pe_add(pe_exp(left), pe_exp(right))
    case BinOp(left, Sub(), right):
      return pe_sub(pe_exp(left), pe_exp(right))
    case UnaryOp(USub(), v):
      return pe_neg(pe_exp(v))
    case Constant(value):
      return e
    case Call(Name('input_int'), []):
      return e            

def pe_stmt(s):
  match s:
    case Expr(Call(Name('print'), [arg])):
      return Expr(Call(Name('print'), [pe_exp(arg)]))
    case Expr(value):
      return Expr(pe_exp(value))

def pe_P_int(p):
  match p:
    case Module(body):
      new_body = [pe_stmt(s) for s in body]
      return Module(new_body)
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
\end{tcolorbox}
\caption{A partial evaluator for \LangInt{}.}
\label{fig:pe-arith}
\end{figure}


To gain some confidence that the partial evaluator is correct, we can
test whether it produces programs that produce the same result as the
input programs. That is, we can test whether it satisfies the diagram
of \eqref{eq:compile-correct}.
%
{\if\edition\racketEd
The following code runs the partial evaluator on several examples and
tests the output program.  The \texttt{parse-program} and
\texttt{assert} functions are defined in
appendix~\ref{appendix:utilities}.\\
\begin{minipage}{1.0\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}
(define (test_pe p)
  (assert "testing pe_Lint"
     (equal? (interp_Lint p) (interp_Lint (pe_Lint p)))))

(test_pe (parse-program `(program () (+ 10 (- (+ 5 3))))))
(test_pe (parse-program `(program () (+ 1 (+ 3 1)))))
(test_pe (parse-program `(program () (- (+ 3 (- 5))))))
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
\fi}
% TODO: python version of testing the PE

\begin{exercise}\normalfont\normalsize
  Create three programs in the \LangInt{} language and test whether
  partially evaluating them with \code{pe\_Lint} and then
  interpreting them with \code{interp\_Lint} gives the same result
  as directly interpreting them with \code{interp\_Lint}.
\end{exercise}


%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\chapter{Integers and Variables}
\label{ch:Lvar}
\setcounter{footnote}{0}

This chapter covers compiling a subset of
\racket{Racket}\python{Python} to x86-64 assembly
code~\citep{Intel:2015aa}. The subset, named \LangVar{}, includes
integer arithmetic and local variables.  We often refer to x86-64
simply as x86.  The chapter first describes the \LangVar{} language
(section~\ref{sec:s0}) and then introduces x86 assembly
(section~\ref{sec:x86}). Because x86 assembly language is large, we
discuss only the instructions needed for compiling \LangVar{}. We
introduce more x86 instructions in subsequent chapters.  After
introducing \LangVar{} and x86, we reflect on their differences and
create a plan to break down the translation from \LangVar{} to x86
into a handful of steps (section~\ref{sec:plan-s0-x86}).  The rest of
the chapter gives detailed hints regarding each step.  We aim to give
enough hints that the well-prepared reader, together with a few
friends, can implement a compiler from \LangVar{} to x86 in a short
time.  To suggest the scale of this first compiler, we note that the
instructor solution for the \LangVar{} compiler is approximately
\racket{500}\python{300} lines of code.

\section{The \LangVar{} Language}
\label{sec:s0}
\index{subject}{variable}

The \LangVar{} language extends the \LangInt{} language with
variables.  The concrete syntax of the \LangVar{} language is defined
by the grammar presented in figure~\ref{fig:Lvar-concrete-syntax} and
the abstract syntax is presented in figure~\ref{fig:Lvar-syntax}.  The
nonterminal \Var{} may be any \racket{Racket}\python{Python}
identifier.  As in \LangInt{}, \READOP{} is a nullary operator,
\key{-} is a unary operator, and \key{+} is a binary operator.
Similarly to \LangInt{}, the abstract syntax of \LangVar{} includes the
\racket{\key{Program} struct}\python{\key{Module} instance} to mark
the top of the program.
%% The $\itm{info}$
%% field of the \key{Program} structure contains an \emph{association
%%   list} (a list of key-value pairs) that is used to communicate
%% auxiliary data from one compiler pass the next.
Despite the simplicity of the \LangVar{} language, it is rich enough to
exhibit several compilation techniques.

\newcommand{\LvarGrammarRacket}{
  \begin{array}{rcl}
    \Exp &::=& \Var \MID \CLET{\Var}{\Exp}{\Exp}
  \end{array}
}
\newcommand{\LvarASTRacket}{
  \begin{array}{rcl}
    \Exp &::=& \VAR{\Var} \MID \LET{\Var}{\Exp}{\Exp} 
  \end{array}
}
\newcommand{\LvarGrammarPython}{
\begin{array}{rcl}
  \Exp &::=& \Var{} \\
  \Stmt &::=& \Var\mathop{\key{=}}\Exp
\end{array}
}
\newcommand{\LvarASTPython}{
  \begin{array}{rcl}
\Exp{} &::=& \VAR{\Var{}} \\
\Stmt{} &::=& \ASSIGN{\VAR{\Var}}{\Exp}
  \end{array}
}
  
\begin{figure}[tp]
\centering
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
{\if\edition\racketEd
\[
\begin{array}{l}
   \gray{\LintGrammarRacket{}} \\ \hline
   \LvarGrammarRacket{}  \\
  \begin{array}{rcl}
    \LangVarM{} &::=& \Exp
  \end{array}
\end{array}
\]
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\[
\begin{array}{l}
  \gray{\LintGrammarPython} \\ \hline
  \LvarGrammarPython \\
\begin{array}{rcl}
  \LangVarM{} &::=& \Stmt^{*}
\end{array}
\end{array}
\]
\fi}
\end{tcolorbox}
\caption{The concrete syntax of \LangVar{}.}
\label{fig:Lvar-concrete-syntax}
\end{figure}

\begin{figure}[tp]
\centering
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
{\if\edition\racketEd
\[
\begin{array}{l}
  \gray{\LintASTRacket{}} \\ \hline
  \LvarASTRacket \\
  \begin{array}{rcl}
    \LangVarM{} &::=& \PROGRAM{\code{'()}}{\Exp}
  \end{array}
\end{array}
\]
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
  \[
  \begin{array}{l}
  \gray{\LintASTPython}\\ \hline
  \LvarASTPython \\
\begin{array}{rcl}
\LangVarM{}  &::=& \PROGRAM{}{\Stmt^{*}}
\end{array}
\end{array}
\]
\fi}
\end{tcolorbox}
\caption{The abstract syntax of \LangVar{}.}
\label{fig:Lvar-syntax}
\end{figure}

{\if\edition\racketEd
Let us dive further into the syntax and semantics of the \LangVar{}
language.  The \key{let} feature defines a variable for use within its
body and initializes the variable with the value of an expression.
The abstract syntax for \key{let} is shown in
figure~\ref{fig:Lvar-syntax}.  The concrete syntax for \key{let} is
\begin{lstlisting}
(let ([|$\itm{var}$| |$\itm{exp}$|]) |$\itm{exp}$|)
\end{lstlisting}
For example, the following program initializes \code{x} to $32$ and then
evaluates the body \code{(+ 10 x)}, producing $42$.
\begin{lstlisting}
(let ([x (+ 12 20)]) (+ 10 x))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
%
{\if\edition\pythonEd
%
The \LangVar{} language includes assignment statements, which define a
variable for use in later statements and initializes the variable with
the value of an expression.  The abstract syntax for assignment is
defined in Figure~\ref{fig:Lvar-syntax}.  The concrete syntax for
assignment is \index{subject}{Assign@\texttt{Assign}}
\begin{lstlisting}
|$\itm{var}$| = |$\itm{exp}$|
\end{lstlisting}
For example, the following program initializes the variable \code{x}
to $32$ and then prints the result of \code{10 + x}, producing $42$.
\begin{lstlisting}
x = 12 + 20
print(10 + x)
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}

{\if\edition\racketEd
%  
When there are multiple \key{let}s for the same variable, the closest
enclosing \key{let} is used. That is, variable definitions overshadow
prior definitions. Consider the following program with two \key{let}s
that define two variables named \code{x}. Can you figure out the
result?
\begin{lstlisting}
(let ([x 32]) (+ (let ([x 10]) x) x))
\end{lstlisting}
For the purposes of depicting which variable occurrences correspond to
which definitions, the following shows the \code{x}'s annotated with
subscripts to distinguish them. Double check that your answer for the
previous program is the same as your answer for this annotated version
of the program.
\begin{lstlisting}
(let ([x|$_1$| 32]) (+ (let ([x|$_2$| 10]) x|$_2$|) x|$_1$|))
\end{lstlisting}
The initializing expression is always evaluated before the body of the
\key{let}, so in the following, the \key{read} for \code{x} is
performed before the \key{read} for \code{y}. Given the input
$52$ then $10$, the following produces $42$ (not $-42$).
\begin{lstlisting}
(let ([x (read)]) (let ([y (read)]) (+ x (- y))))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}

\subsection{Extensible Interpreters via Method Overriding}
\label{sec:extensible-interp}

To prepare for discussing the interpreter of \LangVar{}, we explain
why we implement it in an object-oriented style. Throughout this book
we define many interpreters, one for each language that we
study. Because each language builds on the prior one, there is a lot
of commonality between these interpreters. We want to write down the
common parts just once instead of many times. A naive interpreter for
\LangVar{} would handle the \racket{cases for variables and
  \code{let}} \python{case for variables} but dispatch to an
interpreter for \LangInt{} in the rest of the cases. The following
code sketches this idea. (We explain the \code{env} parameter in
section~\ref{sec:interp-Lvar}.)

\begin{center}
{\if\edition\racketEd  
\begin{minipage}{0.45\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}
(define ((interp_Lint env) e)
  (match e
    [(Prim '- (list e1))
     (fx- 0 ((interp_Lint env) e1))]
    ...))
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
\begin{minipage}{0.45\textwidth}
  \begin{lstlisting}
(define ((interp_Lvar env) e)
  (match e
    [(Var x)
     (dict-ref env x)]
    [(Let x e body)
     (define v ((interp_exp env) e))
     (define env^ (dict-set env x v))
     ((interp_exp env^) body)]
    [else ((interp_Lint env) e)]))    
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
\fi}

{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{minipage}{0.45\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}
def interp_Lint(e, env):
  match e:
    case UnaryOp(USub(), e1):
       return - interp_Lint(e1, env)
    ...
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
\begin{minipage}{0.45\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}
def interp_Lvar(e, env):
  match e:
    case Name(id):
      return env[id]
    case _:
      return interp_Lint(e, env)
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
\fi}
\end{center}
The problem with this naive approach is that it does not handle
situations in which an \LangVar{} feature, such as a variable, is
nested inside an \LangInt{} feature, such as the \code{-} operator, as
in the following program.

{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{lstlisting}
(Let 'y (Int 10) (Prim '- (list (Var 'y))))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{minipage}{0.96\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}
y = 10 
print(-y)
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
\fi}

\noindent If we invoke \code{interp\_Lvar} on this program, it
dispatches to \code{interp\_Lint} to handle the \code{-} operator, but
then it recursively calls \code{interp\_Lint} again on its argument.
Because there is no case for \code{Var} in \code{interp\_Lint}, we get
an error!

To make our interpreters extensible we need something called
\emph{open recursion}\index{subject}{open recursion}, in which the
tying of the recursive knot is delayed until the functions are
composed. Object-oriented languages provide open recursion via method
overriding\index{subject}{method overriding}. The following code uses
method overriding to interpret \LangInt{} and \LangVar{} using
%
\racket{the
  \href{https://docs.racket-lang.org/guide/classes.html}{\code{class}}
  \index{subject}{class} feature of Racket.}
%
\python{a Python \code{class} definition.}
%
We define one class for each language and define a method for
interpreting expressions inside each class. The class for \LangVar{}
inherits from the class for \LangInt{}, and the method
\code{interp\_exp} in \LangVar{} overrides the \code{interp\_exp} in
\LangInt{}. Note that the default case of \code{interp\_exp} in
\LangVar{} uses \code{super} to invoke \code{interp\_exp}, and because
\LangVar{} inherits from \LangInt{}, that dispatches to the
\code{interp\_exp} in \LangInt{}.
\begin{center}
  \hspace{-20pt}
{\if\edition\racketEd  
\begin{minipage}{0.45\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}
(define interp-Lint-class
  (class object%
    (define/public ((interp_exp env) e)
      (match e
        [(Prim '- (list e))
         (fx- 0 ((interp_exp env) e))]
        ...))
    ...))
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
\begin{minipage}{0.45\textwidth}
  \begin{lstlisting}
(define interp-Lvar-class
  (class interp-Lint-class
    (define/override ((interp_exp env) e)
      (match e
        [(Var x)
         (dict-ref env x)]
        [(Let x e body)
         (define v ((interp_exp env) e))
         (define env^ (dict-set env x v))
         ((interp_exp env^) body)]
        [else
         (super (interp_exp env) e)]))
    ...
  ))
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{minipage}{0.45\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}
class InterpLint:
  def interp_exp(e):
     match e:
       case UnaryOp(USub(), e1):
         return -self.interp_exp(e1)
       ...
  ...
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
\begin{minipage}{0.45\textwidth}
  \begin{lstlisting}
def InterpLvar(InterpLint):
  def interp_exp(e):
    match e:
      case Name(id):
        return env[id]
      case _:
        return super().interp_exp(e)
  ...
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
\fi}
\end{center}
Getting back to the troublesome example, repeated here
{\if\edition\racketEd  
\begin{lstlisting}
(Let 'y (Int 10) (Prim '- (Var 'y)))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
y = 10
print(-y)
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
\noindent We can invoke the \code{interp\_exp} method for \LangVar{}
\racket{on this expression,}
\python{on the \code{-y} expression,}
%
which we call \code{e0}, by creating an object of the \LangVar{} class
and calling the \code{interp\_exp} method
{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{lstlisting}
((send (new interp-Lvar-class) interp_exp '()) e0)
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
InterpLvar().interp_exp(e0)
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
\noindent To process the \code{-} operator, the default case of
\code{interp\_exp} in \LangVar{} dispatches to the \code{interp\_exp}
method in \LangInt{}. But then for the recursive method call, it
dispatches to \code{interp\_exp} in \LangVar{}, where the
\code{Var} node is handled correctly. Thus, method overriding gives us
the open recursion that we need to implement our interpreters in an
extensible way.


\subsection{Definitional Interpreter for \LangVar{}}
\label{sec:interp-Lvar}

Having justified the use of classes and methods to implement
interpreters, we revisit the definitional interpreter for \LangInt{}
shown in figure~\ref{fig:interp-Lint-class} and then extend it to
create an interpreter for \LangVar{}, shown in figure~\ref{fig:interp-Lvar}.
The interpreter for \LangVar{} adds two new \key{match} cases for
variables and \racket{\key{let}}\python{assignment}. For
\racket{\key{let}}\python{assignment}, we need a way to communicate the
value bound to a variable to all the uses of the variable. To
accomplish this, we maintain a mapping from variables to values called
an \emph{environment}\index{subject}{environment}.
%
We use
%
\racket{an association list (alist) }%
%
\python{a Python \href{https://docs.python.org/3.10/library/stdtypes.html\#mapping-types-dict}{dictionary} }%
%
to represent the environment.
%
\racket{Figure~\ref{fig:alist} gives a brief introduction to alists
  and the \code{racket/dict} package.}
%
The \code{interp\_exp} function takes the current environment,
\code{env}, as an extra parameter.  When the interpreter encounters a
variable, it looks up the corresponding value in the dictionary.
%
\racket{When the interpreter encounters a \key{Let}, it evaluates the
  initializing expression, extends the environment with the result
  value bound to the variable, using \code{dict-set}, then evaluates
  the body of the \key{Let}.}
%
\python{When the interpreter encounters an assignment, it evaluates
  the initializing expression and then associates the resulting value
  with the variable in the environment.}

\begin{figure}[tp]
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{lstlisting}
(define interp-Lint-class
  (class object%
    (super-new)
    
    (define/public ((interp_exp env) e)
      (match e
        [(Int n) n]
        [(Prim 'read '())
         (define r (read))
         (cond [(fixnum? r) r]
               [else (error 'interp_exp "expected an integer" r)])]
        [(Prim '- (list e)) (fx- 0 ((interp_exp env) e))]
        [(Prim '+ (list e1 e2))
         (fx+ ((interp_exp env) e1) ((interp_exp env) e2))]
        [(Prim '- (list e1 e2))
         (fx- ((interp_exp env) e1) ((interp_exp env) e2))]))

    (define/public (interp_program p)
      (match p
        [(Program '() e) ((interp_exp '()) e)]))
    ))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
class InterpLint:
  def interp_exp(self, e, env):
    match e:
      case BinOp(left, Add(), right):
        return self.interp_exp(left, env) + self.interp_exp(right, env)
      case BinOp(left, Sub(), right):
        return self.interp_exp(left, env) - self.interp_exp(right, env)
      case UnaryOp(USub(), v):
        return - self.interp_exp(v, env)
      case Constant(value):
        return value
      case Call(Name('input_int'), []):
        return int(input())            

  def interp_stmts(self, ss, env):
    if len(ss) == 0:
      return
    match ss[0]:
      case Expr(Call(Name('print'), [arg])):
        print(self.interp_exp(arg, env), end='')
        return self.interp_stmts(ss[1:], env)
      case Expr(value):
        self.interp_exp(value, env)
        return self.interp_stmts(ss[1:], env)

  def interp(self, p):
    match p:
      case Module(body):
        self.interp_stmts(body, {})

def interp_Lint(p):
  return InterpLint().interp(p)
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
\end{tcolorbox}
\caption{Interpreter for \LangInt{} as a class.}
\label{fig:interp-Lint-class}
\end{figure}

\begin{figure}[tp]
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{lstlisting}
(define interp-Lvar-class
  (class interp-Lint-class
    (super-new)
    
    (define/override ((interp_exp env) e)
      (match e
        [(Var x) (dict-ref env x)]
        [(Let x e body)
         (define new-env (dict-set env x ((interp_exp env) e)))
          ((interp_exp new-env) body)]
        [else ((super interp-exp env) e)]))
    ))

(define (interp_Lvar p)
  (send (new interp-Lvar-class) interp_program p))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
class InterpLvar(InterpLint):
  def interp_exp(self, e, env):
    match e:
      case Name(id):
        return env[id]
      case _:
        return super().interp_exp(e, env)

  def interp_stmts(self, ss, env):
    if len(ss) == 0:
      return
    match ss[0]:
      case Assign([lhs], value):
        env[lhs.id] = self.interp_exp(value, env)
        return self.interp_stmts(ss[1:], env)
      case _:
        return super().interp_stmts(ss, env)

def interp_Lvar(p):
  return InterpLvar().interp(p)
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
\end{tcolorbox}
\caption{Interpreter for the \LangVar{} language.}
\label{fig:interp-Lvar}
\end{figure}

{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{figure}[tp]
%\begin{wrapfigure}[26]{r}[0.75in]{0.55\textwidth}
  \small
  \begin{tcolorbox}[title=Association Lists as Dictionaries]
  An \emph{association list} (called an alist) is a list of key-value pairs.
  For example, we can map people to their ages with an alist
  \index{subject}{alist}\index{subject}{association list}
  \begin{lstlisting}[basicstyle=\ttfamily]
  (define ages '((jane . 25) (sam . 24) (kate . 45)))
  \end{lstlisting}
  The \emph{dictionary} interface is for mapping keys to values.
  Every alist implements this interface.  \index{subject}{dictionary}
  The package
  \href{https://docs.racket-lang.org/reference/dicts.html}{\code{racket/dict}}
  provides many functions for working with dictionaries, such as
  \begin{description}
  \item[$\LP\key{dict-ref}\,\itm{dict}\,\itm{key}\RP$]
    returns the value associated with the given $\itm{key}$.
  \item[$\LP\key{dict-set}\,\itm{dict}\,\itm{key}\,\itm{val}\RP$]
    returns a new dictionary that maps $\itm{key}$ to $\itm{val}$
    and otherwise is the same as $\itm{dict}$.
  \item[$\LP\code{in-dict}\,\itm{dict}\RP$] returns the
    \href{https://docs.racket-lang.org/reference/sequences.html}{sequence}
    of keys and values in $\itm{dict}$. For example, the following
    creates a new alist in which the ages are incremented:
  \end{description}
  \vspace{-10pt}
  \begin{lstlisting}[basicstyle=\ttfamily]
  (for/list ([(k v) (in-dict ages)])
    (cons k (add1 v)))
  \end{lstlisting}
\end{tcolorbox}
  %\end{wrapfigure}
  \caption{Association lists implement the dictionary interface.}
  \label{fig:alist}
\end{figure}
\fi}

The goal for this chapter is to implement a compiler that translates
any program $P_1$ written in the \LangVar{} language into an x86 assembly
program $P_2$ such that $P_2$ exhibits the same behavior when run on a
computer as the $P_1$ program interpreted by \code{interp\_Lvar}.
That is, they output the same integer $n$. We depict this correctness
criteria in the following diagram:
\[
\begin{tikzpicture}[baseline=(current  bounding  box.center)]
 \node (p1) at (0,  0)   {$P_1$};
 \node (p2) at (4,  0)   {$P_2$};
 \node (o)  at (4, -2) {$n$};

 \path[->] (p1) edge [above] node {\footnotesize compile} (p2);
 \path[->] (p1) edge [left]  node {\footnotesize\code{interp\_Lvar}} (o);
 \path[->] (p2) edge [right] node {\footnotesize\code{interp\_x86int}} (o);
\end{tikzpicture}
\]
Next we introduce the \LangXInt{} subset of x86 that suffices for
compiling \LangVar{}.

\section{The \LangXInt{} Assembly Language}
\label{sec:x86}
\index{subject}{x86}

Figure~\ref{fig:x86-int-concrete} defines the concrete syntax for
\LangXInt{}.  We use the AT\&T syntax expected by the GNU
assembler.
%
A program begins with a \code{main} label followed by a sequence of
instructions. The \key{globl} directive makes the \key{main} procedure
externally visible so that the operating system can call it.
%
An x86 program is stored in the computer's memory.  For our purposes,
the computer's memory is a mapping of 64-bit addresses to 64-bit
values.  The computer has a \emph{program counter}
(PC)\index{subject}{program counter}\index{subject}{PC} stored in the
\code{rip} register that points to the address of the next instruction
to be executed.  For most instructions, the program counter is
incremented after the instruction is executed so that it points to the
next instruction in memory. Most x86 instructions take two operands,
each of which is an integer constant (called an \emph{immediate
  value}\index{subject}{immediate value}), a
\emph{register}\index{subject}{register}, or a memory location.

\newcommand{\allregisters}{\key{rsp} \MID \key{rbp} \MID \key{rax} \MID \key{rbx} \MID \key{rcx}
              \MID \key{rdx} \MID \key{rsi} \MID \key{rdi} \MID \\
              && \key{r8} \MID \key{r9} \MID \key{r10}
              \MID \key{r11} \MID \key{r12} \MID \key{r13}
              \MID \key{r14} \MID \key{r15}}

\newcommand{\GrammarXInt}{
\begin{array}{rcl}
\Reg &::=& \allregisters{} \\
\Arg &::=&  \key{\$}\Int \MID \key{\%}\Reg \MID \Int\key{(}\key{\%}\Reg\key{)}\\
\Instr &::=& \key{addq} \; \Arg\key{,} \Arg \MID
      \key{subq} \; \Arg\key{,} \Arg \MID
      \key{negq} \; \Arg \MID \key{movq} \; \Arg\key{,} \Arg \MID \\
  &&  \key{pushq}\;\Arg \MID \key{popq}\;\Arg \MID 
      \key{callq} \; \mathit{label} \MID
      \key{retq} \MID
      \key{jmp}\,\itm{label} \MID \\
  && \itm{label}\key{:}\; \Instr 
\end{array}
}

\begin{figure}[tp]
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
{\if\edition\racketEd    
\[
\begin{array}{l}
  \GrammarXInt \\
\begin{array}{lcl}
\LangXIntM{} &::= & \key{.globl main}\\
      &    & \key{main:} \; \Instr\ldots
\end{array}
\end{array}
\]
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\[
\begin{array}{lcl}
\Reg &::=& \allregisters{} \\
\Arg &::=&  \key{\$}\Int \MID \key{\%}\Reg \MID \Int\key{(}\key{\%}\Reg\key{)}\\
\Instr &::=& \key{addq} \; \Arg\key{,} \Arg \MID
      \key{subq} \; \Arg\key{,} \Arg \MID
      \key{negq} \; \Arg \MID \key{movq} \; \Arg\key{,} \Arg \MID \\
  &&  \key{callq} \; \mathit{label} \MID
      \key{pushq}\;\Arg \MID \key{popq}\;\Arg \MID \key{retq} \\
\LangXIntM{} &::= & \key{.globl main}\\
      &    & \key{main:} \; \Instr^{*}
\end{array}
\]
\fi}
\end{tcolorbox}
\caption{The syntax of the \LangXInt{} assembly language (AT\&T syntax).}
\label{fig:x86-int-concrete}
\end{figure}

A register is a special kind of variable that holds a 64-bit
value. There are 16 general-purpose registers in the computer; their
names are given in figure~\ref{fig:x86-int-concrete}.  A register is
written with a percent sign, \key{\%}, followed by the register name,
for example \key{\%rax}.

An immediate value is written using the notation \key{\$}$n$ where $n$
is an integer.
%
%
An access to memory is specified using the syntax $n(\key{\%}r)$,
which obtains the address stored in register $r$ and then adds $n$
bytes to the address. The resulting address is used to load or to store
to memory depending on whether it occurs as a source or destination
argument of an instruction.

An arithmetic instruction such as $\key{addq}\,s\key{,}\,d$ reads from
the source $s$ and destination $d$, applies the arithmetic operation,
and then writes the result to the destination $d$. \index{subject}{instruction}
%
The move instruction $\key{movq}\,s\key{,}\,d$ reads from $s$ and
stores the result in $d$.
%
The $\key{callq}\,\itm{label}$ instruction jumps to the procedure
specified by the label, and $\key{retq}$ returns from a procedure to
its caller. 
%
We discuss procedure calls in more detail further in this chapter and
in chapter~\ref{ch:Lfun}.
%
The last letter \key{q} indicates that these instructions operate on
quadwords which are 64-bit values.
%
\racket{The instruction $\key{jmp}\,\itm{label}$ updates the program
  counter to the address of the instruction immediately after the
  specified label.}

Appendix~\ref{sec:x86-quick-reference} contains a quick reference for
all the x86 instructions used in this book.

Figure~\ref{fig:p0-x86} depicts an x86 program that computes
\racket{\code{(+ 10 32)}}\python{10 + 32}. The instruction
\lstinline{movq $10, %rax}
puts $10$ into register \key{rax}, and then \lstinline{addq $32, %rax}
adds $32$ to the $10$ in \key{rax} and
puts the result, $42$, into \key{rax}.
%
The last instruction \key{retq} finishes the \key{main} function by
returning the integer in \key{rax} to the operating system. The
operating system interprets this integer as the program's exit
code. By convention, an exit code of 0 indicates that a program has
completed successfully, and all other exit codes indicate various
errors.
%
\racket{However, in this book we return the result of the program
  as the exit code.}

\begin{figure}[tbp]
\begin{minipage}{0.45\textwidth}
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
\begin{lstlisting}
	.globl main
main:
	movq	$10, %rax
	addq	$32, %rax
	retq
\end{lstlisting}
\end{tcolorbox}
\end{minipage}

\caption{An x86 program that computes
  \racket{\code{(+ 10 32)}}\python{10 + 32}.}
\label{fig:p0-x86}
\end{figure}

We exhibit the use of memory for storing intermediate results in the
next example.  Figure~\ref{fig:p1-x86} lists an x86 program that
computes \racket{\code{(+ 52 (- 10))}}\python{52 + -10}. This program
uses a region of memory called the \emph{procedure call stack}
(\emph{stack} for
short). \index{subject}{stack}\index{subject}{procedure call stack}
The stack consists of a separate \emph{frame}\index{subject}{frame}
for each procedure call. The memory layout for an individual frame is
shown in figure~\ref{fig:frame}.  The register \key{rsp} is called the
\emph{stack pointer}\index{subject}{stack pointer} and contains the
address of the item at the top of the stack.  In general, we use the
term \emph{pointer}\index{subject}{pointer} for something that
contains an address. The stack grows downward in memory, so we
increase the size of the stack by subtracting from the stack pointer.
In the context of a procedure call, the \emph{return
  address}\index{subject}{return address} is the location of the
instruction that immediately follows the call instruction on the
caller side.  The function call instruction, \code{callq}, pushes the
return address onto the stack prior to jumping to the procedure.  The
register \key{rbp} is the \emph{base pointer}\index{subject}{base
  pointer} and is used to access variables that are stored in the
frame of the current procedure call.  The base pointer of the caller
is stored immediately after the return address.
Figure~\ref{fig:frame} shows the memory layout of a frame with storage
for $n$ variables, which are numbered from $1$ to $n$. Variable $1$ is
stored at address $-8\key{(\%rbp)}$, variable $2$ at
$-16\key{(\%rbp)}$, and so on.

\begin{figure}[tbp]
  \begin{minipage}{0.66\textwidth}
    \begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
      {\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{lstlisting}
start:
	movq	$10, -8(%rbp)
	negq	-8(%rbp)
	movq	-8(%rbp), %rax
	addq	$52, %rax
	jmp conclusion

	.globl main
main:
	pushq	%rbp
	movq	%rsp, %rbp
	subq	$16, %rsp
	jmp start
conclusion:
	addq	$16, %rsp
	popq	%rbp
	retq
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
	.globl main
main:
	pushq	%rbp
	movq	%rsp, %rbp
	subq	$16, %rsp
	movq	$10, -8(%rbp)
	negq	-8(%rbp)
	movq	-8(%rbp), %rax
	addq	$52, %rax
	addq	$16, %rsp
	popq	%rbp
	retq
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
  \end{tcolorbox}
  \end{minipage}
  \caption{An x86 program that computes
  \racket{\code{(+ 52 (- 10))}}\python{52 + -10}.}
\label{fig:p1-x86}
\end{figure}


\begin{figure}[tbp]
\begin{minipage}{0.66\textwidth}
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
\centering
\begin{tabular}{|r|l|} \hline
Position & Contents \\ \hline
$8$(\key{\%rbp}) & return address \\
$0$(\key{\%rbp}) & old \key{rbp} \\
$-8$(\key{\%rbp}) & variable $1$ \\
$-16$(\key{\%rbp}) & variable $2$ \\
 \ldots  & \ldots \\
$0$(\key{\%rsp}) & variable $n$\\ \hline
\end{tabular}
\end{tcolorbox}
\end{minipage}
\caption{Memory layout of a frame.}
\label{fig:frame}
\end{figure}

In the program shown in figure~\ref{fig:p1-x86}, consider how control
is transferred from the operating system to the \code{main} function.
The operating system issues a \code{callq main} instruction that
pushes its return address on the stack and then jumps to
\code{main}. In x86-64, the stack pointer \code{rsp} must be divisible
by 16 bytes prior to the execution of any \code{callq} instruction, so
that when control arrives at \code{main}, the \code{rsp} is 8 bytes
out of alignment (because the \code{callq} pushed the return address).
The first three instructions are the typical
\emph{prelude}\index{subject}{prelude} for a procedure.  The
instruction \code{pushq \%rbp} first subtracts $8$ from the stack
pointer \code{rsp} and then saves the base pointer of the caller at
address \code{rsp} on the stack. The next instruction \code{movq
  \%rsp, \%rbp} sets the base pointer to the current stack pointer,
which is pointing to the location of the old base pointer. The
instruction \code{subq \$16, \%rsp} moves the stack pointer down to
make enough room for storing variables.  This program needs one
variable ($8$ bytes), but we round up to 16 bytes so that \code{rsp} is
16-byte-aligned, and then we are ready to make calls to other functions.
\racket{The last instruction of the prelude is \code{jmp start}, which
  transfers control to the instructions that were generated from the
  expression \racket{\code{(+ 52 (- 10))}}\python{52 + -10}.}

\racket{The first instruction under the \code{start} label is}
%
\python{The first instruction after the prelude is}
%
\code{movq \$10, -8(\%rbp)}, which stores $10$ in variable $1$.
%
The instruction \code{negq -8(\%rbp)} changes the contents of variable
$1$ to $-10$.
%
The next instruction moves the $-10$ from variable $1$ into the
\code{rax} register.  Finally, \code{addq \$52, \%rax} adds $52$ to
the value in \code{rax}, updating its contents to $42$.

\racket{The three instructions under the label \code{conclusion} are the
  typical \emph{conclusion}\index{subject}{conclusion} of a procedure.}
%
\python{The \emph{conclusion}\index{subject}{conclusion} of the
  \code{main} function consists of the last three instructions.}
%
The first two restore the \code{rsp} and \code{rbp} registers to their
states at the beginning of the procedure. In particular,
\key{addq \$16, \%rsp} moves the stack pointer to point to the
old base pointer. Then \key{popq \%rbp} restores the old base pointer
to \key{rbp} and adds $8$ to the stack pointer.  The last instruction,
\key{retq}, jumps back to the procedure that called this one and adds
$8$ to the stack pointer.

Our compiler needs a convenient representation for manipulating x86
programs, so we define an abstract syntax for x86, shown in
figure~\ref{fig:x86-int-ast}. We refer to this language as
\LangXInt{}.
%
{\if\edition\pythonEd%
  The main difference between this and the concrete syntax of \LangXInt{}
  (figure~\ref{fig:x86-int-concrete}) is that labels, instruction
  names, and register names are explicitly represented by strings. 
\fi} %
{\if\edition\racketEd  
The main difference between this and the concrete syntax of \LangXInt{}
(figure~\ref{fig:x86-int-concrete}) is that labels are not allowed in
front of every instruction. Instead instructions are grouped into
\emph{basic blocks}\index{subject}{basic block} with a
label associated with every basic block; this is why the \key{X86Program}
struct includes an alist mapping labels to basic blocks. The reason for this
organization becomes apparent in chapter~\ref{ch:Lif} when we
introduce conditional branching. The \code{Block} structure includes
an $\itm{info}$ field that is not needed in this chapter but becomes
useful in chapter~\ref{ch:register-allocation-Lvar}.  For now, the
$\itm{info}$ field should contain an empty list.
\fi}
%
Regarding the abstract syntax for \code{callq}, the \code{Callq} AST
node includes an integer for representing the arity of the function,
that is, the number of arguments, which is helpful to know during
register allocation (chapter~\ref{ch:register-allocation-Lvar}).

\newcommand{\allastregisters}{\skey{rsp} \MID \skey{rbp} \MID \skey{rax} \MID \skey{rbx} \MID \skey{rcx}
              \MID \skey{rdx} \MID \skey{rsi} \MID \skey{rdi} \MID \\
              && \skey{r8} \MID \skey{r9} \MID \skey{r10}
              \MID \skey{r11} \MID \skey{r12} \MID \skey{r13}
              \MID \skey{r14} \MID \skey{r15}}


\newcommand{\ASTXIntRacket}{
\begin{array}{lcl}
\Reg &::=& \allregisters{} \\
\Arg &::=&  \IMM{\Int} \MID \REG{\Reg}
   \MID \DEREF{\Reg}{\Int} \\
\Instr &::=& \BININSTR{\code{addq}}{\Arg}{\Arg} 
       \MID \BININSTR{\code{subq}}{\Arg}{\Arg}\\
       &\MID& \UNIINSTR{\code{negq}}{\Arg}
       \MID \BININSTR{\code{movq}}{\Arg}{\Arg}\\
       &\MID& \PUSHQ{\Arg}
       \MID \POPQ{\Arg} \\
      &\MID& \CALLQ{\itm{label}}{\itm{int}}
       \MID \RETQ{}
       \MID \JMP{\itm{label}}  \\
\Block &::= & \BLOCK{\itm{info}}{\LP\Instr\ldots\RP} 
\end{array}
}

\begin{figure}[tp]
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
\small
{\if\edition\racketEd
\[\arraycolsep=3pt
\begin{array}{l}
  \ASTXIntRacket \\
\begin{array}{lcl}
\LangXIntM{} &::= & \XPROGRAM{\itm{info}}{\LP\LP\itm{label} \,\key{.}\, \Block \RP\ldots\RP}
\end{array}
\end{array}
\]
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\[
\begin{array}{lcl}
\Reg &::=& \allastregisters{} \\
\Arg &::=&  \IMM{\Int} \MID \REG{\Reg}
   \MID \DEREF{\Reg}{\Int} \\
\Instr &::=& \BININSTR{\scode{addq}}{\Arg}{\Arg} 
       \MID \BININSTR{\scode{subq}}{\Arg}{\Arg} \\
       &\MID& \BININSTR{\scode{movq}}{\Arg}{\Arg}
       \MID \UNIINSTR{\scode{negq}}{\Arg}\\
       &\MID&  \PUSHQ{\Arg} \MID \POPQ{\Arg} \\
       &\MID& \CALLQ{\itm{label}}{\itm{int}} \MID \RETQ{}  \MID \JMP{\itm{label}} \\
\LangXIntM{} &::= & \XPROGRAM{}{\Instr^{*}}{}
\end{array}
\]
\fi}
\end{tcolorbox}
\caption{The abstract syntax of \LangXInt{} assembly.}
\label{fig:x86-int-ast}
\end{figure}

\section{Planning the Trip to x86}
\label{sec:plan-s0-x86}

To compile one language to another, it helps to focus on the
differences between the two languages because the compiler will need
to bridge those differences. What are the differences between \LangVar{}
and x86 assembly? Here are some of the most important ones:

\begin{enumerate}
\item x86 arithmetic instructions typically have two arguments and
  update the second argument in place. In contrast, \LangVar{}
  arithmetic operations take two arguments and produce a new value.
  An x86 instruction may have at most one memory-accessing argument.
  Furthermore, some x86 instructions place special restrictions on
  their arguments.

\item An argument of an \LangVar{} operator can be a deeply nested
  expression, whereas x86 instructions restrict their arguments to be
  integer constants, registers, and memory locations.

{\if\edition\racketEd      
\item The order of execution in x86 is explicit in the syntax, which
  is a sequence of instructions and jumps to labeled positions,
  whereas in \LangVar{} the order of evaluation is a left-to-right
  depth-first traversal of the abstract syntax tree.  \fi}

\item A program in \LangVar{} can have any number of variables,
  whereas x86 has 16 registers and the procedure call stack.
{\if\edition\racketEd    
\item Variables in \LangVar{} can shadow other variables with the
  same name. In x86, registers have unique names, and memory locations
  have unique addresses.
\fi}  
\end{enumerate}

We ease the challenge of compiling from \LangVar{} to x86 by breaking
down the problem into several steps, which deal with these differences
one at a time. Each of these steps is called a \emph{pass} of the
compiler.\index{subject}{pass}\index{subject}{compiler pass}
%
This term indicates that each step passes over, or traverses, the AST
of the program.
%
Furthermore, we follow the nanopass approach, which means that we
strive for each pass to accomplish one clear objective rather than two
or three at the same time.
%
We begin by sketching how we might implement each pass and give each
pass a name.  We then figure out an ordering of the passes and the
input/output language for each pass. The very first pass has
\LangVar{} as its input language, and the last pass has \LangXInt{} as
its output language. In between these two passes, we can choose
whichever language is most convenient for expressing the output of
each pass, whether that be \LangVar{}, \LangXInt{}, or a new
\emph{intermediate languages} of our own design.  Finally, to
implement each pass we write one recursive function per nonterminal in
the grammar of the input language of the pass.
\index{subject}{intermediate language}

Our compiler for \LangVar{} consists of the following passes:
%
\begin{description}
{\if\edition\racketEd
\item[\key{uniquify}] deals with the shadowing of variables by
  renaming every variable to a unique name.
  \fi}

\item[\key{remove\_complex\_operands}] ensures that each subexpression
  of a primitive operation or function call is a variable or integer,
  that is, an \emph{atomic} expression. We refer to nonatomic
  expressions as \emph{complex}.  This pass introduces temporary
  variables to hold the results of complex
  subexpressions.\index{subject}{atomic
    expression}\index{subject}{complex expression}%
  
{\if\edition\racketEd
\item[\key{explicate\_control}] makes the execution order of the
  program explicit. It converts the abstract syntax tree
  representation into a graph in which each node is a labeled sequence
  of statements and the edges are \code{goto} statements.
\fi}

\item[\key{select\_instructions}] handles the difference between
  \LangVar{} operations and x86 instructions. This pass converts each
  \LangVar{} operation to a short sequence of instructions that
  accomplishes the same task.

\item[\key{assign\_homes}] replaces variables with registers or stack
  locations.
\end{description}
%
{\if\edition\racketEd
%
Our treatment of \code{remove\_complex\_operands} and
\code{explicate\_control} as separate passes is an example of the
nanopass approach\footnote{For analogous decompositions of the
  translation into continuation passing style, see the work of
  \citet{Lawall:1993} and \citet{Hatcliff:1994ea}.}.  The traditional
approach is to combine them into a single step~\citep{Aho:2006wb}.
%  
\fi}

The next question is, in what order should we apply these passes? This
question can be challenging because it is difficult to know ahead of
time which orderings will be better (that is, will be easier to
implement, produce more efficient code, and so on), and therefore
ordering often involves trial and error. Nevertheless, we can plan
ahead and make educated choices regarding the ordering.

\racket{What should be the ordering of \key{explicate\_control} with respect to
\key{uniquify}? The \key{uniquify} pass should come first because
\key{explicate\_control} changes all the \key{let}-bound variables to
become local variables whose scope is the entire program, which would
confuse variables with the same name.}
%
\racket{We place \key{remove\_complex\_operands} before \key{explicate\_control}
because the later removes the \key{let} form, but it is convenient to
use \key{let} in the output of \key{remove\_complex\_operands}.}
%
\racket{The ordering of \key{uniquify} with respect to
\key{remove\_complex\_operands} does not matter, so we arbitrarily choose
\key{uniquify} to come first.}

The \key{select\_instructions} and \key{assign\_homes} passes are
intertwined.
%
In chapter~\ref{ch:Lfun} we learn that in x86, registers are used for
passing arguments to functions and that it is preferable to assign
parameters to their corresponding registers.  This suggests that it
would be better to start with the \key{select\_instructions} pass,
which generates the instructions for argument passing, before
performing register allocation.
%
On the other hand, by selecting instructions first we may run into a
dead end in \key{assign\_homes}. Recall that only one argument of an
x86 instruction may be a memory access, but \key{assign\_homes} might
be forced to assign both arguments to memory locations.
%
A sophisticated approach is to repeat the two passes until a solution
is found. However, to reduce implementation complexity we recommend
placing \key{select\_instructions} first, followed by the
\key{assign\_homes}, and then a third pass named \key{patch\_instructions}
that uses a reserved register to fix outstanding problems.

\begin{figure}[tbp]
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
{\if\edition\racketEd  
\begin{tikzpicture}[baseline=(current  bounding  box.center),scale=0.90]
\node (Lvar) at (0,2)  {\large \LangVar{}};
\node (Lvar-2) at (3,2)  {\large \LangVar{}};
\node (Lvar-3) at (7,2)  {\large \LangVarANF{}};
%\node (Cvar-1) at (6,0)  {\large \LangCVar{}};
\node (Cvar-2) at (0,0)  {\large \LangCVar{}};

\node (x86-2) at (0,-2)  {\large \LangXVar{}};
\node (x86-3) at (3,-2)  {\large \LangXVar{}};
\node (x86-4) at (7,-2) {\large \LangXInt{}};
\node (x86-5) at (11,-2) {\large \LangXInt{}};

\path[->,bend left=15] (Lvar) edge [above] node {\ttfamily\footnotesize uniquify} (Lvar-2);
\path[->,bend left=15] (Lvar-2) edge [above] node {\ttfamily\footnotesize remove\_complex\_operands} (Lvar-3);
\path[->,bend left=15] (Lvar-3) edge [right] node {\ttfamily\footnotesize explicate\_control} (Cvar-2);
\path[->,bend right=15] (Cvar-2) edge [right] node {\ttfamily\footnotesize select\_instructions} (x86-2);
\path[->,bend right=15] (x86-2) edge [below] node {\ttfamily\footnotesize assign\_homes} (x86-3);
\path[->,bend left=15] (x86-3) edge [above] node {\ttfamily\footnotesize patch\_instructions} (x86-4);
\path[->,bend left=15] (x86-4) edge [above] node {\ttfamily\footnotesize prelude\_and\_conclusion} (x86-5);
\end{tikzpicture}
\fi}

{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{tikzpicture}[baseline=(current  bounding  box.center),scale=0.85]
\node (Lvar) at (0,2)  {\large \LangVar{}};
\node (Lvar-2) at (4,2)  {\large \LangVarANF{}};
\node (x86-1) at (0,0)  {\large \LangXVar{}};
\node (x86-2) at (4,0)  {\large \LangXVar{}};
\node (x86-3) at (8,0) {\large \LangXInt{}};
\node (x86-4) at (12,0) {\large \LangXInt{}};

\path[->,bend left=15] (Lvar) edge [above] node {\ttfamily\footnotesize remove\_complex\_operands} (Lvar-2);
\path[->,bend left=15] (Lvar-2) edge [left] node {\ttfamily\footnotesize select\_instructions} (x86-1);
\path[->,bend right=15] (x86-1) edge [below] node {\ttfamily\footnotesize assign\_homes} (x86-2);
\path[->,bend left=15] (x86-2) edge [above] node {\ttfamily\footnotesize patch\_instructions} (x86-3);
\path[->,bend right=15] (x86-3) edge [below] node {\ttfamily\footnotesize prelude\_and\_conclusion} (x86-4);
\end{tikzpicture}
\fi}  
\end{tcolorbox}
\caption{Diagram of the passes for compiling \LangVar{}. }
\label{fig:Lvar-passes}
\end{figure}

Figure~\ref{fig:Lvar-passes} presents the ordering of the compiler
passes and identifies the input and output language of each pass.
%
The output of the \key{select\_instructions} pass is the \LangXVar{}
language, which extends \LangXInt{} with an unbounded number of
program-scope variables and removes the restrictions regarding
instruction arguments.
%
The last pass, \key{prelude\_and\_conclusion}, places the program
instructions inside a \code{main} function with instructions for the
prelude and conclusion.
%
\racket{In the next section we discuss the \LangCVar{} intermediate
  language that serves as the output of \code{explicate\_control}.}
%
The remainder of this chapter provides guidance on the implementation
of each of the compiler passes represented in
figure~\ref{fig:Lvar-passes}.

%% The output of \key{uniquify} and \key{remove-complex-operands}
%% are programs that are still in the \LangVar{} language, though the
%% output of the later is a subset of \LangVar{} named \LangVarANF{}
%% (section~\ref{sec:remove-complex-opera-Lvar}).
%% %
%% The output of \code{explicate\_control} is in an intermediate language
%% \LangCVar{} designed to make the order of evaluation explicit in its
%% syntax, which we introduce in the next section. The
%% \key{select-instruction} pass translates from \LangCVar{} to
%% \LangXVar{}. The \key{assign-homes} and

%% \key{patch-instructions}
%% passes input and output variants of x86 assembly.

\newcommand{\CvarGrammarRacket}{
\begin{array}{lcl}
\Atm &::=& \Int \MID \Var \\
\Exp &::=& \Atm \MID \CREAD{} \MID \CNEG{\Atm} \MID \CADD{\Atm}{\Atm} \MID \CSUB{\Atm}{\Atm}\\
\Stmt &::=& \CASSIGN{\Var}{\Exp} \\
\Tail &::= & \CRETURN{\Exp} \MID \Stmt~\Tail 
\end{array}
}
\newcommand{\CvarASTRacket}{
\begin{array}{lcl}
\Atm &::=& \INT{\Int} \MID \VAR{\Var} \\
\Exp &::=& \Atm \MID \READ{} \MID \NEG{\Atm} \\
 &\MID& \ADD{\Atm}{\Atm} \MID \SUB{\Atm}{\Atm}\\
\Stmt &::=& \ASSIGN{\VAR{\Var}}{\Exp} \\
\Tail &::= & \RETURN{\Exp} \MID \SEQ{\Stmt}{\Tail} 
\end{array}
}

{\if\edition\racketEd  
\subsection{The \LangCVar{} Intermediate Language}

The output of \code{explicate\_control} is similar to the C
language~\citep{Kernighan:1988nx} in that it has separate syntactic
categories for expressions and statements, so we name it \LangCVar{}.
This style of intermediate language is also known as
\emph{three-address code}, to emphasize that the typical form of a
statement such as \CASSIGN{\key{x}}{\CADD{\key{y}}{\key{z}}} involves three
addresses: \code{x}, \code{y}, and \code{z}~\citep{Aho:2006wb}.

The concrete syntax for \LangCVar{} is shown in
figure~\ref{fig:c0-concrete-syntax}, and the abstract syntax for
\LangCVar{} is shown in figure~\ref{fig:c0-syntax}.
%
The \LangCVar{} language supports the same operators as \LangVar{} but
the arguments of operators are restricted to atomic
expressions. Instead of \key{let} expressions, \LangCVar{} has
assignment statements that can be executed in sequence using the
\key{Seq} form. A sequence of statements always ends with
\key{Return}, a guarantee that is baked into the grammar rules for
\itm{tail}. The naming of this nonterminal comes from the term
\emph{tail position}\index{subject}{tail position}, which refers to an
expression that is the last one to execute within a function or
program.

A \LangCVar{} program consists of an alist mapping labels to
tails. This is more general than necessary for the present chapter, as
we do not yet introduce \key{goto} for jumping to labels, but it saves
us from having to change the syntax in chapter~\ref{ch:Lif}.  For now
there is just one label, \key{start}, and the whole program is
its tail.
%
The $\itm{info}$ field of the \key{CProgram} form, after the
\code{explicate\_control} pass, contains an alist that associates the
symbol \key{locals} with a list of all the variables used in the
program. At the start of the program, these variables are
uninitialized; they become initialized on their first assignment.

\begin{figure}[tbp]
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
\[
\begin{array}{l}
  \CvarGrammarRacket \\
\begin{array}{lcl}
\LangCVarM{} & ::= & (\itm{label}\key{:}~ \Tail)\ldots
\end{array}
\end{array}
\]
\end{tcolorbox}
\caption{The concrete syntax of the \LangCVar{} intermediate language.}
\label{fig:c0-concrete-syntax}
\end{figure}


\begin{figure}[tbp]
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
\[
\begin{array}{l}
  \CvarASTRacket \\
\begin{array}{lcl}
\LangCVarM{} & ::= & \CPROGRAM{\itm{info}}{\LP\LP\itm{label}\,\key{.}\,\Tail\RP\ldots\RP}
\end{array}
\end{array}
\]
\end{tcolorbox}
\caption{The abstract syntax of the \LangCVar{} intermediate language.}
\label{fig:c0-syntax}
\end{figure}

The definitional interpreter for \LangCVar{} is in the support code,
in the file \code{interp-Cvar.rkt}.

\fi}

{\if\edition\racketEd  
\section{Uniquify Variables}
\label{sec:uniquify-Lvar}

The \code{uniquify} pass compiles \LangVar{} programs into \LangVar{}
programs in which every \key{let} binds a unique variable name. For
example, the \code{uniquify} pass should translate the program on the
left into the program on the right. 
\begin{transformation}
\begin{lstlisting}
(let ([x 32])
  (+ (let ([x 10]) x) x))
\end{lstlisting}
\compilesto
\begin{lstlisting}
(let ([x.1 32])
  (+ (let ([x.2 10]) x.2) x.1))
\end{lstlisting}
\end{transformation}
The following is another example translation, this time of a program
with a \key{let} nested inside the initializing expression of another
\key{let}.
\begin{transformation}
\begin{lstlisting}
(let ([x (let ([x 4])
            (+ x 1))])
  (+ x 2))
\end{lstlisting}
\compilesto
\begin{lstlisting}
(let ([x.2 (let ([x.1 4])
              (+ x.1 1))])
  (+ x.2 2))
\end{lstlisting}
\end{transformation}

We recommend implementing \code{uniquify} by creating a structurally
recursive function named \code{uniquify\_exp} that does little other
than copy an expression. However, when encountering a \key{let}, it
should generate a unique name for the variable and associate the old
name with the new name in an alist.\footnote{The Racket function
  \code{gensym} is handy for generating unique variable names.} The
\code{uniquify\_exp} function needs to access this alist when it gets
to a variable reference, so we add a parameter to \code{uniquify\_exp}
for the alist.

The skeleton of the \code{uniquify\_exp} function is shown in
figure~\ref{fig:uniquify-Lvar}.
%% The function is curried so that it is
%% convenient to partially apply it to an alist and then apply it to
%% different expressions, as in the last case for primitive operations in
%% figure~\ref{fig:uniquify-Lvar}.
The
%
\href{https://docs.racket-lang.org/reference/for.html#%28form._%28%28lib._racket%2Fprivate%2Fbase..rkt%29._for%2Flist%29%29}{\key{for/list}}
%
form of Racket is useful for transforming the element of a list to
produce a new list.\index{subject}{for/list}

\begin{figure}[tbp]
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
\begin{lstlisting}
(define (uniquify_exp env)
  (lambda (e)
    (match e
      [(Var x) ___]
      [(Int n) (Int n)]
      [(Let x e body) ___]
      [(Prim op es)
       (Prim op (for/list ([e es]) ((uniquify_exp env) e)))])))

(define (uniquify p)
  (match p
    [(Program '() e) (Program '() ((uniquify_exp '()) e))]))
\end{lstlisting}
\end{tcolorbox}
\caption{Skeleton for the \key{uniquify} pass.}
\label{fig:uniquify-Lvar}
\end{figure}

\begin{exercise}
\normalfont\normalsize % I don't like the italics for exercises. -Jeremy

Complete the \code{uniquify} pass by filling in the blanks in
figure~\ref{fig:uniquify-Lvar}; that is, implement the cases for
variables and for the \key{let} form in the file \code{compiler.rkt}
in the support code.
\end{exercise}

\begin{exercise}
\normalfont\normalsize
\label{ex:Lvar}

Create five \LangVar{} programs that exercise the most interesting
parts of the \key{uniquify} pass; that is, the programs should include
\key{let} forms, variables, and variables that shadow each other.
The five programs should be placed in the subdirectory named
\key{tests}, and the file names should start with \code{var\_test\_}
followed by a unique integer and end with the file extension
\key{.rkt}.
%
The \key{run-tests.rkt} script in the support code checks whether the
output programs produce the same result as the input programs.  The
script uses the \key{interp-tests} function
(appendix~\ref{appendix:utilities}) from \key{utilities.rkt} to test
your \key{uniquify} pass on the example programs.  The \code{passes}
parameter of \key{interp-tests} is a list that should have one entry
for each pass in your compiler.  For now, define \code{passes} to
contain just one entry for \code{uniquify} as follows:
\begin{lstlisting}
(define passes 
  (list (list "uniquify" uniquify interp_Lvar type-check-Lvar)))
\end{lstlisting}
Run the \key{run-tests.rkt} script in the support code to check
whether the output programs produce the same result as the input
programs.
\end{exercise}

\fi}

\section{Remove Complex Operands}
\label{sec:remove-complex-opera-Lvar}

The \code{remove\_complex\_operands} pass compiles \LangVar{} programs
into a restricted form in which the arguments of operations are atomic
expressions.  Put another way, this pass removes complex
operands\index{subject}{complex operand}, such as the expression
\racket{\code{(- 10)}}\python{\code{-10}}
in the following program. This is accomplished by introducing a new
temporary variable, assigning the complex operand to the new
variable, and then using the new variable in place of the complex
operand, as shown in the output of \code{remove\_complex\_operands} on the
right.
{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{transformation}
% var_test_19.rkt
\begin{lstlisting}
(let ([x (+ 42 (- 10))])
  (+ x 10))
\end{lstlisting}
\compilesto
\begin{lstlisting}
(let ([x (let ([tmp.1 (- 10)])
            (+ 42 tmp.1))])
   (+ x 10))
\end{lstlisting}
\end{transformation}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{transformation}  
\begin{lstlisting}
x = 42 + -10
print(x + 10)
\end{lstlisting}
\compilesto
\begin{lstlisting}
tmp_0 = -10
x = 42 + tmp_0
tmp_1 = x + 10
print(tmp_1)
\end{lstlisting}
\end{transformation}
\fi}


\newcommand{\LvarMonadASTRacket}{
\begin{array}{rcl}
\Atm &::=& \INT{\Int} \MID \VAR{\Var} \\
\Exp &::=& \Atm \MID \READ{} \\
     &\MID& \NEG{\Atm} \MID \ADD{\Atm}{\Atm} \MID \SUB{\Atm}{\Atm} \\
     &\MID&  \LET{\Var}{\Exp}{\Exp} \\
\end{array}
}  

\newcommand{\LvarMonadASTPython}{
\begin{array}{rcl}
\Atm &::=& \INT{\Int} \MID \VAR{\Var} \\  
\Exp{} &::=& \Atm \MID \READ{} \\
       &\MID& \UNIOP{\itm{unaryop}}{\Atm} \MID \BINOP{\Atm}{\itm{binaryop}}{\Atm}  \\ 
\Stmt{} &::=& \PRINT{\Atm} \MID \EXPR{\Exp} \\
        &\MID& \ASSIGN{\VAR{\Var}}{\Exp}
\end{array}
}

\begin{figure}[tp]
\centering
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
{\if\edition\racketEd
\[
\begin{array}{l}
  \LvarMonadASTRacket \\
\begin{array}{rcl}
\LangVarANFM{}  &::=& \PROGRAM{\code{'()}}{\Exp}
\end{array}
\end{array}
\]
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\[
\begin{array}{l}
  \LvarMonadASTPython \\
\begin{array}{rcl}
\LangVarANFM{}  &::=& \PROGRAM{}{\Stmt^{*}}
\end{array}
\end{array}
\]
\fi}  
\end{tcolorbox}

\caption{\LangVarANF{} is \LangVar{} with operands restricted to
  atomic expressions.}
\label{fig:Lvar-anf-syntax}
\end{figure}

Figure~\ref{fig:Lvar-anf-syntax} presents the grammar for the output
of this pass, the language \LangVarANF{}. The only difference is that
operator arguments are restricted to be atomic expressions that are
defined by the \Atm{} nonterminal. In particular, integer constants
and variables are atomic.

The atomic expressions are pure (they do not cause or depend on side
effects) whereas complex expressions may have side effects, such as
\READ{}.  A language with this separation between pure expression
versus expressions with side effects is said to be in monadic normal
form~\citep{Moggi:1991in,Danvy:2003fk}, which explains the \textit{mon}
in the name \LangVarANF{}. An important invariant of the
\code{remove\_complex\_operands} pass is that the relative ordering
among complex expressions is not changed, but the relative ordering
between atomic expressions and complex expressions can change and
often does. The reason that these changes are behavior preserving is
that the atomic expressions are pure.

Another well-known form for intermediate languages is the
\emph{administrative normal form}
(ANF)~\citep{Danvy:1991fk,Flanagan:1993cg}.
\index{subject}{administrative normal form} \index{subject}{ANF}
%
The \LangVarANF{} language is not quite in ANF because we allow the
right-hand side of a \code{let} to be a complex expression.

{\if\edition\racketEd
We recommend implementing this pass with two mutually recursive
functions, \code{rco\_atom} and \code{rco\_exp}. The idea is to apply
\code{rco\_atom} to subexpressions that need to become atomic and to
apply \code{rco\_exp} to subexpressions that do not.  Both functions
take an \LangVar{} expression as input.  The \code{rco\_exp} function
returns an expression.  The \code{rco\_atom} function returns two
things: an atomic expression and an alist mapping temporary variables to
complex subexpressions. You can return multiple things from a function
using Racket's \key{values} form, and you can receive multiple things
from a function call using the \key{define-values} form.
\fi}
%
{\if\edition\pythonEd
%
We recommend implementing this pass with an auxiliary method named
\code{rco\_exp} with two parameters: an \LangVar{} expression and a
Boolean that specifies whether the expression needs to become atomic
or not.  The \code{rco\_exp} method should return a pair consisting of
the new expression and a list of pairs, associating new temporary
variables with their initializing expressions.
%
\fi}

{\if\edition\racketEd
%
Returning to the example program with the expression \code{(+ 42 (-
  10))}, the subexpression \code{(- 10)} should be processed using the
\code{rco\_atom} function because it is an argument of the \code{+}
operator and therefore needs to become atomic.  The output of
\code{rco\_atom} applied to \code{(- 10)} is as follows:
\begin{transformation}
\begin{lstlisting}
  (- 10)
\end{lstlisting}
\compilesto
\begin{lstlisting}
tmp.1
((tmp.1 . (- 10)))
\end{lstlisting}
\end{transformation}
\fi}
%
{\if\edition\pythonEd
%
Returning to the example program with the expression \code{42 + -10},
the subexpression \code{-10} should be processed using the
\code{rco\_exp} function with \code{True} as the second argument
because \code{-10} is an argument of the \code{+} operator and
therefore needs to become atomic.  The output of \code{rco\_exp}
applied to \code{-10} is as follows.
\begin{transformation}
\begin{lstlisting}
  -10
\end{lstlisting}
\compilesto
\begin{lstlisting}
tmp_1
[(tmp_1, -10)]
\end{lstlisting}
\end{transformation}
%  
\fi}

Take special care of programs, such as the following, that
%
\racket{bind a variable to an atomic expression.}
%
\python{assign an atomic expression to a variable.}
%
You should leave such \racket{variable bindings}\python{assignments}
unchanged, as shown in the program on the right\\
%
{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{transformation}
% var_test_20.rkt
\begin{lstlisting}
(let ([a 42])
  (let ([b a])
    b))
\end{lstlisting}
\compilesto
\begin{lstlisting}
(let ([a 42])
  (let ([b a])
    b))
\end{lstlisting}
\end{transformation}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{transformation}
\begin{lstlisting}
a = 42
b = a
print(b)
\end{lstlisting}
\compilesto
\begin{lstlisting}
a = 42
b = a
print(b)
\end{lstlisting}
\end{transformation}
\fi}
%
\noindent A careless implementation might produce the following output with
unnecessary temporary variables.
\begin{center}
\begin{minipage}{0.4\textwidth}
{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{lstlisting}
(let ([tmp.1 42])
  (let ([a tmp.1])
    (let ([tmp.2 a])
      (let ([b tmp.2])
        b))))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
tmp_1 = 42
a = tmp_1
tmp_2 = a
b = tmp_2
print(b)
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
\end{minipage}
\end{center}

\begin{exercise}
  \normalfont\normalsize
{\if\edition\racketEd  
Implement the \code{remove\_complex\_operands} function in
\code{compiler.rkt}.
%
Create three new \LangVar{} programs that exercise the interesting
code in the \code{remove\_complex\_operands} pass.  Follow the guidelines
regarding file names described in exercise~\ref{ex:Lvar}.
%
In the \code{run-tests.rkt} script, add the following entry to the
list of \code{passes}, and then run the script to test your compiler.
\begin{lstlisting}
(list "remove-complex" remove_complex_operands interp_Lvar type-check-Lvar)
\end{lstlisting}
In debugging your compiler, it is often useful to see the intermediate
programs that are output from each pass. To print the intermediate
programs, place \lstinline{(debug-level 1)} before the call to
\code{interp-tests} in \code{run-tests.rkt}.  \fi}
%
{\if\edition\pythonEd
  Implement the \code{remove\_complex\_operands} pass in
  \code{compiler.py}, creating auxiliary functions for each
  nonterminal in the grammar, i.e., \code{rco\_exp}
  and \code{rco\_stmt}. We recommend you use the function
  \code{utils.generate\_name()} to generate fresh names from a stub string.
\fi}  
\end{exercise}

{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{exercise}
\normalfont\normalsize
\label{ex:Lvar}

Create five \LangVar{} programs that exercise the most interesting
parts of the \code{remove\_complex\_operands} pass.  The five programs
should be placed in the subdirectory named \key{tests}, and the file
names should start with \code{var\_test\_} followed by a unique
integer and end with the file extension \key{.py}.
%% The \key{run-tests.rkt} script in the support code checks whether the
%% output programs produce the same result as the input programs.  The
%% script uses the \key{interp-tests} function
%% (Appendix~\ref{appendix:utilities}) from \key{utilities.rkt} to test
%% your \key{uniquify} pass on the example programs.  The \code{passes}
%% parameter of \key{interp-tests} is a list that should have one entry
%% for each pass in your compiler.  For now, define \code{passes} to
%% contain just one entry for \code{uniquify} as shown below.
%% \begin{lstlisting}
%% (define passes 
%%   (list (list "uniquify" uniquify interp_Lvar type-check-Lvar)))
%% \end{lstlisting}
Run the \key{run-tests.py} script in the support code to check
whether the output programs produce the same result as the input
programs.
\end{exercise}

\fi}


{\if\edition\racketEd  
\section{Explicate Control}
\label{sec:explicate-control-Lvar}

The \code{explicate\_control} pass compiles \LangVar{} programs into \LangCVar{}
programs that make the order of execution explicit in their
syntax. For now this amounts to flattening \key{let} constructs into a
sequence of assignment statements. For example, consider the following
\LangVar{} program:\\
% var_test_11.rkt
\begin{minipage}{0.96\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}
(let ([y (let ([x 20])
         (+ x (let ([x 22]) x)))])
  y)
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}\\
%
The output of the previous pass is shown next, on the left, and the
output of \code{explicate\_control} is on the right. Recall that the
right-hand side of a \key{let} executes before its body, so that the order
of evaluation for this program is to assign \code{20} to \code{x.1},
\code{22} to \code{x.2}, and \code{(+ x.1 x.2)} to \code{y}, and then to
return \code{y}. Indeed, the output of \code{explicate\_control} makes
this ordering explicit.
\begin{transformation}
\begin{lstlisting}
(let ([y (let ([x.1 20]) 
           (let ([x.2 22])
             (+ x.1 x.2)))])
 y)
\end{lstlisting}
\compilesto
\begin{lstlisting}[language=C]
start:
  x.1 = 20;
  x.2 = 22;
  y = (+ x.1 x.2);
  return y;
\end{lstlisting}
\end{transformation}

\begin{figure}[tbp]
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
\begin{lstlisting}
(define (explicate_tail e)
  (match e
    [(Var x) ___]
    [(Int n) (Return (Int n))]
    [(Let x rhs body) ___]
    [(Prim op es) ___]
    [else (error "explicate_tail unhandled case" e)]))

(define (explicate_assign e x cont)
  (match e
    [(Var x) ___]
    [(Int n) (Seq (Assign (Var x) (Int n)) cont)]
    [(Let y rhs body) ___]
    [(Prim op es) ___]
    [else (error "explicate_assign unhandled case" e)]))

(define (explicate_control p)
  (match p
    [(Program info body) ___]))
\end{lstlisting}
\end{tcolorbox}
\caption{Skeleton for the \code{explicate\_control} pass.}
\label{fig:explicate-control-Lvar}
\end{figure}

The organization of this pass depends on the notion of tail position
to which we have alluded. Here is the definition.

\begin{definition}\normalfont
  The following rules define when an expression is in \emph{tail
  position}\index{subject}{tail position} for the language \LangVar{}.
\begin{enumerate}
\item In $\PROGRAM{\code{()}}{e}$, expression $e$ is in tail position.
\item If $\LET{x}{e_1}{e_2}$ is in tail position, then so is $e_2$.
\end{enumerate}
\end{definition}

We recommend implementing \code{explicate\_control} using two
recursive functions, \code{explicate\_tail} and
\code{explicate\_assign}, as suggested in the skeleton code shown in
figure~\ref{fig:explicate-control-Lvar}.  The \code{explicate\_tail}
function should be applied to expressions in tail position, whereas the
\code{explicate\_assign} should be applied to expressions that occur on
the right-hand side of a \key{let}.
%
The \code{explicate\_tail} function takes an \Exp{} in \LangVar{} as
input and produces a \Tail{} in \LangCVar{} (see
figure~\ref{fig:c0-syntax}).
%
The \code{explicate\_assign} function takes an \Exp{} in \LangVar{},
the variable to which it is to be assigned to, and a \Tail{} in
\LangCVar{} for the code that comes after the assignment.  The
\code{explicate\_assign} function returns a $\Tail$ in \LangCVar{}.

The \code{explicate\_assign} function is in accumulator-passing style:
the \code{cont} parameter is used for accumulating the output. This
accumulator-passing style plays an important role in the way that we
generate high-quality code for conditional expressions in
chapter~\ref{ch:Lif}.  The abbreviation \code{cont} is for
continuation because it contains the generated code that should come
after the current assignment.  This code organization is also related
to continuation-passing style, except that \code{cont} is not what
happens next during compilation but is what happens next in the
generated code.

\begin{exercise}\normalfont\normalsize
%
Implement the \code{explicate\_control} function in
\code{compiler.rkt}.  Create three new \LangInt{} programs that
exercise the code in \code{explicate\_control}.
%
In the \code{run-tests.rkt} script, add the following entry to the
list of \code{passes} and then run the script to test your compiler.
\begin{lstlisting}
(list "explicate control" explicate_control interp_Cvar type-check-Cvar)  
\end{lstlisting}
\end{exercise}
\fi}

\section{Select Instructions}
\label{sec:select-Lvar}
\index{subject}{instruction selection}

In the \code{select\_instructions} pass we begin the work of
translating \racket{from \LangCVar{}} to \LangXVar{}. The target
language of this pass is a variant of x86 that still uses variables,
so we add an AST node of the form $\VAR{\itm{var}}$ to the \Arg{}
nonterminal of the \LangXInt{} abstract syntax
(figure~\ref{fig:x86-int-ast}).
\racket{We recommend implementing the
\code{select\_instructions} with three auxiliary functions, one for
each of the nonterminals of \LangCVar{}: $\Atm$, $\Stmt$, and
$\Tail$.}
\python{We recommend implementing an auxiliary function
  named \code{select\_stmt} for the $\Stmt$ nonterminal.}

\racket{The cases for $\Atm$ are straightforward; variables stay the
  same and integer constants change to immediates; that is, $\INT{n}$
  changes to $\IMM{n}$.}

Next consider the cases for the $\Stmt$ nonterminal, starting with
arithmetic operations. For example, consider the following addition
operation, on the left side. There is an \key{addq} instruction in
x86, but it performs an in-place update.  So, we could move $\Arg_1$
into the left-hand \itm{var} and then add $\Arg_2$ to \itm{var},
where $\Arg_1$ and $\Arg_2$ are the translations of $\Atm_1$ and
$\Atm_2$, respectively.
\begin{transformation}
{\if\edition\racketEd    
\begin{lstlisting}
|$\itm{var}$| = (+ |$\Atm_1$| |$\Atm_2$|);
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
|$\itm{var}$| = |$\Atm_1$| + |$\Atm_2$|
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
\compilesto
\begin{lstlisting}
movq |$\Arg_1$|, |$\itm{var}$|
addq |$\Arg_2$|, |$\itm{var}$|
\end{lstlisting}
\end{transformation}
There are also cases that require special care to avoid generating
needlessly complicated code. For example, if one of the arguments of
the addition is the same variable as the left-hand side of the
assignment, as shown next, then there is no need for the extra move
instruction.  The assignment statement can be translated into a single
\key{addq} instruction, as follows.
\begin{transformation}
{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{lstlisting}
|$\itm{var}$| = (+ |$\Atm_1$| |$\itm{var}$|);
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
|$\itm{var}$| = |$\Atm_1$| + |$\itm{var}$|
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}    
\compilesto
\begin{lstlisting}
addq |$\Arg_1$|, |$\itm{var}$|
\end{lstlisting}
\end{transformation}

The \READOP{} operation does not have a direct counterpart in x86
assembly, so we provide this functionality with the function
\code{read\_int} in the file \code{runtime.c}, written in
C~\citep{Kernighan:1988nx}. In general, we refer to all the
functionality in this file as the \emph{runtime system}\index{subject}{runtime
  system}, or simply the \emph{runtime} for short. When compiling your
generated x86 assembly code, you need to compile \code{runtime.c} to
\code{runtime.o} (an \emph{object file}, using \code{gcc} with option
\code{-c}) and link it into the executable. For our purposes of code
generation, all you need to do is translate an assignment of
\READOP{} into a call to the \code{read\_int} function followed by a
move from \code{rax} to the left-hand side variable.  (Recall that the
return value of a function goes into \code{rax}.)  
\begin{transformation}
{\if\edition\racketEd  
\begin{lstlisting}
|$\itm{var}$| = (read);
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
|$\itm{var}$| = input_int();
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
\compilesto
\begin{lstlisting}
callq read_int
movq %rax, |$\itm{var}$|
\end{lstlisting}
\end{transformation}

{\if\edition\pythonEd
%
Similarly, we translate the \code{print} operation, shown below, into
a call to the \code{print\_int} function defined in \code{runtime.c}.
In x86, the first six arguments to functions are passed in registers,
with the first argument passed in register \code{rdi}. So we move the
$\Arg$ into \code{rdi} and then call \code{print\_int} using the
\code{callq} instruction.
\begin{transformation}
\begin{lstlisting}
print(|$\Atm$|)    
\end{lstlisting}
\compilesto
\begin{lstlisting}
movq |$\Arg$|, %rdi
callq print_int  
\end{lstlisting}
\end{transformation}
%
\fi}  

{\if\edition\racketEd
There are two cases for the $\Tail$ nonterminal: \key{Return} and
\key{Seq}. Regarding \key{Return}, we recommend treating it as an
assignment to the \key{rax} register followed by a jump to the
conclusion of the program (so the conclusion needs to be labeled).
For $\SEQ{s}{t}$, you can translate the statement $s$ and tail $t$
recursively and then append the resulting instructions.
\fi}

{\if\edition\pythonEd
We recommend that you use the function \code{utils.label\_name()} to
transform a string into an label argument suitably suitable for, e.g.,
the target of the \code{callq} instruction. This practice makes your
compiler portable across Linus and Mac OS X, which requires an underscore prefixed to
all labels.
\fi}
\begin{exercise}
  \normalfont\normalsize
{\if\edition\racketEd
Implement the \code{select\_instructions} pass in
\code{compiler.rkt}. Create three new example programs that are
designed to exercise all the interesting cases in this pass.
%
In the \code{run-tests.rkt} script, add the following entry to the
list of \code{passes} and then run the script to test your compiler.
\begin{lstlisting}
(list "instruction selection" select_instructions interp_pseudo-x86-0)
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
Implement the \key{select\_instructions} pass in
\code{compiler.py}. Create three new example programs that are
designed to exercise all the interesting cases in this pass.
Run the \code{run-tests.py} script to to check
whether the output programs produce the same result as the input
programs.
\fi}
\end{exercise}


\section{Assign Homes}
\label{sec:assign-Lvar}

The \code{assign\_homes} pass compiles \LangXVar{} programs to
\LangXVar{} programs that no longer use program variables.  Thus, the
\code{assign\_homes} pass is responsible for placing all the program
variables in registers or on the stack. For runtime efficiency, it is
better to place variables in registers, but because there are only
sixteen registers, some programs must necessarily resort to placing
some variables on the stack. In this chapter we focus on the mechanics
of placing variables on the stack. We study an algorithm for placing
variables in registers in chapter~\ref{ch:register-allocation-Lvar}.

Consider again the following \LangVar{} program from
section~\ref{sec:remove-complex-opera-Lvar}:\\
% var_test_20.rkt
\begin{minipage}{0.96\textwidth}
{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{lstlisting}
(let ([a 42])
  (let ([b a])
    b))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
a = 42
b = a
print(b)
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
\end{minipage}\\
%
The output of \code{select\_instructions} is shown next, on the left,
and the output of \code{assign\_homes} is on the right.  In this
example, we assign variable \code{a} to stack location
\code{-8(\%rbp)} and variable \code{b} to location \code{-16(\%rbp)}.
\begin{transformation}
\begin{lstlisting}[basicstyle=\ttfamily\footnotesize]
movq $42, a
movq a, b
movq b, %rax
\end{lstlisting}
\compilesto
%stack-space: 16
\begin{lstlisting}[basicstyle=\ttfamily\footnotesize]
movq $42, -8(%rbp)
movq -8(%rbp), -16(%rbp)
movq -16(%rbp), %rax
\end{lstlisting}
\end{transformation}

\racket{
  The \code{assign\_homes} pass should replace all variables
  with stack locations.
  The list of variables can be obtained from 
  the \code{locals-types} entry in the $\itm{info}$ of the
  \code{X86Program} node. The \code{locals-types} entry is an alist
  mapping all the variables in the program to their types
  (for now, just \code{Integer}).
  As an aside, the \code{locals-types} entry is
  computed by \code{type-check-Cvar} in the support code, which
  installs it in the $\itm{info}$ field of the \code{CProgram} node,
  which you should propagate to the \code{X86Program} node.}
%
\python{The \code{assign\_homes} pass should replace all uses of
  variables with stack locations.}
%
In the process of assigning variables to stack locations, it is
convenient for you to compute and store the size of the frame (in
bytes) in
\racket{the $\itm{info}$ field of the \key{X86Program} node, with the key \code{stack-space},}
%
\python{the field \code{stack\_space} of the \key{X86Program} node,}
%
which is needed later to generate the conclusion of the \code{main}
procedure. The x86-64 standard requires the frame size to be a
multiple of 16 bytes.\index{subject}{frame}

% TODO: store the number of variables instead? -Jeremy

\begin{exercise}\normalfont\normalsize
Implement the \code{assign\_homes} pass in
\racket{\code{compiler.rkt}}\python{\code{compiler.py}}, defining
auxiliary functions for each of the nonterminals in the \LangXVar{}
grammar.  We recommend that the auxiliary functions take an extra
parameter that maps variable names to homes (stack locations for now).
%
{\if\edition\racketEd
In the \code{run-tests.rkt} script, add the following entry to the
list of \code{passes} and then run the script to test your compiler.
\begin{lstlisting}
(list "assign homes" assign-homes interp_x86-0)
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
Run the \code{run-tests.py} script to to check
whether the output programs produce the same result as the input
programs.
\fi}
\end{exercise}


\section{Patch Instructions}
\label{sec:patch-s0}

The \code{patch\_instructions} pass compiles from \LangXVar{} to
\LangXInt{} by making sure that each instruction adheres to the
restriction that at most one argument of an instruction may be a
memory reference.

We return to the following example.\\
\begin{minipage}{0.5\textwidth}
  % var_test_20.rkt
{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{lstlisting}
   (let ([a 42])
     (let ([b a])
       b))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
a = 42
b = a
print(b)
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
\end{minipage}\\
The \code{assign\_homes} pass produces the following translation. \\
\begin{minipage}{0.5\textwidth}
{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{lstlisting}
    movq $42, -8(%rbp)
    movq -8(%rbp), -16(%rbp)
    movq -16(%rbp), %rax
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
movq 42, -8(%rbp)
movq -8(%rbp), -16(%rbp)
movq -16(%rbp), %rdi
callq print_int
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
\end{minipage}\\
The second \key{movq} instruction is problematic because both
arguments are stack locations. We suggest fixing this problem by
moving from the source location to the register \key{rax} and then
from \key{rax} to the destination location, as follows.
\begin{lstlisting}
   movq -8(%rbp), %rax
   movq %rax, -16(%rbp)
\end{lstlisting}

\begin{exercise}
\normalfont\normalsize Implement the \key{patch\_instructions} pass in
\racket{\code{compiler.rkt}}\python{\code{compiler.py}}.
Create three new example programs that are
designed to exercise all the interesting cases in this pass.
%
{\if\edition\racketEd
In the \code{run-tests.rkt} script, add the following entry to the
list of \code{passes} and then run the script to test your compiler.
\begin{lstlisting}
(list "patch instructions" patch_instructions interp_x86-0)
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
Run the \code{run-tests.py} script to to check
whether the output programs produce the same result as the input
programs.
\fi}
\end{exercise}


\section{Generate Prelude and Conclusion}
\label{sec:print-x86}
\index{subject}{prelude}\index{subject}{conclusion}

The last step of the compiler from \LangVar{} to x86 is to generate
the \code{main} function with a prelude and conclusion wrapped around
the rest of the program, as shown in figure~\ref{fig:p1-x86} and
discussed in section~\ref{sec:x86}.

When running on Mac OS X, your compiler should prefix an underscore to
all labels, e.g., changing \key{main} to \key{\_main}.
%
\racket{The Racket call \code{(system-type 'os)} is useful for
  determining which operating system the compiler is running on. It
  returns \code{'macosx}, \code{'unix}, or \code{'windows}.}
%
\python{The Python \code{platform} library includes a \code{system()}
  function that returns \code{'Linux'}, \code{'Windows'}, or
  \code{'Darwin'} (for Mac).}

\begin{exercise}\normalfont\normalsize
%
Implement the \key{prelude\_and\_conclusion} pass in
\racket{\code{compiler.rkt}}\python{\code{compiler.py}}.
%
{\if\edition\racketEd
In the \code{run-tests.rkt} script, add the following entry to the
list of \code{passes} and then run the script to test your compiler.
\begin{lstlisting}
(list "prelude and conclusion" prelude-and-conclusion interp_x86-0)
\end{lstlisting}
%  
Uncomment the call to the \key{compiler-tests} function
(appendix~\ref{appendix:utilities}), which tests your complete
compiler by executing the generated x86 code. It translates the x86
AST that you produce into a string by invoking the \code{print-x86}
method of the \code{print-x86-class} in \code{utilities.rkt}. Compile
the provided \key{runtime.c} file to \key{runtime.o} using
\key{gcc}. Run the script to test your compiler.
%
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
%
Run the \code{run-tests.py} script to to check whether the output
programs produce the same result as the input programs. That script
translates the x86 AST that you produce into a string by invoking the
\code{repr} method that is implemented by the x86 AST classes in
\code{x86\_ast.py}.
%
\fi}

\end{exercise}


\section{Challenge: Partial Evaluator for \LangVar{}}
\label{sec:pe-Lvar}
\index{subject}{partial evaluation}

This section describes two optional challenge exercises that involve
adapting and improving the partial evaluator for \LangInt{} that was
introduced in section~\ref{sec:partial-evaluation}.

\begin{exercise}\label{ex:pe-Lvar}
\normalfont\normalsize
  
Adapt the partial evaluator from section~\ref{sec:partial-evaluation}
(figure~\ref{fig:pe-arith}) so that it applies to \LangVar{} programs
instead of \LangInt{} programs. Recall that \LangVar{} adds variables and
%
\racket{\key{let} binding}\python{assignment}
%
to the \LangInt{} language, so you will need to add cases for them in
the \code{pe\_exp}
%
\racket{function.}
%
\python{and \code{pe\_stmt} functions.}
%
Once complete, add the partial evaluation pass to the front of your
compiler, and make sure that your compiler still passes all the
tests.
\end{exercise}

\begin{exercise}
\normalfont\normalsize

Improve on the partial evaluator by replacing the \code{pe\_neg} and
\code{pe\_add} auxiliary functions with functions that know more about
arithmetic. For example, your partial evaluator should translate
{\if\edition\racketEd
\[
\code{(+ 1 (+ (read) 1))} \qquad \text{into} \qquad
\code{(+ 2 (read))}
\]
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\[
\code{1 + (input\_int() + 1)} \qquad \text{into} \qquad
\code{2 + input\_int()}
\]
\fi}
%
To accomplish this, the \code{pe\_exp} function should produce output
in the form of the $\itm{residual}$ nonterminal of the following
grammar. The idea is that when processing an addition expression, we
can always produce one of the following: (1) an integer constant, (2)
an addition expression with an integer constant on the left-hand side
but not the right-hand side, or (3) an addition expression in which
neither subexpression is a constant.
%
{\if\edition\racketEd
\[
\begin{array}{lcl}
  \itm{inert} &::=& \Var
    \MID \LP\key{read}\RP
    \MID \LP\key{-} ~\Var\RP
    \MID \LP\key{-} ~\LP\key{read}\RP\RP
    \MID \LP\key{+} ~ \itm{inert} ~ \itm{inert}\RP\\
    &\MID& \LP\key{let}~\LP\LS\Var~\itm{residual}\RS\RP~ \itm{residual} \RP \\  
  \itm{residual} &::=& \Int
    \MID \LP\key{+}~ \Int~ \itm{inert}\RP
    \MID \itm{inert} 
\end{array}
\]
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\[
\begin{array}{lcl}
  \itm{inert} &::=& \Var
    \MID \key{input\_int}\LP\RP
    \MID \key{-} \Var
    \MID \key{-} \key{input\_int}\LP\RP
    \MID \itm{inert} ~ \key{+} ~ \itm{inert}\\
  \itm{residual} &::=& \Int
    \MID \Int ~ \key{+} ~ \itm{inert}
    \MID \itm{inert} 
\end{array}
\]
\fi}
The \code{pe\_add} and \code{pe\_neg} functions may assume that their
inputs are $\itm{residual}$ expressions and they should return
$\itm{residual}$ expressions.  Once the improvements are complete,
make sure that your compiler still passes all the tests.  After
all, fast code is useless if it produces incorrect results!
\end{exercise}



%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\chapter{Parsing}
\label{ch:parsing}
\setcounter{footnote}{0}
\index{subject}{parsing}

In this chapter we learn how to use the Lark parser
framework~\citep{shinan20:_lark_docs} to translate the concrete syntax
of \LangInt{} (a sequence of characters) into an abstract syntax tree.
You will then be asked to use Lark to create a parser for \LangVar{}.
We also describe the parsing algorithms used inside Lark, studying the
\citet{Earley:1970ly} and LALR(1) algorithms~\citep{DeRemer69,Anderson73}.

A parser framework such as Lark takes in a specification of the
concrete syntax and an input program and produces a parse tree. Even
though a parser framework does most of the work for us, using one
properly requires some knowledge.  In particular, we must learn about
its specification languages and we must learn how to deal with
ambiguity in our language specifications. Also, some algorithms, such
as LALR(1) place restrictions on the grammars they can handle, in
which case it helps to know the algorithm when trying to decipher the
error messages.

The process of parsing is traditionally subdivided into two phases:
\emph{lexical analysis} (also called scanning) and \emph{syntax
  analysis} (also called parsing). The lexical analysis phase
translates the sequence of characters into a sequence of
\emph{tokens}, that is, words consisting of several characters. The
parsing phase organizes the tokens into a \emph{parse tree} that
captures how the tokens were matched by rules in the grammar of the
language. The reason for the subdivision into two phases is to enable
the use of a faster but less powerful algorithm for lexical analysis
and the use of a slower but more powerful algorithm for parsing.
%
%% Likewise, parser generators typical come in pairs, with separate
%% generators for the lexical analyzer (or lexer for short) and for the
%% parser.  A particularly influential pair of generators were
%% \texttt{lex} and \texttt{yacc}. The \texttt{lex} generator was written
%% by \citet{Lesk:1975uq} at Bell Labs. The \texttt{yacc} generator was
%% written by \citet{Johnson:1979qy} at AT\&T and stands for Yet Another
%% Compiler Compiler.
%
The Lark parser framework that we use in this chapter includes both
lexical analyzers and parsers. The next section discusses lexical
analysis and the remainder of the chapter discusses parsing.


\section{Lexical Analysis and Regular Expressions}
\label{sec:lex}

The lexical analyzers produced by Lark turn a sequence of characters
(a string) into a sequence of token objects. For example, a Lark
generated lexer for \LangInt{} converts the string
\begin{lstlisting}
'print(1 + 3)'
\end{lstlisting}
\noindent into the following sequence of token objects
\begin{center}
\begin{minipage}{0.95\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}
Token('PRINT', 'print')
Token('LPAR', '(')
Token('INT', '1')
Token('PLUS', '+')
Token('INT', '3')
Token('RPAR', ')')
Token('NEWLINE', '\n')
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
\end{center}
Each token includes a field for its \code{type}, such as \code{'INT'},
and a field for its \code{value}, such as \code{'1'}.

Following in the tradition of \code{lex}~\citep{Lesk:1975uq}, the
specification language for Lark's lexer is one regular expression for
each type of token. The term \emph{regular} comes from the term
\emph{regular languages}, which are the languages that can be
recognized by a finite state machine. A \emph{regular expression} is a
pattern formed of the following core elements:\index{subject}{regular
  expression}\footnote{Regular expressions traditionally include the
  empty regular expression that matches any zero-length part of a
  string, but Lark does not support the empty regular expression.}
\begin{itemize}
\item A single character $c$ is a regular expression and it only
  matches itself. For example, the regular expression \code{a} only
  matches with the string \code{'a'}.
  
\item Two regular expressions separated by a vertical bar $R_1 \ttm{|}
  R_2$ form a regular expression that matches any string that matches
  $R_1$ or $R_2$. For example, the regular expression \code{a|c}
  matches the string \code{'a'} and the string \code{'c'}.

\item Two regular expressions in sequence $R_1 R_2$ form a regular
  expression that matches any string that can be formed by
  concatenating two strings, where the first string matches $R_1$ and
  the second string matches $R_2$. For example, the regular expression
  \code{(a|c)b} matches the strings \code{'ab'} and \code{'cb'}.
  (Parentheses can be used to control the grouping of operators within
  a regular expression.)

\item A regular expression followed by an asterisks $R\ttm{*}$ (called
  Kleene closure) is a regular expression that matches any string that
  can be formed by concatenating zero or more strings that each match
  the regular expression $R$.  For example, the regular expression
  \code{"((a|c)b)*"} matches the strings \code{'abcbab'} but not
  \code{'abc'}.
\end{itemize}

For our convenience, Lark also accepts the following extended set of
regular expressions that are automatically translated into the core
regular expressions.

\begin{itemize}
\item A set of characters enclosed in square brackets $[c_1 c_2 \ldots
  c_n]$ is a regular expression that matches any one of the
  characters. So $[c_1 c_2 \ldots c_n]$  is equivalent to
  the regular expression $c_1\mid c_2\mid \ldots \mid c_n$.
\item A range of characters enclosed in square brackets $[c_1\ttm{-}c_2]$ is
  a regular expression that matches any character between $c_1$ and
  $c_2$, inclusive. For example, \code{[a-z]} matches any lowercase
  letter in the alphabet.
\item A regular expression followed by the plus symbol $R\ttm{+}$
  is a regular expression that matches any string that can
  be formed by concatenating one or more strings that each match $R$.
  So $R+$ is equivalent to $R(R*)$. For example, \code{[a-z]+}
  matches \code{'b'} and \code{'bzca'}.
\item A regular expression followed by a question mark $R\ttm{?}$
  is a regular expression that matches any string that either
  matches $R$ or that is the empty string.
  For example, \code{a?b}  matches both \code{'ab'} and \code{'b'}.
\item A string, such as \code{"hello"}, which matches itself,
    that is, \code{'hello'}.
\end{itemize}

In a Lark grammar file, specify a name for each type of token followed
by a colon and then a regular expression surrounded by \code{/}
characters. For example, the \code{DIGIT}, \code{INT}, and
\code{NEWLINE} types of tokens are specified in the following way.
\begin{center}
\begin{minipage}{0.95\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}
DIGIT: /[0-9]/
INT: "-"? DIGIT+
NEWLINE: (/\r/? /\n/)+
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
\end{center}

\noindent In Lark, the regular expression operators can be used both
inside a regular expression, that is, between the \code{/} characters,
and they can be used to combine regular expressions, outside the
\code{/} characters.

\section{Grammars and Parse Trees}
\label{sec:CFG}

In section~\ref{sec:grammar} we learned how to use grammar rules to
specify the abstract syntax of a language. We now take a closer look
at using grammar rules to specify the concrete syntax. Recall that
each rule has a left-hand side and a right-hand side where the
left-hand side is a nonterminal and the right-hand side is a pattern
that defines what can be parsed as that nonterminal.
For concrete syntax, each right-hand side expresses a pattern for a
string, instead of a pattern for an abstract syntax tree. In
particular, each right-hand side is a sequence of
\emph{symbols}\index{subject}{symbol}, where a symbol is either a
terminal or nonterminal. A \emph{terminal}\index{subject}{terminal} is
a string. The nonterminals play the same role as in the abstract
syntax, defining categories of syntax. The nonterminals of a grammar
include the tokens defined in the lexer and all the nonterminals
defined by the grammar rules.

As an example, let us take a closer look at the concrete syntax of the
\LangInt{} language, repeated here.
\[
\begin{array}{l}
  \LintGrammarPython  \\
  \begin{array}{rcl}
    \LangInt{} &::=& \Stmt^{*}
  \end{array}
\end{array}
\]
The Lark syntax for grammar rules differs slightly from the variant of
BNF that we use in this book. In particular, the notation $::=$ is
replaced by a single colon and the use of typewriter font for string
literals is replaced by quotation marks. The following grammar serves
as a first draft of a Lark grammar for \LangInt{}.
\begin{center}
\begin{minipage}{0.95\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}[escapechar=$]
exp: INT
   | "input_int" "(" ")"
   | "-" exp
   | exp "+" exp
   | exp "-" exp
   | "(" exp ")"

stmt_list:
    | stmt NEWLINE stmt_list

lang_int: stmt_list
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
\end{center}

Let us begin by discussing the rule \code{exp: INT} which says that if
the lexer matches a string to \code{INT}, then the parser also
categorizes the string as an \code{exp}.  Recall that in
Section~\ref{sec:grammar} we defined the corresponding \Int{}
nonterminal with an English sentence. Here we specify \code{INT} more
formally using a type of token \code{INT} and its regular expression
\code{"-"? DIGIT+}.

The rule \code{exp: exp "+" exp} says that any string that matches
\code{exp}, followed by the \code{+} character, followed by another
string that matches \code{exp}, is itself an \code{exp}.  For example,
the string \code{'1+3'} is an \code{exp} because \code{'1'} and
\code{'3'} are both \code{exp} by the rule \code{exp: INT}, and then
the rule for addition applies to categorize \code{'1+3'} as an
\code{exp}. We can visualize the application of grammar rules to parse
a string using a \emph{parse tree}\index{subject}{parse tree}. Each
internal node in the tree is an application of a grammar rule and is
labeled with its left-hand side nonterminal. Each leaf node is a
substring of the input program.  The parse tree for \code{'1+3'} is
shown in figure~\ref{fig:simple-parse-tree}.

\begin{figure}[tbp]
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
\centering
\includegraphics[width=1.9in]{figs/simple-parse-tree}
\end{tcolorbox}
\caption{The parse tree for \code{'1+3'}.}
\label{fig:simple-parse-tree}
\end{figure}

The result of parsing \code{'1+3'} with this Lark grammar is the
following parse tree as represented by \code{Tree} and \code{Token}
objects.
\begin{lstlisting}
  Tree('lang_int',
     [Tree('stmt', [Tree('exp', [Tree('exp', [Token('INT', '1')]),
                                    Tree('exp', [Token('INT', '3')])])]),
      Token('NEWLINE', '\n')])
\end{lstlisting}
The nodes that come from the lexer are \code{Token} objects whereas
the nodes from the parser are \code{Tree} objects.  Each \code{Tree}
object has a \code{data} field containing the name of the nonterminal
for the grammar rule that was applied. Each \code{Tree} object also
has a \code{children} field that is a list containing trees and/or
tokens. Note that Lark does not produce nodes for string literals in
the grammar. For example, the \code{Tree} node for the addition
expression has only two children for the two integers but is missing
its middle child for the \code{"+"} terminal. This would be
problematic except that Lark provides a mechanism for customizing the
\code{data} field of each \code{Tree} node based on which rule was
applied.  Next to each alternative in a grammar rule, write \code{->}
followed by a string that you would like to appear in the \code{data}
field.  The following is a second draft of a Lark grammar for
\LangInt{}, this time with more specific labels on the \code{Tree}
nodes.
\begin{center}
\begin{minipage}{0.95\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}[escapechar=$]
exp: INT                    -> int
   | "input_int" "(" ")"    -> input_int
   | "-" exp                -> usub
   | exp "+" exp            -> add
   | exp "-" exp            -> sub
   | "(" exp ")"            -> paren

stmt: "print" "(" exp ")"   -> print
    | exp                    -> expr

stmt_list:                      -> empty_stmt
    | stmt NEWLINE stmt_list -> add_stmt

lang_int: stmt_list             -> module
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
\end{center}
Here is the resulting parse tree. 
\begin{lstlisting}
Tree('module',
  [Tree('expr', [Tree('add', [Tree('int', [Token('INT', '1')]),
                                 Tree('int', [Token('INT', '3')])])]),
   Token('NEWLINE', '\n')])
\end{lstlisting}

\section{Ambiguous Grammars}

A grammar is \emph{ambiguous}\index{subject}{ambiguous} when a string
can be parsed in more than one way. For example, consider the string
\code{'1-2+3'}.  This string can parsed in two different ways using
our draft grammar, resulting in the two parse trees shown in
figure~\ref{fig:ambig-parse-tree}. This example is problematic because
interpreting the second parse tree would yield \code{-4} even through
the correct answer is \code{2}.

\begin{figure}[tbp]
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
\centering
\includegraphics[width=0.95\textwidth]{figs/ambig-parse-tree}
\end{tcolorbox}
\caption{The two parse trees for \code{'1-2+3'}.}
\label{fig:ambig-parse-tree}
\end{figure}

To deal with this problem we can change the grammar by categorizing
the syntax in a more fine grained fashion. In this case we want to
disallow the application of the rule \code{exp: exp "-" exp} when the
child on the right is an addition.  To do this we can replace the
\code{exp} after \code{"-"} with a nonterminal that categorizes all
the expressions except for addition, as in the following.
\begin{center}
\begin{minipage}{0.95\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}[escapechar=$]
exp: exp "-" exp_no_add     -> sub
   | exp "+" exp            -> add
   | exp_no_add

exp_no_add: INT             -> int
   | "input_int" "(" ")"    -> input_int
   | "-" exp                -> usub
   | exp "-" exp_no_add     -> sub
   | "(" exp ")"            -> paren
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
\end{center}

However, there remains some ambiguity in the grammar. For example, the
string \code{'1-2-3'} can still be parsed in two different ways, as
\code{'(1-2)-3'} (correct) or \code{'1-(2-3)'} (incorrect).  That is
to say, subtraction is left associative. Likewise, addition in Python
is left associative. We also need to consider the interaction of unary
subtraction with both addition and subtraction. How should we parse
\code{'-1+2'}? Unary subtraction has higher
\emph{precendence}\index{subject}{precedence} than addition and
subtraction, so \code{'-1+2'} should parse the same as \code{'(-1)+2'}
and not \code{'-(1+2)'}. The grammar in
figure~\ref{fig:Lint-lark-grammar} handles the associativity of
addition and subtraction by using the nonterminal \code{exp\_hi} for
all the other expressions, and uses \code{exp\_hi} for the second
child in the rules for addition and subtraction. Furthermore, unary
subtraction uses \code{exp\_hi} for its child.

For languages with more operators and more precedence levels, one must
refine the \code{exp} nonterminal into several nonterminals, one for
each precedence level.

\begin{figure}[tbp]
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
\centering
\begin{lstlisting}[escapechar=$]
exp: exp "+" exp_hi         -> add
   | exp "-" exp_hi         -> sub
   | exp_hi

exp_hi: INT                 -> int
      | "input_int" "(" ")" -> input_int
      | "-" exp_hi          -> usub
      | "(" exp ")"         -> paren

stmt: "print" "(" exp ")"  -> print
    | exp                  -> expr

stmt_list:                   -> empty_stmt
    | stmt NEWLINE stmt_list -> add_stmt

lang_int: stmt_list          -> module
\end{lstlisting}
\end{tcolorbox}
\caption{An unambiguous Lark grammar for \LangInt{}.}
\label{fig:Lint-lark-grammar}
\end{figure}

\section{From Parse Trees to Abstract Syntax Trees}

As we have seen, the output of a Lark parser is a parse tree, that is,
a tree consisting of \code{Tree} and \code{Token} nodes. So the next
step is to convert the parse tree to an abstract syntax tree. This can
be accomplished with a recursive function that inspects the
\code{data} field of each node and then constructs the corresponding
AST node, using recursion to handle its children. The following is an
excerpt of the \code{parse\_tree\_to\_ast} function for \LangInt{}.

\begin{center}
\begin{minipage}{0.95\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}
def parse_tree_to_ast(e):
    if e.data == 'int':
        return Constant(int(e.children[0].value))
    elif e.data == 'input_int':
        return Call(Name('input_int'), [])
    elif e.data == 'add':
        e1, e2 = e.children
        return BinOp(parse_tree_to_ast(e1), Add(), parse_tree_to_ast(e2))
    ...
    else:
        raise Exception('unhandled parse tree', e)
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
\end{center}

\begin{exercise}
  \normalfont\normalsize
%
  Use Lark to create a lexer and parser for \LangVar{}.  Use Lark's
  default parsing algorithm (Earley) with the \code{ambiguity} option
  set to \code{'explicit'} so that if your grammar is ambiguous, the
  output will include multiple parse trees which will indicate to you
  that there is a problem with your grammar. Your parser should ignore
  white space so we recommend using Lark's \code{\%ignore} directive
  as follows.
\begin{lstlisting}
WS: /[ \t\f\r\n]/+
%ignore WS
\end{lstlisting}
Change your compiler from chapter~\ref{ch:Lvar} to use your
Lark parser instead of using the \code{parse} function from
the \code{ast} module. Test your compiler on all of the \LangVar{}
programs that you have created and create four additional programs
that test for ambiguities in your grammar.
\end{exercise}


\section{The Earley Algorithm}
\label{sec:earley}

In this section we discuss the parsing algorithm of
\citet{Earley:1970ly}, the default algorithm used by Lark.  The
algorithm is powerful in that it can handle any context-free grammar,
which makes it easy to use. However, it is not the most efficient
parsing algorithm: it is $O(n^3)$ for ambiguous grammars and $O(n^2)$
for unambiguous grammars, where $n$ is the number of tokens in the
input string~\citep{Hopcroft06:_automata}.  In section~\ref{sec:lalr}
we learn about the LALR(1) algorithm, which is more efficient but
cannot handle all context-free grammars.

The Earley algorithm can be viewed as an interpreter; it treats the
grammar as the program being interpreted and it treats the concrete
syntax of the program-to-be-parsed as its input.  The Earley algorithm
uses a data structure called a \emph{chart}\index{subject}{chart} to
keep track of its progress and to memoize its results. The chart is an
array with one slot for each position in the input string, where
position $0$ is before the first character and position $n$ is
immediately after the last character. So the array has length $n+1$
for an input string of length $n$. Each slot in the chart contains a
set of \emph{dotted rules}. A dotted rule is simply a grammar rule
with a period indicating how much of its right-hand side has already
been parsed. For example, the dotted rule
\begin{lstlisting}
exp: exp "+" . exp_hi
\end{lstlisting}
represents a partial parse that has matched an \code{exp} followed by
\code{+}, but has not yet parsed an \code{exp} to the right of
\code{+}.
%
The Earley algorithm starts with an initialization phase, and then
repeats three actions---prediction, scanning, and completion---for as
long as opportunities arise. We demonstrate the Earley algorithm on a
running example, parsing the following program:
\begin{lstlisting}
  print(1 + 3)
\end{lstlisting}
The algorithm's initialization phase creates dotted rules for all the
grammar rules whose left-hand side is the start symbol and places them
in slot $0$ of the chart. We also record the starting position of the
dotted rule in parentheses on the right. For example, given the
grammar in figure~\ref{fig:Lint-lark-grammar}, we place
\begin{lstlisting}
  lang_int: . stmt_list         (0)
\end{lstlisting}
in slot $0$ of the chart. The algorithm then proceeds with
\emph{prediction} actions in which it adds more dotted rules to the
chart based on which nonterminals come immediately after a period. In
the above, the nonterminal \code{stmt\_list} appears after a period,
so we add all the rules for \code{stmt\_list} to slot $0$, with a
period at the beginning of their right-hand sides, as follows:
\begin{lstlisting}
stmt_list:  .                             (0)
stmt_list:  .  stmt  NEWLINE  stmt_list   (0)
\end{lstlisting}
We continue to perform prediction actions as more opportunities
arise. For example, the \code{stmt} nonterminal now appears after a
period, so we add all the rules for \code{stmt}.
\begin{lstlisting}
stmt:  .  "print" "("  exp ")"   (0)
stmt:  .  exp                    (0)
\end{lstlisting}
This reveals yet more opportunities for prediction, so we add the grammar
rules for \code{exp} and \code{exp\_hi} to slot $0$.
\begin{lstlisting}[escapechar=$]
exp: . exp "+" exp_hi         (0)
exp: . exp "-" exp_hi         (0)
exp: . exp_hi                 (0)
exp_hi: . INT                 (0)
exp_hi: . "input_int" "(" ")" (0)
exp_hi: . "-" exp_hi          (0)
exp_hi: . "(" exp ")"         (0)
\end{lstlisting}

We have exhausted the opportunities for prediction, so the algorithm
proceeds to \emph{scanning}, in which we inspect the next input token
and look for a dotted rule at the current position that has a matching
terminal immediately following the period. In our running example, the
first input token is \code{"print"} so we identify the rule in slot
$0$ of the chart where \code{"print"} follows the period:
\begin{lstlisting}
stmt:  .  "print" "("  exp ")"       (0)
\end{lstlisting}
We advance the period past \code{"print"} and add the resulting rule
to slot $1$ of the chart:
\begin{lstlisting}
stmt:  "print" . "("  exp ")"        (0)
\end{lstlisting}
If the new dotted rule had a nonterminal after the period, we would
need to carry out a prediction action, adding more dotted rules into
slot $1$. That is not the case, so we continue scanning. The next
input token is \code{"("}, so we add the following to slot $2$ of the
chart.
\begin{lstlisting}
stmt:  "print" "(" . exp ")"         (0)
\end{lstlisting}

Now we have a nonterminal after the period, so we carry out several
prediction actions, adding dotted rules for \code{exp} and
\code{exp\_hi} to slot $2$ with a period at the beginning and with
starting position $2$.
\begin{lstlisting}[escapechar=$]
exp: . exp "+" exp_hi         (2)
exp: . exp "-" exp_hi         (2)
exp: . exp_hi                 (2)
exp_hi: . INT                 (2)
exp_hi: . "input_int" "(" ")" (2)
exp_hi: . "-" exp_hi          (2)
exp_hi: . "(" exp ")"         (2)
\end{lstlisting}
With this prediction complete, we return to scanning, noting that the
next input token is \code{"1"} which the lexer parses as an
\code{INT}. There is a matching rule in slot $2$:
\begin{lstlisting}
exp_hi: . INT             (2)
\end{lstlisting}
so we advance the period and put the following rule is slot $3$.
\begin{lstlisting}
exp_hi: INT .             (2)
\end{lstlisting}
This brings us to \emph{completion} actions.  When the period reaches
the end of a dotted rule, we recognize that the substring
has matched the nonterminal on the left-hand side of the rule, in this case
\code{exp\_hi}. We therefore need to advance the periods in any dotted
rules in slot $2$ (the starting position for the finished rule) if
the period is immediately followed by \code{exp\_hi}. So we identify
\begin{lstlisting}
exp: . exp_hi                 (2)
\end{lstlisting}
and add the following dotted rule to slot $3$
\begin{lstlisting}
exp: exp_hi .                 (2)
\end{lstlisting}
This triggers another completion step for the nonterminal \code{exp},
adding two more dotted rules to slot $3$.
\begin{lstlisting}[escapechar=$]
exp: exp . "+" exp_hi         (2)
exp: exp . "-" exp_hi         (2)
\end{lstlisting}

Returning to scanning, the next input token is \code{"+"}, so
we add the following to slot $4$.
\begin{lstlisting}[escapechar=$]
exp: exp "+" . exp_hi         (2)
\end{lstlisting}
The period precedes the nonterminal \code{exp\_hi}, so prediction adds
the following dotted rules to slot $4$ of the chart.
\begin{lstlisting}[escapechar=$]
exp_hi: . INT                 (4)
exp_hi: . "input_int" "(" ")" (4)
exp_hi: . "-" exp_hi          (4)
exp_hi: . "(" exp ")"         (4)
\end{lstlisting}
The next input token is \code{"3"} which the lexer categorized as an
\code{INT}, so we advance the period past \code{INT} for the rules in
slot $4$, of which there is just one, and put the following in slot $5$.
\begin{lstlisting}[escapechar=$]
exp_hi: INT .                 (4)
\end{lstlisting}

The period at the end of the rule triggers a completion action for the
rules in slot $4$, one of which has a period before \code{exp\_hi}.
So we advance the period and put the following in slot $5$.
\begin{lstlisting}[escapechar=$]
exp: exp "+" exp_hi .         (2)
\end{lstlisting}
This triggers another completion action for the rules in slot $2$ that
have a period before \code{exp}.
\begin{lstlisting}[escapechar=$]
stmt:  "print" "(" exp . ")"  (0)
exp: exp . "+" exp_hi         (2)
exp: exp . "-" exp_hi         (2)
\end{lstlisting}

We scan the next input token \code{")"}, placing the following dotted
rule in slot $6$.
\begin{lstlisting}[escapechar=$]
stmt:  "print" "(" exp ")" .  (0)
\end{lstlisting}
This triggers the completion of \code{stmt} in slot $0$
\begin{lstlisting}
stmt_list:  stmt . NEWLINE  stmt_list   (0)
\end{lstlisting}
The last input token is a \code{NEWLINE}, so we advance the period
and place the new dotted rule in slot $7$.
\begin{lstlisting}
stmt_list:  stmt NEWLINE .  stmt_list  (0)
\end{lstlisting}
We are close to the end of parsing the input!
The period is before the \code{stmt\_list} nonterminal, so we
apply prediction for \code{stmt\_list} and then \code{stmt}.
\begin{lstlisting}
stmt_list:  .                             (7)
stmt_list:  .  stmt  NEWLINE  stmt_list   (7)
stmt:  .  "print" "("  exp ")"            (7)
stmt:  .  exp                             (7)
\end{lstlisting}
There is immediately an opportunity for completion of \code{stmt\_list},
so we add the following to slot $7$.
\begin{lstlisting}
stmt_list:  stmt NEWLINE stmt_list .  (0)
\end{lstlisting}
This triggers another completion action for \code{stmt\_list} in slot $0$
\begin{lstlisting}
lang_int: stmt_list .               (0)
\end{lstlisting}
which in turn completes \code{lang\_int}, the start symbol of the
grammar, so the parsing of the input is complete.

For reference, we now give a general description of the Earley
algorithm.
\begin{enumerate}
\item The algorithm begins by initializing slot $0$ of the chart with the
  grammar rule for the start symbol, placing a period at the beginning
  of the right-hand side, and recording its starting position as $0$.
  
\item The algorithm repeatedly applies the following three kinds of
  actions for as long as there are opportunities to do so.
  \begin{itemize}
  \item Prediction: if there is a rule in slot $k$ whose period comes
    before a nonterminal, add the rules for that nonterminal into slot
    $k$, placing a period at the beginning of their right-hand sides
    and recording their starting position as $k$.
  \item Scanning: If the token at position $k$ of the input string
    matches the symbol after the period in a dotted rule in slot $k$
    of the chart, advance the period in the dotted rule, adding
    the result to slot $k+1$.
  \item Completion: If a dotted rule in slot $k$ has a period at the
    end, inspect the rules in the slot corresponding to the starting
    position of the completed rule. If any of those rules have a
    nonterminal following their period that matches the left-hand side
    of the completed rule, then advance their period, placing the new
    dotted rule in slot $k$.
  \end{itemize}
  While repeating these three actions, take care to never add
  duplicate dotted rules to the chart.
\end{enumerate}

We have described how the Earley algorithm recognizes that an input
string matches a grammar, but we have not described how it builds a
parse tree. The basic idea is simple, but building parse trees in an
efficient way is more complex, requiring a data structure called a
shared packed parse forest~\citep{Tomita:1985qr}.  The simple idea is
to attach a partial parse tree to every dotted rule in the chart.
Initially, the tree node associated with a dotted rule has no
children. As the period moves to the right, the nodes from the
subparses are added as children to the tree node.

As mentioned at the beginning of this section, the Earley algorithm is
$O(n^2)$ for unambiguous grammars, which means that it can parse input
files that contain thousands of tokens in a reasonable amount of time,
but not millions.
%
In the next section we discuss the LALR(1) parsing algorithm, which is
efficient enough to use with even the largest of input files.


\section{The LALR(1) Algorithm}
\label{sec:lalr}

The LALR(1) algorithm~\citep{DeRemer69,Anderson73} can be viewed as a
two phase approach in which it first compiles the grammar into a state
machine and then runs the state machine to parse an input string.  The
second phase has time complexity $O(n)$ where $n$ is the number of
tokens in the input, so LALR(1) is the best one could hope for with
respect to efficiency.
%
A particularly influential implementation of LALR(1) is the
\texttt{yacc} parser generator by \citet{Johnson:1979qy}, which stands
for Yet Another Compiler Compiler.
%
The LALR(1) state machine uses a stack to record its progress in
parsing the input string.  Each element of the stack is a pair: a
state number and a grammar symbol (a terminal or nonterminal). The
symbol characterizes the input that has been parsed so-far and the
state number is used to remember how to proceed once the next
symbol-worth of input has been parsed.  Each state in the machine
represents where the parser stands in the parsing process with respect
to certain grammar rules. In particular, each state is associated with
a set of dotted rules.

Figure~\ref{fig:shift-reduce} shows an example LALR(1) state machine
(also called parse table) for the following simple but ambiguous
grammar:
\begin{lstlisting}[escapechar=$]
exp: INT
   | exp "+" exp
stmt: "print" exp
start: stmt
\end{lstlisting}
Consider state 1 in Figure~\ref{fig:shift-reduce}. The parser has just
read in a \lstinline{"print"} token, so the top of the stack is
\lstinline{(1,"print")}. The parser is part of the way through parsing
the input according to grammar rule 1, which is signified by showing
rule 1 with a period after the \code{"print"} token and before the
\code{exp} nonterminal. There are several rules that could apply next,
both rule 2 and 3, so state 1 also shows those rules with a period at
the beginning of their right-hand sides. The edges between states
indicate which transitions the machine should make depending on the
next input token. So, for example, if the next input token is
\code{INT} then the parser will push \code{INT} and the target state 4
on the stack and transition to state 4.  Suppose we are now at the end
of the input. In state 4 it says we should reduce by rule 3, so we pop
from the stack the same number of items as the number of symbols in
the right-hand side of the rule, in this case just one.  We then
momentarily jump to the state at the top of the stack (state 1) and
then follow the goto edge that corresponds to the left-hand side of
the rule we just reduced by, in this case \code{exp}, so we arrive at
state 3.  (A slightly longer example parse is shown in
Figure~\ref{fig:shift-reduce}.)

\begin{figure}[htbp]
  \centering
\includegraphics[width=5.0in]{figs/shift-reduce-conflict}  
  \caption{An LALR(1) parse table and a trace of an example run.}
  \label{fig:shift-reduce}
\end{figure}

In general, the algorithm works as follows. Set the current state to
state $0$. Then repeat the following, looking at the next input token.
\begin{itemize}
\item If there there is a shift edge for the input token in the
  current state, push the edge's target state and the input token on
  the stack and proceed to the edge's target state.
\item If there is a reduce action for the input token in the current
  state, pop $k$ elements from the stack, where $k$ is the number of
  symbols in the right-hand side of the rule being reduced. Jump to
  the state at the top of the stack and then follow the goto edge for
  the nonterminal that matches the left-hand side of the rule that we
  reducing by. Push the edge's target state and the nonterminal on the
  stack.
\end{itemize}

Notice that in state 6 of Figure~\ref{fig:shift-reduce} there is both
a shift and a reduce action for the token \lstinline{PLUS}, so the
algorithm does not know which action to take in this case. When a
state has both a shift and a reduce action for the same token, we say
there is a \emph{shift/reduce conflict}.  In this case, the conflict
will arise, for example, when trying to parse the input
\lstinline{print 1 + 2 + 3}. After having consumed \lstinline{print 1 + 2}
the parser will be in state 6, and it will not know whether to
reduce to form an \code{exp} of \lstinline{1 + 2}, or whether it
should proceed by shifting the next \lstinline{+} from the input.

A similar kind of problem, known as a \emph{reduce/reduce} conflict,
arises when there are two reduce actions in a state for the same
token. To understand which grammars gives rise to shift/reduce and
reduce/reduce conflicts, it helps to know how the parse table is
generated from the grammar, which we discuss next.

The parse table is generated one state at a time. State 0 represents
the start of the parser. We add the grammar rule for the start symbol
to this state with a period at the beginning of the right-hand side,
similar to the initialization phase of the Earley parser.  If the
period appears immediately before another nonterminal, we add all the
rules with that nonterminal on the left-hand side. Again, we place a
period at the beginning of the right-hand side of each the new
rules. This process, called \emph{state closure}, is continued
until there are no more rules to add (similar to the prediction
actions of an Earley parser). We then examine each dotted rule in the
current state $I$. Suppose a dotted rule has the form $A ::=
s_1.\,X s_2$, where $A$ and $X$ are symbols and $s_1$ and $s_2$
are sequences of symbols. We create a new state, call it $J$.  If $X$
is a terminal, we create a shift edge from $I$ to $J$ (analogous to
scanning in Earley), whereas if $X$ is a nonterminal, we create a
goto edge from $I$ to $J$.  We then need to add some dotted rules to
state $J$. We start by adding all dotted rules from state $I$ that
have the form $B ::= s_1.\,Xs_2$ (where $B$ is any nonterminal and
$s_1$ and $s_2$ are arbitrary sequences of symbols), but with
the period moved past the $X$.  (This is analogous to completion in
the Earley algorithm.)  We then perform state closure on $J$.  This
process repeats until there are no more states or edges to add.

We then mark states as accepting states if they have a dotted rule
that is the start rule with a period at the end.  Also, to add
in the reduce actions, we look for any state containing a dotted rule
with a period at the end. Let $n$ be the rule number for this dotted
rule. We then put a reduce $n$ action into that state for every token
$Y$. For example, in Figure~\ref{fig:shift-reduce} state 4 has an
dotted rule with a period at the end. We therefore put a reduce by
rule 3 action into state 4 for every
token.

When inserting reduce actions, take care to spot any shift/reduce or
reduce/reduce conflicts. If there are any, abort the construction of
the parse table.


\begin{exercise}
  \normalfont\normalsize
%
On a piece of paper, walk through the parse table generation process
for the grammar at the top of figure~\ref{fig:shift-reduce} and check
your results against parse table in figure~\ref{fig:shift-reduce}.
\end{exercise}


\begin{exercise}
  \normalfont\normalsize
%
  Change the parser in your compiler for \LangVar{} to set the
  \code{parser} option of Lark to \code{'lalr'}. Test your compiler on
  all the \LangVar{} programs that you have created. In doing so, Lark
  may signal an error due to shift/reduce or reduce/reduce conflicts
  in your grammar. If so, change your Lark grammar for \LangVar{} to
  remove those conflicts.
\end{exercise}


\section{Further Reading}

In this chapter we have just scratched the surface of the field of
parsing, with the study of a very general but less efficient algorithm
(Earley) and with a more limited but highly efficient algorithm
(LALR). There are many more algorithms, and classes of grammars, that
fall between these two ends of the spectrum. We recommend the reader
to \citet{Aho:2006wb} for a thorough treatment of parsing.

Regarding lexical analysis, we described the specification language,
the regular expressions, but not the algorithms for recognizing them.
In short, regular expressions can be translated to nondeterministic
finite automata, which in turn are translated to finite automata.  We
refer the reader again to \citet{Aho:2006wb} for all the details on
lexical analysis.

\fi}

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\chapter{Register Allocation}
\label{ch:register-allocation-Lvar}
\setcounter{footnote}{0}

\index{subject}{register allocation}

In chapter~\ref{ch:Lvar} we learned how to compile \LangVar{} to x86,
storing variables on the procedure call stack.  The CPU may require tens
to hundreds of cycles to access a location on the stack, whereas
accessing a register takes only a single cycle. In this chapter we
improve the efficiency of our generated code by storing some variables
in registers. The goal of register allocation is to fit as many
variables into registers as possible. Some programs have more
variables than registers, so we cannot always map each variable to a
different register. Fortunately, it is common for different variables
to be in use during different periods of time during program
execution, and in those cases we can map multiple variables to the
same register.

The program shown in figure~\ref{fig:reg-eg} serves as a running
example. The source program is on the left and the output of
instruction selection is on the right. The program is almost
completely in the x86 assembly language, but it still uses variables.
Consider variables \code{x} and \code{z}.  After the variable \code{x}
has been moved to \code{z}, it is no longer in use.  Variable \code{z}, on
the other hand, is used only after this point, so \code{x} and
\code{z} could share the same register.

\begin{figure}
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
\begin{minipage}{0.45\textwidth}
Example \LangVar{} program:
% var_test_28.rkt
{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{lstlisting}
(let ([v 1])
  (let ([w 42])
    (let ([x (+ v 7)])
      (let ([y x])
	(let ([z (+ x w)])
	  (+ z (- y)))))))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
v = 1
w = 42
x = v + 7
y = x
z = x + w
print(z + (- y))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
\end{minipage}
\begin{minipage}{0.45\textwidth}
After instruction selection:
{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{lstlisting}
locals-types:
    x : Integer, y : Integer,
    z : Integer, t : Integer,
    v : Integer, w : Integer
start:
    movq $1, v
    movq $42, w
    movq v, x
    addq $7, x
    movq x, y
    movq x, z
    addq w, z
    movq y, t
    negq t
    movq z, %rax
    addq t, %rax
    jmp conclusion
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
movq $1, v
movq $42, w
movq v, x
addq $7, x
movq x, y
movq x, z
addq w, z
movq y, tmp_0
negq tmp_0
movq z, tmp_1
addq tmp_0, tmp_1
movq tmp_1, %rdi
callq print_int
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
\end{minipage}
\end{tcolorbox}
\caption{A running example for register allocation.}
\label{fig:reg-eg}
\end{figure}

The topic of section~\ref{sec:liveness-analysis-Lvar} is how to
compute where a variable is in use.  Once we have that information, we
compute which variables are in use at the same time, i.e., which ones
\emph{interfere}\index{subject}{interfere} with each other, and
represent this relation as an undirected graph whose vertices are
variables and edges indicate when two variables interfere
(section~\ref{sec:build-interference}). We then model register
allocation as a graph coloring problem
(section~\ref{sec:graph-coloring}).

If we run out of registers despite these efforts, we place the
remaining variables on the stack, similarly to how we handled
variables in chapter~\ref{ch:Lvar}. It is common to use the verb
\emph{spill}\index{subject}{spill} for assigning a variable to a stack
location. The decision to spill a variable is handled as part of the
graph coloring process.

We make the simplifying assumption that each variable is assigned to
one location (a register or stack address). A more sophisticated
approach is to assign a variable to one or more locations in different
regions of the program.  For example, if a variable is used many times
in short sequence and then used again only after many other
instructions, it could be more efficient to assign the variable to a
register during the initial sequence and then move it to the stack for
the rest of its lifetime. We refer the interested reader to
\citet{Cooper:2011aa} (chapter 13) for more information about that
approach.

% discuss prioritizing variables based on how much they are used.

\section{Registers and Calling Conventions}
\label{sec:calling-conventions}
\index{subject}{calling conventions}

As we perform register allocation, we must be aware of the
\emph{calling conventions} \index{subject}{calling conventions} that
govern how functions calls are performed in x86.
%
Even though \LangVar{} does not include programmer-defined functions,
our generated code includes a \code{main} function that is called by
the operating system and our generated code contains calls to the
\code{read\_int} function.

Function calls require coordination between two pieces of code that
may be written by different programmers or generated by different
compilers. Here we follow the System V calling conventions that are
used by the GNU C compiler on Linux and
MacOS~\citep{Bryant:2005aa,Matz:2013aa}.
%
The calling conventions include rules about how functions share the
use of registers. In particular, the caller is responsible for freeing
some registers prior to the function call for use by the callee.
These are called the \emph{caller-saved registers}
\index{subject}{caller-saved registers}
and they are
\begin{lstlisting}
rax rcx rdx rsi rdi r8 r9 r10 r11
\end{lstlisting}
On the other hand, the callee is responsible for preserving the values
of the \emph{callee-saved registers}, \index{subject}{callee-saved registers}
which are
\begin{lstlisting}
rsp rbp rbx r12 r13 r14 r15
\end{lstlisting}

We can think about this caller/callee convention from two points of
view, the caller view and the callee view, as follows:
\begin{itemize}
\item The caller should assume that all the caller-saved registers get
  overwritten with arbitrary values by the callee.  On the other hand,
  the caller can safely assume that all the callee-saved registers
  retain their original values.
\item The callee can freely use any of the caller-saved registers.
  However, if the callee wants to use a callee-saved register, the
  callee must arrange to put the original value back in the register
  prior to returning to the caller. This can be accomplished by saving
  the value to the stack in the prelude of the function and restoring
  the value in the conclusion of the function.
\end{itemize}

In x86, registers are also used for passing arguments to a function
and for the return value.  In particular, the first six arguments of a
function are passed in the following six registers, in this order.
\index{subject}{argument-passing registers}
\index{subject}{parameter-passing registers}
\begin{lstlisting}
rdi rsi rdx rcx r8 r9
\end{lstlisting}
If there are more than six arguments, the convention is to use
space on the frame of the caller for the rest of the
arguments. However, in chapter~\ref{ch:Lfun} we arrange never to
need more than six arguments.
%
\racket{For now, the only function we care about is \code{read\_int},
  which takes zero arguments.}
%
\python{For now, the only functions we care about are \code{read\_int}
  and \code{print\_int}, which take zero and one argument, respectively.}
%
The register \code{rax} is used for the return value of a function.

The next question is how these calling conventions impact register
allocation. Consider the \LangVar{} program presented in
figure~\ref{fig:example-calling-conventions}.  We first analyze this
example from the caller point of view and then from the callee point
of view. We refer to a variable that is in use during a function call
as a \emph{call-live variable}\index{subject}{call-live variable}.

The program makes two calls to \READOP{}.  The variable \code{x} is
call-live because it is in use during the second call to \READOP{}; we
must ensure that the value in \code{x} does not get overwritten during
the call to \READOP{}.  One obvious approach is to save all the values
that reside in caller-saved registers to the stack prior to each
function call and to restore them after each call. That way, if the
register allocator chooses to assign \code{x} to a caller-saved
register, its value will be preserved across the call to \READOP{}.
However, saving and restoring to the stack is relatively slow. If
\code{x} is not used many times, it may be better to assign \code{x}
to a stack location in the first place. Or better yet, if we can
arrange for \code{x} to be placed in a callee-saved register, then it
won't need to be saved and restored during function calls.

We recommend an approach that captures these issues in the
interference graph, without complicating the graph coloring algorithm.
During liveness analysis we know which variables are call-live because
we compute which variables are in use at every instruction
(section~\ref{sec:liveness-analysis-Lvar}). When we build the
interference graph (section~\ref{sec:build-interference}), we can
place an edge in the interference graph between each call-live
variable and the caller-saved registers. This will prevent the graph
coloring algorithm from assigning call-live variables to caller-saved
registers.

On the other hand, for variables that are not call-live, we prefer
placing them in caller-saved registers to leave more room for
call-live variables in the callee-saved registers. This can also be
implemented without complicating the graph coloring algorithm. We
recommend that the graph coloring algorithm assign variables to
natural numbers, choosing the lowest number for which there is no
interference. After the coloring is complete, we assign the numbers to
registers and stack locations: placing the caller-saved registers in
the lowest numbers, followed by the callee-saved registers, then
placing the largest numbers in stack locations. This ordering gives
preference to registers over stack locations and to caller-saved
registers over callee-saved registers.

Returning to the example in
figure~\ref{fig:example-calling-conventions}, let us analyze the
generated x86 code on the right-hand side. Variable \code{x} is
assigned to \code{rbx}, a callee-saved register. Thus, it is already
in a safe place during the second call to \code{read\_int}. Next,
variable \code{y} is assigned to \code{rcx}, a caller-saved register,
because \code{y} is not a call-live variable.

We have completed the analysis from the caller point of view, so now
we switch to the callee point of view, focusing on the prelude and
conclusion of the \code{main} function. As usual, the prelude begins
with saving the \code{rbp} register to the stack and setting the
\code{rbp} to the current stack pointer. We now know why it is
necessary to save the \code{rbp}: it is a callee-saved register.  The
prelude then pushes \code{rbx} to the stack because (1) \code{rbx} is
a callee-saved register and (2) \code{rbx} is assigned to a variable
(\code{x}). The other callee-saved registers are not saved in the
prelude because they are not used. The prelude subtracts 8 bytes from
the \code{rsp} to make it 16-byte aligned. Shifting attention to the
conclusion, we see that \code{rbx} is restored from the stack with a
\code{popq} instruction.
\index{subject}{prelude}\index{subject}{conclusion}

\begin{figure}[tp]
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
  
\begin{minipage}{0.45\textwidth}
Example \LangVar{} program:
%var_test_14.rkt
{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{lstlisting}
(let ([x (read)])
  (let ([y (read)])
    (+ (+ x y) 42)))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
x = input_int()
y = input_int()
print((x + y) + 42)
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
\end{minipage}
\begin{minipage}{0.45\textwidth}
Generated x86 assembly:
{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{lstlisting}
start:
	callq	read_int
	movq	%rax, %rbx
	callq	read_int
	movq	%rax, %rcx
	addq	%rcx, %rbx
	movq	%rbx, %rax
	addq	$42, %rax
	jmp _conclusion

	.globl main
main:
	pushq	%rbp
	movq	%rsp, %rbp
	pushq	%rbx
	subq	$8, %rsp
	jmp start
conclusion:
	addq	$8, %rsp
	popq	%rbx
	popq	%rbp
	retq
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
	.globl main
main:
	pushq %rbp
	movq %rsp, %rbp
	pushq %rbx
	subq $8, %rsp
	callq read_int
	movq %rax, %rbx
	callq read_int
	movq %rax, %rcx
	movq %rbx, %rdx
	addq %rcx, %rdx
	movq %rdx, %rcx
	addq $42, %rcx
	movq %rcx, %rdi
	callq print_int
	addq $8, %rsp
	popq %rbx
	popq %rbp
	retq
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
\end{minipage}
\end{tcolorbox}

\caption{An example with function calls.}
  \label{fig:example-calling-conventions}
\end{figure}

%\clearpage

\section{Liveness Analysis}
\label{sec:liveness-analysis-Lvar}
\index{subject}{liveness analysis}

The \code{uncover\_live} \racket{pass}\python{function} performs
\emph{liveness analysis}; that is, it discovers which variables are
in use in different regions of a program.
%
A variable or register is \emph{live} at a program point if its
current value is used at some later point in the program.  We refer to
variables, stack locations, and registers collectively as
\emph{locations}.
%
Consider the following code fragment in which there are two writes to
\code{b}. Are variables \code{a} and \code{b} both live at the same
time?
\begin{center}
  \begin{minipage}{0.96\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}[numbers=left,numberstyle=\tiny]
movq $5, a
movq $30, b
movq a, c
movq $10, b
addq b, c
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
\end{center}
The answer is no, because \code{a} is live from line 1 to 3 and
\code{b} is live from line 4 to 5.  The integer written to \code{b} on
line 2 is never used because it is overwritten (line 4) before the
next read (line 5).

The live locations for each instruction can be computed by traversing
the instruction sequence back to front (i.e., backward in execution
order).  Let $I_1,\ldots, I_n$ be the instruction sequence. We write
$L_{\mathsf{after}}(k)$ for the set of live locations after
instruction $I_k$ and write $L_{\mathsf{before}}(k)$ for the set of live
locations before instruction $I_k$.  \racket{We recommend representing
  these sets with the Racket \code{set} data structure described in
  figure~\ref{fig:set}.}  \python{We recommend representing these sets
  with the Python
  \href{https://docs.python.org/3.10/library/stdtypes.html\#set-types-set-frozenset}{\code{set}}
  data structure.}

{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{figure}[tp]
%\begin{wrapfigure}[19]{l}[0.75in]{0.55\textwidth}
  \small
  \begin{tcolorbox}[title=\href{https://docs.racket-lang.org/reference/sets.html}{The Racket Set Package}]
    A \emph{set} is an unordered collection of elements without duplicates.
    Here are some of the operations defined on sets.
    \index{subject}{set}
  \begin{description}
  \item[$\LP\code{set}~v~\ldots\RP$] constructs a set containing the specified elements.
  \item[$\LP\code{set-union}~set_1~set_2\RP$] returns the union of the two sets.
  \item[$\LP\code{set-subtract}~set_1~set_2\RP$] returns the set
    difference of the two sets.
  \item[$\LP\code{set-member?}~set~v\RP$] answers whether element $v$ is in $set$.
  \item[$\LP\code{set-count}~set\RP$] returns the number of unique elements in $set$.
  \item[$\LP\code{set->list}~set\RP$] converts $set$ to a list.
  \end{description}
  \end{tcolorbox}
  %\end{wrapfigure}
  \caption{The \code{set} data structure.}
  \label{fig:set}
\end{figure}
\fi}

The live locations after an instruction are always the same as the
live locations before the next instruction.
\index{subject}{live-after} \index{subject}{live-before}
\begin{equation} \label{eq:live-after-before-next}
  L_{\mathsf{after}}(k) = L_{\mathsf{before}}(k+1)
\end{equation}
To start things off, there are no live locations after the last
instruction, so
\begin{equation}\label{eq:live-last-empty}
  L_{\mathsf{after}}(n) = \emptyset
\end{equation}
We then apply the following rule repeatedly, traversing the
instruction sequence back to front.
\begin{equation}\label{eq:live-before-after-minus-writes-plus-reads}
  L_{\mathtt{before}}(k) = (L_{\mathtt{after}}(k) - W(k)) \cup R(k),
\end{equation}
where $W(k)$ are the locations written to by instruction $I_k$, and
$R(k)$ are the locations read by instruction $I_k$.

{\if\edition\racketEd
%
There is a special case for \code{jmp} instructions.  The locations
that are live before a \code{jmp} should be the locations in
$L_{\mathsf{before}}$ at the target of the jump. So, we recommend
maintaining an alist named \code{label->live} that maps each label to
the $L_{\mathsf{before}}$ for the first instruction in its block. For
now the only \code{jmp} in a \LangXVar{} program is the jump to the
conclusion. (For example, see figure~\ref{fig:reg-eg}.)  The
conclusion reads from \ttm{rax} and \ttm{rsp}, so the alist should map
\code{conclusion} to the set $\{\ttm{rax},\ttm{rsp}\}$.
%
\fi}

Let us walk through the previous example, applying these formulas
starting with the instruction on line 5 of the code fragment. We
collect the answers in figure~\ref{fig:liveness-example-0}.  The
$L_{\mathsf{after}}$ for the \code{addq b, c} instruction is
$\emptyset$ because it is the last instruction
(formula~\eqref{eq:live-last-empty}).  The $L_{\mathsf{before}}$ for
this instruction is $\{\ttm{b},\ttm{c}\}$ because it reads from
variables \code{b} and \code{c}
(formula~\eqref{eq:live-before-after-minus-writes-plus-reads})
\[
   L_{\mathsf{before}}(5) = (\emptyset - \{\ttm{c}\}) \cup \{ \ttm{b}, \ttm{c} \} = \{ \ttm{b}, \ttm{c} \}
\]
Moving on the the instruction \code{movq \$10, b} at line 4, we copy
the live-before set from line 5 to be the live-after set for this
instruction (formula~\eqref{eq:live-after-before-next}).
\[
  L_{\mathsf{after}}(4) = \{ \ttm{b}, \ttm{c} \}
\]
This move instruction writes to \code{b} and does not read from any
variables, so we have the following live-before set
(formula~\eqref{eq:live-before-after-minus-writes-plus-reads}).
\[
  L_{\mathsf{before}}(4) = (\{\ttm{b},\ttm{c}\} - \{\ttm{b}\}) \cup \emptyset = \{ \ttm{c} \}
\]
The live-before for instruction \code{movq a, c}
is $\{\ttm{a}\}$ because it writes to $\{\ttm{c}\}$ and reads from $\{\ttm{a}\}$
(formula~\eqref{eq:live-before-after-minus-writes-plus-reads}).  The
live-before for \code{movq \$30, b} is $\{\ttm{a}\}$ because it writes to a
variable that is not live and does not read from a variable.
Finally, the live-before for \code{movq \$5, a} is $\emptyset$
because it writes to variable \code{a}.

\begin{figure}[tbp]
  \centering
  \begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
    \hspace{10pt}
  \begin{minipage}{0.4\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}[numbers=left,numberstyle=\tiny]
movq $5, a
movq $30, b
movq a, c
movq $10, b
addq b, c
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
\vrule\hspace{10pt}
\begin{minipage}{0.45\textwidth}
\begin{align*}
L_{\mathsf{before}}(1)=  \emptyset, 
L_{\mathsf{after}}(1)=  \{\ttm{a}\}\\
L_{\mathsf{before}}(2)=  \{\ttm{a}\},
L_{\mathsf{after}}(2)=  \{\ttm{a}\}\\
L_{\mathsf{before}}(3)=  \{\ttm{a}\},
L_{\mathsf{after}}(2)=  \{\ttm{c}\}\\
L_{\mathsf{before}}(4)=  \{\ttm{c}\},
L_{\mathsf{after}}(4)=  \{\ttm{b},\ttm{c}\}\\
L_{\mathsf{before}}(5)=  \{\ttm{b},\ttm{c}\},
L_{\mathsf{after}}(5)=  \emptyset
\end{align*}
\end{minipage}
\end{tcolorbox}
\caption{Example output of liveness analysis on a short example.}
\label{fig:liveness-example-0}
\end{figure}

\begin{exercise}\normalfont\normalsize
  Perform liveness analysis by hand on the running example in
  figure~\ref{fig:reg-eg}, computing the live-before and live-after
  sets for each instruction. Compare your answers to the solution
  shown in figure~\ref{fig:live-eg}.
\end{exercise}

\begin{figure}[tp]
\hspace{20pt}
\begin{minipage}{0.55\textwidth}
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{lstlisting}
                       |$\{\ttm{rsp}\}$|    
    movq $1, v
                       |$\{\ttm{v},\ttm{rsp}\}$|    
    movq $42, w
                       |$\{\ttm{v},\ttm{w},\ttm{rsp}\}$|    
    movq v, x
                       |$\{\ttm{w},\ttm{x},\ttm{rsp}\}$|    
    addq $7, x
                       |$\{\ttm{w},\ttm{x},\ttm{rsp}\}$|    
    movq x, y
                       |$\{\ttm{w},\ttm{x},\ttm{y},\ttm{rsp}\}$|    
    movq x, z
                       |$\{\ttm{w},\ttm{y},\ttm{z},\ttm{rsp}\}$|    
    addq w, z
                       |$\{\ttm{y},\ttm{z},\ttm{rsp}\}$|
    movq y, t
                       |$\{\ttm{t},\ttm{z},\ttm{rsp}\}$|    
    negq t
                       |$\{\ttm{t},\ttm{z},\ttm{rsp}\}$|    
    movq z, %rax
                       |$\{\ttm{rax},\ttm{t},\ttm{rsp}\}$|    
    addq t, %rax
                       |$\{\ttm{rax},\ttm{rsp}\}$|
    jmp conclusion
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
  movq $1, v
                      |$\{\ttm{v}\}$|
  movq $42, w
                      |$\{\ttm{w}, \ttm{v}\}$|
  movq v, x
                      |$\{\ttm{w}, \ttm{x}\}$|
  addq $7, x
                      |$\{\ttm{w}, \ttm{x}\}$|
  movq x, y
                      |$\{\ttm{w}, \ttm{x}, \ttm{y}\}$|
  movq x, z
                      |$\{\ttm{w}, \ttm{y}, \ttm{z}\}$|
  addq w, z
                      |$\{\ttm{y}, \ttm{z}\}$|        
  movq y, tmp_0
                      |$\{\ttm{tmp\_0}, \ttm{z}\}$|
  negq tmp_0
                      |$\{\ttm{tmp\_0}, \ttm{z}\}$|
  movq z, tmp_1
                      |$\{\ttm{tmp\_0}, \ttm{tmp\_1}\}$|
  addq tmp_0, tmp_1
                      |$\{\ttm{tmp\_1}\}$|
  movq tmp_1, %rdi
                      |$\{\ttm{rdi}\}$|
  callq print_int
                      |$\{\}$|
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
\end{tcolorbox}
\end{minipage}
\caption{The running example annotated with live-after sets.}
\label{fig:live-eg}
\end{figure}

\begin{exercise}\normalfont\normalsize
  Implement the \code{uncover\_live} \racket{pass}\python{function}.
  %
\racket{Store the sequence of live-after sets in the $\itm{info}$
  field of the \code{Block} structure.}
%
\python{Return a dictionary that maps each instruction to its
  live-after set.}
%
\racket{We recommend creating an auxiliary function that takes a list
  of instructions and an initial live-after set (typically empty) and
  returns the list of live-after sets.}
%
We recommend creating auxiliary functions to (1) compute the set
of locations that appear in an \Arg{}, (2) compute the locations read
by an instruction (the $R$ function), and (3) the locations written by
an instruction (the $W$ function). The \code{callq} instruction should
include all the caller-saved registers in its write set $W$ because
the calling convention says that those registers may be written to
during the function call. Likewise, the \code{callq} instruction
should include the appropriate argument-passing registers in its
read set $R$, depending on the arity of the function being
called. (This is why the abstract syntax for \code{callq} includes the
arity.)
\end{exercise}

%\clearpage

\section{Build the Interference Graph}
\label{sec:build-interference}

{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{figure}[tp]
%\begin{wrapfigure}[23]{r}[0.75in]{0.55\textwidth}
  \small
  \begin{tcolorbox}[title=\href{https://docs.racket-lang.org/graph/index.html}{The Racket Graph Library}]
    A \emph{graph} is a collection of vertices and edges where each
    edge connects two vertices.  A graph is \emph{directed} if each
    edge points from a source to a target.  Otherwise the graph is
    \emph{undirected}.
    \index{subject}{graph}\index{subject}{directed graph}\index{subject}{undirected graph}
  \begin{description}
  %% We currently don't use directed graphs. We instead use
  %% directed multi-graphs. -Jeremy
  \item[$\LP\code{directed-graph}\,\itm{edges}\RP$] constructs a
    directed graph from a list of edges. Each edge is a list
    containing the source and target vertex.
  \item[$\LP\code{undirected-graph}\,\itm{edges}\RP$] constructs a
    undirected graph from a list of edges. Each edge is represented by
    a list containing two vertices.
  \item[$\LP\code{add-vertex!}\,\itm{graph}\,\itm{vertex}\RP$]
    inserts a vertex into the graph.
  \item[$\LP\code{add-edge!}\,\itm{graph}\,\itm{source}\,\itm{target}\RP$]
    inserts an edge between the two vertices.
  \item[$\LP\code{in-neighbors}\,\itm{graph}\,\itm{vertex}\RP$]
    returns a sequence of vertices adjacent to the vertex.
  \item[$\LP\code{in-vertices}\,\itm{graph}\RP$]
    returns a sequence of all vertices in the graph.
  \end{description}
\end{tcolorbox}
  %\end{wrapfigure}
  \caption{The Racket \code{graph} package.}
  \label{fig:graph}
\end{figure}
\fi}

On the basis of the liveness analysis, we know where each location is
live.  However, during register allocation, we need to answer
questions of the specific form: are locations $u$ and $v$ live at the
same time?  (If so, they cannot be assigned to the same register.)  To
make this question more efficient to answer, we create an explicit
data structure, an \emph{interference
  graph}\index{subject}{interference graph}.  An interference graph is
an undirected graph that has an edge between two locations if they are
live at the same time, that is, if they interfere with each other.
%
\racket{We recommend using the Racket \code{graph} package
  (figure~\ref{fig:graph}) to represent the interference graph.}
%
\python{We provide implementations of directed and undirected graph
  data structures in the file \code{graph.py} of the support code.}

A straightforward way to compute the interference graph is to look at
the set of live locations between each instruction and add an edge to
the graph for every pair of variables in the same set.  This approach
is less than ideal for two reasons. First, it can be expensive because
it takes $O(n^2)$ time to consider every pair in a set of $n$ live
locations. Second, in the special case in which two locations hold the
same value (because one was assigned to the other), they can be live
at the same time without interfering with each other.

A better way to compute the interference graph is to focus on
writes~\citep{Appel:2003fk}. The writes performed by an instruction
must not overwrite something in a live location. So for each
instruction, we create an edge between the locations being written to
and the live locations. (However, a location never interferes with
itself.) For the \key{callq} instruction, we consider all the
caller-saved registers to have been written to, so an edge is added
between every live variable and every caller-saved register. Also, for
\key{movq} there is the special case of two variables holding the same
value. If a live variable $v$ is the same as the source of the
\key{movq}, then there is no need to add an edge between $v$ and the
destination, because they both hold the same value.
%
Hence we have the following two rules:

\begin{enumerate}
\item If instruction $I_k$ is a move instruction of the form
  \key{movq} $s$\key{,} $d$, then for every $v \in
  L_{\mathsf{after}}(k)$, if $v \neq d$ and $v \neq s$, add the edge
  $(d,v)$.

\item For any other instruction $I_k$, for every $d \in W(k)$ and
  every $v \in L_{\mathsf{after}}(k)$, if $v \neq d$, add the edge
  $(d,v)$.
\end{enumerate}

Working from the top to bottom of figure~\ref{fig:live-eg}, we apply
these rules to each instruction. We highlight a few of the
instructions.  \racket{The first instruction is \lstinline{movq $1, v},
  and the live-after set is $\{\ttm{v},\ttm{rsp}\}$. Rule 1 applies,
  so \code{v} interferes with \code{rsp}.}
%
\python{The first instruction is \lstinline{movq $1, v}, and the
  live-after set is $\{\ttm{v}\}$. Rule 1 applies but there is
  no interference because $\ttm{v}$ is the destination of the move.}
%
\racket{The fourth instruction is \lstinline{addq $7, x}, and the
  live-after set is $\{\ttm{w},\ttm{x},\ttm{rsp}\}$. Rule 2 applies so
  $\ttm{x}$ interferes with \ttm{w} and \ttm{rsp}.}
%
\python{The fourth instruction is \lstinline{addq $7, x}, and the
  live-after set is $\{\ttm{w},\ttm{x}\}$. Rule 2 applies so
  $\ttm{x}$ interferes with \ttm{w}.}
%
\racket{The next instruction is \lstinline{movq x, y}, and the
  live-after set is $\{\ttm{w},\ttm{x},\ttm{y},\ttm{rsp}\}$. Rule 1
  applies, so \ttm{y} interferes with \ttm{w} and \ttm{rsp} but not
  \ttm{x} because \ttm{x} is the source of the move and therefore
  \ttm{x} and \ttm{y} hold the same value.}
%
\python{The next instruction is \lstinline{movq x, y}, and the
  live-after set is $\{\ttm{w},\ttm{x},\ttm{y}\}$. Rule 1
  applies, so \ttm{y} interferes with \ttm{w} but not
  \ttm{x}, because \ttm{x} is the source of the move and therefore
  \ttm{x} and \ttm{y} hold the same value.}
%
Figure~\ref{fig:interference-results} lists the interference results
for all the instructions, and the resulting interference graph is
shown in figure~\ref{fig:interfere}.


\begin{figure}[tbp]
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
  \begin{quote}
{\if\edition\racketEd    
\begin{tabular}{ll}
\lstinline!movq $1, v!& \ttm{v} interferes with \ttm{rsp},\\
\lstinline!movq $42, w!& \ttm{w} interferes with \ttm{v} and \ttm{rsp},\\
\lstinline!movq v, x!& \ttm{x} interferes with \ttm{w} and \ttm{rsp},\\
\lstinline!addq $7, x!& \ttm{x} interferes with \ttm{w} and \ttm{rsp},\\
\lstinline!movq x, y!& \ttm{y} interferes with \ttm{w} and \ttm{rsp} but not \ttm{x},\\
\lstinline!movq x, z!& \ttm{z} interferes with \ttm{w}, \ttm{y}, and \ttm{rsp},\\
\lstinline!addq w, z!& \ttm{z} interferes with \ttm{y} and \ttm{rsp}, \\
\lstinline!movq y, t!& \ttm{t} interferes with \ttm{z} and \ttm{rsp}, \\
\lstinline!negq t!& \ttm{t} interferes with \ttm{z} and \ttm{rsp}, \\
\lstinline!movq z, %rax!   & \ttm{rax} interferes with \ttm{t} and \ttm{rsp}, \\
\lstinline!addq t, %rax! & \ttm{rax} interferes with \ttm{rsp}. \\
\lstinline!jmp conclusion!& no interference.
\end{tabular}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{tabular}{ll}
\lstinline!movq $1, v!& no interference\\
\lstinline!movq $42, w!& \ttm{w} interferes with \ttm{v}\\
\lstinline!movq v, x!& \ttm{x} interferes with \ttm{w}\\
\lstinline!addq $7, x!& \ttm{x} interferes with \ttm{w}\\
\lstinline!movq x, y!& \ttm{y} interferes with \ttm{w} but not \ttm{x}\\
\lstinline!movq x, z!& \ttm{z} interferes with \ttm{w} and \ttm{y}\\
\lstinline!addq w, z!& \ttm{z} interferes with \ttm{y} \\
\lstinline!movq y, tmp_0!& \ttm{tmp\_0} interferes with \ttm{z} \\
\lstinline!negq tmp_0!& \ttm{tmp\_0} interferes with \ttm{z} \\
\lstinline!movq z, tmp_1! & \ttm{tmp\_0} interferes with \ttm{tmp\_1} \\
\lstinline!addq tmp_0, tmp_1! & no interference\\
\lstinline!movq tmp_1, %rdi! & no interference \\
\lstinline!callq print_int!& no interference.
\end{tabular}
\fi}
\end{quote}
\end{tcolorbox}

\caption{Interference results for the running example.}
\label{fig:interference-results}
\end{figure}


\begin{figure}[tbp]
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
\large
{\if\edition\racketEd      
\[
\begin{tikzpicture}[baseline=(current  bounding  box.center)]
\node (rax) at (0,0) {$\ttm{rax}$};
\node (rsp) at (9,2) {$\ttm{rsp}$};
\node (t1) at (0,2) {$\ttm{t}$};
\node (z) at (3,2)  {$\ttm{z}$};
\node (x) at (6,2)  {$\ttm{x}$};
\node (y) at (3,0)  {$\ttm{y}$};
\node (w) at (6,0)  {$\ttm{w}$};
\node (v) at (9,0)  {$\ttm{v}$};


\draw (t1) to (rax);
\draw (t1) to (z);
\draw (z) to (y);
\draw (z) to (w);
\draw (x) to (w);
\draw (y) to (w);
\draw (v) to (w);

\draw (v) to (rsp);
\draw (w) to (rsp);
\draw (x) to (rsp);
\draw (y) to (rsp);
\path[-.,bend left=15] (z) edge node {} (rsp);
\path[-.,bend left=10] (t1) edge node {} (rsp);
\draw (rax) to (rsp);
\end{tikzpicture}
\]
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\[
\begin{tikzpicture}[baseline=(current  bounding  box.center)]
\node (t0) at (0,2) {$\ttm{tmp\_0}$};
\node (t1) at (0,0) {$\ttm{tmp\_1}$};
\node (z) at (3,2)  {$\ttm{z}$};
\node (x) at (6,2)  {$\ttm{x}$};
\node (y) at (3,0)  {$\ttm{y}$};
\node (w) at (6,0)  {$\ttm{w}$};
\node (v) at (9,0)  {$\ttm{v}$};

\draw (t0) to (t1);
\draw (t0) to (z);
\draw (z) to (y);
\draw (z) to (w);
\draw (x) to (w);
\draw (y) to (w);
\draw (v) to (w);
\end{tikzpicture}
\]
\fi}
\end{tcolorbox}
\caption{The interference graph of the example program.}
\label{fig:interfere}
\end{figure}

%% Our next concern is to choose a data structure for representing the
%% interference graph. There are many choices for how to represent a
%% graph, for example, \emph{adjacency matrix}, \emph{adjacency list},
%% and \emph{edge set}~\citep{Cormen:2001uq}. The right way to choose a
%% data structure is to study the algorithm that uses the data structure,
%% determine what operations need to be performed, and then choose the
%% data structure that provide the most efficient implementations of
%% those operations. Often times the choice of data structure can have an
%% effect on the time complexity of the algorithm, as it does here. If
%% you skim the next section, you will see that the register allocation
%% algorithm needs to ask the graph for all its vertices and, given a
%% vertex, it needs to known all the adjacent vertices. Thus, the
%% correct choice of graph representation is that of an adjacency
%% list. There are helper functions in \code{utilities.rkt} for
%% representing graphs using the adjacency list representation:
%% \code{make-graph}, \code{add-edge}, and \code{adjacent}
%% (Appendix~\ref{appendix:utilities}).
%% %
%% \margincomment{\footnotesize To do: change to use the
%%     Racket graph library. \\ --Jeremy}
%% %
%% In particular, those functions use a hash table to map each vertex to
%% the set of adjacent vertices, and the sets are represented using
%% Racket's \key{set}, which is also a hash table.

\begin{exercise}\normalfont\normalsize
\racket{Implement the compiler pass named \code{build\_interference} according
to the algorithm suggested here. We recommend using the Racket
  \code{graph} package to create and inspect the interference graph.
The output graph of this pass should be stored in the $\itm{info}$ field of
the program, under the key \code{conflicts}.}
%
\python{Implement a function named \code{build\_interference}
  according to the algorithm suggested above that
  returns the interference graph.}
\end{exercise}

  
\section{Graph Coloring via Sudoku}
\label{sec:graph-coloring}
\index{subject}{graph coloring}
\index{subject}{sudoku}
\index{subject}{color}

We come to the main event discussed in this chapter, mapping variables
to registers and stack locations. Variables that interfere with each
other must be mapped to different locations.  In terms of the
interference graph, this means that adjacent vertices must be mapped
to different locations.  If we think of locations as colors, the
register allocation problem becomes the graph coloring
problem~\citep{Balakrishnan:1996ve,Rosen:2002bh}.

The reader may be more familiar with the graph coloring problem than he
or she realizes; the popular game of sudoku is an instance of the
graph coloring problem. The following describes how to build a graph
out of an initial sudoku board.
\begin{itemize}
\item There is one vertex in the graph for each sudoku square.
\item There is an edge between two vertices if the corresponding squares
  are in the same row, in the same column, or in the same $3\times 3$ region.
\item Choose nine colors to correspond to the numbers $1$ to $9$.
\item On the basis of the initial assignment of numbers to squares on the
  sudoku board, assign the corresponding colors to the corresponding
  vertices in the graph.
\end{itemize}
If you can color the remaining vertices in the graph with the nine
colors, then you have also solved the corresponding game of sudoku.
Figure~\ref{fig:sudoku-graph} shows an initial sudoku game board and
the corresponding graph with colored vertices.  Here we use a
monochrome representation of colors, mapping the sudoku number 1 to
black, 2 to white, and 3 to gray.  We show edges for only a sampling
of the vertices (the colored ones) because showing edges for all the
vertices would make the graph unreadable.

\begin{figure}[tbp]
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
\includegraphics[width=0.5\textwidth]{figs/sudoku}
\includegraphics[width=0.5\textwidth]{figs/sudoku-graph-bw}
\end{tcolorbox}
\caption{A sudoku game board and the corresponding colored graph.}
\label{fig:sudoku-graph}
\end{figure}

Some techniques for playing sudoku correspond to heuristics used in
graph coloring algorithms.  For example, one of the basic techniques
for sudoku is called Pencil Marks. The idea is to use a process of
elimination to determine what numbers are no longer available for a
square and to write those numbers in the square (writing very
small). For example, if the number $1$ is assigned to a square, then
write the pencil mark $1$ in all the squares in the same row, column,
and region to indicate that $1$ is no longer an option for those other
squares.
%
The Pencil Marks technique corresponds to the notion of
\emph{saturation}\index{subject}{saturation} due to \citet{Brelaz:1979eu}.  The
saturation of a vertex, in sudoku terms, is the set of numbers that
are no longer available. In graph terminology, we have the following
definition:
\begin{equation*}
  \mathrm{saturation}(u) = \{ c \;|\; \exists v. v \in \mathrm{adjacent}(u)
     \text{ and } \mathrm{color}(v) = c \}
\end{equation*}
where $\mathrm{adjacent}(u)$ is the set of vertices that share an
edge with $u$.

The Pencil Marks technique leads to a simple strategy for filling in
numbers: if there is a square with only one possible number left, then
choose that number! But what if there are no squares with only one
possibility left? One brute-force approach is to try them all: choose
the first one, and if that ultimately leads to a solution, great.  If
not, backtrack and choose the next possibility.  One good thing about
Pencil Marks is that it reduces the degree of branching in the search
tree. Nevertheless, backtracking can be terribly time consuming. One
way to reduce the amount of backtracking is to use the
most-constrained-first heuristic (aka minimum remaining
values)~\citep{Russell2003}.  That is, in choosing a square, always
choose one with the fewest possibilities left (the vertex with the
highest saturation).  The idea is that choosing highly constrained
squares earlier rather than later is better, because later on there may
not be any possibilities left in the highly saturated squares.

However, register allocation is easier than sudoku, because the
register allocator can fall back to assigning variables to stack
locations when the registers run out. Thus, it makes sense to replace
backtracking with greedy search: make the best choice at the time and
keep going. We still wish to minimize the number of colors needed, so
we use the most-constrained-first heuristic in the greedy search.
Figure~\ref{fig:satur-algo} gives the pseudocode for a simple greedy
algorithm for register allocation based on saturation and the
most-constrained-first heuristic. It is roughly equivalent to the
DSATUR graph coloring algorithm~\citep{Brelaz:1979eu}.
Just as in sudoku, the algorithm represents colors with integers. The
integers $0$ through $k-1$ correspond to the $k$ registers that we use
for register allocation. The integers $k$ and larger correspond to
stack locations. The registers that are not used for register
allocation, such as \code{rax}, are assigned to negative integers. In
particular, we assign $-1$ to \code{rax} and $-2$ to \code{rsp}.

%% One might wonder why we include registers at all in the liveness
%% analysis and interference graph. For example, we never allocate a
%% variable to \code{rax} and \code{rsp}, so it would be harmless to
%% leave them out.  As we see in chapter~\ref{ch:Lvec}, when we begin
%% to use register for passing arguments to functions, it will be
%% necessary for those registers to appear in the interference graph
%% because those registers will also be assigned to variables, and we
%% don't want those two uses to encroach on each other. Regarding
%% registers such as \code{rax} and \code{rsp} that are not used for
%% variables, we could omit them from the interference graph but that
%% would require adding special cases to our algorithm, which would
%% complicate the logic for little gain.


\begin{figure}[btp]
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
  \centering
\begin{lstlisting}[basicstyle=\rmfamily,deletekeywords={for,from,with,is,not,in,find},morekeywords={while},columns=fullflexible]
Algorithm: DSATUR
Input: A graph |$G$|
Output: An assignment |$\mathrm{color}[v]$| for each vertex |$v \in G$|

|$W \gets \mathrm{vertices}(G)$|
while |$W \neq \emptyset$| do
    pick a vertex |$u$| from |$W$| with the highest saturation,
        breaking ties randomly
    find the lowest color |$c$| that is not in |$\{ \mathrm{color}[v] \;:\; v \in \mathrm{adjacent}(u)\}$|
    |$\mathrm{color}[u] \gets c$|
    |$W \gets W - \{u\}$|
\end{lstlisting}
\end{tcolorbox}
\caption{The saturation-based greedy graph coloring algorithm.}
  \label{fig:satur-algo}
\end{figure}

{\if\edition\racketEd      
With the DSATUR algorithm in hand, let us return to the running
example and consider how to color the interference graph shown in
figure~\ref{fig:interfere}.
%
We start by assigning each register node to its own color. For
example, \code{rax} is assigned the color $-1$ and \code{rsp} is
assigned $-2$.  The variables are not yet colored, so they are
annotated with a dash. We then update the saturation for vertices that
are adjacent to a register, obtaining the following annotated
graph. For example, the saturation for \code{t} is $\{-1,-2\}$ because
it interferes with both \code{rax} and \code{rsp}.
\[
\begin{tikzpicture}[baseline=(current  bounding  box.center)]
\node (rax) at (0,0) {$\ttm{rax}:-1,\{-2\}$};
\node (rsp) at (10,2) {$\ttm{rsp}:-2,\{-1\}$};
\node (t1) at (0,2) {$\ttm{t}:-,\{-1,-2\}$};
\node (z) at (3,2)  {$\ttm{z}:-,\{-2\}$};
\node (x) at (6,2)  {$\ttm{x}:-,\{-2\}$};
\node (y) at (3,0)  {$\ttm{y}:-,\{-2\}$};
\node (w) at (6,0)  {$\ttm{w}:-,\{-2\}$};
\node (v) at (10,0)  {$\ttm{v}:-,\{-2\}$};

\draw (t1) to (rax);
\draw (t1) to (z);
\draw (z) to (y);
\draw (z) to (w);
\draw (x) to (w);
\draw (y) to (w);
\draw (v) to (w);

\draw (v) to (rsp);
\draw (w) to (rsp);
\draw (x) to (rsp);
\draw (y) to (rsp);
\path[-.,bend left=15] (z) edge node {} (rsp);
\path[-.,bend left=10] (t1) edge node {} (rsp);
\draw (rax) to (rsp);
\end{tikzpicture}
\]
The algorithm says to select a maximally saturated vertex. So, we pick
$\ttm{t}$ and color it with the first available integer, which is
$0$. We mark $0$ as no longer available for $\ttm{z}$, $\ttm{rax}$,
and \ttm{rsp} because they interfere with $\ttm{t}$.
\[
\begin{tikzpicture}[baseline=(current  bounding  box.center)]
\node (rax) at (0,0) {$\ttm{rax}:-1,\{0,-2\}$};
\node (rsp) at (10,2) {$\ttm{rsp}:-2,\{-1,0\}$};
\node (t1) at (0,2) {$\ttm{t}:0,\{-1,-2\}$};
\node (z) at (3,2)  {$\ttm{z}:-,\{0,-2\}$};
\node (x) at (6,2)  {$\ttm{x}:-,\{-2\}$};
\node (y) at (3,0)  {$\ttm{y}:-,\{-2\}$};
\node (w) at (6,0)  {$\ttm{w}:-,\{-2\}$};
\node (v) at (10,0)  {$\ttm{v}:-,\{-2\}$};

\draw (t1) to (rax);
\draw (t1) to (z);
\draw (z) to (y);
\draw (z) to (w);
\draw (x) to (w);
\draw (y) to (w);
\draw (v) to (w);

\draw (v) to (rsp);
\draw (w) to (rsp);
\draw (x) to (rsp);
\draw (y) to (rsp);
\path[-.,bend left=15] (z) edge node {} (rsp);
\path[-.,bend left=10] (t1) edge node {} (rsp);
\draw (rax) to (rsp);
\end{tikzpicture}
\]
We repeat the process, selecting a maximally saturated vertex,
choosing \code{z}, and coloring it with the first available number, which
is $1$. We add $1$ to the saturation for the neighboring vertices
\code{t}, \code{y}, \code{w}, and \code{rsp}.
\[
\begin{tikzpicture}[baseline=(current  bounding  box.center)]
\node (rax) at (0,0) {$\ttm{rax}:-1,\{0,-2\}$};
\node (rsp) at (10,2) {$\ttm{rsp}:-2,\{-1,0,1\}$};
\node (t1) at (0,2) {$\ttm{t}:0,\{-1,1,-2\}$};
\node (z) at (3,2)  {$\ttm{z}:1,\{0,-2\}$};
\node (x) at (6,2)  {$\ttm{x}:-,\{-2\}$};
\node (y) at (3,0)  {$\ttm{y}:-,\{1,-2\}$};
\node (w) at (6,0)  {$\ttm{w}:-,\{1,-2\}$};
\node (v) at (10,0)  {$\ttm{v}:-,\{-2\}$};

\draw (t1) to (rax);
\draw (t1) to (z);
\draw (z) to (y);
\draw (z) to (w);
\draw (x) to (w);
\draw (y) to (w);
\draw (v) to (w);

\draw (v) to (rsp);
\draw (w) to (rsp);
\draw (x) to (rsp);
\draw (y) to (rsp);
\path[-.,bend left=15] (z) edge node {} (rsp);
\path[-.,bend left=10] (t1) edge node {} (rsp);
\draw (rax) to (rsp);
\end{tikzpicture}
\]
The most saturated vertices are now \code{w} and \code{y}. We color
\code{w} with the first available color, which is $0$.
\[
\begin{tikzpicture}[baseline=(current  bounding  box.center)]
\node (rax) at (0,0) {$\ttm{rax}:-1,\{0,-2\}$};
\node (rsp) at (10,2) {$\ttm{rsp}:-2,\{-1,0,1\}$};
\node (t1) at (0,2) {$\ttm{t}:0,\{-1,1,-2\}$};
\node (z) at (3,2)  {$\ttm{z}:1,\{0,-2\}$};
\node (x) at (6,2)  {$\ttm{x}:-,\{0,-2\}$};
\node (y) at (3,0)  {$\ttm{y}:-,\{0,1,-2\}$};
\node (w) at (6,0)  {$\ttm{w}:0,\{1,-2\}$};
\node (v) at (10,0)  {$\ttm{v}:-,\{0,-2\}$};

\draw (t1) to (rax);
\draw (t1) to (z);
\draw (z) to (y);
\draw (z) to (w);
\draw (x) to (w);
\draw (y) to (w);
\draw (v) to (w);

\draw (v) to (rsp);
\draw (w) to (rsp);
\draw (x) to (rsp);
\draw (y) to (rsp);
\path[-.,bend left=15] (z) edge node {} (rsp);
\path[-.,bend left=10] (t1) edge node {} (rsp);
\draw (rax) to (rsp);
\end{tikzpicture}
\]
Vertex \code{y} is now the most highly saturated, so we color \code{y}
with $2$.  We cannot choose $0$ or $1$ because those numbers are in
\code{y}'s saturation set. Indeed, \code{y} interferes with \code{w}
and \code{z}, whose colors are $0$ and $1$ respectively.
\[
\begin{tikzpicture}[baseline=(current  bounding  box.center)]
\node (rax) at (0,0) {$\ttm{rax}:-1,\{0,-2\}$};
\node (rsp) at (10,2) {$\ttm{rsp}:-2,\{-1,0,1,2\}$};
\node (t1) at (0,2) {$\ttm{t}:0,\{-1,1,-2\}$};
\node (z) at (3,2)  {$\ttm{z}:1,\{0,2,-2\}$};
\node (x) at (6,2)  {$\ttm{x}:-,\{0,-2\}$};
\node (y) at (3,0)  {$\ttm{y}:2,\{0,1,-2\}$};
\node (w) at (6,0)  {$\ttm{w}:0,\{1,2,-2\}$};
\node (v) at (10,0)  {$\ttm{v}:-,\{0,-2\}$};

\draw (t1) to (rax);
\draw (t1) to (z);
\draw (z) to (y);
\draw (z) to (w);
\draw (x) to (w);
\draw (y) to (w);
\draw (v) to (w);

\draw (v) to (rsp);
\draw (w) to (rsp);
\draw (x) to (rsp);
\draw (y) to (rsp);
\path[-.,bend left=15] (z) edge node {} (rsp);
\path[-.,bend left=10] (t1) edge node {} (rsp);
\draw (rax) to (rsp);
\end{tikzpicture}
\]
Now \code{x} and \code{v} are the most saturated, so we color \code{v} with $1$.
\[
\begin{tikzpicture}[baseline=(current  bounding  box.center)]
\node (rax) at (0,0) {$\ttm{rax}:-1,\{0,-2\}$};
\node (rsp) at (10,2) {$\ttm{rsp}:-2,\{-1,0,1,2\}$};
\node (t1) at (0,2) {$\ttm{t}:0,\{-1,1,-2\}$};
\node (z) at (3,2)  {$\ttm{z}:1,\{0,2,-2\}$};
\node (x) at (6,2)  {$\ttm{x}:-,\{0,-2\}$};
\node (y) at (3,0)  {$\ttm{y}:2,\{0,1,-2\}$};
\node (w) at (6,0)  {$\ttm{w}:0,\{1,2,-2\}$};
\node (v) at (10,0)  {$\ttm{v}:1,\{0,-2\}$};

\draw (t1) to (rax);
\draw (t1) to (z);
\draw (z) to (y);
\draw (z) to (w);
\draw (x) to (w);
\draw (y) to (w);
\draw (v) to (w);

\draw (v) to (rsp);
\draw (w) to (rsp);
\draw (x) to (rsp);
\draw (y) to (rsp);
\path[-.,bend left=15] (z) edge node {} (rsp);
\path[-.,bend left=10] (t1) edge node {} (rsp);
\draw (rax) to (rsp);
\end{tikzpicture}
\]
In the last step of the algorithm, we color \code{x} with $1$.
\[
\begin{tikzpicture}[baseline=(current  bounding  box.center)]
\node (rax) at (0,0) {$\ttm{rax}:-1,\{0,-2\}$};
\node (rsp) at (10,2) {$\ttm{rsp}:-2,\{-1,0,1,2\}$};
\node (t1) at (0,2) {$\ttm{t}:0,\{-1,1,-2\}$};
\node (z) at (3,2)  {$\ttm{z}:1,\{0,2,-2\}$};
\node (x) at (6,2)  {$\ttm{x}:1,\{0,-2\}$};
\node (y) at (3,0)  {$\ttm{y}:2,\{0,1,-2\}$};
\node (w) at (6,0)  {$\ttm{w}:0,\{1,2,-2\}$};
\node (v) at (10,0)  {$\ttm{v}:1,\{0,-2\}$};

\draw (t1) to (rax);
\draw (t1) to (z);
\draw (z) to (y);
\draw (z) to (w);
\draw (x) to (w);
\draw (y) to (w);
\draw (v) to (w);

\draw (v) to (rsp);
\draw (w) to (rsp);
\draw (x) to (rsp);
\draw (y) to (rsp);
\path[-.,bend left=15] (z) edge node {} (rsp);
\path[-.,bend left=10] (t1) edge node {} (rsp);
\draw (rax) to (rsp);
\end{tikzpicture}
\]
So, we obtain the following coloring:
\[
\{
\ttm{rax} \mapsto -1,
\ttm{rsp} \mapsto -2,
\ttm{t} \mapsto 0,
\ttm{z} \mapsto 1,
\ttm{x} \mapsto 1,
\ttm{y} \mapsto 2,
\ttm{w} \mapsto 0,
\ttm{v} \mapsto 1
\}
\]
\fi}
%
{\if\edition\pythonEd
%
With the DSATUR algorithm in hand, let us return to the running
example and consider how to color the interference graph in
figure~\ref{fig:interfere}. We annotate each variable node with a dash
to indicate that it has not yet been assigned a color. The saturation
sets are also shown for each node; all of them start as the empty set.
(We do not include the register nodes in the graph below because there
were no interference edges involving registers in this program, but in
general there can be.)
%
\[
\begin{tikzpicture}[baseline=(current  bounding  box.center)]
\node (t0) at (0,2) {$\ttm{tmp\_0}: -, \{\}$};
\node (t1) at (0,0) {$\ttm{tmp\_1}: -, \{\}$};
\node (z) at (3,2)  {$\ttm{z}: -, \{\}$};
\node (x) at (6,2)  {$\ttm{x}: -, \{\}$};
\node (y) at (3,0)  {$\ttm{y}: -, \{\}$};
\node (w) at (6,0)  {$\ttm{w}: -, \{\}$};
\node (v) at (9,0)  {$\ttm{v}: -, \{\}$};

\draw (t0) to (t1);
\draw (t0) to (z);
\draw (z) to (y);
\draw (z) to (w);
\draw (x) to (w);
\draw (y) to (w);
\draw (v) to (w);
\end{tikzpicture}
\]
The algorithm says to select a maximally saturated vertex, but they
are all equally saturated. So we flip a coin and pick $\ttm{tmp\_0}$
then color it with the first available integer, which is $0$. We mark
$0$ as no longer available for $\ttm{tmp\_1}$ and $\ttm{z}$ because
they interfere with $\ttm{tmp\_0}$.
\[
\begin{tikzpicture}[baseline=(current  bounding  box.center)]
\node (t0) at (0,2) {$\ttm{tmp\_0}: 0, \{\}$};
\node (t1) at (0,0) {$\ttm{tmp\_1}: -, \{0\}$};
\node (z) at (3,2)  {$\ttm{z}: -, \{0\}$};
\node (x) at (6,2)  {$\ttm{x}: -, \{\}$};
\node (y) at (3,0)  {$\ttm{y}: -, \{\}$};
\node (w) at (6,0)  {$\ttm{w}: -, \{\}$};
\node (v) at (9,0)  {$\ttm{v}: -, \{\}$};

\draw (t0) to (t1);
\draw (t0) to (z);
\draw (z) to (y);
\draw (z) to (w);
\draw (x) to (w);
\draw (y) to (w);
\draw (v) to (w);
\end{tikzpicture}
\]
We repeat the process. The most saturated vertices are \code{z} and
\code{tmp\_1}, so we choose \code{z} and color it with the first
available number, which is $1$. We add $1$ to the saturation for the
neighboring vertices \code{tmp\_0}, \code{y}, and \code{w}.
\[
\begin{tikzpicture}[baseline=(current  bounding  box.center)]
\node (t0) at (0,2) {$\ttm{tmp\_0}: 0, \{1\}$};
\node (t1) at (0,0) {$\ttm{tmp\_1}: -, \{0\}$};
\node (z) at (3,2)  {$\ttm{z}: 1, \{0\}$};
\node (x) at (6,2)  {$\ttm{x}: -, \{\}$};
\node (y) at (3,0)  {$\ttm{y}: -, \{1\}$};
\node (w) at (6,0)  {$\ttm{w}: -, \{1\}$};
\node (v) at (9,0)  {$\ttm{v}: -, \{\}$};

\draw (t0) to (t1);
\draw (t0) to (z);
\draw (z) to (y);
\draw (z) to (w);
\draw (x) to (w);
\draw (y) to (w);
\draw (v) to (w);
\end{tikzpicture}
\]
The most saturated vertices are now \code{tmp\_1}, \code{w}, and
\code{y}. We color \code{w} with the first available color, which
is $0$.
\[
\begin{tikzpicture}[baseline=(current  bounding  box.center)]
\node (t0) at (0,2) {$\ttm{tmp\_0}: 0, \{1\}$};
\node (t1) at (0,0) {$\ttm{tmp\_1}: -, \{0\}$};
\node (z) at (3,2)  {$\ttm{z}: 1, \{0\}$};
\node (x) at (6,2)  {$\ttm{x}: -, \{0\}$};
\node (y) at (3,0)  {$\ttm{y}: -, \{0,1\}$};
\node (w) at (6,0)  {$\ttm{w}: 0, \{1\}$};
\node (v) at (9,0)  {$\ttm{v}: -, \{0\}$};

\draw (t0) to (t1);
\draw (t0) to (z);
\draw (z) to (y);
\draw (z) to (w);
\draw (x) to (w);
\draw (y) to (w);
\draw (v) to (w);
\end{tikzpicture}
\]
Now \code{y} is the most saturated, so we color it with $2$.
\[
\begin{tikzpicture}[baseline=(current  bounding  box.center)]
\node (t0) at (0,2) {$\ttm{tmp\_0}: 0, \{1\}$};
\node (t1) at (0,0) {$\ttm{tmp\_1}: -, \{0\}$};
\node (z) at (3,2)  {$\ttm{z}: 1, \{0,2\}$};
\node (x) at (6,2)  {$\ttm{x}: -, \{0\}$};
\node (y) at (3,0)  {$\ttm{y}: 2, \{0,1\}$};
\node (w) at (6,0)  {$\ttm{w}: 0, \{1,2\}$};
\node (v) at (9,0)  {$\ttm{v}: -, \{0\}$};

\draw (t0) to (t1);
\draw (t0) to (z);
\draw (z) to (y);
\draw (z) to (w);
\draw (x) to (w);
\draw (y) to (w);
\draw (v) to (w);
\end{tikzpicture}
\]
The most saturated vertices are \code{tmp\_1}, \code{x}, and \code{v}.
We choose to color \code{v} with $1$.
\[
\begin{tikzpicture}[baseline=(current  bounding  box.center)]
\node (t0) at (0,2) {$\ttm{tmp\_0}: 0, \{1\}$};
\node (t1) at (0,0) {$\ttm{tmp\_1}: -, \{0\}$};
\node (z) at (3,2)  {$\ttm{z}: 1, \{0,2\}$};
\node (x) at (6,2)  {$\ttm{x}: -, \{0\}$};
\node (y) at (3,0)  {$\ttm{y}: 2, \{0,1\}$};
\node (w) at (6,0)  {$\ttm{w}: 0, \{1,2\}$};
\node (v) at (9,0)  {$\ttm{v}: 1, \{0\}$};

\draw (t0) to (t1);
\draw (t0) to (z);
\draw (z) to (y);
\draw (z) to (w);
\draw (x) to (w);
\draw (y) to (w);
\draw (v) to (w);
\end{tikzpicture}
\]
We color the remaining two variables, \code{tmp\_1} and \code{x}, with $1$.
\[
\begin{tikzpicture}[baseline=(current  bounding  box.center)]
\node (t0) at (0,2) {$\ttm{tmp\_0}: 0, \{1\}$};
\node (t1) at (0,0) {$\ttm{tmp\_1}: 1, \{0\}$};
\node (z) at (3,2)  {$\ttm{z}: 1, \{0,2\}$};
\node (x) at (6,2)  {$\ttm{x}: 1, \{0\}$};
\node (y) at (3,0)  {$\ttm{y}: 2, \{0,1\}$};
\node (w) at (6,0)  {$\ttm{w}: 0, \{1,2\}$};
\node (v) at (9,0)  {$\ttm{v}: 1, \{0\}$};

\draw (t0) to (t1);
\draw (t0) to (z);
\draw (z) to (y);
\draw (z) to (w);
\draw (x) to (w);
\draw (y) to (w);
\draw (v) to (w);
\end{tikzpicture}
\]
So, we obtain the following coloring:
\[
\{ \ttm{tmp\_0} \mapsto  0, 
   \ttm{tmp\_1} \mapsto  1, 
   \ttm{z} \mapsto  1,
   \ttm{x} \mapsto  1,
   \ttm{y} \mapsto  2,
   \ttm{w} \mapsto  0, 
   \ttm{v} \mapsto  1 \}
\]
\fi}

We recommend creating an auxiliary function named \code{color\_graph}
that takes an interference graph and a list of all the variables in
the program. This function should return a mapping of variables to
their colors (represented as natural numbers). By creating this helper
function, you will be able to reuse it in chapter~\ref{ch:Lfun}
when we add support for functions.

To prioritize the processing of highly saturated nodes inside the
\code{color\_graph} function, we recommend using the priority queue
data structure \racket{described in figure~\ref{fig:priority-queue}}\python{in the file \code{priority\_queue.py} of the support code}. \racket{In
addition, you will need to maintain a mapping from variables to their
handles in the priority queue so that you can notify the priority
queue when their saturation changes.}

{\if\edition\racketEd      
\begin{figure}[tp]
%\begin{wrapfigure}[25]{r}[0.75in]{0.55\textwidth}
  \small
  \begin{tcolorbox}[title=Priority Queue]
    A \emph{priority queue} is a collection of items in which the
    removal of items is governed by priority. In a min queue,
    lower priority items are removed first. An implementation is in
    \code{priority\_queue.rkt} of the support code.  \index{subject}{priority
      queue} \index{subject}{minimum priority queue}
  \begin{description}
  \item[$\LP\code{make-pqueue}\,\itm{cmp}\RP$] constructs an empty
    priority queue that uses the $\itm{cmp}$ predicate to determine
    whether its first argument has lower or equal priority to its
    second argument.
  \item[$\LP\code{pqueue-count}\,\itm{queue}\RP$] returns the number of
    items in the queue.
  \item[$\LP\code{pqueue-push!}\,\itm{queue}\,\itm{item}\RP$] inserts
    the item into the queue and returns a handle for the item in the
    queue.
  \item[$\LP\code{pqueue-pop!}\,\itm{queue}\RP$] returns the item with
    the lowest priority.
  \item[$\LP\code{pqueue-decrease-key!}\,\itm{queue}\,\itm{handle}\RP$]
    notifies the queue that the priority has decreased for the item
    associated with the given handle.
  \end{description}
\end{tcolorbox}
  %\end{wrapfigure}
  \caption{The priority queue data structure.}
  \label{fig:priority-queue}
\end{figure}
\fi}

With the coloring complete, we finalize the assignment of variables to
registers and stack locations. We map the first $k$ colors to the $k$
registers and the rest of the colors to stack locations.  Suppose for
the moment that we have just one register to use for register
allocation, \key{rcx}. Then we have the following map from colors to
locations.
\[
  \{ 0 \mapsto \key{\%rcx}, \; 1 \mapsto \key{-8(\%rbp)}, \; 2 \mapsto \key{-16(\%rbp)} \}
\]
Composing this mapping with the coloring, we arrive at the following
assignment of variables to locations.
{\if\edition\racketEd      
\begin{gather*}
  \{ \ttm{v} \mapsto \key{-8(\%rbp)}, \,
     \ttm{w} \mapsto \key{\%rcx},  \,
     \ttm{x} \mapsto \key{-8(\%rbp)}, \,
     \ttm{y} \mapsto \key{-16(\%rbp)}, \\
     \ttm{z} \mapsto \key{-8(\%rbp)}, \,
     \ttm{t} \mapsto \key{\%rcx} \}
\end{gather*}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{gather*}
  \{ \ttm{v} \mapsto \key{-8(\%rbp)},  \,
     \ttm{w} \mapsto \key{\%rcx}, \,
     \ttm{x} \mapsto \key{-8(\%rbp)}, \,
     \ttm{y} \mapsto \key{-16(\%rbp)}, \\
     \ttm{z} \mapsto \key{-8(\%rbp)}, \,
     \ttm{tmp\_0} \mapsto \key{\%rcx}, \,
     \ttm{tmp\_1} \mapsto \key{-8(\%rbp)} \}
\end{gather*}
\fi}

Adapt the code from the \code{assign\_homes} pass
(section~\ref{sec:assign-Lvar}) to replace the variables with their
assigned location. Applying this assignment to our running
example shown next, on the left, yields the program on the right.
% why frame size of 32? -JGS
\begin{center}
{\if\edition\racketEd      
\begin{minipage}{0.3\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}
movq $1, v
movq $42, w
movq v, x
addq $7, x
movq x, y
movq x, z
addq w, z
movq y, t
negq t
movq z, %rax
addq t, %rax
jmp conclusion
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
$\Rightarrow\qquad$
\begin{minipage}{0.45\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}
movq $1, -8(%rbp)
movq $42, %rcx
movq -8(%rbp), -8(%rbp)
addq $7, -8(%rbp)
movq -8(%rbp), -16(%rbp)
movq -8(%rbp), -8(%rbp)
addq %rcx, -8(%rbp)
movq -16(%rbp), %rcx
negq %rcx
movq -8(%rbp), %rax
addq %rcx, %rax
jmp conclusion
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{minipage}{0.3\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}
movq $1, v
movq $42, w
movq v, x
addq $7, x
movq x, y
movq x, z
addq w, z
movq y, tmp_0
negq tmp_0
movq z, tmp_1
addq tmp_0, tmp_1
movq tmp_1, %rdi
callq print_int
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
$\Rightarrow\qquad$
\begin{minipage}{0.45\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}
movq $1, -8(%rbp)
movq $42, %rcx
movq -8(%rbp), -8(%rbp)
addq $7, -8(%rbp)
movq -8(%rbp), -16(%rbp)
movq -8(%rbp), -8(%rbp)
addq %rcx, -8(%rbp)
movq -16(%rbp), %rcx
negq %rcx
movq -8(%rbp), -8(%rbp)
addq %rcx, -8(%rbp)
movq -8(%rbp), %rdi
callq print_int    
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
\fi}
\end{center}

\begin{exercise}\normalfont\normalsize
Implement the \code{allocate\_registers} pass.
Create five programs that exercise all aspects of the register
allocation algorithm, including spilling variables to the stack.
%
{\if\edition\racketEd      
Replace \code{assign\_homes} in the list of \code{passes} in the
\code{run-tests.rkt} script with the three new passes:
\code{uncover\_live}, \code{build\_interference}, and
\code{allocate\_registers}.
Temporarily remove the call to \code{compiler-tests}.
Run the script to test the register allocator.
\fi}
%
{\if\edition\pythonEd      
Run the \code{run-tests.py} script to to check whether the
output programs produce the same result as the input programs.
\fi}
\end{exercise}


\section{Patch Instructions}
\label{sec:patch-instructions}

The remaining step in the compilation to x86 is to ensure that the
instructions have at most one argument that is a memory access.
%
In the running example, the instruction \code{movq -8(\%rbp),
    -16(\%rbp)} is problematic. Recall from section~\ref{sec:patch-s0}
  that the fix is to first move \code{-8(\%rbp)} into \code{rax} and
  then move \code{rax} into \code{-16(\%rbp)}.
%
The moves from \code{-8(\%rbp)} to \code{-8(\%rbp)} are also
problematic, but they can simply be deleted. In general, we recommend
deleting all the trivial moves whose source and destination are the
same location.
%
The following is the output of \code{patch\_instructions} on the
running example.
\begin{center}
{\if\edition\racketEd      
\begin{minipage}{0.4\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}
movq $1, -8(%rbp)
movq $42, %rcx
movq -8(%rbp), -8(%rbp)
addq $7, -8(%rbp)
movq -8(%rbp), -16(%rbp)
movq -8(%rbp), -8(%rbp)
addq %rcx, -8(%rbp)
movq -16(%rbp), %rcx
negq %rcx
movq -8(%rbp), %rax
addq %rcx, %rax
jmp conclusion
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
$\Rightarrow\qquad$
\begin{minipage}{0.45\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}
movq $1, -8(%rbp)
movq $42, %rcx
addq $7, -8(%rbp)
movq -8(%rbp), %rax
movq %rax, -16(%rbp)
addq %rcx, -8(%rbp)
movq -16(%rbp), %rcx
negq %rcx
movq -8(%rbp), %rax
addq %rcx, %rax
jmp conclusion
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{minipage}{0.4\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}
movq $1, -8(%rbp)
movq $42, %rcx
movq -8(%rbp), -8(%rbp)
addq $7, -8(%rbp)
movq -8(%rbp), -16(%rbp)
movq -8(%rbp), -8(%rbp)
addq %rcx, -8(%rbp)
movq -16(%rbp), %rcx
negq %rcx
movq -8(%rbp), -8(%rbp)
addq %rcx, -8(%rbp)
movq -8(%rbp), %rdi
callq print_int    
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
$\Rightarrow\qquad$
\begin{minipage}{0.45\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}
movq $1, -8(%rbp)
movq $42, %rcx
addq $7, -8(%rbp)
movq -8(%rbp), %rax
movq %rax, -16(%rbp)
addq %rcx, -8(%rbp)
movq -16(%rbp), %rcx
negq %rcx
addq %rcx, -8(%rbp)
movq -8(%rbp), %rdi
callq print_int    
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
\fi}
\end{center}

\begin{exercise}\normalfont\normalsize
%
Update the \code{patch\_instructions} compiler pass to delete trivial moves.
%
%Insert it after \code{allocate\_registers} in the list of \code{passes}
%in the \code{run-tests.rkt} script.
%
Run the script to test the \code{patch\_instructions} pass.
\end{exercise}


\section{Prelude and Conclusion}
\label{sec:print-x86-reg-alloc}
\index{subject}{calling conventions}
\index{subject}{prelude}\index{subject}{conclusion}

Recall that this pass generates the prelude and conclusion
instructions to satisfy the x86 calling conventions
(section~\ref{sec:calling-conventions}). With the addition of the
register allocator, the callee-saved registers used by the register
allocator must be saved in the prelude and restored in the conclusion.
In the \code{allocate\_registers} pass,
%
\racket{add an entry to the \itm{info}
  of \code{X86Program} named \code{used\_callee}}
%
\python{add a field named \code{used\_callee} to the \code{X86Program} AST node}
%
that stores the set of callee-saved registers that were assigned to
variables. The \code{prelude\_and\_conclusion} pass can then access
this information to decide which callee-saved registers need to be
saved and restored.
%
When calculating the amount to adjust the \code{rsp} in the prelude,
make sure to take into account the space used for saving the
callee-saved registers. Also, remember that the frame needs to be a
multiple of 16 bytes! We recommend using the following equation for
the amount $A$ to subtract from the \code{rsp}. Let $S$ be the number
of spilled variables and $C$ be the number of callee-saved registers
that were allocated to variables. The $\itm{align}$ function rounds a
number up to the nearest 16 bytes.
\[
   \itm{A} = \itm{align}(8\itm{S} + 8\itm{C}) - 8\itm{C}
\]
The reason we subtract $8\itm{C}$ in this equation is that the
prelude uses \code{pushq} to save each of the callee-saved registers,
and \code{pushq} subtracts $8$ from the \code{rsp}.

\racket{An overview of all the passes involved in register
  allocation is shown in figure~\ref{fig:reg-alloc-passes}.}

{\if\edition\racketEd      
\begin{figure}[tbp]
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
\begin{tikzpicture}[baseline=(current  bounding  box.center)]
\node (Lvar) at (0,2)  {\large \LangVar{}};
\node (Lvar-2) at (3,2)  {\large \LangVar{}};
\node (Lvar-3) at (7,2)  {\large \LangVarANF{}};
\node (Cvar-1) at (0,0)  {\large \LangCVar{}};

\node (x86-2) at (0,-2)  {\large \LangXVar{}};
\node (x86-3) at (3,-2)  {\large \LangXVar{}};
\node (x86-4) at (7,-2) {\large \LangXInt{}};
\node (x86-5) at (7,-4) {\large \LangXInt{}};

\node (x86-2-1) at (0,-4)  {\large \LangXVar{}};
\node (x86-2-2) at (3,-4)  {\large \LangXVar{}};

\path[->,bend left=15] (Lvar) edge [above] node {\ttfamily\footnotesize uniquify} (Lvar-2);
\path[->,bend left=15] (Lvar-2) edge [above] node {\ttfamily\footnotesize remove\_complex\_operands} (Lvar-3);
\path[->,bend left=15] (Lvar-3) edge [right] node {\ttfamily\footnotesize explicate\_control} (Cvar-1);
\path[->,bend right=15] (Cvar-1) edge [right] node {\ttfamily\footnotesize select\_instructions} (x86-2);
\path[->,bend left=15] (x86-2) edge [right] node {\ttfamily\footnotesize uncover\_live} (x86-2-1);
\path[->,bend right=15] (x86-2-1) edge [below] node {\ttfamily\footnotesize build\_interference} (x86-2-2);
\path[->,bend right=15] (x86-2-2) edge [right] node {\ttfamily\footnotesize allocate\_registers} (x86-3);
\path[->,bend left=15] (x86-3) edge [above] node {\ttfamily\footnotesize patch\_instructions} (x86-4);
\path[->,bend left=15] (x86-4) edge [right] node {\ttfamily\footnotesize prelude\_and\_conclusion} (x86-5);
\end{tikzpicture}
\end{tcolorbox}

\caption{Diagram of the passes for \LangVar{} with register allocation.}
\label{fig:reg-alloc-passes}
\end{figure}
\fi}

Figure~\ref{fig:running-example-x86} shows the x86 code generated for
the running example (figure~\ref{fig:reg-eg}). To demonstrate both the
use of registers and the stack, we limit the register allocator for
this example to use just two registers: \code{rbx} and \code{rcx}.  In
the prelude\index{subject}{prelude} of the \code{main} function, we
push \code{rbx} onto the stack because it is a callee-saved register
and it was assigned to a variable by the register allocator.  We
subtract \code{8} from the \code{rsp} at the end of the prelude to
reserve space for the one spilled variable.  After that subtraction,
the \code{rsp} is aligned to 16 bytes.

Moving on to the program proper, we see how the registers were
allocated.
%
\racket{Variables \code{v}, \code{x}, and \code{y} were assigned to
  \code{rbx}, and variable \code{z} was assigned to \code{rcx}.}
%
\python{Variables \code{v}, \code{x}, \code{y}, and \code{tmp\_0}
  were assigned to \code{rcx} and variables \code{w} and \code{tmp\_1}
  were assigned to \code{rbx}.}
%
Variable \racket{\code{w}}\python{\code{z}} was spilled to the stack
location \code{-16(\%rbp)}.  Recall that the prelude saved the
callee-save register \code{rbx} onto the stack. The spilled variables
must be placed lower on the stack than the saved callee-save
registers, so in this case \racket{\code{w}}\python{z} is placed at
\code{-16(\%rbp)}.

In the conclusion\index{subject}{conclusion}, we undo the work that was
done in the prelude. We move the stack pointer up by \code{8} bytes
(the room for spilled variables), then pop the old values of
\code{rbx} and \code{rbp} (callee-saved registers), and finish with
\code{retq} to return control to the operating system.

  
\begin{figure}[tbp]
\begin{minipage}{0.55\textwidth}
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
  % var_test_28.rkt
  % (use-minimal-set-of-registers! #t)
  % and only rbx rcx
% tmp 0 rbx
% z 1  rcx
% y 0  rbx
% w 2  16(%rbp)
% v 0  rbx
% x 0  rbx
{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{lstlisting}
start:
	movq	$1, %rbx
	movq	$42, -16(%rbp)
	addq	$7, %rbx
	movq	%rbx, %rcx
	addq	-16(%rbp), %rcx
	negq	%rbx
	movq	%rcx, %rax
	addq	%rbx, %rax
	jmp conclusion

	.globl main
main:
	pushq	%rbp
	movq	%rsp, %rbp
	pushq	%rbx
	subq	$8, %rsp
	jmp start
        
conclusion:
	addq	$8, %rsp
	popq	%rbx
	popq	%rbp
	retq
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
%{v: %rcx, x: %rcx, z: -16(%rbp), w: %rbx, tmp_1: %rbx, y: %rcx, tmp_0: %rcx}  
\begin{lstlisting}
	.globl main
main:
	pushq %rbp
	movq %rsp, %rbp
	pushq %rbx
	subq $8, %rsp
	movq $1, %rcx
	movq $42, %rbx
	addq $7, %rcx
	movq %rcx, -16(%rbp)
	addq %rbx, -16(%rbp)
	negq %rcx
	movq -16(%rbp), %rbx
	addq %rcx, %rbx
	movq %rbx, %rdi
	callq print_int
	addq $8, %rsp
	popq %rbx
	popq %rbp
	retq
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
\end{tcolorbox}
\end{minipage}
\caption{The x86 output from the running example
  (figure~\ref{fig:reg-eg}), limiting allocation to just \code{rbx}
  and \code{rcx}.}
\label{fig:running-example-x86}
\end{figure}

\begin{exercise}\normalfont\normalsize
Update the \code{prelude\_and\_conclusion} pass as described in this section.
%
\racket{
In the \code{run-tests.rkt} script, add \code{prelude\_and\_conclusion} to the
list of passes and the call to \code{compiler-tests}.}
%
Run the script to test the complete compiler for \LangVar{} that
performs register allocation.
\end{exercise}

\section{Challenge: Move Biasing}
\label{sec:move-biasing}
\index{subject}{move biasing}

This section describes an enhancement to the register allocator,
called move biasing, for students who are looking for an extra
challenge.

{\if\edition\racketEd      
To motivate the need for move biasing we return to the running example,
but this time we use all the general purpose registers. So, we have
the following mapping of color numbers to registers.
\[
  \{ 0 \mapsto \key{\%rcx}, \; 1 \mapsto \key{\%rdx}, \; 2 \mapsto \key{\%rsi}, \ldots \}
\]
Using the same assignment of variables to color numbers that was
produced by the register allocator described in the last section, we
get the following program.
\begin{center}
\begin{minipage}{0.3\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}
movq $1, v
movq $42, w
movq v, x
addq $7, x
movq x, y
movq x, z
addq w, z
movq y, t
negq t
movq z, %rax
addq t, %rax
jmp conclusion
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
$\Rightarrow\qquad$
\begin{minipage}{0.45\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}
movq $1, %rdx
movq $42, %rcx
movq %rdx, %rdx
addq $7, %rdx
movq %rdx, %rsi
movq %rdx, %rdx
addq %rcx, %rdx
movq %rsi, %rcx
negq %rcx
movq %rdx, %rax
addq %rcx, %rax
jmp conclusion
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
\end{center}
In this output code there are two \key{movq} instructions that
can be removed because their source and target are the same.  However,
if we had put \key{t}, \key{v}, \key{x}, and \key{y} into the same
register, we could instead remove three \key{movq} instructions.  We
can accomplish this by taking into account which variables appear in
\key{movq} instructions with which other variables.
\fi}

{\if\edition\pythonEd
%
To motivate the need for move biasing we return to the running example
and recall that in section~\ref{sec:patch-instructions} we were able to
remove three trivial move instructions from the running
example. However, we could remove another trivial move if we were able
to allocate \code{y} and \code{tmp\_0} to the same register.  \fi}

We say that two variables $p$ and $q$ are \emph{move
related}\index{subject}{move related} if they participate together in
a \key{movq} instruction, that is, \key{movq} $p$\key{,} $q$ or
\key{movq} $q$\key{,} $p$. In deciding which variable to color next,
if there are multiple variables with the same saturation, prefer
variables that can be assigned to a color that is the same as the
color of a move-related variable.  Furthermore, when the register
allocator chooses a color for a variable, it should prefer a color
that has already been used for a move-related variable (assuming that
they do not interfere). Of course, this preference should not override
the preference for registers over stack locations. So, this preference
should be used as a tie breaker in choosing between registers and
in choosing between stack locations.

We recommend representing the move relationships in a graph, similarly
to how we represented interference.  The following is the \emph{move
  graph} for our running example.
{\if\edition\racketEd      
\[
\begin{tikzpicture}[baseline=(current  bounding  box.center)]
\node (rax) at (0,0) {$\ttm{rax}$};
\node (rsp) at (9,2) {$\ttm{rsp}$};
\node (t) at (0,2) {$\ttm{t}$};
\node (z) at (3,2)  {$\ttm{z}$};
\node (x) at (6,2)  {$\ttm{x}$};
\node (y) at (3,0)  {$\ttm{y}$};
\node (w) at (6,0)  {$\ttm{w}$};
\node (v) at (9,0)  {$\ttm{v}$};

\draw (v) to (x);
\draw (x) to (y);
\draw (x) to (z);
\draw (y) to (t);
\end{tikzpicture}
\]
\fi}
%
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\[
\begin{tikzpicture}[baseline=(current  bounding  box.center)]
\node (t0) at (0,2) {$\ttm{tmp\_0}$};
\node (t1) at (0,0) {$\ttm{tmp\_1}$};
\node (z) at (3,2)  {$\ttm{z}$};
\node (x) at (6,2)  {$\ttm{x}$};
\node (y) at (3,0)  {$\ttm{y}$};
\node (w) at (6,0)  {$\ttm{w}$};
\node (v) at (9,0)  {$\ttm{v}$};

\draw (y) to (t0);
\draw (z) to (x);
\draw (z) to (t1);
\draw (x) to (y);
\draw (x) to (v);
\end{tikzpicture}
\]
\fi}

{\if\edition\racketEd
Now we replay the graph coloring, pausing to see the coloring of
\code{y}. Recall the following configuration. The most saturated vertices
were \code{w} and \code{y}.
\[
\begin{tikzpicture}[baseline=(current  bounding  box.center)]
\node (rax) at (0,0) {$\ttm{rax}:-1,\{0,-2\}$};
\node (rsp) at (9,2) {$\ttm{rsp}:-2,\{-1,0,1,2\}$};
\node (t1) at (0,2) {$\ttm{t}:0,\{1,-2\}$};
\node (z) at (3,2)  {$\ttm{z}:1,\{0,-2\}$};
\node (x) at (6,2)  {$\ttm{x}:-,\{-2\}$};
\node (y) at (3,0)  {$\ttm{y}:-,\{1,-2\}$};
\node (w) at (6,0)  {$\ttm{w}:-,\{1,-2\}$};
\node (v) at (9,0)  {$\ttm{v}:-,\{-2\}$};

\draw (t1) to (rax);
\draw (t1) to (z);
\draw (z) to (y);
\draw (z) to (w);
\draw (x) to (w);
\draw (y) to (w);
\draw (v) to (w);

\draw (v) to (rsp);
\draw (w) to (rsp);
\draw (x) to (rsp);
\draw (y) to (rsp);
\path[-.,bend left=15] (z) edge node {} (rsp);
\path[-.,bend left=10] (t1) edge node {} (rsp);
\draw (rax) to (rsp);
\end{tikzpicture}
\]
%
The last time, we chose to color \code{w} with $0$. This time, we see
that \code{w} is not move-related to any vertex, but \code{y} is
move-related to \code{t}.  So we choose to color \code{y} with $0$,
the same color as \code{t}.
\[
\begin{tikzpicture}[baseline=(current  bounding  box.center)]
\node (rax) at (0,0) {$\ttm{rax}:-1,\{0,-2\}$};
\node (rsp) at (9,2) {$\ttm{rsp}:-2,\{-1,0,1,2\}$};
\node (t1) at (0,2) {$\ttm{t}:0,\{1,-2\}$};
\node (z) at (3,2)  {$\ttm{z}:1,\{0,-2\}$};
\node (x) at (6,2)  {$\ttm{x}:-,\{-2\}$};
\node (y) at (3,0)  {$\ttm{y}:0,\{1,-2\}$};
\node (w) at (6,0)  {$\ttm{w}:-,\{0,1,-2\}$};
\node (v) at (9,0)  {$\ttm{v}:-,\{-2\}$};

\draw (t1) to (rax);
\draw (t1) to (z);
\draw (z) to (y);
\draw (z) to (w);
\draw (x) to (w);
\draw (y) to (w);
\draw (v) to (w);

\draw (v) to (rsp);
\draw (w) to (rsp);
\draw (x) to (rsp);
\draw (y) to (rsp);
\path[-.,bend left=15] (z) edge node {} (rsp);
\path[-.,bend left=10] (t1) edge node {} (rsp);
\draw (rax) to (rsp);
\end{tikzpicture}
\]
Now \code{w} is the most saturated, so we color it $2$.
\[
\begin{tikzpicture}[baseline=(current  bounding  box.center)]
\node (rax) at (0,0) {$\ttm{rax}:-1,\{0,-2\}$};
\node (rsp) at (9,2) {$\ttm{rsp}:-2,\{-1,0,1,2\}$};
\node (t1) at (0,2) {$\ttm{t}:0,\{1,-2\}$};
\node (z) at (3,2)  {$\ttm{z}:1,\{0,2,-2\}$};
\node (x) at (6,2)  {$\ttm{x}:-,\{2,-2\}$};
\node (y) at (3,0)  {$\ttm{y}:0,\{1,2,-2\}$};
\node (w) at (6,0)  {$\ttm{w}:2,\{0,1,-2\}$};
\node (v) at (9,0)  {$\ttm{v}:-,\{2,-2\}$};

\draw (t1) to (rax);
\draw (t1) to (z);
\draw (z) to (y);
\draw (z) to (w);
\draw (x) to (w);
\draw (y) to (w);
\draw (v) to (w);

\draw (v) to (rsp);
\draw (w) to (rsp);
\draw (x) to (rsp);
\draw (y) to (rsp);
\path[-.,bend left=15] (z) edge node {} (rsp);
\path[-.,bend left=10] (t1) edge node {} (rsp);
\draw (rax) to (rsp);
\end{tikzpicture}
\]
At this point, vertices \code{x} and \code{v} are most saturated, but
\code{x} is move related to \code{y} and \code{z}, so we color
\code{x} to $0$ to match \code{y}. Finally, we color \code{v} to $0$.
\[
\begin{tikzpicture}[baseline=(current  bounding  box.center)]
\node (rax) at (0,0) {$\ttm{rax}:-1,\{0,-2\}$};
\node (rsp) at (9,2) {$\ttm{rsp}:-2,\{-1,0,1,2\}$};
\node (t) at (0,2) {$\ttm{t}:0,\{1,-2\}$};
\node (z) at (3,2)  {$\ttm{z}:1,\{0,2,-2\}$};
\node (x) at (6,2)  {$\ttm{x}:0,\{2,-2\}$};
\node (y) at (3,0)  {$\ttm{y}:0,\{1,2,-2\}$};
\node (w) at (6,0)  {$\ttm{w}:2,\{0,1,-2\}$};
\node (v) at (9,0)  {$\ttm{v}:0,\{2,-2\}$};

\draw (t1) to (rax);
\draw (t) to (z);
\draw (z) to (y);
\draw (z) to (w);
\draw (x) to (w);
\draw (y) to (w);
\draw (v) to (w);

\draw (v) to (rsp);
\draw (w) to (rsp);
\draw (x) to (rsp);
\draw (y) to (rsp);
\path[-.,bend left=15] (z) edge node {} (rsp);
\path[-.,bend left=10] (t1) edge node {} (rsp);
\draw (rax) to (rsp);
\end{tikzpicture}
\]
\fi}
%
{\if\edition\pythonEd
Now we replay the graph coloring, pausing before the coloring of
\code{w}. Recall the following configuration. The most saturated vertices
were \code{tmp\_1}, \code{w}, and \code{y}.
\[
\begin{tikzpicture}[baseline=(current  bounding  box.center)]
\node (t0) at (0,2) {$\ttm{tmp\_0}: 0, \{1\}$};
\node (t1) at (0,0) {$\ttm{tmp\_1}: -, \{0\}$};
\node (z) at (3,2)  {$\ttm{z}: 1, \{0\}$};
\node (x) at (6,2)  {$\ttm{x}: -, \{\}$};
\node (y) at (3,0)  {$\ttm{y}: -, \{1\}$};
\node (w) at (6,0)  {$\ttm{w}: -, \{1\}$};
\node (v) at (9,0)  {$\ttm{v}: -, \{\}$};

\draw (t0) to (t1);
\draw (t0) to (z);
\draw (z) to (y);
\draw (z) to (w);
\draw (x) to (w);
\draw (y) to (w);
\draw (v) to (w);
\end{tikzpicture}
\]
We have arbitrarily chosen to color \code{w} instead of \code{tmp\_1}
or \code{y}, but note that \code{w} is not move related to any
variables, whereas \code{y} and \code{tmp\_1} are move related to
\code{tmp\_0} and \code{z}, respectively. If we instead choose
\code{y} and color it $0$, we can delete another move instruction.
\[
\begin{tikzpicture}[baseline=(current  bounding  box.center)]
\node (t0) at (0,2) {$\ttm{tmp\_0}: 0, \{1\}$};
\node (t1) at (0,0) {$\ttm{tmp\_1}: -, \{0\}$};
\node (z) at (3,2)  {$\ttm{z}: 1, \{0\}$};
\node (x) at (6,2)  {$\ttm{x}: -, \{\}$};
\node (y) at (3,0)  {$\ttm{y}: 0, \{1\}$};
\node (w) at (6,0)  {$\ttm{w}: -, \{0,1\}$};
\node (v) at (9,0)  {$\ttm{v}: -, \{\}$};

\draw (t0) to (t1);
\draw (t0) to (z);
\draw (z) to (y);
\draw (z) to (w);
\draw (x) to (w);
\draw (y) to (w);
\draw (v) to (w);
\end{tikzpicture}
\]
Now \code{w} is the most saturated, so we color it $2$.
\[
\begin{tikzpicture}[baseline=(current  bounding  box.center)]
\node (t0) at (0,2) {$\ttm{tmp\_0}: 0, \{1\}$};
\node (t1) at (0,0) {$\ttm{tmp\_1}: -, \{0\}$};
\node (z) at (3,2)  {$\ttm{z}: 1, \{0\}$};
\node (x) at (6,2)  {$\ttm{x}: -, \{2\}$};
\node (y) at (3,0)  {$\ttm{y}: 0, \{1,2\}$};
\node (w) at (6,0)  {$\ttm{w}: 2, \{0,1\}$};
\node (v) at (9,0)  {$\ttm{v}: -, \{2\}$};

\draw (t0) to (t1);
\draw (t0) to (z);
\draw (z) to (y);
\draw (z) to (w);
\draw (x) to (w);
\draw (y) to (w);
\draw (v) to (w);
\end{tikzpicture}
\]
To finish the coloring, \code{x} and \code{v} get $0$ and
\code{tmp\_1} gets $1$.
\[
\begin{tikzpicture}[baseline=(current  bounding  box.center)]
\node (t0) at (0,2) {$\ttm{tmp\_0}: 0, \{1\}$};
\node (t1) at (0,0) {$\ttm{tmp\_1}: 1, \{0\}$};
\node (z) at (3,2)  {$\ttm{z}: 1, \{0\}$};
\node (x) at (6,2)  {$\ttm{x}: 0, \{2\}$};
\node (y) at (3,0)  {$\ttm{y}: 0, \{1,2\}$};
\node (w) at (6,0)  {$\ttm{w}: 2, \{0,1\}$};
\node (v) at (9,0)  {$\ttm{v}: 0, \{2\}$};

\draw (t0) to (t1);
\draw (t0) to (z);
\draw (z) to (y);
\draw (z) to (w);
\draw (x) to (w);
\draw (y) to (w);
\draw (v) to (w);
\end{tikzpicture}
\]
\fi}

So, we have the following assignment of variables to registers.
{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{gather*}
  \{ \ttm{v} \mapsto \key{\%rcx}, \,
     \ttm{w} \mapsto \key{\%rsi}, \,
     \ttm{x} \mapsto \key{\%rcx}, \,
     \ttm{y} \mapsto \key{\%rcx}, \,
     \ttm{z} \mapsto \key{\%rdx}, \,
     \ttm{t} \mapsto \key{\%rcx} \}
\end{gather*}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{gather*}
  \{ \ttm{v} \mapsto \key{\%rcx}, \,
     \ttm{w} \mapsto \key{-16(\%rbp)}, \,
     \ttm{x} \mapsto \key{\%rcx}, \,
     \ttm{y} \mapsto \key{\%rcx}, \\
     \ttm{z} \mapsto \key{-8(\%rbp)}, \,
     \ttm{tmp\_0} \mapsto \key{\%rcx}, \,
     \ttm{tmp\_1} \mapsto \key{-8(\%rbp)} \}
\end{gather*}
\fi}
%
We apply this register assignment to the running example shown next,
on the left, to obtain the code in the middle.  The
\code{patch\_instructions} then deletes the trivial moves to obtain
the code on the right.

{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{minipage}{0.25\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}
movq $1, v
movq $42, w
movq v, x
addq $7, x
movq x, y
movq x, z
addq w, z
movq y, t
negq t
movq z, %rax
addq t, %rax
jmp conclusion
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
$\Rightarrow\qquad$
\begin{minipage}{0.25\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}
movq $1, %rcx
movq $42, %rsi
movq %rcx, %rcx
addq $7, %rcx
movq %rcx, %rcx
movq %rcx, %rdx
addq %rsi, %rdx
movq %rcx, %rcx
negq %rcx
movq %rdx, %rax
addq %rcx, %rax
jmp conclusion
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
$\Rightarrow\qquad$
\begin{minipage}{0.25\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}
movq $1, %rcx
movq $42, %rsi
addq $7, %rcx
movq %rcx, %rdx
addq %rsi, %rdx
negq %rcx
movq %rdx, %rax
addq %rcx, %rax
jmp conclusion
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
\fi}

{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{minipage}{0.20\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}[basicstyle=\ttfamily\footnotesize]
movq $1, v
movq $42, w
movq v, x
addq $7, x
movq x, y
movq x, z
addq w, z
movq y, tmp_0
negq tmp_0
movq z, tmp_1
addq tmp_0, tmp_1
movq tmp_1, %rdi
callq _print_int
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
${\Rightarrow\qquad}$
\begin{minipage}{0.30\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}[basicstyle=\ttfamily\footnotesize]
movq $1, %rcx
movq $42, -16(%rbp)
movq %rcx, %rcx
addq $7, %rcx
movq %rcx, %rcx
movq %rcx, -8(%rbp)
addq -16(%rbp), -8(%rbp)
movq %rcx, %rcx
negq %rcx
movq -8(%rbp), -8(%rbp)
addq %rcx, -8(%rbp)
movq -8(%rbp), %rdi
callq _print_int
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
${\Rightarrow\qquad}$
\begin{minipage}{0.20\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}[basicstyle=\ttfamily\footnotesize]
movq $1, %rcx
movq $42, -16(%rbp)
addq $7, %rcx
movq %rcx, -8(%rbp)
movq -16(%rbp), %rax
addq %rax, -8(%rbp)
negq %rcx
addq %rcx, -8(%rbp)
movq -8(%rbp), %rdi
callq print_int
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
\fi}

\begin{exercise}\normalfont\normalsize
Change your implementation of \code{allocate\_registers} to take move
biasing into account. Create two new tests that include at least one
opportunity for move biasing, and visually inspect the output x86
programs to make sure that your move biasing is working properly. Make
sure that your compiler still passes all the tests.
\end{exercise}

%To do: another neat challenge would be to do
%  live range splitting~\citep{Cooper:1998ly}. \\ --Jeremy

%% \subsection{Output of the Running Example}
%% \label{sec:reg-alloc-output}


% challenge: prioritize variables based on execution frequencies
%   and the number of uses of a variable

% challenge: enhance the coloring algorithm using Chaitin's
%  approach of prioritizing high-degree variables
%  by removing low-degree variables (coloring them later)
%  from the interference graph


\section{Further Reading}
\label{sec:register-allocation-further-reading}

Early register allocation algorithms were developed for Fortran
compilers in the 1950s~\citep{Horwitz:1966aa,Backus:1978aa}.  The use
of graph coloring began in the late 1970s and early 1980s with the
work of \citet{Chaitin:1981vl} on an optimizing compiler for PL/I. The
algorithm is based on the following observation of
\citet{Kempe:1879aa}. If a graph $G$ has a vertex $v$ with degree
lower than $k$, then $G$ is $k$ colorable if the subgraph of $G$ with
$v$ removed is also $k$ colorable. To see why, suppose that the
subgraph is $k$ colorable.  At worst, the neighbors of $v$ are assigned
different colors, but because there are fewer than $k$ neighbors, there
will be one or more colors left over to use for coloring $v$ in $G$.

The algorithm of \citet{Chaitin:1981vl} removes a vertex $v$ of degree
less than $k$ from the graph and recursively colors the rest of the
graph. Upon returning from the recursion, it colors $v$ with one of
the available colors and returns.  \citet{Chaitin:1982vn} augments
this algorithm to handle spilling as follows. If there are no vertices
of degree lower than $k$ then pick a vertex at random, spill it,
remove it from the graph, and proceed recursively to color the rest of
the graph.

Prior to coloring, \citet{Chaitin:1981vl} merged variables that are
move-related and that don't interfere with each other, in a process
called \emph{coalescing}. Although coalescing decreases the number of
moves, it can make the graph more difficult to
color. \citet{Briggs:1994kx} proposed \emph{conservative coalescing} in
which two variables are merged only if they have fewer than $k$
neighbors of high degree. \citet{George:1996aa} observed that
conservative coalescing is sometimes too conservative and made it more
aggressive by iterating the coalescing with the removal of low-degree
vertices.
%
Attacking the problem from a different angle, \citet{Briggs:1994kx}
also proposed \emph{biased coloring}, in which a variable is assigned to
the same color as another move-related variable if possible, as
discussed in section~\ref{sec:move-biasing}.
%
The algorithm of \citet{Chaitin:1981vl} and its successors iteratively
performs coalescing, graph coloring, and spill code insertion until
all variables have been assigned a location.

\citet{Briggs:1994kx} observed that \citet{Chaitin:1982vn} sometimes
spilled variables that don't have to be: a high-degree variable can be
colorable if many of its neighbors are assigned the same color.
\citet{Briggs:1994kx} proposed \emph{optimistic coloring}, in which a
high-degree vertex is not immediately spilled. Instead the decision is
deferred until after the recursive call, at which point it is apparent
whether there is actually an available color or not. We observe that
this algorithm is equivalent to the smallest-last ordering
algorithm~\citep{Matula:1972aa} if one takes the first $k$ colors to
be registers and the rest to be stack locations.
%% biased coloring
Earlier editions of the compiler course at Indiana University
\citep{Dybvig:2010aa} were based on the algorithm of
\citet{Briggs:1994kx}.

The smallest-last ordering algorithm is one of many \emph{greedy}
coloring algorithms. A greedy coloring algorithm visits all the
vertices in a particular order and assigns each one the first
available color. An \emph{offline} greedy algorithm chooses the
ordering up front, prior to assigning colors. The algorithm of
\citet{Chaitin:1981vl} should be considered offline because the vertex
ordering does not depend on the colors assigned.  Other orderings are
possible. For example, \citet{Chow:1984ys} ordered variables according
to an estimate of runtime cost.

An \emph{online} greedy coloring algorithm uses information about the
current assignment of colors to influence the order in which the
remaining vertices are colored. The saturation-based algorithm
described in this chapter is one such algorithm. We choose to use
saturation-based coloring because it is fun to introduce graph
coloring via sudoku!

A register allocator may choose to map each variable to just one
location, as in \citet{Chaitin:1981vl}, or it may choose to map a
variable to one or more locations. The latter can be achieved by
\emph{live range splitting}, where a variable is replaced by several
variables that each handle part of its live
range~\citep{Chow:1984ys,Briggs:1994kx,Cooper:1998ly}.

%% 1950s, Sheldon Best, Fortran \cite{Backus:1978aa}, Belady's page
%% replacement algorithm, bottom-up local
%% \citep{Horwitz:1966aa} straight-line programs, single basic block, 

%% Cooper: top-down (priority bassed), bottom-up

%% top-down
%%   order variables by priority (estimated cost)
%%   caveat: split variables into two groups:
%%     constrained (>k neighbors) and unconstrained (<k neighbors)
%%     color the constrained ones first

%% \citet{Schwartz:1975aa} graph-coloring, no spill
%% cite J. Cocke for an algorithm that colors variables
%%   in a high-degree first ordering

%Register Allocation via Usage Counts, Freiburghouse CACM

\citet{Palsberg:2007si} observed that many of the interference graphs
that arise from Java programs in the JoeQ compiler are \emph{chordal};
that is, every cycle with four or more edges has an edge that is not
part of the cycle but that connects two vertices on the cycle. Such
graphs can be optimally colored by the greedy algorithm with a vertex
ordering determined by maximum cardinality search.

In situations in which compile time is of utmost importance, such as
in just-in-time compilers, graph coloring algorithms can be too
expensive, and the linear scan algorithm of \citet{Poletto:1999uq} may
be more appropriate.


%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\chapter{Booleans and Conditionals}
\label{ch:Lif}
\index{subject}{Boolean}
\index{subject}{control flow}
\index{subject}{conditional expression}
\setcounter{footnote}{0}

The \LangVar{} language has only a single kind of value, the
integers. In this chapter we add a second kind of value, the Booleans,
to create the \LangIf{} language. In \racket{Racket}\python{Python},
the Boolean values \emph{true} and \emph{false} are written \TRUE{}
and \FALSE{}, respectively.  The \LangIf{} language includes several
operations that involve Booleans (\key{and}, \key{not},
\racket{\key{eq?}}\python{==}, \key{<}, etc.) and the \key{if}
expression \python{and statement}.  With the addition of \key{if},
programs can have nontrivial control flow which
%
\racket{impacts \code{explicate\_control} and liveness analysis}
%
\python{impacts liveness analysis and motivates a new pass named
  \code{explicate\_control}}.
%
Also, because we now have two kinds of values, we need to handle
programs that apply an operation to the wrong kind of value, such as
\racket{\code{(not 1)}}\python{\code{not 1}}.

There are two language design options for such situations.  One option
is to signal an error and the other is to provide a wider
interpretation of the operation. \racket{The Racket
  language}\python{Python} uses a mixture of these two options,
depending on the operation and the kind of value. For example, the
result of \racket{\code{(not 1)}}\python{\code{not 1}} is
\racket{\code{\#f}}\python{False} because \racket{Racket}\python{Python}
treats nonzero integers as if they were \racket{\code{\#t}}\python{\code{True}}.
%
\racket{On the other hand, \code{(car 1)} results in a runtime error
  in Racket because \code{car} expects a pair.}
%
\python{On the other hand, \code{1[0]} results in a runtime error
  in Python because an ``\code{int} object is not subscriptable''.}

\racket{Typed Racket}\python{The MyPy type checker} makes similar
design choices as \racket{Racket}\python{Python}, except that much of the
error detection happens at compile time instead of runtime\python{~\citep{Lehtosalo2021:MyPy}}. \racket{Typed Racket}\python{MyPy}
accepts \racket{\code{(not 1)}}\python{\code{not 1}}. But in the case
of \racket{\code{(car 1)}}\python{\code{1[0]}}, \racket{Typed Racket}
\python{MyPy} reports a compile-time error
%
\racket{because Racket expects the type of the argument to be of the form
  \code{(Listof T)} or \code{(Pairof T1 T2)}.}
%
\python{stating that a ``value of type \code{int} is not indexable''.}

The \LangIf{} language performs type checking during compilation just as
\racket{Typed Racket}\python{MyPy}. In chapter~\ref{ch:Ldyn} we study
the alternative choice, that is, a dynamically typed language like
\racket{Racket}\python{Python}.  The \LangIf{} language is a subset of
\racket{Typed Racket}\python{MyPy}; for some operations we are more
restrictive, for example, rejecting \racket{\code{(not
    1)}}\python{\code{not 1}}. We keep the type checker for \LangIf{}
fairly simple because the focus of this book is on compilation and not
type systems, about which there are already several excellent
books~\citep{Pierce:2002hj,Pierce:2004fk,Harper2016,Pierce:SF2}.

This chapter is organized as follows.  We begin by defining the syntax
and interpreter for the \LangIf{} language
(section~\ref{sec:lang-if}). We then introduce the idea of type
checking and define a type checker for \LangIf{}
(section~\ref{sec:type-check-Lif}).
%
\racket{To compile \LangIf{} we need to enlarge the intermediate
  language \LangCVar{} into \LangCIf{} (section~\ref{sec:Cif}) and
  \LangXInt{} into \LangXIf{} (section~\ref{sec:x86-if}).}
%
The remaining sections of this chapter discuss how Booleans and
conditional control flow require changes to the existing compiler
passes and the addition of new ones. We introduce the \code{shrink}
pass to translate some operators into others, thereby reducing the
number of operators that need to be handled in later passes.
%
The main event of this chapter is the \code{explicate\_control} pass
that is responsible for translating \code{if}s into conditional
\code{goto}s (section~\ref{sec:explicate-control-Lif}).
%
Regarding register allocation, there is the interesting question of
how to handle conditional \code{goto}s during liveness analysis.


\section{The \LangIf{} Language}
\label{sec:lang-if}

Definitions of the concrete syntax and abstract syntax of the
\LangIf{} language are shown in figures~\ref{fig:Lif-concrete-syntax}
and~\ref{fig:Lif-syntax}, respectively. The \LangIf{} language
includes all of \LangVar{} {(shown in gray)}, the Boolean literals
\TRUE{} and \FALSE{}, \racket{and} the \code{if} expression
%
\python{, and the \code{if} statement}.  We expand the set of
operators to include
\begin{enumerate}
\item the logical operators \key{and}, \key{or}, and \key{not},
\item the \racket{\key{eq?} operation}\python{\key{==} and \key{!=} operations}
  for comparing integers or Booleans for equality, and
\item the \key{<}, \key{<=}, \key{>}, and \key{>=} operations for
  comparing integers.
\end{enumerate}

\racket{We reorganize the abstract syntax for the primitive
  operations given in figure~\ref{fig:Lif-syntax}, using only one grammar
  rule for all of them. This means that the grammar no longer checks
  whether the arity of an operators matches the number of
  arguments. That responsibility is moved to the type checker for
  \LangIf{} (section~\ref{sec:type-check-Lif}).}


\newcommand{\LifGrammarRacket}{
  \begin{array}{lcl}
   \Type &::=& \key{Boolean} \\
    \itm{bool} &::=& \TRUE \MID \FALSE \\  
    \itm{cmp} &::= & \key{eq?} \MID \key{<} \MID \key{<=} \MID \key{>} \MID \key{>=} \\
    \Exp &::=& \itm{bool}
        \MID (\key{and}\;\Exp\;\Exp) \MID (\key{or}\;\Exp\;\Exp)
        \MID (\key{not}\;\Exp) \\
        &\MID& (\itm{cmp}\;\Exp\;\Exp) \MID \CIF{\Exp}{\Exp}{\Exp} 
  \end{array}
}
\newcommand{\LifASTRacket}{
\begin{array}{lcl}
   \Type &::=& \key{Boolean} \\
  \itm{bool} &::=& \code{\#t} \MID \code{\#f} \\
  \itm{cmp} &::= & \code{eq?} \MID \code{<} \MID \code{<=} \MID \code{>} \MID \code{>=} \\
  \itm{op} &::= & \itm{cmp} \MID \code{and} \MID \code{or} \MID \code{not} \\
  \Exp &::=& \BOOL{\itm{bool}} \MID \IF{\Exp}{\Exp}{\Exp} 
\end{array}
}
\newcommand{\LintOpAST}{
  \begin{array}{rcl}
    \Type &::=& \key{Integer} \\
    \itm{op} &::= & \code{read} \MID \code{+} \MID \code{-}\\
    \Exp{} &::=& \INT{\Int} \MID \PRIM{\itm{op}}{\Exp\ldots}    
  \end{array}
}

\newcommand{\LifGrammarPython}{
\begin{array}{rcl}
  \itm{cmp} &::= & \key{==} \MID \key{!=} \MID \key{<} \MID \key{<=} \MID \key{>} \MID \key{>=} \\
\Exp &::=& \TRUE \MID \FALSE \MID \CAND{\Exp}{\Exp} \MID \COR{\Exp}{\Exp}
  \MID \key{not}~\Exp \\
  &\MID& \CCMP{\itm{cmp}}{\Exp}{\Exp}
  \MID \CIF{\Exp}{\Exp}{\Exp} \\
  \Stmt &::=& \key{if}~ \Exp \key{:}~ \Stmt^{+} ~\key{else:}~ \Stmt^{+}
\end{array}
}
\newcommand{\LifASTPython}{
\begin{array}{lcl}
\itm{boolop} &::=& \code{And()} \MID \code{Or()} \\
\itm{unaryop} &::=& \code{Not()} \\
\itm{cmp} &::= & \code{Eq()} \MID \code{NotEq()} \MID \code{Lt()} \MID \code{LtE()} \MID \code{Gt()} \MID \code{GtE()} \\
\itm{bool} &::=& \code{True} \MID \code{False} \\
\Exp &::=& \BOOL{\itm{bool}} 
     \MID \BOOLOP{\itm{boolop}}{\Exp}{\Exp}\\
     &\MID& \CMP{\Exp}{\itm{cmp}}{\Exp}  \MID \IF{\Exp}{\Exp}{\Exp} \\
\Stmt{} &::=& \IFSTMT{\Exp}{\Stmt^{+}}{\Stmt^{+}}
\end{array}
}


\begin{figure}[tp]
\centering
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
{\if\edition\racketEd    
\[
\begin{array}{l}
  \gray{\LintGrammarRacket{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LvarGrammarRacket{}} \\ \hline
  \LifGrammarRacket{} \\ 
  \begin{array}{lcl}
    \LangIfM{} &::=& \Exp
  \end{array}
\end{array}
\]
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\[
\begin{array}{l}
  \gray{\LintGrammarPython} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LvarGrammarPython}  \\ \hline
  \LifGrammarPython \\  
\begin{array}{rcl}
  \LangIfM{} &::=& \Stmt^{*}
\end{array}
\end{array}
\]
\fi}
\end{tcolorbox}
\caption{The concrete syntax of \LangIf{}, extending \LangVar{}
  (figure~\ref{fig:Lvar-concrete-syntax}) with Booleans and conditionals.}
\label{fig:Lif-concrete-syntax}
\end{figure}

\begin{figure}[tp]
%\begin{minipage}{0.66\textwidth}
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
\centering
{\if\edition\racketEd    
\[
\begin{array}{l}
  \gray{\LintOpAST} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LvarASTRacket{}} \\ \hline
  \LifASTRacket{} \\ 
  \begin{array}{lcl}
    \LangIfM{} &::=& \PROGRAM{\code{'()}}{\Exp}
  \end{array}
\end{array}
\]
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\[
\begin{array}{l}
  \gray{\LintASTPython} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LvarASTPython} \\ \hline
  \LifASTPython \\
\begin{array}{lcl}
\LangIfM{} &::=& \PROGRAM{\code{'()}}{\Stmt^{*}}
\end{array}
\end{array}
\]
\fi}
\end{tcolorbox}
%\end{minipage}
\index{subject}{True@\TRUE{}}\index{subject}{False@\FALSE{}}
\index{subject}{IfExp@\IFNAME{}}
\python{\index{subject}{IfStmt@\IFSTMTNAME{}}}
\index{subject}{and@\ANDNAME{}}
\index{subject}{or@\ORNAME{}}
\index{subject}{not@\NOTNAME{}}
\index{subject}{equal@\EQNAME{}}
  \python{\index{subject}{not equal@\NOTEQNAME{}}}
  \racket{
    \index{subject}{lessthan@\texttt{<}}
    \index{subject}{lessthaneq@\texttt{<=}}
    \index{subject}{greaterthan@\texttt{>}}
    \index{subject}{greaterthaneq@\texttt{>=}}
  }
\python{
  \index{subject}{BoolOp@\texttt{BoolOp}}
  \index{subject}{Compare@\texttt{Compare}}
  \index{subject}{Lt@\texttt{Lt}}
  \index{subject}{LtE@\texttt{LtE}}
  \index{subject}{Gt@\texttt{Gt}}
  \index{subject}{GtE@\texttt{GtE}}
}
\caption{The abstract syntax of \LangIf{}.}
\label{fig:Lif-syntax}
\end{figure}

Figure~\ref{fig:interp-Lif} shows the definition of the interpreter
for \LangIf{}, which inherits from the interpreter for \LangVar{}
(figure~\ref{fig:interp-Lvar}). The literals \TRUE{} and \FALSE{}
evaluate to the corresponding Boolean values. The conditional
expression $\CIF{e_1}{e_2}{\itm{e_3}}$ evaluates expression $e_1$ and
then either evaluates $e_2$ or $e_3$, depending on whether $e_1$
produced \TRUE{} or \FALSE{}. The logical operations \code{and},
\code{or}, and \code{not} behave according to propositional logic. In
addition, the \code{and} and \code{or} operations perform
\emph{short-circuit evaluation}.
%
That is, given the expression $\CAND{e_1}{e_2}$, the expression $e_2$
is not evaluated if $e_1$ evaluates to \FALSE{}.
%
Similarly, given $\COR{e_1}{e_2}$, the expression $e_2$ is not
evaluated if $e_1$ evaluates to \TRUE{}.

\racket{With the increase in the number of primitive operations, the
  interpreter would become repetitive without some care.  We refactor
  the case for \code{Prim}, moving the code that differs with each
  operation into the \code{interp\_op} method shown in
  figure~\ref{fig:interp-op-Lif}. We handle the \code{and} and
  \code{or} operations separately because of their short-circuiting
  behavior.}

\begin{figure}[tbp]
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
{\if\edition\racketEd    
\begin{lstlisting}
(define interp-Lif-class
  (class interp-Lvar-class
    (super-new)

    (define/public (interp_op op) ...)

    (define/override ((interp_exp env) e)
      (define recur (interp_exp env))
      (match e
        [(Bool b) b]
        [(If cnd thn els)
         (match (recur cnd)
           [#t (recur thn)]
           [#f (recur els)])]
        [(Prim 'and (list e1 e2))
         (match (recur e1)
           [#t (match (recur e2) [#t #t] [#f #f])]
           [#f #f])]
        [(Prim 'or (list e1 e2))
         (define v1 (recur e1))
         (match v1
           [#t #t]
           [#f (match (recur e2) [#t #t] [#f #f])])]
        [(Prim op args)
         (apply (interp_op op) (for/list ([e args]) (recur e)))]
        [else ((super interp_exp env) e)]))
    ))

(define (interp_Lif p)
  (send (new interp-Lif-class) interp_program p))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
class InterpLif(InterpLvar):

  def interp_exp(self, e, env):
    match e:
      case IfExp(test, body, orelse):
        if self.interp_exp(test, env):
          return self.interp_exp(body, env)
        else:
          return self.interp_exp(orelse, env)
      case UnaryOp(Not(), v):
        return not self.interp_exp(v, env)
      case BoolOp(And(), values):
        if self.interp_exp(values[0], env):
          return self.interp_exp(values[1], env)
        else:
          return False
      case BoolOp(Or(), values):
        if self.interp_exp(values[0], env):
          return True
        else:
          return self.interp_exp(values[1], env)
      case Compare(left, [cmp], [right]):
        l = self.interp_exp(left, env)
        r = self.interp_exp(right, env)
        return self.interp_cmp(cmp)(l, r)
      case _:
        return super().interp_exp(e, env)

  def interp_stmts(self, ss, env):
    if len(ss) == 0:
      return
    match ss[0]:
      case If(test, body, orelse):
        if self.interp_exp(test, env):
          return self.interp_stmts(body + ss[1:], env)
        else:
          return self.interp_stmts(orelse + ss[1:], env)
      case _:
        return super().interp_stmts(ss, env)
  ...      
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
\end{tcolorbox}
\caption{Interpreter for the \LangIf{} language. \racket{(See
    figure~\ref{fig:interp-op-Lif} for \code{interp-op}.)}
  \python{(See figure~\ref{fig:interp-cmp-Lif} for \code{interp\_cmp}.)}}
\label{fig:interp-Lif}
\end{figure}

{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{figure}[tbp]
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]    
\begin{lstlisting}
(define/public (interp_op op)
  (match op
    ['+ fx+]
    ['- fx-]
    ['read read-fixnum]
    ['not (lambda (v) (match v [#t #f] [#f #t]))]
    ['eq? (lambda (v1 v2)
            (cond [(or (and (fixnum? v1) (fixnum? v2))
                       (and (boolean? v1) (boolean? v2))
                       (and (vector? v1) (vector? v2)))
                   (eq? v1 v2)]))]
    ['< (lambda (v1 v2)
          (cond [(and (fixnum? v1) (fixnum? v2))
                 (< v1 v2)]))]
    ['<= (lambda (v1 v2)
           (cond [(and (fixnum? v1) (fixnum? v2))
                  (<= v1 v2)]))]
    ['> (lambda (v1 v2)
          (cond [(and (fixnum? v1) (fixnum? v2))
                 (> v1 v2)]))]
    ['>= (lambda (v1 v2)
           (cond [(and (fixnum? v1) (fixnum? v2))
                  (>= v1 v2)]))]
    [else (error 'interp_op "unknown operator")]))
\end{lstlisting}
\end{tcolorbox}

\caption{Interpreter for the primitive operators in the \LangIf{} language.}
\label{fig:interp-op-Lif}
\end{figure}
\fi}

{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{figure}
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
\begin{lstlisting}
class InterpLif(InterpLvar):
  ...
  def interp_cmp(self, cmp):
    match cmp:
      case Lt():
        return lambda x, y: x < y
      case LtE():
        return lambda x, y: x <= y
      case Gt():
        return lambda x, y: x > y
      case GtE():
        return lambda x, y: x >= y
      case Eq():
        return lambda x, y: x == y
      case NotEq():
        return lambda x, y: x != y
\end{lstlisting}
\end{tcolorbox}

\caption{Interpreter for the comparison operators in the \LangIf{} language.}
\label{fig:interp-cmp-Lif}
\end{figure}
\fi}

\section{Type Checking \LangIf{} Programs}
\label{sec:type-check-Lif}
\index{subject}{type checking}
\index{subject}{semantic analysis}

It is helpful to think about type checking in two complementary
ways. A type checker predicts the type of value that will be produced
by each expression in the program.  For \LangIf{}, we have just two types,
\INTTY{} and \BOOLTY{}. So, a type checker should predict that
{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{lstlisting}
   (+ 10 (- (+ 12 20)))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
   10 + -(12 + 20)
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
\noindent produces a value of type \INTTY{}, whereas
{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{lstlisting}
   (and (not #f) #t)
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
   (not False) and True
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
\noindent produces a value of type \BOOLTY{}.

A second way to think about type checking is that it enforces a set of
rules about which operators can be applied to which kinds of
values. For example, our type checker for \LangIf{} signals an error
for the following expression:
%
{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{lstlisting}
   (not (+ 10 (- (+ 12 20))))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
   not (10 + -(12 + 20))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
\noindent The subexpression
\racket{\code{(+ 10 (- (+ 12 20)))}}
\python{\code{(10 + -(12 + 20))}}
has type \INTTY{}, but the type checker enforces the rule that the
argument of \code{not} must be an expression of type \BOOLTY{}.

We implement type checking using classes and methods because they
provide the open recursion needed to reuse code as we extend the type
checker in subsequent chapters, analogous to the use of classes and methods
for the interpreters (section~\ref{sec:extensible-interp}).

We separate the type checker for the \LangVar{} subset into its own
class, shown in figure~\ref{fig:type-check-Lvar}. The type checker for
\LangIf{} is shown in figure~\ref{fig:type-check-Lif}, and it inherits
from the type checker for \LangVar{}. These type checkers are in the
files
\racket{\code{type-check-Lvar.rkt}}\python{\code{type\_check\_Lvar.py}}
and
\racket{\code{type-check-Lif.rkt}}\python{\code{type\_check\_Lif.py}}
of the support code.
%
Each type checker is a structurally recursive function over the AST.
Given an input expression \code{e}, the type checker either signals an
error or returns \racket{an expression and} its type.
%
\racket{It returns an expression because there are situations in which
  we want to change or update the expression.}

Next we discuss the \code{type\_check\_exp} function of \LangVar{}
shown in figure~\ref{fig:type-check-Lvar}.  The type of an integer
constant is \INTTY{}.  To handle variables, the type checker uses the
environment \code{env} to map variables to types.
%
\racket{Consider the case for \key{let}.  We type check the
  initializing expression to obtain its type \key{T} and then
  associate type \code{T} with the variable \code{x} in the
  environment used to type check the body of the \key{let}.  Thus,
  when the type checker encounters a use of variable \code{x}, it can
  find its type in the environment.}
%
\python{Consider the case for assignment. We type check the
  initializing expression to obtain its type \key{t}.  If the variable
  \code{lhs.id} is already in the environment because there was a
  prior assignment, we check that this initializer has the same type
  as the prior one. If this is the first assignment to the variable,
  we associate type \code{t} with the variable \code{lhs.id} in the
  environment. Thus, when the type checker encounters a use of
  variable \code{x}, it can find its type in the environment.}
%
\racket{Regarding primitive operators, we recursively analyze the
  arguments and then invoke \code{type\_check\_op} to check whether
  the argument types are allowed.}
%
\python{Regarding addition, subtraction, and negation, we recursively analyze the
  arguments, check that they have type \INTTY{}, and return \INTTY{}.}

\racket{Several auxiliary methods are used in the type checker. The
  method \code{operator-types} defines a dictionary that maps the
  operator names to their parameter and return types. The
  \code{type-equal?}  method determines whether two types are equal,
  which for now simply dispatches to \code{equal?}  (deep
  equality). The \code{check-type-equal?} method triggers an error if
  the two types are not equal. The \code{type-check-op} method looks
  up the operator in the \code{operator-types} dictionary and then
  checks whether the argument types are equal to the parameter types.
  The result is the return type of the operator.}
%
\python{The auxiliary method \code{check\_type\_equal} triggers
  an error if the two types are not equal.}

\begin{figure}[tbp]
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
{\if\edition\racketEd  
\begin{lstlisting}[basicstyle=\ttfamily\footnotesize]
(define type-check-Lvar-class
  (class object%
    (super-new)

    (define/public (operator-types)
      '((+ . ((Integer Integer) . Integer))
        (- . ((Integer Integer) . Integer))
        (read . (() . Integer))))

    (define/public (type-equal? t1 t2) (equal? t1 t2))

    (define/public (check-type-equal? t1 t2 e)
      (unless (type-equal? t1 t2)
        (error 'type-check "~a != ~a\nin ~v" t1 t2 e)))

    (define/public (type-check-op op arg-types e)
      (match (dict-ref (operator-types) op)
        [`(,param-types . ,return-type)
         (for ([at arg-types] [pt param-types])
           (check-type-equal? at pt e))
         return-type]
        [else (error 'type-check-op "unrecognized ~a" op)]))

    (define/public (type-check-exp env)
      (lambda (e)
        (match e
          [(Int n)  (values (Int n) 'Integer)]
          [(Var x)  (values (Var x) (dict-ref env x))]
          [(Let x e body)
           (define-values (e^ Te) ((type-check-exp env) e))
           (define-values (b Tb) ((type-check-exp (dict-set env x Te)) body))
           (values (Let x e^ b) Tb)]
          [(Prim op es)
           (define-values (new-es ts)
             (for/lists (exprs types) ([e es]) ((type-check-exp env) e)))
           (values (Prim op new-es) (type-check-op op ts e))]
          [else (error 'type-check-exp "couldn't match" e)])))

    (define/public (type-check-program e)
      (match e
        [(Program info body)
         (define-values (body^ Tb) ((type-check-exp '()) body))
         (check-type-equal? Tb 'Integer body)
         (Program info body^)]
        [else (error 'type-check-Lvar "couldn't match ~a" e)]))
    ))

(define (type-check-Lvar p)
  (send (new type-check-Lvar-class) type-check-program p))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}[escapechar=`]
class TypeCheckLvar:
  def check_type_equal(self, t1, t2, e):
    if t1 != t2:
      msg = 'error: ' + repr(t1) + ' != ' + repr(t2) + ' in ' + repr(e)
      raise Exception(msg)
          
  def type_check_exp(self, e, env):
    match e:
      case BinOp(left, (Add() | Sub()), right):
        l = self.type_check_exp(left, env)
        check_type_equal(l, int, left)
        r = self.type_check_exp(right, env)
        check_type_equal(r, int, right)
        return int
      case UnaryOp(USub(), v):
        t = self.type_check_exp(v, env)
        check_type_equal(t, int, v)
        return int
      case Name(id):
        return env[id]
      case Constant(value) if isinstance(value, int):
        return int
      case Call(Name('input_int'), []):
        return int

  def type_check_stmts(self, ss, env):
    if len(ss) == 0:
      return
    match ss[0]:
      case Assign([lhs], value):
        t = self.type_check_exp(value, env)
        if lhs.id in env:
          check_type_equal(env[lhs.id], t, value)
        else:
          env[lhs.id] = t
        return self.type_check_stmts(ss[1:], env)
      case Expr(Call(Name('print'), [arg])):
        t = self.type_check_exp(arg, env)
        check_type_equal(t, int, arg)
        return self.type_check_stmts(ss[1:], env)
      case Expr(value):
        self.type_check_exp(value, env)
        return self.type_check_stmts(ss[1:], env)

  def type_check_P(self, p):
    match p:
      case Module(body):
        self.type_check_stmts(body, {})
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
\end{tcolorbox}
\caption{Type checker for the \LangVar{} language.}
\label{fig:type-check-Lvar}
\end{figure}

\begin{figure}[tbp]
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]  
{\if\edition\racketEd    
\begin{lstlisting}[basicstyle=\ttfamily\footnotesize]
(define type-check-Lif-class
  (class type-check-Lvar-class
    (super-new)
    (inherit check-type-equal?)
    
    (define/override (operator-types)
      (append '((and . ((Boolean Boolean) . Boolean))
                (or . ((Boolean Boolean) . Boolean))
                (< . ((Integer Integer) . Boolean))
                (<= . ((Integer Integer) . Boolean))
                (> . ((Integer Integer) . Boolean))
                (>= . ((Integer Integer) . Boolean))
                (not . ((Boolean) . Boolean)))
              (super operator-types)))

    (define/override (type-check-exp env)
      (lambda (e)
        (match e
          [(Bool b) (values (Bool b) 'Boolean)]
          [(Prim 'eq? (list e1 e2))
           (define-values (e1^ T1) ((type-check-exp env) e1))
           (define-values (e2^ T2) ((type-check-exp env) e2))
           (check-type-equal? T1 T2 e)
           (values (Prim 'eq? (list e1^ e2^)) 'Boolean)]
          [(If cnd thn els)
           (define-values (cnd^ Tc) ((type-check-exp env) cnd))
           (define-values (thn^ Tt) ((type-check-exp env) thn))
           (define-values (els^ Te) ((type-check-exp env) els))
           (check-type-equal? Tc 'Boolean e)
           (check-type-equal? Tt Te e)
           (values (If cnd^ thn^ els^) Te)]
          [else ((super type-check-exp env) e)])))
    ))

(define (type-check-Lif p)
  (send (new type-check-Lif-class) type-check-program p))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}[basicstyle=\ttfamily\footnotesize]
class TypeCheckLif(TypeCheckLvar):
  def type_check_exp(self, e, env):
    match e:
      case Constant(value) if isinstance(value, bool):
        return bool
      case BinOp(left, Sub(), right):
        l = self.type_check_exp(left, env); check_type_equal(l, int, left)
        r = self.type_check_exp(right, env); check_type_equal(r, int, right)
        return int
      case UnaryOp(Not(), v):
        t = self.type_check_exp(v, env); check_type_equal(t, bool, v)
        return bool 
      case BoolOp(op, values):
        left = values[0] ; right = values[1]
        l = self.type_check_exp(left, env); check_type_equal(l, bool, left)
        r = self.type_check_exp(right, env); check_type_equal(r, bool, right)
        return bool
      case Compare(left, [cmp], [right]) if isinstance(cmp, Eq) \
                                            or isinstance(cmp, NotEq):
        l = self.type_check_exp(left, env)
        r = self.type_check_exp(right, env)
        check_type_equal(l, r, e)
        return bool
      case Compare(left, [cmp], [right]):
        l = self.type_check_exp(left, env); check_type_equal(l, int, left)
        r = self.type_check_exp(right, env); check_type_equal(r, int, right)
        return bool
      case IfExp(test, body, orelse):
        t = self.type_check_exp(test, env); check_type_equal(bool, t, test)
        b = self.type_check_exp(body, env)
        o = self.type_check_exp(orelse, env)
        check_type_equal(b, o, e)
        return b
      case _:
        return super().type_check_exp(e, env)

  def type_check_stmts(self, ss, env):
    if len(ss) == 0:
      return
    match ss[0]:
      case If(test, body, orelse):
        t = self.type_check_exp(test, env); check_type_equal(bool, t, test)
        b = self.type_check_stmts(body, env)
        o = self.type_check_stmts(orelse, env)
        check_type_equal(b, o, ss[0])
        return self.type_check_stmts(ss[1:], env)
      case _:
        return super().type_check_stmts(ss, env)
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
\end{tcolorbox}
\caption{Type checker for the \LangIf{} language.}
\label{fig:type-check-Lif}
\end{figure}

The definition of the type checker for \LangIf{} is shown in
figure~\ref{fig:type-check-Lif}.
%
The type of a Boolean constant is \BOOLTY{}.
%
\racket{The \code{operator-types} function adds dictionary entries for
  the new operators.}
%
\python{Logical not requires its argument to be a \BOOLTY{} and
  produces a \BOOLTY{}. Similarly for logical and and logical or. }
%
The equality operator requires the two arguments to have the same type,
and therefore we handle it separately from the other operators.
%
\python{The other comparisons (less-than, etc.) require their
arguments to be of type \INTTY{} and they produce a \BOOLTY{}.}
%
The condition of an \code{if} must
be of \BOOLTY{} type, and the two branches must have the same type.


\begin{exercise}\normalfont\normalsize
Create ten new test programs in \LangIf{}. Half the programs should
have a type error. For those programs, create an empty file with the
same base name and with file extension \code{.tyerr}. For example, if
the test
\racket{\code{cond\_test\_14.rkt}}\python{\code{cond\_test\_14.py}}
is expected to error, then create
an empty file named \code{cond\_test\_14.tyerr}.
%
\racket{This indicates to \code{interp-tests} and
  \code{compiler-tests} that a type error is expected. }
%
The other half of the test programs should not have type errors.
% 
\racket{In the \code{run-tests.rkt} script, change the second argument
  of \code{interp-tests} and \code{compiler-tests} to
  \code{type-check-Lif}, which causes the type checker to run prior to
  the compiler passes. Temporarily change the \code{passes} to an
  empty list and run the script, thereby checking that the new test
  programs either type check or do not, as intended.}
%
Run the test script to check that these test programs type check as
expected.

\end{exercise}

\clearpage

\section{The \LangCIf{} Intermediate Language}
\label{sec:Cif}

{\if\edition\racketEd
%
The \LangCIf{} language builds on \LangCVar{} by adding logical and
comparison operators to the \Exp{} nonterminal and the literals
\TRUE{} and \FALSE{} to the \Arg{} nonterminal.  Regarding control
flow, \LangCIf{} adds \key{goto} and \code{if} statements to the
\Tail{} nonterminal. The condition of an \code{if} statement is a
comparison operation and the branches are \code{goto} statements,
making it straightforward to compile \code{if} statements to x86.  The
\key{CProgram} construct contains an alist mapping labels to $\Tail$
expressions. A \code{goto} statement transfers control to the $\Tail$
expression corresponding to its label.
%
Figure~\ref{fig:c1-concrete-syntax} defines the concrete syntax of the
\LangCIf{} intermediate language, and figure~\ref{fig:c1-syntax}
defines its abstract syntax.
%
\fi}
%
{\if\edition\pythonEd
%
The output of \key{explicate\_control} is a language similar to the
$C$ language~\citep{Kernighan:1988nx} in that it has labels and
\code{goto} statements, so we name it \LangCIf{}.  
%
The \LangCIf{} language supports the same operators as \LangIf{} but
the arguments of operators are restricted to atomic expressions. The
\LangCIf{} language does not include \code{if} expressions but it does
include a restricted form of \code{if} statement. The condition must be
a comparison and the two branches may only contain \code{goto}
statements. These restrictions make it easier to translate \code{if}
statements to x86.  The \LangCIf{} language also adds a \code{return}
statement to finish the program with a specified value.
%
The \key{CProgram} construct contains a dictionary mapping labels to
lists of statements that end with a \code{return} statement, a
\code{goto}, or a conditional \code{goto}.
%% Statement lists of this
%% form are called \emph{basic blocks}\index{subject}{basic block}: there
%% is a control transfer at the end and control only enters at the
%% beginning of the list, which is marked by the label.
%
A \code{goto} statement transfers control to the sequence of statements
associated with its label.
%
The concrete syntax for \LangCIf{} is defined in
figure~\ref{fig:c1-concrete-syntax} and the abstract syntax is defined
in figure~\ref{fig:c1-syntax}.
%
\fi}
%

\newcommand{\CifGrammarRacket}{
\begin{array}{lcl}
\Atm &::=& \itm{bool} \\
\itm{cmp} &::= & \code{eq?} \MID \code{<} \MID \code{<=} \MID \code{>} \MID \code{>=} \\
\Exp &::=& \CNOT{\Atm} \MID \LP \itm{cmp}~\Atm~\Atm\RP \\
\Tail &::= & \key{goto}~\itm{label}\key{;}\\
   &\MID& \key{if}~\LP \itm{cmp}~\Atm~\Atm \RP~ \key{goto}~\itm{label}\key{;} ~\key{else}~\key{goto}~\itm{label}\key{;} 
\end{array}
}

\newcommand{\CifASTRacket}{
\begin{array}{lcl}
\Atm &::=& \BOOL{\itm{bool}} \\
\itm{cmp} &::= & \code{eq?} \MID \code{<} \MID \code{<=} \MID \code{>} \MID \code{>=} \\
\Exp &::= & \UNIOP{\key{'not}}{\Atm} \MID \BINOP{\key{'}\itm{cmp}}{\Atm}{\Atm} \\
\Tail &::= & \GOTO{\itm{label}} \\
    &\MID& \IFSTMT{\BINOP{\itm{cmp}}{\Atm}{\Atm}}{\GOTO{\itm{label}}}{\GOTO{\itm{label}}} 
\end{array}
}

\newcommand{\CifGrammarPython}{
\begin{array}{lcl}
\Atm &::=& \Int \MID \Var \MID \itm{bool} \\
\Exp &::= & \Atm \MID \CREAD{} 
     \MID \CBINOP{\itm{binaryop}}{\Atm}{\Atm}
     \MID \CUNIOP{\itm{unaryop}}{\Atm} \\
     &\MID& \CCMP{\itm{cmp}}{\Atm}{\Atm} \\
\Stmt &::=& \CPRINT{\Atm} \MID \Exp \\
     &\MID& \CASSIGN{\Var}{\Exp}  
     \MID \CRETURN{\Exp} \MID \CGOTO{\itm{label}} \\
    &\MID& \CIFSTMT{\CCMP{\itm{cmp}}{\Atm}{\Atm}}{\CGOTO{\itm{label}}}{\CGOTO{\itm{label}}} 
\end{array}
}
\newcommand{\CifASTPython}{
\begin{array}{lcl}
\Atm &::=& \INT{\Int} \MID \VAR{\Var} \MID \BOOL{\itm{bool}} \\
\Exp &::= & \Atm \MID \READ{} \\
     &\MID& \BINOP{\Atm}{\itm{binaryop}}{\Atm}
     \MID \UNIOP{\itm{unaryop}}{\Atm} \\
     &\MID& \CMP{\Atm}{\itm{cmp}}{\Atm} \\
\Stmt &::=& \PRINT{\Atm} \MID \EXPR{\Exp} \\
     &\MID& \ASSIGN{\VAR{\Var}}{\Exp}  
     \MID \RETURN{\Exp} \MID \GOTO{\itm{label}} \\
     &\MID& \IFSTMT{\CMP{\Atm}{\itm{cmp}}{\Atm}}{\LS\GOTO{\itm{label}}\RS}{\LS\GOTO{\itm{label}}\RS}
\end{array}
}
  
\begin{figure}[tbp]
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
\small
{\if\edition\racketEd      
\[
\begin{array}{l}
  \gray{\CvarGrammarRacket} \\ \hline
  \CifGrammarRacket \\
\begin{array}{lcl}
\LangCIfM{} & ::= & (\itm{label}\key{:}~ \Tail)\ldots 
\end{array}
\end{array}
\]
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd      
\[
\begin{array}{l}
  \CifGrammarPython \\
\begin{array}{lcl}
\LangCIfM{} & ::= & (\itm{label}\code{:}~\Stmt^{*}) \ldots
\end{array}
\end{array}
\]
\fi}
\end{tcolorbox}
\caption{The concrete syntax of the \LangCIf{} intermediate language%
  \racket{, an extension of \LangCVar{} (figure~\ref{fig:c0-concrete-syntax})}.}
\label{fig:c1-concrete-syntax}
\end{figure}

\begin{figure}[tp]
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
\small    
{\if\edition\racketEd    
\[
\begin{array}{l}
  \gray{\CvarASTRacket} \\ \hline
  \CifASTRacket \\ 
\begin{array}{lcl}
\LangCIfM{} & ::= & \CPROGRAM{\itm{info}}{\LP\LP\itm{label}\,\key{.}\,\Tail\RP\ldots\RP}
\end{array}
\end{array}
\]
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\[
\begin{array}{l}
  \CifASTPython \\ 
\begin{array}{lcl}
\LangCIfM{} & ::= & \CPROGRAM{\itm{info}}{\LC\itm{label}\key{:}\,\Stmt^{*}, \ldots \RC}
\end{array}
\end{array}
\]
\fi}
\end{tcolorbox}
\racket{
  \index{subject}{IfStmt@\IFSTMTNAME{}}
}
\index{subject}{Goto@\texttt{Goto}}
\index{subject}{Return@\texttt{Return}}
\caption{The abstract syntax of \LangCIf{}\racket{, an extension of \LangCVar{}
  (figure~\ref{fig:c0-syntax})}.}
\label{fig:c1-syntax}
\end{figure}

\section{The \LangXIf{} Language}
\label{sec:x86-if}

\index{subject}{x86} To implement the new logical operations, the
comparison operations, and the \key{if} expression\python{ and
  statement}, we delve further into the x86
language. Figures~\ref{fig:x86-1-concrete} and \ref{fig:x86-1} present
the definitions of the concrete and abstract syntax for the \LangXIf{}
subset of x86, which includes instructions for logical operations,
comparisons, and \racket{conditional} jumps.
%
\python{The abstract syntax for an \LangXIf{} program contains a
  dictionary mapping labels to sequences of instructions, each of
  which we refer to as a \emph{basic block}\index{subject}{basic
    block}.}

One challenge is that x86 does not provide an instruction that
directly implements logical negation (\code{not} in \LangIf{} and
\LangCIf{}).  However, the \code{xorq} instruction can be used to
encode \code{not}.  The \key{xorq} instruction takes two arguments,
performs a pairwise exclusive-or ($\mathrm{XOR}$) operation on each
bit of its arguments, and writes the results into its second argument.
Recall the following truth table for exclusive-or:
\begin{center}
\begin{tabular}{l|cc}
   & 0 & 1 \\ \hline
0  & 0 & 1 \\
1  & 1 & 0
\end{tabular}
\end{center}
For example, applying $\mathrm{XOR}$ to each bit of the binary numbers
$0011$ and $0101$ yields $0110$. Notice that in the row of the table
for the bit $1$, the result is the opposite of the second bit.  Thus,
the \code{not} operation can be implemented by \code{xorq} with $1$ as
the first argument, as follows, where $\Arg$ is the translation of
$\Atm$ to x86:
\[
\CASSIGN{\Var}{\CUNIOP{\key{not}}{\Atm}}
\qquad\Rightarrow\qquad
\begin{array}{l}
\key{movq}~ \Arg\key{,} \Var\\
\key{xorq}~ \key{\$1,} \Var
\end{array}
\]

\newcommand{\GrammarXIf}{
\begin{array}{lcl}
  \itm{bytereg} &::=& \key{ah} \MID \key{al} \MID \key{bh} \MID \key{bl}
    \MID \key{ch} \MID \key{cl} \MID \key{dh} \MID \key{dl} \\
\Arg &::=& \key{\%}\itm{bytereg}\\
\itm{cc} & ::= & \key{e} \MID \key{ne} \MID \key{l} \MID \key{le} \MID \key{g} \MID \key{ge} \\
\Instr &::=& \key{xorq}~\Arg\key{,}~\Arg
   \MID \key{cmpq}~\Arg\key{,}~\Arg
    \MID  \key{set}cc~\Arg 
    \MID \key{movzbq}~\Arg\key{,}~\Arg \\
    &\MID& \key{j}cc~\itm{label} \\
\end{array}
}


\begin{figure}[tp]
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
\[
\begin{array}{l}
  \gray{\GrammarXInt} \\ \hline
  \GrammarXIf \\ 
\begin{array}{lcl}
\LangXIfM{} &::= &  \key{.globl main} \\
      &    & \key{main:} \; \Instr\ldots 
\end{array}
\end{array}
\]
\end{tcolorbox}
\caption{The concrete syntax of \LangXIf{}  (extends \LangXInt{} of figure~\ref{fig:x86-int-concrete}).}
\label{fig:x86-1-concrete}
\end{figure}

\newcommand{\ASTXIfRacket}{
\begin{array}{lcl}
\itm{bytereg} &::=& \key{ah} \MID \key{al} \MID \key{bh} \MID \key{bl}
    \MID \key{ch} \MID \key{cl} \MID \key{dh} \MID \key{dl} \\
\Arg &::=&  \BYTEREG{\itm{bytereg}} \\
\itm{cc} & ::= & \key{e} \MID \key{l} \MID \key{le} \MID \key{g} \MID \key{ge} \\
\Instr &::=& \BININSTR{\code{xorq}}{\Arg}{\Arg}
       \MID \BININSTR{\code{cmpq}}{\Arg}{\Arg}\\
       &\MID& \BININSTR{\code{set}}{\itm{cc}}{\Arg} 
       \MID \BININSTR{\code{movzbq}}{\Arg}{\Arg}\\
       &\MID&  \JMPIF{'\itm{cc}'}{\itm{label}} 
\end{array}
}

\begin{figure}[tp]
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
\small    
{\if\edition\racketEd    
\[\arraycolsep=3pt
\begin{array}{l}
  \gray{\ASTXIntRacket} \\ \hline
  \ASTXIfRacket \\
\begin{array}{lcl}
\LangXIfM{} &::= & \XPROGRAM{\itm{info}}{\LP\LP\itm{label} \,\key{.}\, \Block \RP\ldots\RP}
\end{array}
\end{array}
\]
\fi}
%
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\[
\begin{array}{lcl}
\itm{bytereg} &::=& \skey{ah} \MID \skey{al} \MID \skey{bh} \MID \skey{bl}
    \MID \skey{ch} \MID \skey{cl} \MID \skey{dh} \MID \skey{dl} \\
\Arg &::=&  \gray{\IMM{\Int} \MID \REG{\Reg} \MID \DEREF{\Reg}{\Int}} 
     \MID \BYTEREG{\itm{bytereg}} \\
\itm{cc} & ::= & \skey{e} \MID \skey{ne} \MID \skey{l} \MID \skey{le} \MID \skey{g} \MID \skey{ge} \\
\Instr &::=& \gray{ \BININSTR{\scode{addq}}{\Arg}{\Arg} 
       \MID \BININSTR{\scode{subq}}{\Arg}{\Arg} } \\
       &\MID& \gray{ \BININSTR{\scode{movq}}{\Arg}{\Arg} 
       \MID \UNIINSTR{\scode{negq}}{\Arg} } \\
       &\MID& \gray{ \CALLQ{\itm{label}}{\itm{int}} \MID \RETQ{} 
       \MID \PUSHQ{\Arg}} \\
       &\MID& \gray{ \POPQ{\Arg} \MID \racket{\JMP{\itm{label}}} } \python{\JMP{\itm{label}}}\\
       &\MID& \BININSTR{\scode{xorq}}{\Arg}{\Arg}
       \MID \BININSTR{\scode{cmpq}}{\Arg}{\Arg}\\
       &\MID& \BININSTR{\scode{set}}{\itm{cc}}{\Arg} 
       \MID \BININSTR{\scode{movzbq}}{\Arg}{\Arg}\\
       &\MID&  \JMPIF{\itm{cc}}{\itm{label}} \\
\Block &::= & \Instr^{+} \\
\LangXIfM{} &::= & \XPROGRAM{\itm{info}}{\LC\itm{label} \,\key{:}\, \Block \key{,} \ldots \RC }
\end{array}
\]
\fi}
\end{tcolorbox}
\caption{The abstract syntax of \LangXIf{} (extends \LangXInt{} shown in figure~\ref{fig:x86-int-ast}).}
\label{fig:x86-1}
\end{figure}

Next we consider the x86 instructions that are relevant for compiling
the comparison operations. The \key{cmpq} instruction compares its two
arguments to determine whether one argument is less than, equal to, or
greater than the other argument. The \key{cmpq} instruction is unusual
regarding the order of its arguments and where the result is
placed. The argument order is backward: if you want to test whether
$x < y$, then write \code{cmpq} $y$\code{,} $x$. The result of
\key{cmpq} is placed in the special EFLAGS register. This register
cannot be accessed directly, but it can be queried by a number of
instructions, including the \key{set} instruction. The instruction
$\key{set}cc~d$ puts a \key{1} or \key{0} into the destination $d$,
depending on whether the contents of the EFLAGS register matches the
condition code \itm{cc}: \key{e} for equal, \key{l} for less, \key{le}
for less-or-equal, \key{g} for greater, \key{ge} for greater-or-equal.
The \key{set} instruction has a quirk in that its destination argument
must be single-byte register, such as \code{al} (\code{l} for lower bits) or
\code{ah} (\code{h} for higher bits), which are part of the \code{rax}
register.  Thankfully, the \key{movzbq} instruction can be used to
move from a single-byte register to a normal 64-bit register.  The
abstract syntax for the \code{set} instruction differs from the
concrete syntax in that it separates the instruction name from the
condition code.

\python{The x86 instructions for jumping are relevant to the
  compilation of \key{if} expressions.}
%
\python{The instruction $\key{jmp}\,\itm{label}$ updates the program
  counter to the address of the instruction after the specified
  label.}
%
\racket{The x86 instruction for conditional jump is relevant to the
  compilation of \key{if} expressions.}
%
The instruction $\key{j}\itm{cc}~\itm{label}$ updates the program
counter to point to the instruction after \itm{label}, depending on
whether the result in the EFLAGS register matches the condition code
\itm{cc}; otherwise, the jump instruction falls through to the next
instruction.  Like the abstract syntax for \code{set}, the abstract
syntax for conditional jump separates the instruction name from the
condition code. For example, \JMPIF{\QUOTE{\code{le}}}{\QUOTE{\code{foo}}}
corresponds to \code{jle foo}.  Because the conditional jump instruction
relies on the EFLAGS register, it is common for it to be immediately preceded by
a \key{cmpq} instruction to set the EFLAGS register.


\section{Shrink the \LangIf{} Language}
\label{sec:shrink-Lif}

The \LangIf{} language includes several features that are easily
expressible with other features. For example, \code{and} and \code{or}
are expressible using \code{if} as follows.
\begin{align*}
  \CAND{e_1}{e_2} & \quad \Rightarrow \quad \CIF{e_1}{e_2}{\FALSE{}}\\
  \COR{e_1}{e_2} & \quad \Rightarrow \quad \CIF{e_1}{\TRUE{}}{e_2}
\end{align*}
By performing these translations in the front end of the compiler,
subsequent passes of the compiler do not need to deal with these features,
thus making the passes shorter.

On the other hand, translations sometimes reduce the efficiency of the
generated code by increasing the number of instructions. For example,
expressing subtraction in terms of negation
\[
\CBINOP{\key{-}}{e_1}{e_2} \quad \Rightarrow \quad
  \CBINOP{\key{+}}{e_1}{ \CUNIOP{\key{-}}{e_2} }
\]
produces code with two x86 instructions (\code{negq} and \code{addq})
instead of just one (\code{subq}).

\begin{exercise}\normalfont\normalsize
%
Implement the pass \code{shrink} to remove \key{and} and \key{or} from
the language by translating them to \code{if} expressions in \LangIf{}.
%
Create four test programs that involve these operators.
%
{\if\edition\racketEd    
In the \code{run-tests.rkt} script, add the following entry for
\code{shrink} to the list of passes (it should be the only pass at
this point).
\begin{lstlisting}
(list "shrink" shrink interp_Lif type-check-Lif)
\end{lstlisting}
This instructs \code{interp-tests} to run the interpreter
\code{interp\_Lif} and the type checker \code{type-check-Lif} on the
output of \code{shrink}.
\fi}
%
Run the script to test your compiler on all the test programs.
\end{exercise}

{\if\edition\racketEd    

\section{Uniquify Variables}
\label{sec:uniquify-Lif}

Add cases to \code{uniquify\_exp} to handle Boolean constants and
\code{if} expressions.

\begin{exercise}\normalfont\normalsize
Update the \code{uniquify\_exp} for \LangIf{} and add the following
entry to the list of \code{passes} in the \code{run-tests.rkt} script:
\begin{lstlisting}
(list "uniquify" uniquify interp_Lif type_check_Lif)
\end{lstlisting}
Run the script to test your compiler.
\end{exercise}

\fi}

\section{Remove Complex Operands}
\label{sec:remove-complex-opera-Lif}

The output language of \code{remove\_complex\_operands} is
\LangIfANF{} (figure~\ref{fig:Lif-anf-syntax}), the monadic
normal form of \LangIf{}.  A Boolean constant is an atomic expression,
but the \code{if} expression is not.  All three subexpressions of an
\code{if} are allowed to be complex expressions, but the operands of
the \code{not} operator and comparison operators must be atomic.
%
\python{We add a new language form, the \code{Begin} expression, to aid
  in the translation of \code{if} expressions. When we recursively
  process the two branches of the \code{if}, we generate temporary
  variables and their initializing expressions. However, these
  expressions may contain side effects and should only be executed
  when the condition of the \code{if} is true (for the ``then''
  branch) or false (for the ``else'' branch). The \code{Begin} provides
  a way to initialize the temporary variables within the two branches
  of the \code{if} expression.  In general, the $\BEGIN{ss}{e}$
  form execute the statements $ss$ and then returns the result of
  expression $e$.}

Add cases to the \code{rco\_exp} and \code{rco\_atom} functions for
the new features in \LangIf{}. In recursively processing
subexpressions, recall that you should invoke \code{rco\_atom} when
the output needs to be an \Atm{} (as specified in the grammar for
\LangIfANF{}) and invoke \code{rco\_exp} when the output should be
\Exp{}.  Regarding \code{if}, it is particularly important 
\textbf{not} to replace its condition with a temporary variable, because
that would interfere with the generation of high-quality output in the
upcoming \code{explicate\_control} pass.

\newcommand{\LifMonadASTRacket}{
\begin{array}{rcl}
\Atm &::=& \BOOL{\itm{bool}}\\
\Exp &::=& \UNIOP{\key{not}}{\Atm} 
     \MID \BINOP{\itm{cmp}}{\Atm}{\Atm} 
     \MID \IF{\Exp}{\Exp}{\Exp} 
\end{array}
}
  
\newcommand{\LifMonadASTPython}{
\begin{array}{rcl}
%% \itm{binaryop} &::=& \code{Add()} \MID \code{Sub()} \\
%% \itm{cmp} &::= & \code{Eq()} \MID \code{NotEq()} \MID \code{Lt()} \MID \code{LtE()} \MID \code{Gt()} \MID \code{GtE()} \\
%% \itm{unaryop} &::=& \code{USub()} \MID \code{Not()} \\
%% \itm{bool} &::=& \code{True} \MID \code{False} \\
\Atm &::=& \BOOL{\itm{bool}}\\
\Exp &::=& \CMP{\Atm}{\itm{cmp}}{\Atm} \MID \IF{\Exp}{\Exp}{\Exp} \\
  &\MID& \BEGIN{\Stmt^{*}}{\Exp}\\
\Stmt{} &::=& \IFSTMT{\Exp}{\Stmt^{*}}{\Stmt^{*}}
\end{array}
}

\begin{figure}[tp]
\centering
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
{\if\edition\racketEd    
\[
\begin{array}{l}
  \gray{\LvarMonadASTRacket} \\ \hline
  \LifMonadASTRacket \\
\begin{array}{rcl}
\LangIfANF  &::=& \PROGRAM{\code{()}}{\Exp}
\end{array}
\end{array}
\]
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\[
\begin{array}{l}
  \gray{\LvarMonadASTPython} \\ \hline
  \LifMonadASTPython \\
   \begin{array}{rcl}
     \LangIfANF  &::=& \PROGRAM{\code{()}}{\Stmt^{*}}
   \end{array}
\end{array}
\]
\fi}
\end{tcolorbox}
\python{\index{subject}{Begin@\texttt{Begin}}}
\caption{\LangIfANF{} is \LangIf{} in monadic normal form
  (extends \LangVarANF in figure~\ref{fig:Lvar-anf-syntax}).}
\label{fig:Lif-anf-syntax}
\end{figure}


\begin{exercise}\normalfont\normalsize
%
Add cases for Boolean constants and \code{if} to the \code{rco\_atom}
and \code{rco\_exp} functions in \code{compiler.rkt}.
%
Create three new \LangIf{} programs that exercise the interesting
code in this pass.
%
{\if\edition\racketEd    
In the \code{run-tests.rkt} script, add the following entry to the
list of \code{passes} and then run the script to test your compiler.
\begin{lstlisting}
(list "remove-complex" remove_complex_operands interp-Lif type-check-Lif)
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
\end{exercise}


\section{Explicate Control}
\label{sec:explicate-control-Lif}

\racket{Recall that the purpose of \code{explicate\_control} is to
  make the order of evaluation explicit in the syntax of the program.
  With the addition of \key{if}, this becomes more interesting.}
%
The \code{explicate\_control} pass translates from \LangIf{} to \LangCIf{}.
%
The main challenge to overcome is that the condition of an \key{if}
can be an arbitrary expression in \LangIf{}, whereas in \LangCIf{} the
condition must be a comparison.

As a motivating example, consider the following program that has an
\key{if} expression nested in the condition of another \key{if}:%
\python{\footnote{Programmers rarely write nested \code{if}
  expressions, but it is not uncommon for the condition of an
  \code{if} statement to be a call of a function that also contains an
  \code{if} statement.  When such a function is inlined, the result is
  a nested \code{if} that requires the techniques discussed in this
  section.}}
% cond_test_41.rkt, if_lt_eq.py
\begin{center}
\begin{minipage}{0.96\textwidth}
{\if\edition\racketEd        
\begin{lstlisting}
(let ([x (read)])
  (let ([y (read)])
    (if (if (< x 1) (eq? x 0)  (eq? x 2))
        (+ y 2)
        (+ y 10))))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
x = input_int()
y = input_int()
print(y + 2 if (x == 0 if x < 1 else x == 2) else y + 10)
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
\end{minipage}
\end{center}
%
The naive way to compile \key{if} and the comparison operations would
be to handle each of them in isolation, regardless of their context.
Each comparison would be translated into a \key{cmpq} instruction
followed by several instructions to move the result from the EFLAGS
register into a general purpose register or stack location. Each
\key{if} would be translated into a \key{cmpq} instruction followed by
a conditional jump. The generated code for the inner \key{if} in this
example would be as follows:
\begin{center}
\begin{minipage}{0.96\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}
    cmpq $1, x
    setl %al
    movzbq %al, tmp
    cmpq $1, tmp
    je then_branch_1
    jmp else_branch_1
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
\end{center}
Notice that the three instructions starting with \code{setl} are
redundant: the conditional jump could come immediately after the first
\code{cmpq}. 

Our goal is to compile \key{if} expressions so that the relevant
comparison instruction appears directly before the conditional jump.
For example, we want to generate the following code for the inner
\code{if}:
\begin{center}
\begin{minipage}{0.96\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}
    cmpq $1, x
    jl then_branch_1
    jmp else_branch_1
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
\end{center}
One way to achieve this goal is to reorganize the code at the level of
\LangIf{}, pushing the outer \key{if} inside the inner one, yielding
the following code:
\begin{center}
\begin{minipage}{0.96\textwidth}
{\if\edition\racketEd        
\begin{lstlisting}
(let ([x (read)])
  (let ([y (read)])
    (if (< x 1) 
      (if (eq? x 0)
        (+ y 2)
        (+ y 10))
      (if (eq? x 2)
        (+ y 2)
        (+ y 10)))))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
x = input_int()
y = input_int()
print(((y + 2) if x == 0 else (y + 10)) \
      if (x < 1) \
      else ((y + 2) if (x == 2) else (y + 10)))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
\end{minipage}
\end{center}
Unfortunately, this approach duplicates the two branches from the
outer \code{if}, and a compiler must never duplicate code!  After all,
the two branches could be very large expressions.

How can we apply this transformation without duplicating code? In
other words, how can two different parts of a program refer to one
piece of code?
%
The answer is that we must move away from abstract syntax \emph{trees}
and instead use \emph{graphs}.
%
At the level of x86 assembly, this is straightforward because we can
label the code for each branch and insert jumps in all the places that
need to execute the branch. In this way, jump instructions are edges
in the graph and the basic blocks are the nodes.
%
Likewise, our language \LangCIf{} provides the ability to label a
sequence of statements and to jump to a label via \code{goto}.

As a preview of what \code{explicate\_control} will do,
figure~\ref{fig:explicate-control-s1-38} shows the output of
\code{explicate\_control} on this example. Note how the condition of
every \code{if} is a comparison operation and that we have not
duplicated any code but instead have used labels and \code{goto} to
enable sharing of code.

\begin{figure}[tbp]
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
{\if\edition\racketEd        
\begin{tabular}{lll}
\begin{minipage}{0.4\textwidth}
% cond_test_41.rkt
\begin{lstlisting}
(let ([x (read)])
   (let ([y (read)])
      (if (if (< x 1)
             (eq? x 0)
             (eq? x 2))
         (+ y 2)
         (+ y 10))))
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
&
$\Rightarrow$
&
\begin{minipage}{0.55\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}
start:
    x = (read);
    y = (read);
    if (< x 1)
       goto block_4;
    else
       goto block_5;
block_4:
    if (eq? x 0)
       goto block_2;
    else
       goto block_3;
block_5:
    if (eq? x 2)
       goto block_2;
    else
       goto block_3;
block_2:
    return (+ y 2);
block_3:
    return (+ y 10);
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
\end{tabular} 
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{tabular}{lll}
\begin{minipage}{0.4\textwidth}
% cond_test_41.rkt
\begin{lstlisting}
x = input_int()
y = input_int()
print(y + 2             \
      if (x == 0        \
          if x < 1      \
          else x == 2) \
      else y + 10)
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
&
$\Rightarrow$
&
\begin{minipage}{0.55\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}
start:
  x = input_int()
  y = input_int()
  if x < 1:
    goto block_8
  else:
    goto block_9
block_8:
  if x == 0:
    goto block_4
  else:
    goto block_5
block_9:
  if x == 2:
    goto block_6
  else:
    goto block_7
block_4:
  goto block_2
block_5:
  goto block_3
block_6:
  goto block_2
block_7:
  goto block_3
block_2:
  tmp_0 = y + 2
  goto block_1
block_3:
  tmp_0 = y + 10
  goto block_1
block_1:
  print(tmp_0)
  return 0
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
\end{tabular} 
\fi}
\end{tcolorbox}
\caption{Translation from \LangIf{} to \LangCIf{}
  via the \code{explicate\_control}.}
\label{fig:explicate-control-s1-38}
\end{figure}


{\if\edition\racketEd        
%
Recall that in section~\ref{sec:explicate-control-Lvar} we implement
\code{explicate\_control} for \LangVar{} using two recursive
functions, \code{explicate\_tail} and \code{explicate\_assign}.  The
former function translates expressions in tail position, whereas the
latter function translates expressions on the right-hand side of a
\key{let}. With the addition of \key{if} expression to \LangIf{} we
have a new kind of position to deal with: the predicate position of
the \key{if}. We need another function, \code{explicate\_pred}, that
decides how to compile an \key{if} by analyzing its condition.  So,
\code{explicate\_pred} takes an \LangIf{} expression and two
\LangCIf{} tails for the \emph{then} branch and \emph{else} branch
and outputs a tail.  In the following paragraphs we discuss specific
cases in the \code{explicate\_tail}, \code{explicate\_assign}, and
\code{explicate\_pred} functions.
%
\fi}
%
{\if\edition\pythonEd
%
We recommend implementing \code{explicate\_control} using the
following four auxiliary functions.
\begin{description}
\item[\code{explicate\_effect}] generates code for expressions as
  statements, so their result is ignored and only their side effects
  matter.
\item[\code{explicate\_assign}] generates code for expressions
  on the right-hand side of an assignment.
\item[\code{explicate\_pred}] generates code for an \code{if}
  expression or statement by analyzing the condition expression.
\item[\code{explicate\_stmt}] generates code for statements.
\end{description}
These four functions should build the dictionary of basic blocks. The
following auxiliary function can be used to create a new basic block
from a list of statements. It returns a \code{goto} statement that
jumps to the new basic block.
\begin{center}
\begin{minipage}{\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}
def create_block(stmts, basic_blocks):
    label = label_name(generate_name('block'))
    basic_blocks[label] = stmts
    return Goto(label)
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
\end{center}
Figure~\ref{fig:explicate-control-Lif} provides a skeleton for the
\code{explicate\_control} pass.

The \code{explicate\_effect} function has three parameters: 1) the
expression to be compiled, 2) the already-compiled code for this
expression's \emph{continuation}, that is, the list of statements that
should execute after this expression, and 3) the dictionary of
generated basic blocks. The \code{explicate\_effect} function returns
a list of \LangCIf{} statements and it may add to the dictionary of
basic blocks.
%
Let's consider a few of the cases for the expression to be compiled.
If the expression to be compiled is a constant, then it can be
discarded because it has no side effects. If it's a \CREAD{}, then it
has a side-effect and should be preserved. So the expression should be
translated into a statement using the \code{Expr} AST class. If the
expression to be compiled is an \code{if} expression, we translate the
two branches using \code{explicate\_effect} and then translate the
condition expression using \code{explicate\_pred}, which generates
code for the entire \code{if}.

The \code{explicate\_assign} function has four parameters: 1) the
right-hand side of the assignment, 2) the left-hand side of the
assignment (the variable), 3) the continuation, and 4) the dictionary
of basic blocks. The \code{explicate\_assign} function returns a list
of \LangCIf{} statements and it may add to the dictionary of basic
blocks.

When the right-hand side is an \code{if} expression, there is some
work to do. In particular, the two branches should be translated using
\code{explicate\_assign} and the condition expression should be
translated using \code{explicate\_pred}.  Otherwise we can simply
generate an assignment statement, with the given left and right-hand
sides, concatenated with its continuation.

\begin{figure}[tbp]
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
\begin{lstlisting}[basicstyle=\ttfamily\footnotesize]
def explicate_effect(e, cont, basic_blocks):
    match e:
        case IfExp(test, body, orelse):
            ...
        case Call(func, args):
            ...
        case Begin(body, result):
            ...
        case _:
            ...

def explicate_assign(rhs, lhs, cont, basic_blocks):
    match rhs:
        case IfExp(test, body, orelse):
            ...
        case Begin(body, result):
            ...
        case _:
            return [Assign([lhs], rhs)] + cont

def explicate_pred(cnd, thn, els, basic_blocks):
    match cnd:
        case Compare(left, [op], [right]):
            goto_thn = create_block(thn, basic_blocks)
            goto_els = create_block(els, basic_blocks)
            return [If(cnd, [goto_thn], [goto_els])]
        case Constant(True):
            return thn;
        case Constant(False):
            return els;
        case UnaryOp(Not(), operand):
            ...
        case IfExp(test, body, orelse):
            ...
        case Begin(body, result):
            ...
        case _:
            return [If(Compare(cnd, [Eq()], [Constant(False)]),
                       [create_block(els, basic_blocks)],
                       [create_block(thn, basic_blocks)])]

def explicate_stmt(s, cont, basic_blocks):
    match s:
        case Assign([lhs], rhs):
            return explicate_assign(rhs, lhs, cont, basic_blocks)
        case Expr(value):
            return explicate_effect(value, cont, basic_blocks)
        case If(test, body, orelse):
            ...

def explicate_control(p):
    match p:
        case Module(body):
            new_body = [Return(Constant(0))]
            basic_blocks = {}
            for s in reversed(body):
                new_body = explicate_stmt(s, new_body, basic_blocks)
            basic_blocks[label_name('start')] = new_body
            return CProgram(basic_blocks)
\end{lstlisting}
\end{tcolorbox}
\caption{Skeleton for the \code{explicate\_control} pass.}
\label{fig:explicate-control-Lif}
\end{figure}
\fi}


{\if\edition\racketEd

\subsection{Explicate Tail and Assign}
  
The \code{explicate\_tail} and \code{explicate\_assign} functions need
additional cases for Boolean constants and \key{if}.  The cases for
\code{if} should recursively compile the two branches using either
\code{explicate\_tail} or \code{explicate\_assign}, respectively. The
cases should then invoke \code{explicate\_pred} on the condition
expression, passing in the generated code for the two branches.  For
example, consider the following program with an \code{if} in tail
position.
% cond_test_6.rkt
\begin{lstlisting}
(let ([x (read)])
  (if (eq? x 0) 42 777))
\end{lstlisting}
The two branches are recursively compiled to return statements.  We
then delegate to \code{explicate\_pred}, passing the condition
\code{(eq? x 0)} and the two return statements.  We return to this
example shortly when we discuss \code{explicate\_pred}.

Next let us consider a program with an \code{if} on the right-hand
side of a \code{let}.
\begin{lstlisting}
(let ([y (read)])
  (let ([x (if (eq? y 0) 40 777)])
    (+ x 2)))
\end{lstlisting}
Note that the body of the inner \code{let} will have already been
compiled to \code{return (+ x 2);} and passed as the \code{cont}
parameter of \code{explicate\_assign}. We'll need to use \code{cont}
to recursively process both branches of the \code{if}, and we do not
want to duplicate code, so we generate the following block using an
auxiliary function named \code{create\_block}, discussed in the next
section.
\begin{lstlisting}
block_6:
  return (+ x 2)
\end{lstlisting}
We then use \code{goto block\_6;} as the \code{cont} argument for
compiling the branches. So the two branches compile to
\begin{center}
\begin{minipage}{0.2\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}
x = 40;
goto block_6;
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
\hspace{0.5in} and \hspace{0.5in}
\begin{minipage}{0.2\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}
x = 777;
goto block_6;
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
\end{center}
Finally, we delegate to \code{explicate\_pred}, passing the condition
\code{(eq? y 0)} and the previously presented code for the branches.

\subsection{Create Block}

We recommend implementing the \code{create\_block} auxiliary function
as follows, using a global variable \code{basic-blocks} to store a
dictionary that maps labels to $\Tail$ expressions. The main idea is
that \code{create\_block} generates a new label and then associates
the given \code{tail} with the new label in the \code{basic-blocks}
dictionary. The result of \code{create\_block} is a \code{Goto} to the
new label. However, if the given \code{tail} is already a \code{Goto},
then there is no need to generate a new label and entry in
\code{basic-blocks}; we can simply return that \code{Goto}.
%
\begin{lstlisting}
(define (create_block tail)
  (match tail
    [(Goto label) (Goto label)]
    [else
      (let ([label (gensym 'block)])
        (set! basic-blocks (cons (cons label tail) basic-blocks))
        (Goto label))]))
\end{lstlisting}


\fi}

{\if\edition\racketEd

\subsection{Explicate Predicate}
  
\begin{figure}[tbp]
  \begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
    \begin{lstlisting}
(define (explicate_pred cnd thn els)
  (match cnd
    [(Var x) ___]
    [(Let x rhs body) ___]
    [(Prim 'not (list e)) ___]
    [(Prim op es) #:when (or (eq? op 'eq?) (eq? op '<))
     (IfStmt (Prim op es) (create_block thn)
              (create_block els))]
    [(Bool b) (if b thn els)]
    [(If cnd^ thn^ els^) ___]
    [else (error "explicate_pred unhandled case" cnd)]))
\end{lstlisting}
  \end{tcolorbox}

  \caption{Skeleton for the \key{explicate\_pred} auxiliary function.}
\label{fig:explicate-pred}
\end{figure}
\fi}

\racket{The skeleton for the \code{explicate\_pred} function is given
  in figure~\ref{fig:explicate-pred}.  It takes three parameters:
  (1) \code{cnd}, the condition expression of the \code{if};
  (2) \code{thn}, the code generated by explicate for the \emph{then} branch;
  and (3) \code{els}, the code generated by
  explicate for the \emph{else} branch.  The \code{explicate\_pred}
  function should match on \code{cnd} with a case for
  every kind of expression that can have type \BOOLTY{}.}
%
\python{The \code{explicate\_pred} function has four parameters: 1)
  the condition expression, 2) the generated statements for the
  ``then'' branch, 3) the generated statements for the ``else''
  branch, and 4) the dictionary of basic blocks. The
  \code{explicate\_pred} function returns a list of \LangCIf{}
  statements and it may add to the dictionary of basic blocks.}

Consider the case for comparison operators. We translate the
comparison to an \code{if} statement whose branches are \code{goto}
statements created by applying \code{create\_block} to the code
generated for the \code{thn} and \code{els} branches. Let us
illustrate this translation by returning to the program with an
\code{if} expression in tail position, shown next. We invoke
\code{explicate\_pred} on its condition \racket{\code{(eq? x 0)}}
\python{\code{x == 0}}.
%
{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{lstlisting}
(let ([x (read)])
  (if (eq? x 0) 42 777))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
%
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
x = input_int()
42 if x == 0 else 777
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
%
\noindent The two branches \code{42} and \code{777} were already
compiled to \code{return} statements, from which we now create the
following blocks:
%
\begin{center}
\begin{minipage}{\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}
block_1:
    return 42;
block_2:
    return 777;
\end{lstlisting}
  \end{minipage}
\end{center}
%
After that, \code{explicate\_pred} compiles the comparison
\racket{\code{(eq? x 0)}}
\python{\code{x == 0}}
to the following \code{if} statement:
%
{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{center}
\begin{minipage}{\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}
if (eq? x 0)
   goto block_1;
else
   goto block_2;
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
\end{center}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{center}
\begin{minipage}{\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}
if x == 0:
   goto block_1;
else
   goto block_2;
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
\end{center}
\fi}
Next consider the case for Boolean constants. We perform a kind of
partial evaluation\index{subject}{partial evaluation} and output
either the \code{thn} or \code{els} branch, depending on whether the
constant is \TRUE{} or \FALSE{}. Let us illustrate this with the
following program:
{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{lstlisting}
(if #t 42 777)
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
42 if True else 777
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
%
\noindent Again, the two branches \code{42} and \code{777} were
compiled to \code{return} statements, so \code{explicate\_pred}
compiles the constant \racket{\code{\#t}} \python{\code{True}} to the
code for the \emph{then} branch.
\begin{lstlisting}
return 42;
\end{lstlisting}
This case demonstrates that we sometimes discard the \code{thn} or
\code{els} blocks that are input to \code{explicate\_pred}.

The case for \key{if} expressions in \code{explicate\_pred} is
particularly illuminating because it deals with the challenges
discussed previously regarding nested \key{if} expressions
(figure~\ref{fig:explicate-control-s1-38}).  The
\racket{\lstinline{thn^}}\python{\code{body}} and
\racket{\lstinline{els^}}\python{\code{orelse}} branches of the
\key{if} inherit their context from the current one, that is,
predicate context. So, you should recursively apply
\code{explicate\_pred} to the
\racket{\lstinline{thn^}}\python{\code{body}} and
\racket{\lstinline{els^}}\python{\code{orelse}} branches. For both of
those recursive calls, pass \code{thn} and \code{els} as the extra
parameters. Thus, \code{thn} and \code{els} may be used twice, once
inside each recursive call. As discussed previously, to avoid
duplicating code, we need to add them to the dictionary of basic
blocks so that we can instead refer to them by name and execute them
with a \key{goto}.

{\if\edition\pythonEd
%
The last of the auxiliary functions is \code{explicate\_stmt}.  It has
three parameters: 1) the statement to be compiled, 2) the code for its
continuation, and 3) the dictionary of basic blocks. The
\code{explicate\_stmt} returns a list of statements and it may add to
the dictionary of basic blocks. The cases for assignment and an
expression-statement are given in full in the skeleton code: they
simply dispatch to \code{explicate\_assign} and
\code{explicate\_effect}, respectively. The case for \code{if}
statements is not given, and is similar to the case for \code{if}
expressions.

The \code{explicate\_control} function itself is given in
figure~\ref{fig:explicate-control-Lif}. It applies
\code{explicate\_stmt} to each statement in the program, from back to
front. Thus, the result so-far, stored in \code{new\_body}, can be
used as the continuation parameter in the next call to
\code{explicate\_stmt}. The \code{new\_body} is initialized to a
\code{Return} statement. Once complete, we add the \code{new\_body} to
the dictionary of basic blocks, labeling it as the ``start'' block.
%
\fi}

%% Getting back to the case for \code{if} in \code{explicate\_pred}, we
%% make the recursive calls to \code{explicate\_pred} on the ``then'' and
%% ``else'' branches with the arguments \code{(create_block} $B_1$\code{)}
%% and \code{(create_block} $B_2$\code{)}. Let $B_3$ and $B_4$ be the
%% results from the two recursive calls.  We complete the case for
%% \code{if} by recursively apply \code{explicate\_pred} to the condition
%% of the \code{if} with the promised blocks $B_3$ and $B_4$ to obtain
%% the result $B_5$.
%% \[
%% (\key{if}\; \itm{cnd}\; \itm{thn}\; \itm{els})
%% \quad\Rightarrow\quad
%% B_5
%% \]

%% In the case for \code{if} in \code{explicate\_tail}, the two branches
%% inherit the current context, so they are in tail position. Thus, the
%% recursive calls on the ``then'' and ``else'' branch should be calls to
%% \code{explicate\_tail}.
%% %
%% We need to pass $B_0$ as the accumulator argument for both of these
%% recursive calls, but we need to be careful not to duplicate $B_0$.
%% Thus, we first apply \code{create_block} to $B_0$ so that it gets added
%% to the control-flow graph and obtain a promised goto $G_0$.
%% %
%% Let $B_1$ be the result of \code{explicate\_tail} on the ``then''
%% branch and $G_0$ and let $B_2$ be the result of \code{explicate\_tail}
%% on the ``else'' branch and $G_0$.  Let $B_3$ be the result of applying
%% \code{explicate\_pred} to the condition of the \key{if}, $B_1$, and
%% $B_2$.  Then the \key{if} as a whole translates to promise $B_3$.
%% \[
%%     (\key{if}\; \itm{cnd}\; \itm{thn}\; \itm{els}) \quad\Rightarrow\quad B_3
%% \]

%% In the above discussion, we use the metavariables $B_1$, $B_2$, and
%% $B_3$ to refer to blocks for the purposes of our discussion, but they
%% should not be confused with the labels for the blocks that appear in
%% the generated code. We initially construct unlabeled blocks; we only
%% attach labels to blocks when we add them to the control-flow graph, as
%% we see in the next case.

%% Next consider the case for \key{if} in the \code{explicate\_assign}
%% function. The context of the \key{if} is an assignment to some
%% variable $x$ and then the control continues to some promised block
%% $B_1$.  The code that we generate for both the ``then'' and ``else''
%% branches needs to continue to $B_1$, so to avoid duplicating $B_1$ we
%% apply \code{create_block} to it and obtain a promised goto $G_1$.  The
%% branches of the \key{if} inherit the current context, so they are in
%% assignment positions.  Let $B_2$ be the result of applying
%% \code{explicate\_assign} to the ``then'' branch, variable $x$, and
%% $G_1$.  Let $B_3$ be the result of applying \code{explicate\_assign} to
%% the ``else'' branch, variable $x$, and $G_1$. Finally, let $B_4$ be
%% the result of applying \code{explicate\_pred} to the predicate
%% $\itm{cnd}$ and the promises $B_2$ and $B_3$. The \key{if} as a whole
%% translates to the promise $B_4$.
%% \[
%% (\key{if}\; \itm{cnd}\; \itm{thn}\; \itm{els}) \quad\Rightarrow\quad B_4
%% \]
%% This completes the description of \code{explicate\_control} for \LangIf{}.

Figure~\ref{fig:explicate-control-s1-38} shows the output of the
\code{remove\_complex\_operands} pass and then the
\code{explicate\_control} pass on the example program. We walk through
the output program.
%
Following the order of evaluation in the output of
\code{remove\_complex\_operands}, we first have two calls to \CREAD{}
and then the comparison \racket{\code{(< x 1)}}\python{\code{x < 1}}
in the predicate of the inner \key{if}.  In the output of
\code{explicate\_control}, in the
block labeled \code{start}, two assignment statements are followed by an
\code{if} statement that branches to \code{block\_4} or
\code{block\_5}. The blocks associated with those labels contain the
translations of the code
\racket{\code{(eq? x 0)}}\python{\code{x == 0}}
and
\racket{\code{(eq? x 2)}}\python{\code{x == 2}},
respectively.  In particular, we start \code{block\_4} with the
comparison
\racket{\code{(eq? x 0)}}\python{\code{x == 0}}
and then branch to \code{block\_2} or \code{block\_3},
which correspond to the two branches of the outer \key{if}, that is,
\racket{\code{(+ y 2)}}\python{\code{y + 2}} and
\racket{\code{(+ y 10)}}\python{\code{y + 10}}.
%
The story for \code{block\_5} is similar to that of \code{block\_4}.
%
\python{The \code{block\_1} corresponds to the \code{print} statement
  at the end of the program.}


{\if\edition\racketEd

\subsection{Interactions between Explicate and Shrink}
  
The way in which the \code{shrink} pass transforms logical operations
such as \code{and} and \code{or} can impact the quality of code
generated by \code{explicate\_control}. For example, consider the
following program:
% cond_test_21.rkt, and_eq_input.py
\begin{lstlisting}
(if (and (eq? (read) 0) (eq? (read) 1))
    0
    42)  
\end{lstlisting}
The \code{and} operation should transform into something that the
\code{explicate\_pred} function can analyze and descend through to
reach the underlying \code{eq?} conditions. Ideally, for this program
your \code{explicate\_control} pass should generate code similar to
the following:
\begin{center}
\begin{minipage}{\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}
start:
    tmp1 = (read);
    if (eq? tmp1 0) goto block40;
    else goto block39;
block40:
    tmp2 = (read);
    if (eq? tmp2 1) goto block38;
    else goto block39;
block38:
    return 0;
block39:
    return 42;
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
\end{center}
\fi}

\begin{exercise}\normalfont\normalsize
\racket{
Implement the pass \code{explicate\_control} by adding the cases for
Boolean constants and \key{if} to the \code{explicate\_tail} and
\code{explicate\_assign} functions. Implement the auxiliary function
\code{explicate\_pred} for predicate contexts.}
\python{Implement \code{explicate\_control} pass with its
four auxiliary functions.}
%
Create test cases that exercise all the new cases in the code for
this pass.
%
{\if\edition\racketEd
Add the following entry to the list of \code{passes} in
\code{run-tests.rkt}:
\begin{lstlisting}
(list "explicate_control" explicate_control interp-Cif type-check-Cif)
\end{lstlisting}
and then run \code{run-tests.rkt} to test your compiler.
\fi}

\end{exercise}


\section{Select Instructions}
\label{sec:select-Lif}
\index{subject}{instruction selection}

The \code{select\_instructions} pass translates \LangCIf{} to
\LangXIfVar{}.
%
\racket{Recall that we implement this pass using three auxiliary
  functions, one for each of the nonterminals $\Atm$, $\Stmt$, and
  $\Tail$ in \LangCIf{} (figure~\ref{fig:c1-syntax}).}
%
\racket{For $\Atm$, we have new cases for the Booleans.}
%
\python{We begin with the Boolean constants.}
We take the usual approach of encoding them as integers.
\[
\TRUE{} \quad\Rightarrow\quad \key{1}
\qquad\qquad
\FALSE{} \quad\Rightarrow\quad \key{0}
\]

For translating statements, we discuss some of the cases.  The
\code{not} operation can be implemented in terms of \code{xorq}, as we
discussed at the beginning of this section. Given an assignment, if
the left-hand-side variable is the same as the argument of \code{not},
then just the \code{xorq} instruction suffices.
\[
\CASSIGN{\Var}{ \CUNIOP{\key{not}}{\Var} }
\quad\Rightarrow\quad
\key{xorq}~\key{\$}1\key{,}~\Var
\]
Otherwise, a \key{movq} is needed to adapt to the update-in-place
semantics of x86. In the following translation, let $\Arg$ be the
result of translating $\Atm$ to x86.
\[
\CASSIGN{\Var}{ \CUNIOP{\key{not}}{\Atm} }
\quad\Rightarrow\quad
\begin{array}{l}
\key{movq}~\Arg\key{,}~\Var\\
\key{xorq}~\key{\$}1\key{,}~\Var
\end{array}
\]

Next consider the cases for equality comparisons.  Translating this
operation to x86 is slightly involved due to the unusual nature of the
\key{cmpq} instruction that we discussed in section~\ref{sec:x86-if}.
We recommend translating an assignment with an equality on the
right-hand side into a sequence of three instructions. \\
\begin{tabular}{lll}
\begin{minipage}{0.4\textwidth}
$\CASSIGN{\Var}{ \LP\CEQ{\Atm_1}{\Atm_2} \RP }$ 
\end{minipage}
&
$\Rightarrow$
&
\begin{minipage}{0.4\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}
cmpq |$\Arg_2$|, |$\Arg_1$|
sete %al
movzbq %al, |$\Var$|
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
\end{tabular}  \\
The translations for the other comparison operators are similar to
this but use different condition codes for the \code{set} instruction.

\racket{Regarding the $\Tail$ nonterminal, we have two new cases:
  \key{goto} and \key{if} statements. Both are straightforward to
  translate to x86.}
%
A \key{goto} statement becomes a jump instruction.
\[
\key{goto}\; \ell\racket{\key{;}} \quad \Rightarrow \quad \key{jmp}\;\ell
\]
%
An \key{if} statement becomes a compare instruction followed by a
conditional jump (for the \emph{then} branch), and the fall-through is to
a regular jump (for the \emph{else} branch).\\
\begin{tabular}{lll}
\begin{minipage}{0.4\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}
if |$\CEQ{\Atm_1}{\Atm_2}$||$\python{\key{:}}$|
    goto |$\ell_1$||$\racket{\key{;}}$|
else|$\python{\key{:}}$|
    goto |$\ell_2$||$\racket{\key{;}}$|
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
&
$\Rightarrow$
&
\begin{minipage}{0.4\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}
cmpq |$\Arg_2$|, |$\Arg_1$|
je |$\ell_1$|
jmp |$\ell_2$|
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
\end{tabular}  \\
Again, the translations for the other comparison operators are similar to this
but use different condition codes for the conditional jump instruction.

\python{Regarding the \key{return} statement, we recommend treating it
  as an assignment to the \key{rax} register followed by a jump to the
  conclusion of the \code{main} function.}

\begin{exercise}\normalfont\normalsize
Expand your \code{select\_instructions} pass to handle the new
features of the \LangCIf{} language.
%
{\if\edition\racketEd
Add the following entry to the list of \code{passes} in
\code{run-tests.rkt}
\begin{lstlisting}
(list "select_instructions" select_instructions interp-pseudo-x86-1)
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
%
Run the script to test your compiler on all the test programs.
\end{exercise}

\section{Register Allocation}
\label{sec:register-allocation-Lif}
\index{subject}{register allocation}

The changes required for compiling \LangIf{} affect liveness analysis,
building the interference graph, and assigning homes, but the graph
coloring algorithm itself does not change.

\subsection{Liveness Analysis}
\label{sec:liveness-analysis-Lif}
\index{subject}{liveness analysis}

Recall that for \LangVar{} we implemented liveness analysis for a
single basic block (section~\ref{sec:liveness-analysis-Lvar}).  With
the addition of \key{if} expressions to \LangIf{},
\code{explicate\_control} produces many basic blocks.

%% We recommend that you create a new auxiliary function named
%% \code{uncover\_live\_CFG} that applies liveness analysis to a
%% control-flow graph.

The first question is, in what order should we process the basic blocks?
Recall that to perform liveness analysis on a basic block we need to
know the live-after set for the last instruction in the block. If a
basic block has no successors (i.e., contains no jumps to other
blocks), then it has an empty live-after set and we can immediately
apply liveness analysis to it. If a basic block has some successors,
then we need to complete liveness analysis on those blocks
first. These ordering constraints are the reverse of a
\emph{topological order}\index{subject}{topological order} on a graph
representation of the program.  In particular, the \emph{control flow
  graph} (CFG)\index{subject}{control-flow graph}~\citep{Allen:1970uq}
of a program has a node for each basic block and an edge for each jump
from one block to another.  It is straightforward to generate a CFG
from the dictionary of basic blocks. One then transposes the CFG and
applies the topological sort algorithm.
%
%
\racket{We recommend using the \code{tsort} and \code{transpose}
  functions of the Racket \code{graph} package to accomplish this.}
%
\python{We provide implementations of \code{topological\_sort} and
  \code{transpose} in the file \code{graph.py} of the support code.}
%
As an aside, a topological ordering is only guaranteed to exist if the
graph does not contain any cycles. This is the case for the
control-flow graphs that we generate from \LangIf{} programs.
However, in chapter~\ref{ch:Lwhile} we add loops to create \LangLoop{}
and learn how to handle cycles in the control-flow graph.

\racket{You need to construct a directed graph to represent the
  control-flow graph. Do not use the \code{directed-graph} of the
  \code{graph} package because that allows at most one edge
  between each pair of vertices, whereas a control-flow graph may have
  multiple edges between a pair of vertices. The \code{multigraph.rkt}
  file in the support code implements a graph representation that
  allows multiple edges between a pair of vertices.}

{\if\edition\racketEd
The next question is how to analyze jump instructions.  Recall that in
section~\ref{sec:liveness-analysis-Lvar} we maintain an alist named
\code{label->live} that maps each label to the set of live locations
at the beginning of its block. We use \code{label->live} to determine
the live-before set for each $\JMP{\itm{label}}$ instruction.  Now
that we have many basic blocks, \code{label->live} needs to be updated
as we process the blocks. In particular, after performing liveness
analysis on a block, we take the live-before set of its first
instruction and associate that with the block's label in the
\code{label->live} alist.
\fi}
%
{\if\edition\pythonEd
%
The next question is how to analyze jump instructions.  The locations
that are live before a \code{jmp} should be the locations in
$L_{\mathsf{before}}$ at the target of the jump. So we recommend
maintaining a dictionary named \code{live\_before\_block} that maps each
label to the $L_{\mathsf{before}}$ for the first instruction in its
block. After performing liveness analysis on each block, we take the
live-before set of its first instruction and associate that with the
block's label in the \code{live\_before\_block} dictionary.
%
\fi}

In \LangXIfVar{} we also have the conditional jump
$\JMPIF{\itm{cc}}{\itm{label}}$ to deal with.  Liveness analysis for
this instruction is particularly interesting because during
compilation, we do not know which way a conditional jump will go. Thus
we do not know whether to use the live-before set for the block
associated with the $\itm{label}$ or the live-before set for the
following instruction.  However, there is no harm to the correctness
of the generated code if we classify more locations as live than the
ones that are truly live during one particular execution of the
instruction. Thus, we can take the union of the live-before sets from
the following instruction and from the mapping for $\itm{label}$ in
\racket{\code{label->live}}\python{\code{live\_before\_block}}.

The auxiliary functions for computing the variables in an
instruction's argument and for computing the variables read-from ($R$)
or written-to ($W$) by an instruction need to be updated to handle the
new kinds of arguments and instructions in \LangXIfVar{}.

\begin{exercise}\normalfont\normalsize
{\if\edition\racketEd
%
Update the \code{uncover\_live} pass to apply liveness analysis to
every basic block in the program.
%
Add the following entry to the list of \code{passes} in the
\code{run-tests.rkt} script:
\begin{lstlisting}
(list "uncover_live" uncover_live interp-pseudo-x86-1)
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}

{\if\edition\pythonEd
%
Update the \code{uncover\_live} function to perform liveness analysis,
in reverse topological order, on all the basic blocks in the
program.
%  
\fi}
% Check that the live-after sets that you generate for
% example X matches the following... -Jeremy
\end{exercise}

\subsection{Build the Interference Graph}
\label{sec:build-interference-Lif}

Many of the new instructions in \LangXIfVar{} can be handled in the
same way as the instructions in \LangXVar{}.
% Thus, if your code was
% already quite general, it will not need to be changed to handle the
% new instructions. If your code is not general enough, we recommend that
% you change your code to be more general. For example, you can factor
% out the computing of the the read and write sets for each kind of
% instruction into auxiliary functions.
%
Some instructions, such as the \key{movzbq} instruction, require special care,
similar to the \key{movq} instruction. Refer to rule number 1 in
section~\ref{sec:build-interference}.

\begin{exercise}\normalfont\normalsize
Update the \code{build\_interference} pass for \LangXIfVar{}.
{\if\edition\racketEd
Add the following entries to the list of \code{passes} in the
\code{run-tests.rkt} script:
\begin{lstlisting}
(list "build_interference" build_interference interp-pseudo-x86-1)
(list "allocate_registers" allocate_registers interp-pseudo-x86-1)
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
% Check that the interference graph that you generate for
% example X matches the following graph G... -Jeremy
\end{exercise}


\section{Patch Instructions}

The new instructions \key{cmpq} and \key{movzbq} have some special
restrictions that need to be handled in the \code{patch\_instructions}
pass.
%
The second argument of the \key{cmpq} instruction must not be an
immediate value (such as an integer). So, if you are comparing two
immediates, we recommend inserting a \key{movq} instruction to put the
second argument in \key{rax}. As usual, \key{cmpq} may have at most
one memory reference.
%
The second argument of the \key{movzbq} must be a register.

\begin{exercise}\normalfont\normalsize
%
Update \code{patch\_instructions} pass for \LangXIfVar{}.
%  
{\if\edition\racketEd
Add the following entry to the list of \code{passes} in
\code{run-tests.rkt}, and then run this script to test your compiler.
\begin{lstlisting}
(list "patch_instructions" patch_instructions interp-x86-1)
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
\end{exercise}


{\if\edition\pythonEd
  
\section{Prelude and Conclusion}
\label{sec:prelude-conclusion-cond}

The generation of the \code{main} function with its prelude and
conclusion must change to accommodate how the program now consists of
one or more basic blocks. After the prelude in \code{main}, jump to
the \code{start} block. Place the conclusion in a basic block labeled
with \code{conclusion}.

\fi}


Figure~\ref{fig:if-example-x86} shows a simple example program in
\LangIf{} translated to x86, showing the results of
\code{explicate\_control}, \code{select\_instructions}, and the final
x86 assembly.

\begin{figure}[tbp]
  \begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
    {\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{tabular}{lll}
\begin{minipage}{0.4\textwidth}
% cond_test_20.rkt, eq_input.py
\begin{lstlisting}
(if (eq? (read) 1) 42 0)
\end{lstlisting}
$\Downarrow$
\begin{lstlisting}
start:
    tmp7951 = (read);
    if (eq? tmp7951 1)
       goto block7952;
    else
       goto block7953;
block7952:
    return 42;
block7953:
    return 0;
\end{lstlisting}
$\Downarrow$
\begin{lstlisting}
start:
    callq read_int
    movq %rax, tmp7951
    cmpq $1, tmp7951
    je block7952
    jmp block7953
block7953:
    movq $0, %rax
    jmp conclusion
block7952:
    movq $42, %rax
    jmp conclusion
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
&
$\Rightarrow\qquad$
\begin{minipage}{0.4\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}
start:
	callq	read_int
	movq	%rax, %rcx
	cmpq	$1, %rcx
	je block7952
	jmp block7953
block7953:
	movq	$0, %rax
	jmp conclusion
block7952:
	movq	$42, %rax
	jmp conclusion

	.globl main
main:
	pushq	%rbp
	movq	%rsp, %rbp
	pushq	%r13
	pushq	%r12
	pushq	%rbx
	pushq	%r14
	subq	$0, %rsp
	jmp start
conclusion:
	addq	$0, %rsp
	popq	%r14
	popq	%rbx
	popq	%r12
	popq	%r13
	popq	%rbp
	retq
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
\end{tabular}
\fi}

{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{tabular}{lll}
\begin{minipage}{0.4\textwidth}
% cond_test_20.rkt, eq_input.py
\begin{lstlisting}
print(42 if input_int() == 1 else 0)
\end{lstlisting}
$\Downarrow$
\begin{lstlisting}
start:
	tmp_0 = input_int()
	if tmp_0 == 1:
	  goto block_3
	else:
	  goto block_4
block_3:
	tmp_1 = 42
	goto block_2
block_4:
	tmp_1 = 0
	goto block_2
block_2:
	print(tmp_1)
	return 0
\end{lstlisting}
$\Downarrow$
\begin{lstlisting}
start:
	callq read_int
	movq %rax, tmp_0
	cmpq 1, tmp_0
	je block_3
	jmp block_4
block_3:
	movq 42, tmp_1
	jmp block_2
block_4:
	movq 0, tmp_1
	jmp block_2
block_2:
	movq tmp_1, %rdi
	callq print_int
	movq 0, %rax
	jmp conclusion
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
&
$\Rightarrow\qquad$
\begin{minipage}{0.4\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}
	.globl main
main:
	pushq %rbp
	movq %rsp, %rbp
	subq $0, %rsp
	jmp start
start:
	callq read_int
	movq %rax, %rcx
	cmpq $1, %rcx
	je block_3
	jmp block_4
block_3:
	movq $42, %rcx
	jmp block_2
block_4:
	movq $0, %rcx
	jmp block_2
block_2:
	movq %rcx, %rdi
	callq print_int
	movq $0, %rax
	jmp conclusion
conclusion:
	addq $0, %rsp
	popq %rbp
	retq
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
\end{tabular}
\fi}
\end{tcolorbox}

  \caption{Example compilation of an \key{if} expression to x86, showing
  the results of \code{explicate\_control},
  \code{select\_instructions}, and the final x86 assembly code.  }
\label{fig:if-example-x86}
\end{figure}


\begin{figure}[tbp]
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]  
{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{tikzpicture}[baseline=(current  bounding  box.center),scale=0.90]
\node (Lif-2) at (0,2)  {\large \LangIf{}};
\node (Lif-3) at (3,2)  {\large \LangIf{}};
\node (Lif-4) at (6,2)  {\large \LangIf{}};
\node (Lif-5) at (10,2)  {\large \LangIfANF{}};
\node (C1-1) at (0,0)  {\large \LangCIf{}};

\node (x86-2) at (0,-2)  {\large \LangXIfVar{}};
\node (x86-2-1) at (0,-4)  {\large \LangXIfVar{}};
\node (x86-2-2) at (4,-4)  {\large \LangXIfVar{}};
\node (x86-3) at (4,-2)  {\large \LangXIfVar{}};
\node (x86-4) at (8,-2) {\large \LangXIf{}};
\node (x86-5) at (8,-4) {\large \LangXIf{}};

\path[->,bend left=15] (Lif-2) edge [above] node {\ttfamily\footnotesize shrink} (Lif-3);
\path[->,bend left=15] (Lif-3) edge [above] node {\ttfamily\footnotesize uniquify} (Lif-4);
\path[->,bend left=15] (Lif-4) edge [above] node {\ttfamily\footnotesize remove\_complex\_operands} (Lif-5);
\path[->,bend left=10] (Lif-5) edge [right] node {\ttfamily\footnotesize explicate\_control} (C1-1);
\path[->,bend right=15] (C1-1) edge [right] node {\ttfamily\footnotesize select\_instructions} (x86-2);
\path[->,bend left=15] (x86-2) edge [right] node {\ttfamily\footnotesize uncover\_live} (x86-2-1);
\path[->,bend right=15] (x86-2-1) edge [below] node {\ttfamily\footnotesize build\_interference} (x86-2-2);
\path[->,bend right=15] (x86-2-2) edge [right] node {\ttfamily\footnotesize allocate\_registers} (x86-3);
\path[->,bend left=15] (x86-3) edge [above] node {\ttfamily\footnotesize patch\_instructions} (x86-4);
\path[->,bend left=15] (x86-4) edge [right] node {\ttfamily\footnotesize prelude\_and\_conclusion } (x86-5);
\end{tikzpicture}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{tikzpicture}[baseline=(current  bounding  box.center),scale=0.90]
\node (Lif-1) at (0,2)  {\large \LangIf{}};
\node (Lif-2) at (4,2)  {\large \LangIf{}};
\node (Lif-3) at (8,2)  {\large \LangIfANF{}};
\node (C-1) at (0,0)  {\large \LangCIf{}};

\node (x86-1) at (0,-2)  {\large \LangXIfVar{}};
\node (x86-2) at (4,-2)  {\large \LangXIfVar{}};
\node (x86-3) at (8,-2)  {\large \LangXIf{}};
\node (x86-4) at (12,-2) {\large \LangXIf{}};

\path[->,bend left=15] (Lif-1) edge [above] node {\ttfamily\footnotesize shrink} (Lif-2);
\path[->,bend left=15] (Lif-2) edge [above] node {\ttfamily\footnotesize remove\_complex\_operands} (Lif-3);
\path[->,bend left=15] (Lif-3) edge [right] node {\ttfamily\footnotesize explicate\_control} (C-1);
\path[->,bend right=15] (C-1) edge [right] node {\ttfamily\footnotesize select\_instructions} (x86-1);
\path[->,bend right=15] (x86-1) edge [below] node {\ttfamily\footnotesize assign\_homes} (x86-2);
\path[->,bend left=15] (x86-2) edge [above] node {\ttfamily\footnotesize patch\_instructions} (x86-3);
\path[->,bend right=15] (x86-3) edge [below] node {\ttfamily\footnotesize prelude\_and\_conclusion} (x86-4);
\end{tikzpicture}
\fi}
\end{tcolorbox}

\caption{Diagram of the passes for \LangIf{}, a language with conditionals.}
 \label{fig:Lif-passes}
\end{figure}

Figure~\ref{fig:Lif-passes} lists all the passes needed for the
compilation of \LangIf{}.


\section{Challenge: Optimize Blocks and Remove Jumps}
\label{sec:opt-jumps}

We discuss two optional challenges that involve optimizing the
control-flow of the program.

\subsection{Optimize Blocks}

The algorithm for \code{explicate\_control} that we discussed in
section~\ref{sec:explicate-control-Lif} sometimes generates too many
blocks. It creates a basic block whenever a continuation \emph{might}
get used more than once (e.g., whenever the \code{cont} parameter is
passed into two or more recursive calls). However, some continuation
arguments may not be used at all. For example, consider the case for
the constant \TRUE{} in \code{explicate\_pred}, in which we discard the
\code{els} continuation.
%
{\if\edition\racketEd
The following example program falls into this
case, and it creates two unused blocks.       
\begin{center}
\begin{tabular}{lll}
\begin{minipage}{0.4\textwidth}
% cond_test_82.rkt
\begin{lstlisting}
(let ([y (if #t
            (read)
            (if (eq? (read) 0)
               777
               (let ([x (read)])
                  (+ 1 x))))])
   (+ y 2))
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
&
$\Rightarrow$
&
\begin{minipage}{0.55\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}
start:
    y = (read);
    goto block_5;
block_5:
    return (+ y 2);
block_6:
    y = 777;
    goto block_5;
block_7:
    x = (read);
    y = (+ 1 x2);
    goto block_5;
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
\end{tabular} 
\end{center}
\fi}

The question is, how can we decide whether to create a basic block?
\emph{Lazy evaluation}\index{subject}{lazy
  evaluation}~\citep{Friedman:1976aa} can solve this conundrum by
delaying the creation of a basic block until the point in time at which
we know that it will be used.
%
{\if\edition\racketEd
%
Racket provides support for
lazy evaluation with the
\href{https://docs.racket-lang.org/reference/Delayed_Evaluation.html}{\code{racket/promise}}
package. The expression \key{(delay} $e_1 \ldots e_n$\key{)}
\index{subject}{delay} creates a
\emph{promise}\index{subject}{promise} in which the evaluation of the
expressions is postponed. When \key{(force}
$p$\key{)}\index{subject}{force} is applied to a promise $p$ for the
first time, the expressions $e_1 \ldots e_n$ are evaluated and the
result of $e_n$ is cached in the promise and returned. If \code{force}
is applied again to the same promise, then the cached result is
returned.  If \code{force} is applied to an argument that is not a
promise, \code{force} simply returns the argument.
%
\fi}
%
{\if\edition\pythonEd
%
While Python does not provide direct support for lazy evaluation, it
is easy to mimic. We can \emph{delay} the evaluation of a computation
by wrapping it inside a function with no parameters. We can
\emph{force} its evaluation by calling the function. However, in some
cases of \code{explicate\_pred}, etc., we will return a list of
statements and in other cases we will return a function that computes
a list of statements. We use the term \emph{promise} to refer to a
value that may be delayed.  To uniformly deal with
promises, we define the following \code{force} function that checks
whether its input is delayed (i.e., whether it is a function) and then
either 1) calls the function, or 2) returns the input.
\begin{lstlisting}
def force(promise):
    if isinstance(promise, types.FunctionType):
        return promise()
    else:
        return promise
\end{lstlisting}
%
\fi}

We use promises for the input and output of the functions
\code{explicate\_pred}, \code{explicate\_assign},
%
\racket{ and \code{explicate\_tail}}\python{ \code{explicate\_effect}, and \code{explicate\_stmt}}.
%
So, instead of taking and returning \racket{$\Tail$
  expressions}\python{lists of statements}, they take and return
promises. Furthermore, when we come to a situation in which a
continuation might be used more than once, as in the case for
\code{if} in \code{explicate\_pred}, we create a delayed computation
that creates a basic block for each continuation (if there is not
already one) and then returns a \code{goto} statement to that basic
block. When we come to a situation in which we have a promise but need an
actual piece of code, for example, to create a larger piece of code with a
constructor such as \code{Seq}, then insert a call to \code{force}.
%
{\if\edition\racketEd
%
Also, we must modify the \code{create\_block} function to begin with
\code{delay} to create a promise. When forced, this promise forces the
original promise. If that returns a \code{Goto} (because the block was
already added to \code{basic-blocks}), then we return the
\code{Goto}. Otherwise, we add the block to \code{basic-blocks} and
return a \code{Goto} to the new label.
\begin{center}
\begin{minipage}{\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}
(define (create_block tail)
  (delay
    (define t (force tail))
    (match t
      [(Goto label) (Goto label)]
      [else
        (let ([label (gensym 'block)])
          (set! basic-blocks (cons (cons label t) basic-blocks))
          (Goto label))])))
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
\end{center}
\fi}

{\if\edition\pythonEd
%
Here is the new version of the \code{create\_block} auxiliary function
that works on promises and that checks whether the block consists of a
solitary \code{goto} statement.\\
\begin{minipage}{\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}
def create_block(promise, basic_blocks):
  stmts = force(promise)
  match stmts:
    case [Goto(l)]:
       return Goto(l)
    case _:
      label = label_name(generate_name('block'))
      basic_blocks[label] = stmts
      return Goto(label)
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}

\fi}

Figure~\ref{fig:explicate-control-challenge} shows the output of
improved \code{explicate\_control} on this example.  As you can
see, the number of basic blocks has been reduced from four blocks (see
figure~\ref{fig:explicate-control-s1-38}) to two blocks.

\begin{figure}[tbp]
  \begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
    {\if\edition\racketEd        
\begin{tabular}{lll}
\begin{minipage}{0.4\textwidth}
% cond_test_82.rkt
\begin{lstlisting}
(let ([y (if #t
            (read)
            (if (eq? (read) 0)
               777
               (let ([x (read)])
                  (+ 1 x))))])
   (+ y 2))
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
&
$\Rightarrow$
&
\begin{minipage}{0.55\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}
start:
    y = (read);
    goto block_5;
block_5:
    return (+ y 2);
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
\end{tabular} 
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{tabular}{lll}
\begin{minipage}{0.4\textwidth}
  % cond_test_41.rkt
\begin{lstlisting}
x = input_int()
y = input_int()
print(y + 2             \
      if (x == 0        \
          if x < 1      \
          else x == 2) \
      else y + 10)
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
&
$\Rightarrow$
&
\begin{minipage}{0.55\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}
start:
    x = input_int()
    y = input_int()
    if x < 1:
        goto block_4
    else:
        goto block_5
block_4:
    if x == 0:
        goto block_2
    else:
        goto block_3
block_5:
    if x == 2:
        goto block_2
    else:
        goto block_3
block_2:
    tmp_0 = y + 2
    goto block_1
block_3:
    tmp_0 = y + 10
    goto block_1
block_1:
    print(tmp_0)
    return 0
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
\end{tabular} 
\fi}
  \end{tcolorbox}

  \caption{Translation from \LangIf{} to \LangCIf{}
  via the improved \code{explicate\_control}.}
\label{fig:explicate-control-challenge}
\end{figure}

%% Recall that in the example output of \code{explicate\_control} in
%% figure~\ref{fig:explicate-control-s1-38}, \code{block57} through
%% \code{block60} are trivial blocks, they do nothing but jump to another
%% block. The first goal of this challenge assignment is to remove those
%% blocks. Figure~\ref{fig:optimize-jumps} repeats the result of
%% \code{explicate\_control} on the left and shows the result of bypassing
%% the trivial blocks on the right. Let us focus on \code{block61}.  The
%% \code{then} branch jumps to \code{block57}, which in turn jumps to
%% \code{block55}. The optimized code on the right of
%% figure~\ref{fig:optimize-jumps} bypasses \code{block57}, with the
%% \code{then} branch jumping directly to \code{block55}. The story is
%% similar for the \code{else} branch, as well as for the two branches in
%% \code{block62}. After the jumps in \code{block61} and \code{block62}
%% have been optimized in this way, there are no longer any jumps to
%% blocks \code{block57} through \code{block60}, so they can be removed.

%% \begin{figure}[tbp]
%% \begin{tabular}{lll}
%% \begin{minipage}{0.4\textwidth}
%% \begin{lstlisting}
%% block62:
%%     tmp54 = (read);
%%     if (eq? tmp54 2) then
%%        goto block59;
%%     else
%%        goto block60;
%% block61:
%%     tmp53 = (read);
%%     if (eq? tmp53 0) then
%%        goto block57;
%%     else
%%        goto block58;
%% block60:
%%     goto block56;
%% block59:
%%     goto block55;
%% block58:
%%     goto block56;
%% block57:
%%     goto block55;
%% block56:
%%     return (+ 700 77);
%% block55:
%%     return (+ 10 32);
%% start:
%%     tmp52 = (read);
%%     if (eq? tmp52 1) then
%%        goto block61;
%%     else
%%        goto block62;
%% \end{lstlisting}
%% \end{minipage}
%% &
%% $\Rightarrow$
%% &
%% \begin{minipage}{0.55\textwidth}
%% \begin{lstlisting}
%% block62:
%%     tmp54 = (read);
%%     if (eq? tmp54 2) then
%%        goto block55;
%%     else
%%        goto block56;
%% block61:
%%     tmp53 = (read);
%%     if (eq? tmp53 0) then
%%        goto block55;
%%     else
%%        goto block56;
%% block56:
%%     return (+ 700 77);
%% block55:
%%     return (+ 10 32);
%% start:
%%     tmp52 = (read);
%%     if (eq? tmp52 1) then
%%        goto block61;
%%     else
%%        goto block62;
%% \end{lstlisting}
%% \end{minipage}
%% \end{tabular}
%% \caption{Optimize jumps by removing trivial blocks.}
%% \label{fig:optimize-jumps}
%% \end{figure}

%% The name of this pass is \code{optimize-jumps}.  We recommend
%% implementing this pass in two phases. The first phrase builds a hash
%% table that maps labels to possibly improved labels. The second phase
%% changes the target of each \code{goto} to use the improved label.  If
%% the label is for a trivial block, then the hash table should map the
%% label to the first non-trivial block that can be reached from this
%% label by jumping through trivial blocks.  If the label is for a
%% non-trivial block, then the hash table should map the label to itself;
%% we do not want to change jumps to non-trivial blocks.

%% The first phase can be accomplished by constructing an empty hash
%% table, call it \code{short-cut}, and then iterating over the control
%% flow graph. Each time you encounter a block that is just a \code{goto},
%% then update the hash table, mapping the block's source to the target
%% of the \code{goto}. Also, the hash table may already have mapped some
%% labels to the block's source, to you must iterate through the hash
%% table and update all of those so that they instead map to the target
%% of the \code{goto}.

%% For the second phase, we recommend iterating through the $\Tail$ of
%% each block in the program, updating the target of every \code{goto}
%% according to the mapping in \code{short-cut}.

\begin{exercise}\normalfont\normalsize
  Implement the improvements to the \code{explicate\_control} pass.
  Check that it removes trivial blocks in a few example programs. Then
  check that your compiler still passes all your tests.
\end{exercise}


\subsection{Remove Jumps}

There is an opportunity for removing jumps that is apparent in the
example of figure~\ref{fig:if-example-x86}. The \code{start} block
ends with a jump to \code{block\_5}, and there are no other jumps to
\code{block\_5} in the rest of the program. In this situation we can
avoid the runtime overhead of this jump by merging \code{block\_5}
into the preceding block, which in this case is the \code{start} block.
Figure~\ref{fig:remove-jumps} shows the output of
\code{allocate\_registers} on the left and the result of this
optimization on the right.

\begin{figure}[tbp]
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
{\if\edition\racketEd        
\begin{tabular}{lll}
\begin{minipage}{0.5\textwidth}
% cond_test_82.rkt
\begin{lstlisting}
start:
    callq read_int
    movq %rax, %rcx
    jmp block_5
block_5:
    movq %rcx, %rax
    addq $2, %rax
    jmp conclusion
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
&
$\Rightarrow\qquad$
\begin{minipage}{0.4\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}
start:
    callq read_int
    movq %rax, %rcx
    movq %rcx, %rax
    addq $2, %rax
    jmp conclusion
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
\end{tabular}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{tabular}{lll}
\begin{minipage}{0.5\textwidth}
% cond_test_20.rkt
\begin{lstlisting}
start:
	callq read_int
	movq %rax, tmp_0
	cmpq 1, tmp_0
	je block_3
	jmp block_4
block_3:
	movq 42, tmp_1
	jmp block_2
block_4:
	movq 0, tmp_1
	jmp block_2
block_2:
	movq tmp_1, %rdi
	callq print_int
	movq 0, %rax
	jmp conclusion
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
&
$\Rightarrow\qquad$
\begin{minipage}{0.4\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}
start:
	callq read_int
	movq %rax, tmp_0
	cmpq 1, tmp_0
	je block_3
	movq 0, tmp_1
	jmp block_2
block_3:
	movq 42, tmp_1
	jmp block_2
block_2:
	movq tmp_1, %rdi
	callq print_int
	movq 0, %rax
	jmp conclusion
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
\end{tabular}
\fi}
\end{tcolorbox}

\caption{Merging basic blocks by removing unnecessary jumps.}
\label{fig:remove-jumps}
\end{figure}

\begin{exercise}\normalfont\normalsize
%
Implement a pass named \code{remove\_jumps} that merges basic blocks
into their preceding basic block, when there is only one preceding
block. The pass should translate from \LangXIfVar{} to \LangXIfVar{}.
%
{\if\edition\racketEd        
In the \code{run-tests.rkt} script, add the following entry to the
list of \code{passes} between \code{allocate\_registers}
and \code{patch\_instructions}:
\begin{lstlisting}
(list "remove_jumps" remove_jumps interp-pseudo-x86-1)
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
%
Run the script to test your compiler.
%
Check that \code{remove\_jumps} accomplishes the goal of merging basic
blocks on several test programs.
\end{exercise}

\section{Further Reading}
\label{sec:cond-further-reading}

The algorithm for the \code{explicate\_control} pass is based on the
\code{expose-basic-blocks} pass in the course notes of
\citet{Dybvig:2010aa}.
%
It has similarities to the algorithms of \citet{Danvy:2003fk} and
\citet{Appel:2003fk}, and is related to translations into continuation
passing
style~\citep{Wijngaarden:1966,Fischer:1972,reynolds72:_def_interp,Plotkin:1975,Friedman:2001}.
%
The treatment of conditionals in the \code{explicate\_control} pass is
similar to short-cut boolean
evaluation~\citep{Logothetis:1981,Aho:2006wb,Clarke:1989,Danvy:2003fk}
and the case-of-case transformation~\citep{PeytonJones:1998}.

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\chapter{Loops and Dataflow Analysis}
\label{ch:Lwhile}
\setcounter{footnote}{0}

% TODO: define R'_8

% TODO: multi-graph

{\if\edition\racketEd
%
In this chapter we study two features that are the hallmarks of
imperative programming languages: loops and assignments to local
variables. The following example demonstrates these new features by
computing the sum of the first five positive integers:
% similar to loop_test_1.rkt
\begin{lstlisting}
(let ([sum 0])
  (let ([i 5])
    (begin
      (while (> i 0)
        (begin
          (set! sum (+ sum i))
          (set! i (- i 1))))
      sum)))
\end{lstlisting}
The \code{while} loop consists of a condition and a
body.\footnote{The \code{while} loop is not a built-in
feature of the Racket language, but Racket includes many looping
constructs and it is straightforward to define \code{while} as a
macro.} The body is evaluated repeatedly so long as the condition
remains true.
%
The \code{set!} consists of a variable and a right-hand side
expression.  The \code{set!} updates value of the variable to the
value of the right-hand side.
%
The primary purpose of both the \code{while} loop and \code{set!} is
to cause side effects, so they do not give a meaningful result
value. Instead, their result is the \code{\#<void>} value.  The
expression \code{(void)} is an explicit way to create the
\code{\#<void>} value, and it has type \code{Void}.  The
\code{\#<void>} value can be passed around just like other values
inside an \LangLoop{} program, and it can be compared for equality with
another \code{\#<void>} value. However, there are no other operations
specific to the \code{\#<void>} value in \LangLoop{}. In contrast,
Racket defines the \code{void?}  predicate that returns \code{\#t}
when applied to \code{\#<void>} and \code{\#f} otherwise.%
%
\footnote{Racket's \code{Void} type corresponds to what is often
  called the \code{Unit} type. Racket's \code{Void} type is inhabited
  by a single value \code{\#<void>}, which corresponds to \code{unit}
  or \code{()} in the literature~\citep{Pierce:2002hj}.}
%
With the addition of side effect-producing features such as
\code{while} loop and \code{set!}, it is helpful to include a language
feature for sequencing side effects: the \code{begin} expression. It
consists of one or more subexpressions that are evaluated
left to right.
%
\fi}

{\if\edition\pythonEd
%
In this chapter we study loops, one of the hallmarks of imperative
programming languages. The following example demonstrates the
\code{while} loop by computing the sum of the first five positive
integers.
\begin{lstlisting}
sum = 0
i = 5
while i > 0:
    sum = sum + i
    i = i - 1
print(sum)
\end{lstlisting}
The \code{while} loop consists of a condition expression and a body (a
sequence of statements). The body is evaluated repeatedly so long as
the condition remains true.
%
\fi}

\section{The \LangLoop{} Language}

\newcommand{\LwhileGrammarRacket}{
  \begin{array}{lcl}
   \Type &::=& \key{Void}\\
   \Exp &::=& \CSETBANG{\Var}{\Exp}
      \MID \CBEGIN{\Exp^{*}}{\Exp}
      \MID \CWHILE{\Exp}{\Exp} \MID \LP\key{void}\RP 
  \end{array}
}
\newcommand{\LwhileASTRacket}{
\begin{array}{lcl}
  \Type &::=& \key{Void}\\
  \Exp &::=& \SETBANG{\Var}{\Exp}
       \MID \BEGIN{\Exp^{*}}{\Exp}
       \MID \WHILE{\Exp}{\Exp}
       \MID \VOID{}  
\end{array}
}

\newcommand{\LwhileGrammarPython}{
\begin{array}{rcl}
  \Stmt &::=& \key{while}~ \Exp \key{:}~ \Stmt^{+}
\end{array}
}
\newcommand{\LwhileASTPython}{
\begin{array}{lcl}
\Stmt{} &::=& \WHILESTMT{\Exp}{\Stmt^{+}}
\end{array}
}

\begin{figure}[tp]
\centering
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
    \small
{\if\edition\racketEd    
\[
\begin{array}{l}
  \gray{\LintGrammarRacket{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LvarGrammarRacket{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LifGrammarRacket{}} \\ \hline
  \LwhileGrammarRacket \\
  \begin{array}{lcl}
  \LangLoopM{} &::=& \Exp
\end{array}
\end{array}
\]
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\[
\begin{array}{l}
  \gray{\LintGrammarPython} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LvarGrammarPython}  \\ \hline
  \gray{\LifGrammarPython} \\ \hline
  \LwhileGrammarPython \\
\begin{array}{rcl}
  \LangLoopM{} &::=& \Stmt^{*}
\end{array}
\end{array}
\]
\fi}
\end{tcolorbox}

\caption{The concrete syntax of \LangLoop{}, extending \LangIf{} (figure~\ref{fig:Lif-concrete-syntax}).}
\label{fig:Lwhile-concrete-syntax}
\end{figure}

\begin{figure}[tp]
\centering
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
    \small
{\if\edition\racketEd    
\[
\begin{array}{l}
  \gray{\LintOpAST} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LvarASTRacket{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LifASTRacket{}} \\ \hline
  \LwhileASTRacket{} \\
\begin{array}{lcl}
  \LangLoopM{} &::=& \gray{ \PROGRAM{\code{'()}}{\Exp} }
\end{array}
\end{array}
\]
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\[
\begin{array}{l}
  \gray{\LintASTPython} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LvarASTPython}  \\ \hline
  \gray{\LifASTPython} \\ \hline
  \LwhileASTPython \\
\begin{array}{lcl}
\LangLoopM{} &::=& \PROGRAM{\code{'()}}{\Stmt^{*}}
\end{array}
\end{array}
\]
\fi}
\end{tcolorbox}
\python{
  \index{subject}{While@\texttt{While}}
  }
\caption{The abstract syntax of \LangLoop{}, extending \LangIf{} (figure~\ref{fig:Lif-syntax}).}
\label{fig:Lwhile-syntax}
\end{figure}

Figure~\ref{fig:Lwhile-concrete-syntax} shows the definition of the
concrete syntax of \LangLoop{}, and figure~\ref{fig:Lwhile-syntax}
shows the definition of its abstract syntax.
%
The definitional interpreter for \LangLoop{} is shown in
figure~\ref{fig:interp-Lwhile}.
%
{\if\edition\racketEd    
%
We add new cases for \code{SetBang}, \code{WhileLoop}, \code{Begin},
and \code{Void}, and we make changes to the cases for \code{Var} and
\code{Let} regarding variables. To support assignment to variables and
to make their lifetimes indefinite (see the second example in
section~\ref{sec:assignment-scoping}), we box the value that is bound
to each variable (in \code{Let}). The case for \code{Var} unboxes the
value.
%
Now we discuss the new cases. For \code{SetBang}, we find the
variable in the environment to obtain a boxed value, and then we change
it using \code{set-box!} to the result of evaluating the right-hand
side.  The result value of a \code{SetBang} is \code{\#<void>}.
%
For the \code{WhileLoop}, we repeatedly (1) evaluate the condition, and
if the result is true, (2) evaluate the body.
The result value of a \code{while} loop is also \code{\#<void>}.
%
The $\BEGIN{\itm{es}}{\itm{body}}$ expression evaluates the
subexpressions \itm{es} for their effects and then evaluates
and returns the result from \itm{body}.
%
The $\VOID{}$ expression produces the \code{\#<void>} value.
%
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
%
We add a new case for \code{While} in the \code{interp\_stmts}
function, where we repeatedly interpret the \code{body} so long as the
\code{test} expression remains true.
%
\fi}


\begin{figure}[tbp]
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]  
{\if\edition\racketEd    
\begin{lstlisting}[basicstyle=\ttfamily\footnotesize]
(define interp-Lwhile-class
  (class interp-Lif-class
    (super-new)

    (define/override ((interp-exp env) e)
      (define recur (interp-exp env))
      (match e
        [(Let x e body)
         (define new-env (dict-set env x (box (recur e))))
         ((interp-exp new-env) body)]
        [(Var x) (unbox (dict-ref env x))]
        [(SetBang x rhs)
         (set-box! (dict-ref env x) (recur rhs))]
        [(WhileLoop cnd body)
         (define (loop)
           (cond [(recur cnd)  (recur body) (loop)]
                 [else         (void)]))
         (loop)]
        [(Begin es body)
         (for ([e es]) (recur e))
         (recur body)]
        [(Void)  (void)]
        [else ((super interp-exp env) e)]))
    ))

(define (interp-Lwhile p)
  (send (new interp-Lwhile-class) interp-program p))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
class InterpLwhile(InterpLif):
  def interp_stmts(self, ss, env):
    if len(ss) == 0:
      return
    match ss[0]:
      case While(test, body, []):
        while self.interp_exp(test, env):
            self.interp_stmts(body, env)
        return self.interp_stmts(ss[1:], env)
      case _:
        return super().interp_stmts(ss, env)
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
\end{tcolorbox}

\caption{Interpreter for \LangLoop{}.}
\label{fig:interp-Lwhile}
\end{figure}

The definition of the type checker for \LangLoop{} is shown in
figure~\ref{fig:type-check-Lwhile}.
%
{\if\edition\racketEd    
%
The type checking of the \code{SetBang} expression requires the type
of the variable and the right-hand side to agree. The result type is
\code{Void}. For \code{while}, the condition must be a \BOOLTY{}
and the result type is \code{Void}.  For \code{Begin}, the result type
is the type of its last subexpression.
%
\fi}
%
{\if\edition\pythonEd
%
A \code{while} loop is well typed if the type of the \code{test}
expression is \code{bool} and the statements in the \code{body} are
well typed.
%
\fi}

\begin{figure}[tbp]
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]  
{\if\edition\racketEd    
\begin{lstlisting}[basicstyle=\ttfamily\footnotesize]
(define type-check-Lwhile-class
  (class type-check-Lif-class
    (super-new)
    (inherit check-type-equal?)

    (define/override (type-check-exp env)
      (lambda (e)
        (define recur (type-check-exp env))
        (match e
          [(SetBang x rhs)
           (define-values (rhs^ rhsT) (recur rhs))
           (define varT (dict-ref env x))
           (check-type-equal? rhsT varT e)
           (values (SetBang x rhs^) 'Void)]
          [(WhileLoop cnd body)
           (define-values (cnd^ Tc) (recur cnd))
           (check-type-equal? Tc 'Boolean e)
           (define-values (body^ Tbody) ((type-check-exp env) body))
           (values (WhileLoop cnd^ body^) 'Void)]
          [(Begin es body)
           (define-values (es^ ts)
             (for/lists (l1 l2) ([e es]) (recur e)))
           (define-values (body^ Tbody) (recur body))
           (values (Begin es^ body^) Tbody)]
          [else ((super type-check-exp env) e)])))
    ))

(define (type-check-Lwhile p)
  (send (new type-check-Lwhile-class) type-check-program p))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
class TypeCheckLwhile(TypeCheckLif):

  def type_check_stmts(self, ss, env):
    if len(ss) == 0:
      return
    match ss[0]:
      case While(test, body, []):
        test_t = self.type_check_exp(test, env)
        check_type_equal(bool, test_t, test)
        body_t = self.type_check_stmts(body, env)
        return self.type_check_stmts(ss[1:], env)
      case _:
        return super().type_check_stmts(ss, env)
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
\end{tcolorbox}

\caption{Type checker for the \LangLoop{} language.}
\label{fig:type-check-Lwhile}
\end{figure}


{\if\edition\racketEd    
%  
At first glance, the translation of these language features to x86
seems straightforward because the \LangCIf{} intermediate language
already supports all the ingredients that we need: assignment,
\code{goto}, conditional branching, and sequencing. However, there are
complications that arise, which we discuss in the next section. After
that we introduce the changes necessary to the existing passes.
%
\fi}

{\if\edition\pythonEd
%
At first glance, the translation of \code{while} loops to x86 seems
straightforward because the \LangCIf{} intermediate language already
supports \code{goto} and conditional branching. However, there are
complications that arise which we discuss in the next section. After
that we introduce the changes necessary to the existing passes.
%
\fi}

\section{Cyclic Control Flow and Dataflow Analysis}
\label{sec:dataflow-analysis}

Up until this point, the programs generated in
\code{explicate\_control} were guaranteed to be acyclic. However, each
\code{while} loop introduces a cycle. Does that matter?
%
Indeed, it does.  Recall that for register allocation, the compiler
performs liveness analysis to determine which variables can share the
same register.  To accomplish this, we analyzed the control-flow graph
in reverse topological order
(section~\ref{sec:liveness-analysis-Lif}), but topological order is
well defined only for acyclic graphs.

Let us return to the example of computing the sum of the first five
positive integers. Here is the program after instruction selection but
before register allocation.
\begin{center}
{\if\edition\racketEd    
  \begin{minipage}{0.45\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}
(define (main) : Integer
   mainstart:
      movq $0, sum
      movq $5, i
      jmp block5
   block5:
      movq i, tmp3
      cmpq tmp3, $0
      jl block7
      jmp block8
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
\begin{minipage}{0.45\textwidth}
  \begin{lstlisting}

    
   block7:
      addq i, sum
      movq $1, tmp4
      negq tmp4
      addq tmp4, i
      jmp block5
   block8:
      movq $27, %rax
      addq sum, %rax
      jmp mainconclusion
)
\end{lstlisting}
  \end{minipage}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{minipage}{0.45\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}
mainstart:
	movq $0, sum
	movq $5, i
	jmp block5
block5:
	cmpq $0, i
	jg block7
	jmp block8
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
\begin{minipage}{0.45\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}
block7:
	addq i, sum
	subq $1, i
	jmp block5
block8:
	movq sum, %rdi
	callq print_int
	movq $0, %rax
	jmp mainconclusion
\end{lstlisting}
  \end{minipage}
\fi}
\end{center}
Recall that liveness analysis works backward, starting at the end
of each function. For this example we could start with \code{block8}
because we know what is live at the beginning of the conclusion:
only \code{rax} and \code{rsp}. So the live-before set
for \code{block8} is \code{\{rsp,sum\}}.
%
Next we might try to analyze \code{block5} or \code{block7}, but
\code{block5} jumps to \code{block7} and vice versa, so it seems that
we are stuck.

The way out of this impasse is to realize that we can compute an
underapproximation of each live-before set by starting with empty
live-after sets.  By \emph{underapproximation}, we mean that the set
contains only variables that are live for some execution of the
program, but the set may be missing some variables that are live.
Next, the underapproximations for each block can be improved by (1)
updating the live-after set for each block using the approximate
live-before sets from the other blocks, and (2) performing liveness
analysis again on each block.  In fact, by iterating this process, the
underapproximations eventually become the correct solutions!
%
This approach of iteratively analyzing a control-flow graph is
applicable to many static analysis problems and goes by the name
\emph{dataflow analysis}\index{subject}{dataflow analysis}.  It was invented by
\citet{Kildall:1973vn} in his PhD thesis at the University of
Washington.

Let us apply this approach to the previously presented example. We use
the empty set for the initial live-before set for each block. Let
$m_0$ be the following mapping from label names to sets of locations
(variables and registers):
\begin{center}
\begin{lstlisting}
mainstart: {}, block5: {}, block7: {}, block8: {}
\end{lstlisting}
\end{center}
Using the above live-before approximations, we determine the
live-after for each block and then apply liveness analysis to each
block.  This produces our next approximation $m_1$ of the live-before
sets.
\begin{center}
  \begin{lstlisting}
mainstart: {}, block5: {i}, block7: {i, sum}, block8: {rsp, sum}
\end{lstlisting}
\end{center}

For the second round, the live-after for \code{mainstart} is the
current live-before for \code{block5}, which is \code{\{i\}}.  Therefore
the liveness analysis for \code{mainstart} computes the empty set. The
live-after for \code{block5} is the union of the live-before sets for
\code{block7} and \code{block8}, which is \code{\{i , rsp, sum\}}.
So the liveness analysis for \code{block5} computes \code{\{i , rsp,
  sum\}}.  The live-after for \code{block7} is the live-before for
\code{block5} (from the previous iteration), which is \code{\{i\}}.
So the liveness analysis for \code{block7} remains \code{\{i,
  sum\}}.  Together these yield the following approximation $m_2$ of
the live-before sets:
\begin{center}
  \begin{lstlisting}
mainstart: {}, block5: {i, rsp, sum}, block7: {i, sum}, block8: {rsp, sum}
\end{lstlisting}
\end{center}
In the preceding iteration, only \code{block5} changed, so we can
limit our attention to \code{mainstart} and \code{block7}, the two
blocks that jump to \code{block5}.  As a result, the live-before sets
for \code{mainstart} and \code{block7} are updated to include
\code{rsp}, yielding the following approximation $m_3$:
\begin{center}
  \begin{lstlisting}
mainstart: {rsp}, block5: {i,rsp,sum}, block7: {i,rsp,sum}, block8: {rsp,sum}
\end{lstlisting}
\end{center}
Because \code{block7} changed, we analyze \code{block5} once more, but
its live-before set remains \code{\{i,rsp,sum\}}.  At this point
our approximations have converged, so $m_3$ is the solution.

This iteration process is guaranteed to converge to a solution by the
Kleene fixed-point theorem, a general theorem about functions on
lattices~\citep{Kleene:1952aa}. Roughly speaking, a \emph{lattice} is
any collection that comes with a partial ordering $\sqsubseteq$ on its
elements, a least element $\bot$ (pronounced \emph{bottom}), and a
join operator
$\sqcup$.\index{subject}{lattice}\index{subject}{bottom}\index{subject}{partial
  ordering}\index{subject}{join}\footnote{Technically speaking, we
  will be working with join semilattices.} When two elements are
ordered $m_i \sqsubseteq m_j$, it means that $m_j$ contains at least
as much information as $m_i$, so we can think of $m_j$ as a
better-than-or-equal-to approximation in relation to $m_i$.  The
bottom element $\bot$ represents the complete lack of information,
that is, the worst approximation.  The join operator takes two lattice
elements and combines their information; that is, it produces the
least upper bound of the two.\index{subject}{least upper bound}

A dataflow analysis typically involves two lattices: one lattice to
represent abstract states and another lattice that aggregates the
abstract states of all the blocks in the control-flow graph.  For
liveness analysis, an abstract state is a set of locations.  We form
the lattice $L$ by taking its elements to be sets of locations, the
ordering to be set inclusion ($\subseteq$), the bottom to be the empty
set, and the join operator to be set union.
%
We form a second lattice $M$ by taking its elements to be mappings
from the block labels to sets of locations (elements of $L$).  We
order the mappings point-wise, using the ordering of $L$. So, given any
two mappings $m_i$ and $m_j$, $m_i \sqsubseteq_M m_j$ when $m_i(\ell)
\subseteq m_j(\ell)$ for every block label $\ell$ in the program.  The
bottom element of $M$ is the mapping $\bot_M$ that sends every label
to the empty set; that is, $\bot_M(\ell) = \emptyset$.

We can think of one iteration of liveness analysis applied to the
whole program as being a function $f$ on the lattice $M$. It takes a
mapping as input and computes a new mapping.
\[
   f(m_i) = m_{i+1}
\]
Next let us think for a moment about what a final solution $m_s$
should look like. If we perform liveness analysis using the solution
$m_s$ as input, we should get $m_s$ again as the output. That is, the
solution should be a \emph{fixed point} of the function $f$.\index{subject}{fixed point}
\[
   f(m_s) = m_s
\]
Furthermore, the solution should include only locations that are
forced to be there by performing liveness analysis on the program, so
the solution should be the \emph{least} fixed point.\index{subject}{least fixed point}

The Kleene fixed-point theorem states that if a function $f$ is
monotone (better inputs produce better outputs), then the least fixed
point of $f$ is the least upper bound of the \emph{ascending Kleene
  chain} obtained by starting at $\bot$ and iterating $f$, as
follows:\index{subject}{Kleene fixed-point theorem}
\[
\bot \sqsubseteq f(\bot) \sqsubseteq f(f(\bot)) \sqsubseteq \cdots
  \sqsubseteq f^n(\bot) \sqsubseteq \cdots
\]
When a lattice contains only finitely long ascending chains, then
every Kleene chain tops out at some fixed point after some number of
iterations of $f$.
\[
\bot \sqsubseteq f(\bot) \sqsubseteq f(f(\bot)) \sqsubseteq \cdots
\sqsubseteq f^k(\bot) = f^{k+1}(\bot) = m_s
\]

The liveness analysis is indeed a monotone function and the lattice
$M$ has finitely long ascending chains because there are only a
finite number of variables and blocks in the program. Thus we are
guaranteed that iteratively applying liveness analysis to all blocks
in the program will eventually produce the least fixed point solution.

Next let us consider dataflow analysis in general and discuss the
generic work list algorithm (figure~\ref{fig:generic-dataflow}). 
%
The algorithm has four parameters: the control-flow graph \code{G}, a
function \code{transfer} that applies the analysis to one block, and the
\code{bottom} and \code{join} operators for the lattice of abstract
states. The \code{analyze\_dataflow} function is formulated as a
\emph{forward} dataflow analysis; that is, the inputs to the transfer
function come from the predecessor nodes in the control-flow
graph. However, liveness analysis is a \emph{backward} dataflow
analysis, so in that case one must supply the \code{analyze\_dataflow}
function with the transpose of the control-flow graph.

The algorithm begins by creating the bottom mapping, represented by a
hash table.  It then pushes all the nodes in the control-flow graph
onto the work list (a queue). The algorithm repeats the \code{while}
loop as long as there are items in the work list. In each iteration, a
node is popped from the work list and processed. The \code{input} for
the node is computed by taking the join of the abstract states of all
the predecessor nodes. The \code{transfer} function is then applied to
obtain the \code{output} abstract state. If the output differs from
the previous state for this block, the mapping for this block is
updated and its successor nodes are pushed onto the work list.

\begin{figure}[tb]
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]  
{\if\edition\racketEd    
\begin{lstlisting}
(define (analyze_dataflow G transfer bottom join)
  (define mapping (make-hash))
  (for ([v (in-vertices G)])
    (dict-set! mapping v bottom))
  (define worklist (make-queue))
  (for ([v (in-vertices G)])
    (enqueue! worklist v))
  (define trans-G (transpose G))
  (while (not (queue-empty? worklist))
    (define node (dequeue! worklist)) 
    (define input (for/fold ([state bottom])
                            ([pred (in-neighbors trans-G node)])
                    (join state (dict-ref mapping pred))))
    (define output (transfer node input))
    (cond [(not (equal? output (dict-ref mapping node)))
           (dict-set! mapping node output)
           (for ([v (in-neighbors G node)])
             (enqueue! worklist v))]))
  mapping)
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
def analyze_dataflow(G, transfer, bottom, join):
    trans_G  = transpose(G)
    mapping  = dict((v, bottom) for v in G.vertices())
    worklist = deque(G.vertices)
    while worklist:
        node = worklist.pop()
        inputs = [mapping[v] for v in trans_G.adjacent(node)]
        input = reduce(join, inputs, bottom)
        output = transfer(node, input)
        if output != mapping[node]:
            mapping[node] = output
            worklist.extend(G.adjacent(node))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
\end{tcolorbox}

\caption{Generic work list algorithm for dataflow analysis}
  \label{fig:generic-dataflow}
\end{figure}

{\if\edition\racketEd
\section{Mutable Variables and Remove Complex Operands}

There is a subtle interaction between the
\code{remove\_complex\_operands} pass, the addition of \code{set!},
and the left-to-right order of evaluation of Racket. Consider the
following example:
\begin{lstlisting}
(let ([x 2])
  (+ x (begin (set! x 40) x)))
\end{lstlisting}
The result of this program is \code{42} because the first read from
\code{x} produces \code{2} and the second produces \code{40}. However,
if we naively apply the \code{remove\_complex\_operands} pass to this
example we obtain the following program whose result is \code{80}!
\begin{lstlisting}
(let ([x 2])
  (let ([tmp (begin (set! x 40) x)])
    (+ x tmp)))
\end{lstlisting}
The problem is that with mutable variables, the ordering between
reads and writes is important, and the
\code{remove\_complex\_operands} pass moved the \code{set!} to happen
before the first read of \code{x}.

We recommend solving this problem by giving special treatment to reads
from mutable variables, that is, variables that occur on the left-hand
side of a \code{set!}. We mark each read from a mutable variable with
the form \code{get!} (\code{GetBang} in abstract syntax) to indicate
that the read operation is effectful in that it can produce different
results at different points in time. Let's apply this idea to the
following variation that also involves a variable that is not mutated:
% loop_test_24.rkt
\begin{lstlisting}
(let ([x 2])
  (let ([y 0])
    (+ y (+ x (begin (set! x 40) x)))))
\end{lstlisting}
We first analyze this program to discover that variable \code{x}
is mutable but \code{y} is not. We then transform the program as
follows, replacing each occurrence of \code{x} with \code{(get! x)}:
\begin{lstlisting}
(let ([x 2])
  (let ([y 0])
    (+ y (+ (get! x) (begin (set! x 40) (get! x))))))
\end{lstlisting}
Now that we have a clear distinction between reads from mutable and
immutable variables, we can apply the \code{remove\_complex\_operands}
pass, where reads from immutable variables are still classified as
atomic expressions but reads from mutable variables are classified as
complex.  Thus, \code{remove\_complex\_operands} yields the following
program:\\
\begin{minipage}{\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}
(let ([x 2])
  (let ([y 0])
    (+ y (let ([t1 (get! x)])
           (let ([t2 (begin (set! x 40) (get! x))])
             (+ t1 t2))))))
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
The temporary variable \code{t1} gets the value of \code{x} before the
\code{set!}, so it is \code{2}.  The temporary variable \code{t2} gets
the value of \code{x} after the \code{set!}, so it is \code{40}.  We
do not generate a temporary variable for the occurrence of \code{y}
because it's an immutable variable. We want to avoid such unnecessary
extra temporaries because they would needless increase the number of
variables, making it more likely for some of them to be spilled.  The
result of this program is \code{42}, the same as the result prior to
\code{remove\_complex\_operands}.

The approach that we've sketched requires only a small
modification to \code{remove\_complex\_operands} to handle
\code{get!}. However, it requires a new pass, called
\code{uncover-get!}, that we discuss in
section~\ref{sec:uncover-get-bang}.

As an aside, this problematic interaction between \code{set!} and the
pass \code{remove\_complex\_operands} is particular to Racket and not
its predecessor, the Scheme language. The key difference is that
Scheme does not specify an order of evaluation for the arguments of an
operator or function call~\citep{SPERBER:2009aa}. Thus, a compiler for
Scheme is free to choose any ordering: both \code{42} and \code{80}
would be correct results for the example program. Interestingly,
Racket is implemented on top of the Chez Scheme
compiler~\citep{Dybvig:2006aa} and an approach similar to the one
presented in this section (using extra \code{let} bindings to control
the order of evaluation) is used in the translation from Racket to
Scheme~\citep{Flatt:2019tb}.

\fi} % racket

Having discussed the complications that arise from adding support for
assignment and loops, we turn to discussing the individual compilation
passes.


{\if\edition\racketEd
\section{Uncover \texttt{get!}}
\label{sec:uncover-get-bang}

The goal of this pass is to mark uses of mutable variables so that
\code{remove\_complex\_operands} can treat them as complex expressions
and thereby preserve their ordering relative to the side effects in
other operands. So, the first step is to collect all the mutable
variables. We recommend creating an auxiliary function for this,
named \code{collect-set!}, that recursively traverses expressions,
returning the set of all variables that occur on the left-hand side of a
\code{set!}. Here's an excerpt of its implementation.
\begin{center}
\begin{minipage}{\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}
(define (collect-set! e)
  (match e
    [(Var x) (set)]
    [(Int n) (set)]
    [(Let x rhs body)
      (set-union (collect-set! rhs) (collect-set! body))]
    [(SetBang var rhs)
      (set-union (set var) (collect-set! rhs))]
    ...))
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
\end{center}
By placing this pass after \code{uniquify}, we need not worry about
variable shadowing, and our logic for \code{Let} can remain simple, as
in this excerpt.

The second step is to mark the occurrences of the mutable variables
with the new \code{GetBang} AST node (\code{get!} in concrete
syntax). The following is an excerpt of the \code{uncover-get!-exp}
function, which takes two parameters: the set of mutable variables
\code{set!-vars} and the expression \code{e} to be processed. The
case for \code{(Var x)} replaces it with \code{(GetBang x)} if it is a
mutable variable or leaves it alone if not.
\begin{center}
\begin{minipage}{\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}
(define ((uncover-get!-exp set!-vars) e)
  (match e
    [(Var x)
     (if (set-member? set!-vars x)
         (GetBang x)
         (Var x))]
    ...))
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
\end{center}

To wrap things up, define the \code{uncover-get!} function for
processing a whole program, using \code{collect-set!} to obtain the
set of mutable variables and then \code{uncover-get!-exp} to replace
their occurrences with \code{GetBang}.


\fi}

\section{Remove Complex Operands}
\label{sec:rco-loop}

{\if\edition\racketEd
%
The new language forms, \code{get!}, \code{set!}, \code{begin}, and
\code{while} are all complex expressions. The subexpressions of
\code{set!}, \code{begin}, and \code{while} are allowed to be complex.
%
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
%
The change needed for this pass is to add a case for the \code{while}
statement. The condition of a \code{while} loop is allowed to be a
complex expression, just like the condition of the \code{if}
statement.
%
\fi}  
%
Figure~\ref{fig:Lwhile-anf-syntax} defines the output language
\LangLoopANF{} of this pass.

\newcommand{\LwhileMonadASTRacket}{
\begin{array}{rcl}
\Atm &::=& \VOID{} \\
\Exp &::=& \GETBANG{\Var}
      \MID \SETBANG{\Var}{\Exp} 
      \MID \BEGIN{\LP\Exp\ldots\RP}{\Exp} \\
      &\MID& \WHILE{\Exp}{\Exp}
\end{array}
}

\newcommand{\LwhileMonadASTPython}{
\begin{array}{rcl}
\Stmt{} &::=& \WHILESTMT{\Exp}{\Stmt^{+}} 
\end{array}
}

\begin{figure}[tp]
  \centering
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]  
\small
{\if\edition\racketEd    
\[
\begin{array}{l}
  \gray{\LvarMonadASTRacket} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LifMonadASTRacket} \\ \hline
  \LwhileMonadASTRacket \\ 
\begin{array}{rcl}
\LangLoopANF  &::=& \PROGRAM{\code{'()}}{\Exp}
\end{array}
\end{array}
\]
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\[
\begin{array}{l}
  \gray{\LvarMonadASTPython} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LifMonadASTPython} \\ \hline
  \LwhileMonadASTPython \\
   \begin{array}{rcl}
     \LangLoopANF  &::=& \PROGRAM{\code{()}}{\Stmt^{*}}
   \end{array}
\end{array}
%% \begin{array}{rcl}
%% \Atm &::=& \INT{\Int} \MID \VAR{\Var} \MID \BOOL{\itm{bool}}\\
%% \Exp &::=& \Atm \MID \READ{} \\
%%   &\MID& \BINOP{\Atm}{\itm{binaryop}}{\Atm} \MID \UNIOP{\itm{unaryop}}{\Atm} \\
%%   &\MID& \CMP{\Atm}{\itm{cmp}}{\Atm} \MID \IF{\Exp}{\Exp}{\Exp} \\
%% %  &\MID& \LET{\Var}{\Exp}{\Exp}\\ % Why?
%% \Stmt{} &::=& \PRINT{\Atm} \MID \EXPR{\Exp} \\
%%   &\MID& \ASSIGN{\VAR{\Var}}{\Exp} \MID \IFSTMT{\Exp}{\Stmt^{+}}{\Stmt^{+}}\\
%%   &\MID& \WHILESTMT{\Exp}{\Stmt^{+}} \\
%% \LangLoopANF  &::=& \PROGRAM{\code{()}}{\Stmt^{*}}
%% \end{array}
\]
\fi}
\end{tcolorbox}

\caption{\LangLoopANF{} is \LangLoop{} in monadic normal form.}
\label{fig:Lwhile-anf-syntax}
\end{figure}

{\if\edition\racketEd    
%
As usual, when a complex expression appears in a grammar position that
needs to be atomic, such as the argument of a primitive operator, we
must introduce a temporary variable and bind it to the complex
expression.  This approach applies, unchanged, to handle the new
language forms.  For example, in the following code there are two
\code{begin} expressions appearing as arguments to the \code{+}
operator.  The output of \code{rco\_exp} is then shown, in which the
\code{begin} expressions have been bound to temporary
variables. Recall that \code{let} expressions in \LangLoopANF{} are
allowed to have arbitrary expressions in their right-hand side
expression, so it is fine to place \code{begin} there.
%
\begin{center}
\begin{tabular}{lcl}
\begin{minipage}{0.4\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}
(let ([x2 10])
(let ([y3 0])
   (+ (+ (begin 
            (set! y3 (read))
            (get! x2))
         (begin 
            (set! x2 (read))
            (get! y3)))
      (get! x2))))
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
&
$\Rightarrow$
&
\begin{minipage}{0.4\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}  
(let ([x2 10])
(let ([y3 0])
(let ([tmp4 (begin 
               (set! y3 (read))
               x2)])
(let ([tmp5 (begin 
               (set! x2 (read))
               y3)])
(let ([tmp6 (+ tmp4 tmp5)])
(let ([tmp7 x2])
   (+ tmp6 tmp7)))))))
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
\end{tabular}
\end{center}

\fi}

\section{Explicate Control \racket{and \LangCLoop{}}}
\label{sec:explicate-loop}

\newcommand{\CloopASTRacket}{
\begin{array}{lcl}
\Atm  &::=&  \VOID \\
\Stmt &::=& \READ{}
\end{array}
}

{\if\edition\racketEd

Recall that in the \code{explicate\_control} pass we define one helper
function for each kind of position in the program.  For the \LangVar{}
language of integers and variables, we needed assignment and tail
positions. The \code{if} expressions of \LangIf{} introduced predicate
positions. For \LangLoop{}, the \code{begin} expression introduces yet
another kind of position: effect position. Except for the last
subexpression, the subexpressions inside a \code{begin} are evaluated
only for their effect. Their result values are discarded. We can
generate better code by taking this fact into account.

The output language of \code{explicate\_control} is \LangCLoop{}
(figure~\ref{fig:c7-syntax}), which is nearly identical to
\LangCIf{}. The only syntactic differences are the addition of \VOID{}
and that \code{read} may appear as a statement.  The most significant
difference between the programs generated by \code{explicate\_control}
in chapter~\ref{ch:Lif} versus \code{explicate\_control} in this
chapter is that the control-flow graphs of the latter may contain
cycles.

\begin{figure}[tp]
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]    
\small
\[
\begin{array}{l}
  \gray{\CvarASTRacket} \\ \hline
  \gray{\CifASTRacket} \\ \hline
  \CloopASTRacket \\
\begin{array}{lcl}
\LangCLoopM{} & ::= & \CPROGRAM{\itm{info}}{\LP\LP\itm{label}\,\key{.}\,\Tail\RP\ldots\RP}
\end{array}
\end{array}
\]
\end{tcolorbox}

\caption{The abstract syntax of \LangCLoop{}, extending \LangCIf{} (figure~\ref{fig:c1-syntax}).}
\label{fig:c7-syntax}
\end{figure}

The new auxiliary function \code{explicate\_effect} takes an
expression (in an effect position) and the code for its
continuation. The function returns a $\Tail$ that includes the
generated code for the input expression followed by the
continuation. If the expression is obviously pure, that is, never
causes side effects, then the expression can be removed, so the result
is just the continuation.
%
The case for $\WHILE{\itm{cnd}}{\itm{body}}$ expressions is
interesting; the generated code is depicted in the following diagram:
\begin{center}
  \begin{minipage}{0.3\textwidth}
\xymatrix{
  *+[F=]{\txt{\code{goto} \itm{loop}}} \ar[r]
    & *+[F]{\txt{\itm{loop}: \\ \itm{cnd'}}} \ar[r]^{else} \ar[d]^{then}
    & *+[F]{\txt{\itm{cont}}} \\
 & *+[F]{\txt{\itm{body'} \\ \code{goto} \itm{loop}}} \ar@/^50pt/[u]
}
\end{minipage}
\end{center}
We start by creating a fresh label $\itm{loop}$ for the top of the
loop.  Next, recursively process the \itm{body} (in effect position)
with a \code{goto} to $\itm{loop}$ as the continuation, producing
\itm{body'}. Process the \itm{cnd} (in predicate position) with
\itm{body'} as the \emph{then} branch and the continuation block as the
\emph{else} branch. The result should be added to the dictionary of
\code{basic-blocks} with the label \itm{loop}. The result for the
whole \code{while} loop is a \code{goto} to the \itm{loop} label.

The auxiliary functions for tail, assignment, and predicate positions
need to be updated. The three new language forms, \code{while},
\code{set!}, and \code{begin}, can appear in assignment and tail
positions.  Only \code{begin} may appear in predicate positions; the
other two have result type \code{Void}.

\fi}
%
{\if\edition\pythonEd
%
The output of this pass is the language \LangCIf{}. No new language
features are needed in the output because a \code{while} loop can be
expressed in terms of \code{goto} and \code{if} statements, which are
already in \LangCIf{}.
%  
Add a case for the \code{while} statement to the
\code{explicate\_stmt} method, using \code{explicate\_pred} to process
the condition expression.
%
\fi}

{\if\edition\racketEd
  
\section{Select Instructions}
\label{sec:select-instructions-loop}

Only two small additions are needed in the \code{select\_instructions}
pass to handle the changes to \LangCLoop{}. First, to handle the
addition of \VOID{} we simply translate it to \code{0}.  Second,
\code{read} may appear as a stand-alone statement instead of 
appearing only on the right-hand side of an assignment statement. The code
generation is nearly identical to the one for assignment; just leave
off the instruction for moving the result into the left-hand side.

\fi}

\section{Register Allocation}
\label{sec:register-allocation-loop}

As discussed in section~\ref{sec:dataflow-analysis}, the presence of
loops in \LangLoop{} means that the control-flow graphs may contain cycles,
which complicates the liveness analysis needed for register
allocation.
%
We recommend using the generic \code{analyze\_dataflow} function that
was presented at the end of section~\ref{sec:dataflow-analysis} to
perform liveness analysis, replacing the code in
\code{uncover\_live} that processed the basic blocks in topological
order (section~\ref{sec:liveness-analysis-Lif}).

The \code{analyze\_dataflow} function has the following four parameters.
\begin{enumerate}
\item The first parameter \code{G} should be passed the transpose
  of the control-flow graph.
\item The second parameter \code{transfer} should be passed a function
  that applies liveness analysis to a basic block. It takes two
  parameters: the label for the block to analyze and the live-after
  set for that block.  The transfer function should return the
  live-before set for the block.
  %
  \racket{Also, as a side effect, it should update the block's
    $\itm{info}$ with the liveness information for each instruction.}
  %
  \python{Also, as a side-effect, it should update the live-before and
    live-after sets for each instruction.}
  %
  To implement the \code{transfer} function, you should be able to
  reuse the code you already have for analyzing basic blocks.
\item The third and fourth parameters of \code{analyze\_dataflow} are
  \code{bottom} and \code{join} for the lattice of abstract states,
  that is, sets of locations. For liveness analysis, the bottom of the
  lattice is the empty set, and the join operator is set union.
\end{enumerate}


\begin{figure}[p]
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]      
{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{tikzpicture}[baseline=(current  bounding  box.center),scale=0.90]
\node (Lfun) at (0,2)  {\large \LangLoop{}};
\node (Lfun-2) at (3,2)  {\large \LangLoop{}};
\node (F1-4) at (6,2)  {\large \LangLoop{}};
\node (F1-5) at (9,2)  {\large \LangLoop{}};
\node (F1-6) at (9,0)  {\large \LangLoopANF{}};
\node (C3-2) at (0,0)  {\large \racket{\LangCLoop{}}\python{\LangCIf{}}};

\node (x86-2) at (0,-2)  {\large \LangXIfVar{}};
\node (x86-2-1) at (0,-4)  {\large \LangXIfVar{}};
\node (x86-2-2) at (4,-4)  {\large \LangXIfVar{}};
\node (x86-3) at (4,-2)  {\large \LangXIfVar{}};
\node (x86-4) at (8,-2) {\large \LangXIf{}};
\node (x86-5) at (8,-4) {\large \LangXIf{}};

\path[->,bend left=15] (Lfun) edge [above] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize shrink} (Lfun-2);
\path[->,bend left=15] (Lfun-2) edge [above] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize uniquify} (F1-4);
\path[->,bend left=15] (F1-4) edge [above] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize uncover\_get!} (F1-5);
\path[->,bend left=15] (F1-5) edge [left] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize remove\_complex\_operands} (F1-6);
\path[->,bend left=10] (F1-6) edge [above] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize explicate\_control} (C3-2);
\path[->,bend left=15] (C3-2) edge [right] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize select\_instructions} (x86-2);
\path[->,bend right=15] (x86-2) edge [right] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize uncover\_live} (x86-2-1);
\path[->,bend right=15] (x86-2-1) edge [below] node 
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize build\_interference} (x86-2-2);
\path[->,bend right=15] (x86-2-2) edge [right] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize allocate\_registers} (x86-3);
\path[->,bend left=15] (x86-3) edge [above] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize patch\_instructions} (x86-4);
\path[->,bend left=15] (x86-4) edge [right] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize prelude\_and\_conclusion} (x86-5);
\end{tikzpicture}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{tikzpicture}[baseline=(current  bounding  box.center),scale=0.90]
\node (Lfun) at (0,2)  {\large \LangLoop{}};
\node (Lfun-2) at (4,2)  {\large \LangLoop{}};
\node (F1-6) at (8,2)  {\large \LangLoopANF{}};
\node (C3-2) at (0,0)  {\large \racket{\LangCLoop{}}\python{\LangCIf{}}};

\node (x86-2) at (0,-2)  {\large \LangXIfVar{}};
\node (x86-3) at (4,-2)  {\large \LangXIfVar{}};
\node (x86-4) at (8,-2) {\large \LangXIf{}};
\node (x86-5) at (12,-2) {\large \LangXIf{}};

\path[->,bend left=15] (Lfun) edge [above] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize shrink} (Lfun-2);
\path[->,bend left=15] (Lfun-2) edge [above] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize remove\_complex\_operands} (F1-6);
\path[->,bend left=10] (F1-6) edge [right] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize explicate\_control} (C3-2);
\path[->,bend right=15] (C3-2) edge [right] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize select\_instructions} (x86-2);
\path[->,bend right=15] (x86-2) edge [below] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize assign\_homes} (x86-3);
\path[->,bend left=15] (x86-3) edge [above] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize patch\_instructions} (x86-4);
\path[->,bend right=15] (x86-4) edge [below] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize prelude\_and\_conclusion} (x86-5);
\end{tikzpicture}
\fi}
\end{tcolorbox}

\caption{Diagram of the passes for \LangLoop{}.}
\label{fig:Lwhile-passes}
\end{figure}

Figure~\ref{fig:Lwhile-passes} provides an overview of all the passes needed
for the compilation of \LangLoop{}.



% Further Reading: dataflow analysis



%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\chapter{Tuples and Garbage Collection}
\label{ch:Lvec}
\index{subject}{tuple}
\index{subject}{vector}
\index{subject}{allocate}
\index{subject}{heap allocate}
\setcounter{footnote}{0}

%% \margincomment{\scriptsize To do: Flesh out this chapter, e.g., make sure
%%   all the IR grammars are spelled out! \\ --Jeremy}
%% \margincomment{\scriptsize Be more explicit about how to deal with
%%   the root stack. \\ --Jeremy}

In this chapter we study the implementation of tuples\racket{, called
  vectors in Racket}.  A tuple is a fixed-length sequence of elements
in which each element may have a different type.
%
This language feature is the first to use the computer's
\emph{heap}\index{subject}{heap}, because the lifetime of a tuple is
indefinite; that is, a tuple lives forever from the programmer's
viewpoint. Of course, from an implementer's viewpoint, it is important
to reclaim the space associated with a tuple when it is no longer
needed, which is why we also study \emph{garbage collection}
\index{subject}{garbage collection} techniques in this chapter.

Section~\ref{sec:r3} introduces the \LangVec{} language, including its
interpreter and type checker. The \LangVec{} language extends the \LangLoop{}
language (chapter~\ref{ch:Lwhile}) with tuples.
%
Section~\ref{sec:GC} describes a garbage collection algorithm based on
copying live tuples back and forth between two halves of the heap. The
garbage collector requires coordination with the compiler so that it
can find all the live tuples.
%
Sections~\ref{sec:expose-allocation} through \ref{sec:print-x86-gc}
discuss the necessary changes and additions to the compiler passes,
including a new compiler pass named \code{expose\_allocation}.

\section{The \LangVec{} Language}
\label{sec:r3}

Figure~\ref{fig:Lvec-concrete-syntax} shows the definition of the
concrete syntax for \LangVec{}, and figure~\ref{fig:Lvec-syntax} shows
the definition of the abstract syntax.
%
\racket{The \LangVec{} language includes the forms: \code{vector} for
  creating a tuple, \code{vector-ref} for reading an element of a
  tuple, \code{vector-set!} for writing to an element of a tuple, and
  \code{vector-length} for obtaining the number of elements of a
  tuple.}
%
\python{The \LangVec{} language adds 1) tuple creation via a
  comma-separated list of expressions, 2) accessing an element of a
  tuple with the square bracket notation, i.e., \code{t[n]} returns
  the element at index \code{n} of tuple \code{t}, 3) the \code{is} comparison
  operator, and 4) obtaining the number of elements (the length) of a
  tuple. In this chapter, we restrict access indices to constant
  integers.}
%
The following program shows an example use of tuples. It creates a tuple
\code{t} containing the elements \code{40},
\racket{\code{\#t}}\python{\code{True}}, and another tuple that
contains just \code{2}. The element at index $1$ of \code{t} is
\racket{\code{\#t}}\python{\code{True}}, so the \emph{then} branch of the
\key{if} is taken.  The element at index $0$ of \code{t} is \code{40},
to which we add \code{2}, the element at index $0$ of the tuple. 
The result of the program is \code{42}.
%
{\if\edition\racketEd      
\begin{lstlisting}
    (let ([t (vector 40 #t (vector 2))])
      (if (vector-ref t 1)
          (+ (vector-ref t 0)
             (vector-ref (vector-ref t 2) 0))
          44))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
t = 40, True, (2,)
print( t[0] + t[2][0] if t[1] else 44 )
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}

\newcommand{\LtupGrammarRacket}{
\begin{array}{lcl}
  \Type &::=& \LP\key{Vector}\;\Type^{*}\RP \\
  \Exp &::=& \LP\key{vector}\;\Exp^{*}\RP 
   \MID \LP\key{vector-length}\;\Exp\RP \\
  &\MID& \LP\key{vector-ref}\;\Exp\;\Int\RP
  \MID \LP\key{vector-set!}\;\Exp\;\Int\;\Exp\RP 
\end{array}
}
\newcommand{\LtupASTRacket}{
\begin{array}{lcl}
 \Type &::=& \LP\key{Vector}\;\Type^{*}\RP \\
\itm{op} &::=& \code{vector} \MID \code{vector-length} \\
\Exp &::=& \VECREF{\Exp}{\INT{\Int}} \\
     &\MID& \VECSET{\Exp}{\INT{\Int}}{\Exp} 
%     &\MID& \LP\key{HasType}~\Exp~\Type \RP 
\end{array}
}
\newcommand{\LtupGrammarPython}{
\begin{array}{rcl}
  \itm{cmp} &::= & \key{is} \\
  \Exp &::=& \Exp \key{,} \ldots \key{,} \Exp \MID \CGET{\Exp}{\Int} \MID \CLEN{\Exp} 
\end{array}
}
\newcommand{\LtupASTPython}{
\begin{array}{lcl}
\itm{cmp} &::= & \code{Is()} \\
\Exp &::=& \TUPLE{\Exp^{+}} \MID \GET{\Exp}{\INT{\Int}} \\
     &\MID& \LEN{\Exp}
\end{array}
}

  
\begin{figure}[tbp]
\centering
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]    
    \small
{\if\edition\racketEd    
\[
\begin{array}{l}
  \gray{\LintGrammarRacket{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LvarGrammarRacket{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LifGrammarRacket{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LwhileGrammarRacket} \\ \hline
  \LtupGrammarRacket \\  
  \begin{array}{lcl}
    \LangVecM{} &::=& \Exp
  \end{array}
\end{array}
\]
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\[
\begin{array}{l}
  \gray{\LintGrammarPython{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LvarGrammarPython{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LifGrammarPython{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LwhileGrammarPython} \\ \hline
  \LtupGrammarPython \\  
\begin{array}{rcl}
  \LangVecM{} &::=& \Stmt^{*}
\end{array}
\end{array}
\]
\fi}
\end{tcolorbox}
\caption{The concrete syntax of \LangVec{}, extending \LangLoop{}
  (figure~\ref{fig:Lwhile-concrete-syntax}).}
\label{fig:Lvec-concrete-syntax}
\end{figure}

\begin{figure}[tp]
\centering
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
    \small
{\if\edition\racketEd    
\[
\begin{array}{l}
  \gray{\LintOpAST} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LvarASTRacket{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LifASTRacket{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LwhileASTRacket{}} \\ \hline
  \LtupASTRacket{} \\
\begin{array}{lcl}
  \LangVecM{} &::=& \PROGRAM{\key{'()}}{\Exp}
\end{array}
\end{array}
\]
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\[
\begin{array}{l}
  \gray{\LintASTPython} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LvarASTPython} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LifASTPython} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LwhileASTPython} \\ \hline
  \LtupASTPython \\
  \begin{array}{lcl}
    \LangLoopM{} &::=& \PROGRAM{\code{'()}}{\Stmt^{*}}
  \end{array}
\end{array}
\]
\fi}
\end{tcolorbox}

\caption{The abstract syntax of \LangVec{}.}
\label{fig:Lvec-syntax}
\end{figure}

Tuples raise several interesting new issues.  First, variable binding
performs a shallow copy in dealing with tuples, which means that
different variables can refer to the same tuple; that is, two
variables can be \emph{aliases}\index{subject}{alias} for the same
entity. Consider the following example, in which \code{t1} and
\code{t2} refer to the same tuple value and \code{t3} refers to a
different tuple value with equal elements. The result of the
program is \code{42}.


\begin{center}
\begin{minipage}{0.96\textwidth}
{\if\edition\racketEd        
\begin{lstlisting}
(let ([t1 (vector 3 7)])
  (let ([t2 t1])
    (let ([t3 (vector 3 7)])
       (if (and (eq? t1 t2) (not (eq? t1 t3)))
          42
          0))))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
t1 = 3, 7
t2 = t1
t3 = 3, 7
print( 42 if (t1 is t2) and not (t1 is t3) else 0 )
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
\end{minipage}
\end{center}

{\if\edition\racketEd        
Whether two variables are aliased or not affects what happens
when the underlying tuple is mutated\index{subject}{mutation}.
Consider the following example in which \code{t1} and \code{t2}
again refer to the same tuple value.
\begin{center}
\begin{minipage}{0.96\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}
(let ([t1 (vector 3 7)])
  (let ([t2 t1])
    (let ([_ (vector-set! t2 0 42)])
      (vector-ref t1 0))))
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
\end{center}
The mutation through \code{t2} is visible in referencing the tuple
from \code{t1}, so the result of this program is \code{42}.
\fi}

The next issue concerns the lifetime of tuples. When does a tuple's
lifetime end?  Notice that \LangVec{} does not include an operation
for deleting tuples. Furthermore, the lifetime of a tuple is not tied
to any notion of static scoping.
%
{\if\edition\racketEd        
%
For example, the following program returns \code{42} even though the
variable \code{w} goes out of scope prior to the \code{vector-ref}
that reads from the vector to which it was bound.
\begin{center}
\begin{minipage}{0.96\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}
(let ([v (vector (vector 44))])
  (let ([x (let ([w (vector 42)])
             (let ([_ (vector-set! v 0 w)])
               0))])
    (+ x (vector-ref (vector-ref v 0) 0))))
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
\end{center}
\fi}
%
{\if\edition\pythonEd
%
For example, the following program returns \code{42} even though the
variable \code{x} goes out of scope when the function returns, prior
to reading the tuple element at index zero. (We study the compilation
of functions in chapter~\ref{ch:Lfun}.)
%  
\begin{center}
\begin{minipage}{0.96\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}
def f():
    x = 42, 43
    return x
t = f()
print( t[0] )
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
\end{center}
\fi}
%
From the perspective of programmer-observable behavior, tuples live
forever. However, if they really lived forever then many long-running
programs would run out of memory. To solve this problem, the
language's runtime system performs automatic garbage collection.

Figure~\ref{fig:interp-Lvec} shows the definitional interpreter for the
\LangVec{} language.
%
\racket{We define the \code{vector}, \code{vector-ref},
  \code{vector-set!}, and \code{vector-length} operations for
  \LangVec{} in terms of the corresponding operations in Racket.  One
  subtle point is that the \code{vector-set!}  operation returns the
  \code{\#<void>} value.}
%
\python{We represent tuples with Python lists in the interpreter
  because we need to write to them
  (section~\ref{sec:expose-allocation}).  (Python tuples are
  immutable.)  We define element access, the \code{is} operator, and
  the \code{len} operator for \LangVec{} in terms of the corresponding
  operations in Python.}


\begin{figure}[tbp]
  \begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
    {\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{lstlisting}
(define interp-Lvec-class
  (class interp-Lwhile-class
    (super-new)

    (define/override (interp-op op)
      (match op
        ['eq? (lambda (v1 v2)
                (cond [(or (and (fixnum? v1) (fixnum? v2))
                           (and (boolean? v1) (boolean? v2))
                           (and (vector? v1) (vector? v2))
                           (and (void? v1) (void? v2)))
                       (eq? v1 v2)]))]
        ['vector vector]
        ['vector-length vector-length]
        ['vector-ref vector-ref]
        ['vector-set! vector-set!]
        [else (super interp-op op)]
        ))

    (define/override ((interp-exp env) e)
      (match e
        [(HasType e t)  ((interp-exp env) e)]
        [else ((super interp-exp env) e)]
        ))
    ))

(define (interp-Lvec p)
  (send (new interp-Lvec-class) interp-program p))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
%
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
class InterpLtup(InterpLwhile):
  def interp_cmp(self, cmp):
    match cmp:
      case Is():
        return lambda x, y: x is y
      case _:
        return super().interp_cmp(cmp)      
  def interp_exp(self, e, env):
    match e:
      case Tuple(es, Load()):
        return tuple([self.interp_exp(e, env) for e in es])
      case Subscript(tup, index, Load()):
        t = self.interp_exp(tup, env)
        n = self.interp_exp(index, env)
        return t[n]
      case _:
        return super().interp_exp(e, env)
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
\end{tcolorbox}

\caption{Interpreter for the \LangVec{} language.}
\label{fig:interp-Lvec}
\end{figure}

Figure~\ref{fig:type-check-Lvec} shows the type checker for
\LangVec{}.
%
The type of a tuple is a
\racket{\code{Vector}}\python{\code{TupleType}} type that contains a
type for each of its elements.
%
\racket{To create the s-expression for the \code{Vector} type, we use the
\href{https://docs.racket-lang.org/reference/quasiquote.html}{unquote-splicing
  operator} \code{,@} to insert the list \code{t*} without its usual
start and end parentheses. \index{subject}{unquote-splicing}}
%
The type of accessing the ith element of a tuple is the ith element
type of the tuple's type, if there is one. If not, an error is
signaled. Note that the index \code{i} is required to be a constant
integer (and not, for example, a call to
\racket{\code{read}}\python{input\_int}) so that the type checker
can determine the element's type given the tuple type. 
%
\racket{
  Regarding writing an element to a tuple, the element's type must
  be equal to the ith element type of the tuple's type.
  The result type is \code{Void}.}


%% When allocating a tuple,
%% we need to know which elements of the tuple are themselves tuples for
%% the purposes of garbage collection. We can obtain this information
%% during type checking. The type checker shown in
%% figure~\ref{fig:type-check-Lvec} not only computes the type of an
%% expression; it also
%% %
%% \racket{wraps every tuple creation with the form $(\key{HasType}~e~T)$,
%%   where $T$ is the tuple's type.
%
%records the type of each tuple expression in a new field named \code{has\_type}. 


\begin{figure}[tp]
  \begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
    {\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{lstlisting}[basicstyle=\ttfamily\footnotesize]
(define type-check-Lvec-class
  (class type-check-Lif-class
    (super-new)
    (inherit check-type-equal?)

    (define/override (type-check-exp env)
      (lambda (e)
        (define recur (type-check-exp env))
        (match e
          [(Prim 'vector es)
           (define-values (e* t*) (for/lists (e* t*) ([e es]) (recur e)))
           (define t `(Vector ,@t*))
           (values (Prim 'vector e*)  t)]
          [(Prim 'vector-ref (list e1 (Int i)))
           (define-values (e1^ t) (recur e1))
           (match t
             [`(Vector ,ts ...)
              (unless (and (0 . <= . i) (i . < . (length ts)))
                (error 'type-check "index ~a out of bounds\nin ~v" i e))
              (values (Prim 'vector-ref (list e1^ (Int i)))  (list-ref ts i))]
             [else (error 'type-check "expect Vector, not ~a\nin ~v" t e)])]
          [(Prim 'vector-set! (list e1 (Int i) elt) )
           (define-values (e-vec t-vec) (recur e1))
           (define-values (e-elt^ t-elt) (recur elt))
           (match t-vec
             [`(Vector ,ts ...)
              (unless (and (0 . <= . i) (i . < . (length ts)))
                (error 'type-check "index ~a out of bounds\nin ~v" i e))
              (check-type-equal? (list-ref ts i) t-elt e)
              (values (Prim 'vector-set! (list e-vec (Int i) e-elt^))  'Void)]
             [else (error 'type-check "expect Vector, not ~a\nin ~v" t-vec e)])]
          [(Prim 'vector-length (list e))
           (define-values (e^ t) (recur e))
           (match t
             [`(Vector ,ts ...)
              (values (Prim 'vector-length (list e^))  'Integer)]
             [else (error 'type-check "expect Vector, not ~a\nin ~v" t e)])]
          [(Prim 'eq? (list arg1 arg2))
           (define-values (e1 t1) (recur arg1))
           (define-values (e2 t2) (recur arg2))
           (match* (t1 t2)
             [(`(Vector ,ts1 ...)  `(Vector ,ts2 ...))  (void)]
             [(other wise)  (check-type-equal? t1 t2 e)])
           (values (Prim 'eq? (list e1 e2)) 'Boolean)]
          [else ((super type-check-exp env) e)]
          )))
    ))

(define (type-check-Lvec p)
  (send (new type-check-Lvec-class) type-check-program p))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
class TypeCheckLtup(TypeCheckLwhile):
  def type_check_exp(self, e, env):
    match e:
      case Compare(left, [cmp], [right]) if isinstance(cmp, Is):
        l = self.type_check_exp(left, env)
        r = self.type_check_exp(right, env)
        check_type_equal(l, r, e)
        return bool
      case Tuple(es, Load()):
        ts = [self.type_check_exp(e, env) for e in es]
        e.has_type = TupleType(ts)
        return e.has_type
      case Subscript(tup, Constant(i), Load()):
        tup_ty = self.type_check_exp(tup, env)
        i_ty = self.type_check_exp(Constant(i), env)
        check_type_equal(i_ty, int, i)
        match tup_ty:
          case TupleType(ts):
            return ts[i]
          case _:
            raise Exception('error: expected a tuple, not ' + repr(tup_ty))
      case _:
        return super().type_check_exp(e, env)
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
  \end{tcolorbox}

  \caption{Type checker for the \LangVec{} language.}
\label{fig:type-check-Lvec}
\end{figure}


\section{Garbage Collection}
\label{sec:GC}

Garbage collection is a runtime technique for reclaiming space on the
heap that will not be used in the future of the running program. We
use the term \emph{object}\index{subject}{object} to refer to any
value that is stored in the heap, which for now includes only
tuples.%
%
\footnote{The term \emph{object} as it is used in the context of
  object-oriented programming has a more specific meaning than the
  way in which we use the term here.}
%
Unfortunately, it is impossible to know precisely which objects will
be accessed in the future and which will not.  Instead, garbage
collectors overapproximate the set of objects that will be accessed by
identifying which objects can possibly be accessed.  The running
program can directly access objects that are in registers and on the
procedure call stack. It can also transitively access the elements of
tuples, starting with a tuple whose address is in a register or on the
procedure call stack.  We define the \emph{root
set}\index{subject}{root set} to be all the tuple addresses that are
in registers or on the procedure call stack.  We define the \emph{live
objects}\index{subject}{live objects} to be the objects that are
reachable from the root set. Garbage collectors reclaim the space that
is allocated to objects that are no longer live.  That means that some
objects may not get reclaimed as soon as they could be, but at least
garbage collectors do not reclaim the space dedicated to objects that
will be accessed in the future! The programmer can influence which
objects get reclaimed by causing them to become unreachable.

So the goal of the garbage collector is twofold:
\begin{enumerate}
\item to preserve all the live objects, and
\item to reclaim the memory of everything else, that is, the \emph{garbage}.
\end{enumerate}

\subsection{Two-Space Copying Collector}

Here we study a relatively simple algorithm for garbage collection
that is the basis of many state-of-the-art garbage
collectors~\citep{Lieberman:1983aa,Ungar:1984aa,Jones:1996aa,Detlefs:2004aa,Dybvig:2006aa,Tene:2011kx}. In
particular, we describe a two-space copying
collector~\citep{Wilson:1992fk} that uses Cheney's algorithm to
perform the copy~\citep{Cheney:1970aa}.  \index{subject}{copying
  collector} \index{subject}{two-space copying collector}
Figure~\ref{fig:copying-collector} gives a coarse-grained depiction of
what happens in a two-space collector, showing two time steps, prior
to garbage collection (on the top) and after garbage collection (on
the bottom). In a two-space collector, the heap is divided into two
parts named the FromSpace\index{subject}{FromSpace} and the
ToSpace\index{subject}{ToSpace}.  Initially, all allocations go to the
FromSpace until there is not enough room for the next allocation
request. At that point, the garbage collector goes to work to make
room for the next allocation.

A copying collector makes more room by copying all the live objects
from the FromSpace into the ToSpace and then performs a sleight of
hand, treating the ToSpace as the new FromSpace and the old FromSpace
as the new ToSpace.  In the example shown in
figure~\ref{fig:copying-collector}, the root set consists of three
pointers, one in a register and two on the stack. All the live
objects have been copied to the ToSpace (the right-hand side of
figure~\ref{fig:copying-collector}) in a way that preserves the
pointer relationships. For example, the pointer in the register still
points to a tuple that in turn points to two other tuples.  There are
four tuples that are not reachable from the root set and therefore do
not get copied into the ToSpace.

The exact situation shown in figure~\ref{fig:copying-collector} cannot be
created by a well-typed program in \LangVec{} because it contains a
cycle. However, creating cycles will be possible once we get to
\LangDyn{} (chapter~\ref{ch:Ldyn}).  We design the garbage collector
to deal with cycles to begin with, so we will not need to revisit this
issue.

\begin{figure}[tbp]
\centering
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
  \racket{\includegraphics[width=\textwidth]{figs/copy-collect-1}}
\python{\includegraphics[width=\textwidth]{figs/copy-collect-1-python}}
\\[5ex]
\racket{\includegraphics[width=\textwidth]{figs/copy-collect-2}}
\python{\includegraphics[width=\textwidth]{figs/copy-collect-2-python}}
\end{tcolorbox}

\caption{A copying collector in action.}
\label{fig:copying-collector}
\end{figure}

\subsection{Graph Copying via Cheney's Algorithm}
\label{sec:cheney}
\index{subject}{Cheney's algorithm}
Let us take a closer look at the copying of the live objects. The
allocated objects and pointers can be viewed as a graph, and we need to
copy the part of the graph that is reachable from the root set. To
make sure that we copy all the reachable vertices in the graph, we need
an exhaustive graph traversal algorithm, such as depth-first search or
breadth-first search~\citep{Moore:1959aa,Cormen:2001uq}. Recall that
such algorithms take into account the possibility of cycles by marking
which vertices have already been visited, so to ensure termination
of the algorithm. These search algorithms also use a data structure
such as a stack or queue as a to-do list to keep track of the vertices
that need to be visited. We use breadth-first search and a trick
due to \citet{Cheney:1970aa} for simultaneously representing the queue
and copying tuples into the ToSpace.

Figure~\ref{fig:cheney} shows several snapshots of the ToSpace as the
copy progresses. The queue is represented by a chunk of contiguous
memory at the beginning of the ToSpace, using two pointers to track
the front and the back of the queue, called the \emph{free pointer}
and the \emph{scan pointer}, respectively. The algorithm starts by
copying all tuples that are immediately reachable from the root set
into the ToSpace to form the initial queue.  When we copy a tuple, we
mark the old tuple to indicate that it has been visited. We discuss
how this marking is accomplished in section~\ref{sec:data-rep-gc}. Note
that any pointers inside the copied tuples in the queue still point
back to the FromSpace. Once the initial queue has been created, the
algorithm enters a loop in which it repeatedly processes the tuple at
the front of the queue and pops it off the queue.  To process a tuple,
the algorithm copies all the objects that are directly reachable from it
to the ToSpace, placing them at the back of the queue. The algorithm
then updates the pointers in the popped tuple so that they point to the
newly copied objects.

\begin{figure}[tbp]
\centering
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
  \racket{\includegraphics[width=0.9\textwidth]{figs/cheney}}
\python{\includegraphics[width=0.9\textwidth]{figs/cheney-python}}
\end{tcolorbox}

\caption{Depiction of the Cheney algorithm copying the live tuples.}
\label{fig:cheney}
\end{figure}

As shown in figure~\ref{fig:cheney}, in the first step we copy the
tuple whose second element is $42$ to the back of the queue. The other
pointer goes to a tuple that has already been copied, so we do not
need to copy it again, but we do need to update the pointer to the new
location. This can be accomplished by storing a \emph{forwarding
pointer}\index{subject}{forwarding pointer} to the new location in the
old tuple, when we initially copied the tuple into the
ToSpace. This completes one step of the algorithm. The algorithm
continues in this way until the queue is empty; that is, when the scan
pointer catches up with the free pointer.


\subsection{Data Representation}
\label{sec:data-rep-gc}

The garbage collector places some requirements on the data
representations used by our compiler. First, the garbage collector
needs to distinguish between pointers and other kinds of data such as
integers. The following are several ways to accomplish this:
\begin{enumerate}
\item Attach a tag to each object that identifies what type of
  object it is~\citep{McCarthy:1960dz}.
\item Store different types of objects in different
  regions~\citep{Steele:1977ab}.
\item Use type information from the program to either (a) generate
  type-specific code for collecting, or (b) generate tables that 
  guide the collector~\citep{Appel:1989aa,Goldberg:1991aa,Diwan:1992aa}.
\end{enumerate}
Dynamically typed languages, such as \racket{Racket}\python{Python},
need to tag objects in any case, so option 1 is a natural choice for those
languages.  However, \LangVec{} is a statically typed language, so it
would be unfortunate to require tags on every object, especially small
and pervasive objects like integers and Booleans.  Option 3 is the
best-performing choice for statically typed languages, but it comes with
a relatively high implementation complexity. To keep this chapter
within a reasonable scope of complexity, we recommend a combination of options
1 and 2, using separate strategies for the stack and the heap.

Regarding the stack, we recommend using a separate stack for pointers,
which we call the \emph{root stack}\index{subject}{root stack}
(aka \emph{shadow stack})~\citep{Siebert:2001aa,Henderson:2002aa,Baker:2009aa}.
That is, when a local variable needs to be spilled and is of type
\racket{\code{Vector}}\python{\code{TupleType}}, we put it on the
root stack instead of putting it on the procedure call
stack. Furthermore, we always spill tuple-typed variables if they are
live during a call to the collector, thereby ensuring that no pointers
are in registers during a collection. Figure~\ref{fig:shadow-stack}
reproduces the example shown in figure~\ref{fig:copying-collector} and
contrasts it with the data layout using a root stack. The root stack
contains the two pointers from the regular stack and also the pointer
in the second register.

\begin{figure}[tbp]
  \centering
  \begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
    \racket{\includegraphics[width=0.60\textwidth]{figs/root-stack}}
  \python{\includegraphics[width=0.60\textwidth]{figs/root-stack-python}}
  \end{tcolorbox}

  \caption{Maintaining a root stack to facilitate garbage collection.}
\label{fig:shadow-stack}
\end{figure}

The problem of distinguishing between pointers and other kinds of data
also arises inside each tuple on the heap. We solve this problem by
attaching a tag, an extra 64 bits, to each
tuple. Figure~\ref{fig:tuple-rep} shows a zoomed-in view of the tags for
two of the tuples in the example given in figure~\ref{fig:copying-collector}.
Note that we have drawn the bits in a big-endian way, from right to left,
with bit location 0 (the least significant bit) on the far right,
which corresponds to the direction of the x86 shifting instructions
\key{salq} (shift left) and \key{sarq} (shift right). Part of each tag
is dedicated to specifying which elements of the tuple are pointers,
the part labeled \emph{pointer mask}. Within the pointer mask, a 1 bit
indicates that there is a pointer, and a 0 bit indicates some other kind of
data. The pointer mask starts at bit location 7. We limit tuples to a
maximum size of fifty elements, so we need 50 bits for the pointer
mask.%
%
\footnote{A production-quality compiler would handle
arbitrarily sized tuples and use a more complex approach.}
%
The tag also contains two other pieces of information. The length of
the tuple (number of elements) is stored in bits at locations 1 through
6. Finally, the bit at location 0 indicates whether the tuple has yet
to be copied to the ToSpace.  If the bit has value 1, then this tuple
has not yet been copied.  If the bit has value 0, then the entire tag
is a forwarding pointer. (The lower 3 bits of a pointer are always
zero in any case, because our tuples are 8-byte aligned.)

\begin{figure}[tbp]
  \centering
  \begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
    \includegraphics[width=0.8\textwidth]{figs/tuple-rep}
  \end{tcolorbox}
  \caption{Representation of tuples in the heap.}
\label{fig:tuple-rep}
\end{figure}

\subsection{Implementation of the Garbage Collector}
\label{sec:organize-gz}
\index{subject}{prelude}

An implementation of the copying collector is provided in the
\code{runtime.c} file. Figure~\ref{fig:gc-header} defines the
interface to the garbage collector that is used by the compiler. The
\code{initialize} function creates the FromSpace, ToSpace, and root
stack and should be called in the prelude of the \code{main}
function. The arguments of \code{initialize} are the root stack size
and the heap size. Both need to be multiples of sixty-four, and $16,384$ is a
good choice for both.  The \code{initialize} function puts the address
of the beginning of the FromSpace into the global variable
\code{free\_ptr}. The global variable \code{fromspace\_end} points to
the address that is one past the last element of the FromSpace. We use
half-open intervals to represent chunks of
memory~\citep{Dijkstra:1982aa}.  The \code{rootstack\_begin} variable
points to the first element of the root stack.

As long as there is room left in the FromSpace, your generated code
can allocate tuples simply by moving the \code{free\_ptr} forward.
%
The amount of room left in the FromSpace is the difference between the
\code{fromspace\_end} and the \code{free\_ptr}.  The \code{collect}
function should be called when there is not enough room left in the
FromSpace for the next allocation.  The \code{collect} function takes
a pointer to the current top of the root stack (one past the last item
that was pushed) and the number of bytes that need to be
allocated. The \code{collect} function performs the copying collection
and leaves the heap in a state such that there is enough room for the
next allocation.

\begin{figure}[tbp]
  \begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
    \begin{lstlisting}
   void initialize(uint64_t rootstack_size, uint64_t heap_size);
   void collect(int64_t** rootstack_ptr, uint64_t bytes_requested);
   int64_t* free_ptr;
   int64_t* fromspace_begin;
   int64_t* fromspace_end;
   int64_t** rootstack_begin;
\end{lstlisting}
 \end{tcolorbox}
 \caption{The compiler's interface to the garbage collector.}
\label{fig:gc-header}
\end{figure}

%% \begin{exercise}
%%   In the file \code{runtime.c} you will find the implementation of
%%   \code{initialize} and a partial implementation of \code{collect}.
%%   The \code{collect} function calls another function, \code{cheney},
%%   to perform the actual copy, and that function is left to the reader
%%   to implement. The following is the prototype for \code{cheney}.
%% \begin{lstlisting}
%%    static void cheney(int64_t** rootstack_ptr);
%% \end{lstlisting}
%%   The parameter \code{rootstack\_ptr} is a pointer to the top of the
%%   rootstack (which is an array of pointers).  The \code{cheney} function
%%   also communicates with \code{collect} through the global
%%   variables \code{fromspace\_begin} and \code{fromspace\_end}
%%   mentioned in figure~\ref{fig:gc-header} as well as the pointers for
%%   the ToSpace:
%% \begin{lstlisting}
%%    static int64_t* tospace_begin;
%%    static int64_t* tospace_end;
%% \end{lstlisting}
%%   The job of the \code{cheney} function is to copy all the live
%%   objects (reachable from the root stack) into the ToSpace, update
%%   \code{free\_ptr} to point to the next unused spot in the ToSpace,
%%   update the root stack so that it points to the objects in the
%%   ToSpace, and finally to swap the global pointers for the FromSpace
%%   and ToSpace.
%% \end{exercise}

The introduction of garbage collection has a nontrivial impact on our
compiler passes. We introduce a new compiler pass named
\code{expose\_allocation} that elaborates the code for allocating
tuples. We also make significant changes to
\code{select\_instructions}, \code{build\_interference},
\code{allocate\_registers}, and \code{prelude\_and\_conclusion} and
make minor changes in several more passes.

The following program serves as our running example.  It creates
two tuples, one nested inside the other. Both tuples have length
one. The program accesses the element in the inner tuple.
% tests/vectors_test_17.rkt
{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{lstlisting}
(vector-ref (vector-ref (vector (vector 42)) 0) 0)
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
print( ((42,),)[0][0] )
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}


%% {\if\edition\racketEd
%% \section{Shrink}
%% \label{sec:shrink-Lvec}

%% Recall that the \code{shrink} pass translates the primitives operators
%% into a smaller set of primitives.
%% %
%% This pass comes after type checking, and the type checker adds a
%% \code{HasType} AST node around each \code{vector} AST node, so you'll
%% need to add a case for \code{HasType} to the \code{shrink} pass.

%% \fi}

\section{Expose Allocation}
\label{sec:expose-allocation}

The pass \code{expose\_allocation} lowers tuple creation into making a
conditional call to the collector followed by allocating the
appropriate amount of memory and initializing it.  We choose to place
the \code{expose\_allocation} pass before
\code{remove\_complex\_operands} because it generates
code that contains complex operands.

The output of \code{expose\_allocation} is a language \LangAlloc{}
that replaces tuple creation with new lower-level forms that we use in the
translation of tuple creation.
%
{\if\edition\racketEd
\[
\begin{array}{lcl}
  \Exp &::=& \cdots
      \MID (\key{collect} \,\itm{int})
      \MID (\key{allocate} \,\itm{int}\,\itm{type})
      \MID (\key{global-value} \,\itm{name}) 
\end{array}
\]
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\[
\begin{array}{lcl}
  \Exp &::=& \cdots\\
      &\MID& \key{collect}(\itm{int})
      \MID \key{allocate}(\itm{int},\itm{type})
      \MID \key{global\_value}(\itm{name}) \\
      &\MID& \key{begin:} ~ \Stmt^{*} ~ \Exp \\
   \Stmt &::= & \CASSIGN{\CPUT{\Exp}{\itm{int}}}{\Exp}
\end{array}
\]
\fi}
%
The \CCOLLECT{$n$} form runs the garbage collector, requesting that it
make sure that there are $n$ bytes ready to be allocated. During
instruction selection, the \CCOLLECT{$n$} form will become a call to
the \code{collect} function in \code{runtime.c}.
%
The \CALLOCATE{$n$}{$\itm{type}$} form obtains memory for $n$ elements (and
space at the front for the 64-bit tag), but the elements are not
initialized.  \index{subject}{allocate} The $\itm{type}$ parameter is the type
of the tuple:
%
\VECTY{\racket{$\Type_1 \ldots \Type_n$}\python{$\Type_1, \ldots, \Type_n$}}
%
where $\Type_i$ is the type of the $i$th element.
%
The \CGLOBALVALUE{\itm{name}} form reads the value of a global
variable, such as \code{free\_ptr}.
%
\python{The \code{begin} form is an expression that executes a
  sequence of statements and then produces the value of the expression
  at the end.}

\racket{
  The type information that you need for \CALLOCATE{$n$}{$\itm{type}$}
  can be obtained by running the
  \code{type-check-Lvec-has-type} type checker immediately before the
  \code{expose\_allocation} pass. This version of the type checker
  places a special AST node of the form $(\key{HasType}~e~\itm{type})$
  around each tuple creation. The concrete syntax
    for \code{HasType} is \code{has-type}.}

The following shows the transformation of tuple creation into (1) a
sequence of temporary variable bindings for the initializing
expressions, (2) a conditional call to \code{collect}, (3) a call to
\code{allocate}, and (4) the initialization of the tuple. The
\itm{len} placeholder refers to the length of the tuple, and
\itm{bytes} is the total number of bytes that need to be allocated for
the tuple, which is 8 for the tag plus \itm{len} times 8.
%
\python{The \itm{type} needed for the second argument of the
  \code{allocate} form can be obtained from the \code{has\_type} field
  of the tuple AST node, which is stored there by running the type
  checker for \LangVec{} immediately before this pass.}
%
\begin{center}
\begin{minipage}{\textwidth}
{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{lstlisting}
  (has-type (vector |$e_0 \ldots e_{n-1}$|) |\itm{type}|)
|$\Longrightarrow$|
  (let ([|$x_0$| |$e_0$|]) ... (let ([|$x_{n-1}$| |$e_{n-1}$|])
  (let ([_ (if (< (+ (global-value free_ptr) |\itm{bytes}|)
                  (global-value fromspace_end))
               (void)
               (collect |\itm{bytes}|))])
  (let ([|$v$| (allocate |\itm{len}| |\itm{type}|)])
  (let ([_ (vector-set! |$v$| |$0$| |$x_0$|)]) ...
  (let ([_ (vector-set! |$v$| |$n-1$| |$x_{n-1}$|)])
     |$v$|) ... )))) ...)
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
  (|$e_0$|, |$\ldots$|, |$e_{n-1}$|)
|$\Longrightarrow$|
  begin:
      |$x_0$| = |$e_0$|
           |$\vdots$|
      |$x_{n-1}$| = |$e_{n-1}$|
      if global_value(free_ptr) + |\itm{bytes}| < global_value(fromspace_end):
          0
      else:
          collect(|\itm{bytes}|)
      |$v$| = allocate(|\itm{len}|, |\itm{type}|)
      |$v$|[0] = |$x_0$|
           |$\vdots$|
      |$v$|[|$n-1$|] = |$x_{n-1}$|
      |$v$|
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
\end{minipage}
\end{center}
%
\noindent The sequencing of the initializing expressions
$e_0,\ldots,e_{n-1}$ prior to the \code{allocate} is important, because
they may trigger garbage collection and we cannot have an allocated
but uninitialized tuple on the heap during a collection.

Figure~\ref{fig:expose-alloc-output} shows the output of the
\code{expose\_allocation} pass on our running example.

\begin{figure}[tbp]
  \begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
    % tests/s2_17.rkt
{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{lstlisting}
(vector-ref
 (vector-ref
  (let ([vecinit6
         (let ([_4 (if (< (+ (global-value free_ptr) 16)
                                 (global-value fromspace_end))
                           (void)
                           (collect 16))])
         (let ([alloc2 (allocate 1 (Vector Integer))])
         (let ([_3 (vector-set! alloc2 0 42)])
           alloc2)))])
  (let ([_8 (if (< (+ (global-value free_ptr) 16)
                          (global-value fromspace_end))
                    (void)
                    (collect 16))])
  (let ([alloc5 (allocate 1 (Vector (Vector Integer)))])
  (let ([_7 (vector-set! alloc5 0 vecinit6)])
    alloc5))))
  0)
0)
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
print( |$T_1$|[0][0] )
\end{lstlisting}
where $T_1$ is
\begin{lstlisting}
    begin:
          tmp.1 = |$T_2$|
          if global_value(free_ptr) + 16 < global_value(fromspace_end):
              0
          else:
              collect(16)
          tmp.2 = allocate(1, TupleType(TupleType([int])))
          tmp.2[0] = tmp.1
          tmp.2
\end{lstlisting}
and $T_2$ is
\begin{lstlisting}
    begin:
          tmp.3 = 42
          if global_value(free_ptr) + 16 < global_value(fromspace_end):
              0
          else:
              collect(16)
          tmp.4 = allocate(1, TupleType([int]))
          tmp.4[0] = tmp.3
          tmp.4
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
  \end{tcolorbox}
\caption{Output of the \code{expose\_allocation} pass.}
\label{fig:expose-alloc-output}
\end{figure}


\section{Remove Complex Operands}
\label{sec:remove-complex-opera-Lvec}

{\if\edition\racketEd
%
The forms \code{collect}, \code{allocate}, and \code{global\_value}
should be treated as complex operands.
%
\fi}
%
{\if\edition\pythonEd
%
The expressions \code{allocate}, \code{global\_value}, \code{begin},
and tuple access should be treated as complex operands.  The
sub-expressions of tuple access must be atomic.
%
\fi}
%% A new case for
%% \code{HasType} is needed and the case for \code{Prim} needs to be
%% handled carefully to prevent the \code{Prim} node from being separated
%% from its enclosing \code{HasType}.
Figure~\ref{fig:Lvec-anf-syntax}
shows the grammar for the output language \LangAllocANF{} of this
pass, which is \LangAlloc{} in monadic normal form.

\newcommand{\LtupMonadASTRacket}{
\begin{array}{rcl}
\Exp &::=& \COLLECT{\Int} \RP \MID \ALLOCATE{\Int}{\Type}
   \MID \GLOBALVALUE{\Var}
\end{array}

}

\newcommand{\LtupMonadASTPython}{
\begin{array}{rcl}
\Exp &::=& \GET{\Atm}{\Atm} \\
     &\MID& \LEN{\Atm}\\
   &\MID& \ALLOCATE{\Int}{\Type}
    \MID \GLOBALVALUE{\Var} \\
\Stmt{} &::=& \ASSIGN{\PUT{\Atm}{\Atm}}{\Atm} \\
   &\MID& \COLLECT{\Int}
\end{array}
}

\begin{figure}[tp]
\centering
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
\small
{\if\edition\racketEd    
\[
\begin{array}{l}
  \gray{\LvarMonadASTRacket} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LifMonadASTRacket} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LwhileMonadASTRacket} \\ \hline
    \LtupMonadASTRacket \\
\begin{array}{rcl}
\LangAllocANFM{}  &::=& \PROGRAM{\code{'()}}{\Exp} 
\end{array}
\end{array}
\]
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\[
\begin{array}{l}
  \gray{\LvarMonadASTPython} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LifMonadASTPython} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LwhileMonadASTPython} \\ \hline
  \LtupMonadASTPython   \\
  \begin{array}{rcl}
     \LangAllocANFM{} &::=& \PROGRAM{\code{'()}}{\Stmt^{*}}
  \end{array}
\end{array}
\]
\fi}
\end{tcolorbox}

\caption{\LangAllocANF{} is \LangAlloc{} in monadic normal form.}
\label{fig:Lvec-anf-syntax}
\end{figure}


\section{Explicate Control and the \LangCVec{} language}
\label{sec:explicate-control-r3}


\newcommand{\CtupASTRacket}{
\begin{array}{lcl}
\Exp &::= & \LP\key{Allocate} \,\itm{int}\,\itm{type}\RP \\
   &\MID& \VECREF{\Atm}{\INT{\Int}}  \\
   &\MID& \VECSET{\Atm}{\INT{\Int}}{\Atm} \\
   &\MID& \VECLEN{\Atm} \\
   &\MID& \GLOBALVALUE{\Var} \\
\Stmt &::=& \VECSET{\Atm}{\INT{\Int}}{\Atm} \\
    &\MID& \LP\key{Collect} \,\itm{int}\RP 
\end{array}
}
  
\newcommand{\CtupASTPython}{
\begin{array}{lcl}
\Exp &::= & \GET{\Atm}{\Atm} \MID \ALLOCATE{\Int}{\Type} \\
      &\MID& \GLOBALVALUE{\Var} \MID \LEN{\Atm} \\
\Stmt &::=& \COLLECT{\Int} \\
     &\MID& \ASSIGN{\PUT{\Atm}{\Atm}}{\Atm} 
\end{array}
}

\begin{figure}[tp]
  \begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
    \small
{\if\edition\racketEd    
\[
\begin{array}{l}
  \gray{\CvarASTRacket} \\ \hline
  \gray{\CifASTRacket} \\ \hline
  \gray{\CloopASTRacket} \\ \hline
  \CtupASTRacket \\
  \begin{array}{lcl}
    \LangCVecM{} & ::= & \CPROGRAM{\itm{info}}{\LP\LP\itm{label}\,\key{.}\,\Tail\RP\ldots\RP}
  \end{array}
\end{array}
\]
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\[
\begin{array}{l}
  \gray{\CifASTPython} \\ \hline
  \CtupASTPython \\
\begin{array}{lcl}
\LangCVecM{} & ::= & \CPROGRAM{\itm{info}}{\LC\itm{label}\key{:}\,\Stmt^{*}, \ldots \RC}
\end{array}
\end{array}
\]
\fi}
  \end{tcolorbox}

\caption{The abstract syntax of \LangCVec{}, extending
  \racket{\LangCLoop{} (figure~\ref{fig:c7-syntax})}\python{\LangCIf{}
  (figure~\ref{fig:c1-syntax})}.}
\label{fig:c2-syntax}
\end{figure}

The output of \code{explicate\_control} is a program in the
intermediate language \LangCVec{}, for which figure~\ref{fig:c2-syntax}
shows the definition of the abstract syntax.
%
%% \racket{(The concrete syntax is defined in
%%   figure~\ref{fig:c2-concrete-syntax} of the Appendix.)}
%
The new expressions of \LangCVec{} include \key{allocate},
%
\racket{\key{vector-ref}, and \key{vector-set!},}
%
\python{accessing tuple elements,}
%
and \key{global\_value}.
%
\python{\LangCVec{} also includes the \code{collect} statement and
assignment to a tuple element.}
%
\racket{\LangCVec{} also includes the new \code{collect} statement.}
%
The \code{explicate\_control} pass can treat these new forms much like
the other forms that we've already encountered.  The output of the
\code{explicate\_control} pass on the running example is shown on the
left side of figure~\ref{fig:select-instr-output-gc} in the next
section.


\section{Select Instructions and the \LangXGlobal{} Language}
\label{sec:select-instructions-gc}
\index{subject}{instruction selection}

%% void (rep as zero)
%% allocate
%% collect (callq collect)
%% vector-ref
%% vector-set!
%% vector-length
%% global (postpone)

In this pass we generate x86 code for most of the new operations that
were needed to compile tuples, including \code{Allocate},
\code{Collect}, and accessing tuple elements.
%
We compile \code{GlobalValue} to \code{Global} because the latter has a
different concrete syntax (see figures~\ref{fig:x86-2-concrete} and
\ref{fig:x86-2}).  \index{subject}{x86}

The tuple read and write forms translate into \code{movq}
instructions.  (The $+1$ in the offset serves to move past the tag at the
beginning of the tuple representation.)
%
\begin{center}
\begin{minipage}{\textwidth}
{\if\edition\racketEd    
\begin{lstlisting}
|$\itm{lhs}$| = (vector-ref |$\itm{tup}$| |$n$|);
|$\Longrightarrow$|
movq |$\itm{tup}'$|, %r11
movq |$8(n+1)$|(%r11), |$\itm{lhs'}$|

|$\itm{lhs}$| = (vector-set! |$\itm{tup}$| |$n$| |$\itm{rhs}$|);
|$\Longrightarrow$|
movq |$\itm{tup}'$|, %r11
movq |$\itm{rhs}'$|, |$8(n+1)$|(%r11)
movq $0, |$\itm{lhs'}$|
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd    
\begin{lstlisting}
|$\itm{lhs}$| = |$\itm{tup}$|[|$n$|]
|$\Longrightarrow$|
movq |$\itm{tup}'$|, %r11
movq |$8(n+1)$|(%r11), |$\itm{lhs'}$|

|$\itm{tup}$|[|$n$|] = |$\itm{rhs}$|
|$\Longrightarrow$|
movq |$\itm{tup}'$|, %r11
movq |$\itm{rhs}'$|, |$8(n+1)$|(%r11)
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
\end{minipage}
\end{center}
\racket{The $\itm{lhs}'$, $\itm{tup}'$, and $\itm{rhs}'$}
\python{The $\itm{tup}'$ and $\itm{rhs}'$}
are obtained by translating from \LangCVec{} to x86.
%
The move of $\itm{tup}'$ to
register \code{r11} ensures that offset expression
\code{$8(n+1)$(\%r11)} contains a register operand.  This requires
removing \code{r11} from consideration by the register allocating.

Why not use \code{rax} instead of \code{r11}? Suppose that we instead used
\code{rax}. Then the generated code for tuple assignment would be
\begin{lstlisting}
movq |$\itm{tup}'$|, %rax
movq |$\itm{rhs}'$|, |$8(n+1)$|(%rax)
\end{lstlisting}
Next, suppose that $\itm{rhs}'$ ends up as a stack location, so
\code{patch\_instructions} would insert a move through \code{rax}
as follows:
\begin{lstlisting}
movq |$\itm{tup}'$|, %rax
movq |$\itm{rhs}'$|, %rax
movq %rax, |$8(n+1)$|(%rax)
\end{lstlisting}
However, this sequence of instructions does not work, because we're
trying to use \code{rax} for two different values ($\itm{tup}'$ and
$\itm{rhs}'$) at the same time!

The \racket{\code{vector-length}}\python{\code{len}} operation should
be translated into a sequence of instructions that read the tag of the
tuple and extract the 6 bits that represent the tuple length, which
are the bits starting at index 1 and going up to and including bit 6.
The x86 instructions \code{andq} (for bitwise-and) and \code{sarq}
(shift right) can be used to accomplish this.

We compile the \code{allocate} form to operations on the
\code{free\_ptr}, as shown next.  This approach is called
\emph{inline allocation} because it implements allocation without a
function call by simply incrementing the allocation pointer. It is much
more efficient than calling a function for each allocation. The
address in the \code{free\_ptr} is the next free address in the
FromSpace, so we copy it into \code{r11} and then move it forward by
enough space for the tuple being allocated, which is $8(\itm{len}+1)$
bytes because each element is 8 bytes (64 bits) and we use 8 bytes for
the tag.  We then initialize the \itm{tag} and finally copy the
address in \code{r11} to the left-hand side. Refer to
figure~\ref{fig:tuple-rep} to see how the tag is organized.
%
\racket{We recommend using the Racket operations
\code{bitwise-ior} and \code{arithmetic-shift} to compute the tag
during compilation.}
%
\python{We recommend using the bitwise-or operator \code{|} and the
  shift-left operator \code{<<} to compute the tag during
  compilation.}
%
The type annotation in the \code{allocate} form is used to determine
the pointer mask region of the tag.
%
The addressing mode \verb!free_ptr(%rip)! essentially stands for the
address of the \code{free\_ptr} global variable using a special
instruction-pointer-relative addressing mode of the x86-64 processor.
In particular, the assembler computes the distance $d$ between the
address of \code{free\_ptr} and where the \code{rip} would be at that
moment and then changes the \code{free\_ptr(\%rip)} argument to
\code{$d$(\%rip)}, which at runtime will compute the address of
\code{free\_ptr}.
%
{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{lstlisting}
   |$\itm{lhs}$| = (allocate |$\itm{len}$| (Vector |$\itm{type} \ldots$|));
   |$\Longrightarrow$|
   movq free_ptr(%rip), %r11
   addq |$8(\itm{len}+1)$|, free_ptr(%rip)
   movq $|$\itm{tag}$|, 0(%r11)
   movq %r11, |$\itm{lhs}'$|
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd    
\begin{lstlisting}
   |$\itm{lhs}$| = allocate(|$\itm{len}$|, TupleType([|$\itm{type}, \ldots$])|);
   |$\Longrightarrow$|
   movq free_ptr(%rip), %r11
   addq |$8(\itm{len}+1)$|, free_ptr(%rip)
   movq $|$\itm{tag}$|, 0(%r11)
   movq %r11, |$\itm{lhs}'$|
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
%
The \code{collect} form is compiled to a call to the \code{collect}
function in the runtime. The arguments to \code{collect} are (1) the
top of the root stack, and (2) the number of bytes that need to be
allocated.  We use another dedicated register, \code{r15}, to store
the pointer to the top of the root stack. Therefore \code{r15} is not
available for use by the register allocator.
%
{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{lstlisting}
   (collect |$\itm{bytes}$|)
   |$\Longrightarrow$|
   movq %r15, %rdi
   movq $|\itm{bytes}|, %rsi
   callq collect
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd    
\begin{lstlisting}
   collect(|$\itm{bytes}$|)
   |$\Longrightarrow$|
   movq %r15, %rdi
   movq $|\itm{bytes}|, %rsi
   callq collect
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}


\newcommand{\GrammarXGlobal}{
\begin{array}{lcl}
  \Arg &::=& \itm{label} \key{(\%rip)} 
\end{array}
}

\newcommand{\ASTXGlobalRacket}{
\begin{array}{lcl}
  \Arg &::=&  \GLOBAL{\itm{label}} 
\end{array}
}


\begin{figure}[tp]
  \begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
\[
\begin{array}{l}
  \gray{\GrammarXInt} \\ \hline
  \gray{\GrammarXIf} \\ \hline
  \GrammarXGlobal \\
\begin{array}{lcl}
\LangXGlobalM{} &::= &  \key{.globl main} \\
      &    &  \key{main:} \; \Instr^{*} 
\end{array}
\end{array}
\]
  \end{tcolorbox}
\caption{The concrete syntax of \LangXGlobal{}  (extends \LangXIf{} shown in figure~\ref{fig:x86-1-concrete}).}
\label{fig:x86-2-concrete}
\end{figure}

\begin{figure}[tp]
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
    \small
\[
\begin{array}{l}
  \gray{\ASTXIntRacket} \\ \hline
  \gray{\ASTXIfRacket} \\ \hline
  \ASTXGlobalRacket \\
\begin{array}{lcl}
\LangXGlobalM{} &::= & \XPROGRAM{\itm{info}}{\LP\LP\itm{label} \,\key{.}\, \Block \RP\ldots\RP}
\end{array}
\end{array}
\]
\end{tcolorbox}

\caption{The abstract syntax of \LangXGlobal{} (extends \LangXIf{} shown in figure~\ref{fig:x86-1}).}
\label{fig:x86-2}
\end{figure}

The definitions of the concrete and abstract syntax of the
\LangXGlobal{} language are shown in figures~\ref{fig:x86-2-concrete}
and \ref{fig:x86-2}.  It differs from \LangXIf{} only in the addition
of global variables.
%
Figure~\ref{fig:select-instr-output-gc} shows the output of the
\code{select\_instructions} pass on the running example.

\begin{figure}[tbp]
\centering
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
  % tests/s2_17.rkt
\begin{tabular}{lll}
\begin{minipage}{0.5\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}[basicstyle=\ttfamily\scriptsize]
start:
  tmp9 = (global-value free_ptr);
  tmp0 = (+ tmp9 16);
  tmp1 = (global-value fromspace_end);
  if (< tmp0 tmp1)
     goto block0;
  else
     goto block1;
block0:
  _4 = (void);
  goto block9;
block1:
  (collect 16)
  goto block9;
block9:
  alloc2 = (allocate 1 (Vector Integer));
  _3 = (vector-set! alloc2 0 42);
  vecinit6 = alloc2;
  tmp2 = (global-value free_ptr);
  tmp3 = (+ tmp2 16);
  tmp4 = (global-value fromspace_end);
  if (< tmp3 tmp4)
     goto block7;
  else
     goto block8;
block7:
  _8 = (void);
  goto block6;
block8:
  (collect 16)
  goto block6;
block6:
  alloc5 = (allocate 1 (Vector (Vector Integer)));
  _7 = (vector-set! alloc5 0 vecinit6);
  tmp5 = (vector-ref alloc5 0);
  return (vector-ref tmp5 0);
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
&$\Rightarrow$&
\begin{minipage}{0.4\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}[basicstyle=\ttfamily\scriptsize]
start:
    movq free_ptr(%rip), tmp9
    movq tmp9, tmp0
    addq $16, tmp0
    movq fromspace_end(%rip), tmp1
    cmpq tmp1, tmp0
    jl block0
    jmp block1
block0:
    movq $0, _4
    jmp block9
block1:
    movq %r15, %rdi
    movq $16, %rsi
    callq collect
    jmp block9
block9:
    movq free_ptr(%rip), %r11
    addq $16, free_ptr(%rip)
    movq $3, 0(%r11)
    movq %r11, alloc2
    movq alloc2, %r11
    movq $42, 8(%r11)
    movq $0, _3
    movq alloc2, vecinit6
    movq free_ptr(%rip), tmp2
    movq tmp2, tmp3
    addq $16, tmp3
    movq fromspace_end(%rip), tmp4
    cmpq tmp4, tmp3
    jl block7
    jmp block8
block7:
    movq $0, _8
    jmp block6
block8:
    movq %r15, %rdi
    movq $16, %rsi
    callq collect
    jmp block6
block6:
    movq free_ptr(%rip), %r11
    addq $16, free_ptr(%rip)
    movq $131, 0(%r11)
    movq %r11, alloc5
    movq alloc5, %r11
    movq vecinit6, 8(%r11)
    movq $0, _7
    movq alloc5, %r11
    movq 8(%r11), tmp5
    movq tmp5, %r11
    movq 8(%r11), %rax
    jmp conclusion
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
\end{tabular}
\end{tcolorbox}

\caption{Output of the \code{explicate\_control} (\emph{left}) and
  \code{select\_instructions} (\emph{right}) passes on the running
  example.}
\label{fig:select-instr-output-gc}
\end{figure}

\clearpage

\section{Register Allocation}
\label{sec:reg-alloc-gc}
\index{subject}{register allocation}

As discussed previously in this chapter, the garbage collector needs to
access all the pointers in the root set, that is, all variables that
are tuples. It will be the responsibility of the register allocator
to make sure that
\begin{enumerate}
\item the root stack is used for spilling tuple-typed variables, and
\item if a tuple-typed variable is live during a call to the
  collector, it must be spilled to ensure that it is visible to the
  collector.
\end{enumerate}

The latter responsibility can be handled during construction of the
interference graph, by adding interference edges between the call-live
tuple-typed variables and all the callee-saved registers. (They
already interfere with the caller-saved registers.)
%
\racket{The type information for variables is in the \code{Program}
  form, so we recommend adding another parameter to the
  \code{build\_interference} function to communicate this alist.}
%
\python{The type information for variables is generated by the type
  checker for \LangCVec{}, stored a field named \code{var\_types} in
  the \code{CProgram} AST mode. You'll need to propagate that
  information so that it is available in this pass.}

The spilling of tuple-typed variables to the root stack can be handled
after graph coloring, in choosing how to assign the colors
(integers) to registers and stack locations. The
\racket{\code{Program}}\python{\code{CProgram}} output of this pass
changes to also record the number of spills to the root stack.

% build-interference
%
% callq
%   extra parameter for var->type assoc. list
% update 'program' and 'if'

% allocate-registers
%    allocate spilled vectors to the rootstack

% don't change color-graph

% TODO:
%\section{Patch Instructions}
%[mention that global variables are memory references]

\section{Prelude and Conclusion}
\label{sec:print-x86-gc}
\label{sec:prelude-conclusion-x86-gc}
\index{subject}{prelude}\index{subject}{conclusion}

Figure~\ref{fig:print-x86-output-gc} shows the output of the
\code{prelude\_and\_conclusion} pass on the running example. In the
prelude of the \code{main} function, we allocate space
on the root stack to make room for the spills of tuple-typed
variables. We do so by incrementing the root stack pointer (\code{r15}),
taking care that the root stack grows up instead of down.  For the
running example, there was just one spill, so we increment \code{r15}
by 8 bytes. In the conclusion we subtract 8 bytes from \code{r15}.

One issue that deserves special care is that there may be a call to
\code{collect} prior to the initializing assignments for all the
variables in the root stack. We do not want the garbage collector to
mistakenly determine that some uninitialized variable is a pointer that
needs to be followed. Thus, we zero out all locations on the root
stack in the prelude of \code{main}. In
figure~\ref{fig:print-x86-output-gc}, the instruction
%
\lstinline{movq $0, 0(%r15)}
%
is sufficient to accomplish this task because there is only one spill.
In general, we have to clear as many words as there are spills of
tuple-typed variables. The garbage collector tests each root to see
if it is null prior to dereferencing it. 

\begin{figure}[htbp]
  % TODO: Python Version -Jeremy
  \begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
    \begin{minipage}[t]{0.5\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}[basicstyle=\ttfamily\footnotesize]
	.globl main
main:
    pushq %rbp
    movq %rsp, %rbp
    subq $0, %rsp
    movq $65536, %rdi
    movq $65536, %rsi
    callq initialize
    movq rootstack_begin(%rip), %r15
    movq $0, 0(%r15)
    addq $8, %r15
    jmp start
conclusion:
    subq $8, %r15
    addq $0, %rsp
    popq %rbp
    retq
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
  \end{tcolorbox}

  \caption{The prelude and conclusion generated by the \code{prelude\_and\_conclusion} pass for the running example.}
\label{fig:print-x86-output-gc}
\end{figure}


\begin{figure}[tbp]
  \begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
{\if\edition\racketEd    
\begin{tikzpicture}[baseline=(current  bounding  box.center),scale=0.90]
\node (Lvec) at (0,2)  {\large \LangVec{}};
\node (Lvec-2) at (3,2)  {\large \LangVec{}};
\node (Lvec-3) at (6,2)  {\large \LangVec{}};
\node (Lvec-4) at (10,2)  {\large \LangAlloc{}};
\node (Lvec-5) at (10,0)  {\large \LangAlloc{}};
\node (Lvec-6) at (5,0)  {\large \LangAllocANF{}};
\node (C2-4) at (0,0)  {\large \LangCVec{}};

\node (x86-2) at (0,-2)  {\large \LangXGlobalVar{}};
\node (x86-2-1) at (0,-4)  {\large \LangXGlobalVar{}};
\node (x86-2-2) at (4,-4)  {\large \LangXGlobalVar{}};
\node (x86-3) at (4,-2)  {\large \LangXGlobalVar{}};
\node (x86-4) at (8,-2) {\large \LangXGlobal{}};
\node (x86-5) at (8,-4) {\large \LangXGlobal{}};

\path[->,bend left=15] (Lvec) edge [above] node {\ttfamily\footnotesize shrink} (Lvec-2);
\path[->,bend left=15] (Lvec-2) edge [above] node {\ttfamily\footnotesize uniquify} (Lvec-3);
\path[->,bend left=15] (Lvec-3) edge [above] node {\ttfamily\footnotesize expose\_allocation} (Lvec-4);
\path[->,bend left=15] (Lvec-4) edge [right] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize uncover\_get!} (Lvec-5);
\path[->,bend left=10] (Lvec-5) edge [below] node {\ttfamily\footnotesize remove\_complex\_operands} (Lvec-6);
\path[->,bend right=10] (Lvec-6) edge [above] node {\ttfamily\footnotesize explicate\_control} (C2-4);
\path[->,bend left=15] (C2-4) edge [right] node {\ttfamily\footnotesize select\_instructions} (x86-2);
\path[->,bend right=15] (x86-2) edge [right] node {\ttfamily\footnotesize uncover\_live} (x86-2-1);
\path[->,bend right=15] (x86-2-1) edge [below] node {\ttfamily\footnotesize build\_interference} (x86-2-2);
\path[->,bend right=15] (x86-2-2) edge [right] node {\ttfamily\footnotesize allocate\_registers} (x86-3);
\path[->,bend left=10] (x86-3) edge [above] node {\ttfamily\footnotesize patch\_instructions} (x86-4);
\path[->,bend left=15] (x86-4) edge [right] node {\ttfamily\footnotesize prelude\_and\_conclusion} (x86-5);
\end{tikzpicture}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{tikzpicture}[baseline=(current  bounding  box.center),scale=0.85]
\node (Lvec) at (0,2)  {\large \LangVec{}};
\node (Lvec-2) at (4,2)  {\large \LangVec{}};
\node (Lvec-5) at (8,2)  {\large \LangAlloc{}};
\node (Lvec-6) at (12,2)  {\large \LangAllocANF{}};
\node (C2-4) at (0,0)  {\large \LangCVec{}};

\node (x86-2) at (0,-2)  {\large \LangXGlobalVar{}};
\node (x86-3) at (4,-2)  {\large \LangXGlobalVar{}};
\node (x86-4) at (8,-2) {\large \LangXGlobal{}};
\node (x86-5) at (12,-2) {\large \LangXGlobal{}};

\path[->,bend left=15] (Lvec) edge [above] node {\ttfamily\footnotesize shrink} (Lvec-2);
\path[->,bend left=15] (Lvec-2) edge [above] node {\ttfamily\footnotesize expose\_allocation} (Lvec-5);
\path[->,bend left=15] (Lvec-5) edge [above] node {\ttfamily\footnotesize remove\_complex\_operands} (Lvec-6);
\path[->,bend left=10] (Lvec-6) edge [right] node {\ttfamily\footnotesize explicate\_control} (C2-4);
\path[->,bend left=15] (C2-4) edge [right] node {\ttfamily\footnotesize select\_instructions} (x86-2);
\path[->,bend right=15] (x86-2) edge [below] node {\ttfamily\footnotesize assign\_homes} (x86-3);
\path[->,bend left=15] (x86-3) edge [above] node {\ttfamily\footnotesize patch\_instructions} (x86-4);
\path[->,bend right=15] (x86-4) edge [below] node {\ttfamily\footnotesize prelude\_and\_conclusion} (x86-5);
\end{tikzpicture}
\fi}
  \end{tcolorbox}

  \caption{Diagram of the passes for \LangVec{}, a language with tuples.}
\label{fig:Lvec-passes}
\end{figure}

Figure~\ref{fig:Lvec-passes} gives an overview of all the passes needed
for the compilation of \LangVec{}.

\clearpage

{\if\edition\racketEd
\section{Challenge: Simple Structures}
\label{sec:simple-structures}
\index{subject}{struct}
\index{subject}{structure}

The language \LangStruct{} extends \LangVec{} with support for simple
structures. The definition of its concrete syntax is shown in
figure~\ref{fig:Lstruct-concrete-syntax}, and the abstract syntax is
shown in figure~\ref{fig:Lstruct-syntax}. Recall that a \code{struct}
in Typed Racket is a user-defined data type that contains named fields
and that is heap allocated, similarly to a vector. The following is an
example of a structure definition, in this case the definition of a
\code{point} type:
\begin{lstlisting}
(struct point ([x : Integer] [y : Integer]) #:mutable)
\end{lstlisting}

\newcommand{\LstructGrammarRacket}{
\begin{array}{lcl}
  \Type &::=& \Var \\
  \Exp &::=& (\Var\;\Exp \ldots)\\
  \Def &::=& (\key{struct}\; \Var \; ([\Var \,\key{:}\, \Type] \ldots)\; \code{\#:mutable})\\
\end{array}
}
\newcommand{\LstructASTRacket}{
\begin{array}{lcl}
  \Type &::=& \VAR{\Var} \\
  \Exp &::=& \APPLY{\Var}{\Exp\ldots} \\
  \Def &::=& \LP\key{StructDef}\; \Var \; \LP\LS\Var \,\key{:}\, \Type\RS \ldots\RP\RP 
\end{array}
}

\begin{figure}[tbp]
\centering
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
\[
\begin{array}{l}
  \gray{\LintGrammarRacket{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LvarGrammarRacket{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LifGrammarRacket{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LwhileGrammarRacket} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LtupGrammarRacket} \\  \hline
  \LstructGrammarRacket \\
\begin{array}{lcl}
  \LangStruct{} &::=& \Def \ldots \; \Exp
\end{array}
\end{array}
\]
\end{tcolorbox}
\caption{The concrete syntax of \LangStruct{}, extending \LangVec{}
  (figure~\ref{fig:Lvec-concrete-syntax}).}
\label{fig:Lstruct-concrete-syntax}
\end{figure}

\begin{figure}[tbp]
\centering
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
    \small
\[
\begin{array}{l}
  \gray{\LintASTRacket{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LvarASTRacket{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LifASTRacket{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LwhileASTRacket} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LtupASTRacket} \\  \hline
  \LstructASTRacket \\
\begin{array}{lcl}
  \LangStruct{} &::=& \PROGRAMDEFSEXP{\code{'()}}{\LP\Def\ldots\RP)}{\Exp}
\end{array}
\end{array}
\]
\end{tcolorbox}

\caption{The abstract syntax of \LangStruct{}, extending \LangVec{}
  (figure~\ref{fig:Lvec-syntax}).}
\label{fig:Lstruct-syntax}
\end{figure}

An instance of a structure is created using function-call syntax, with
the name of the structure in the function position, as follows:
\begin{lstlisting}
(point 7 12)
\end{lstlisting}
Function-call syntax is also used to read a field of a structure. The
function name is formed by the structure name, a dash, and the field
name. The following example uses \code{point-x} and \code{point-y} to
access the \code{x} and \code{y} fields of two point instances:
\begin{center}
\begin{lstlisting}
(let ([pt1 (point 7 12)])
  (let ([pt2 (point 4 3)])
    (+ (- (point-x pt1) (point-x pt2))
       (- (point-y pt1) (point-y pt2)))))
\end{lstlisting}
\end{center}
Similarly, to write to a field of a structure, use its set function,
whose name starts with \code{set-}, followed by the structure name,
then a dash, then the field name, and finally with an exclamation
mark. The following example uses \code{set-point-x!} to change the
\code{x} field from \code{7} to \code{42}:
\begin{center}
  \begin{lstlisting}
(let ([pt (point 7 12)])
  (let ([_ (set-point-x! pt 42)])
    (point-x pt)))
\end{lstlisting}
\end{center}

\begin{exercise}\normalfont\normalsize
  Create a type checker for \LangStruct{} by extending the type
  checker for \LangVec{}. Extend your compiler with support for simple
  structures, compiling \LangStruct{} to x86 assembly code. Create
  five new test cases that use structures and, test your compiler.
\end{exercise}

% TODO: create an interpreter for L_struct

\clearpage
\fi}

\section{Challenge: Arrays}
\label{sec:arrays}

% TODO mention trapped-error

In this chapter we have studied tuples, that is, heterogeneous
sequences of elements whose length is determined at compile time. This
challenge is also about sequences, but this time the length is
determined at runtime and all the elements have the same type (they
are homogeneous). We use the term \emph{array} for this latter kind of
sequence.
%
\racket{
The Racket language does not distinguish between tuples and arrays;
they are both represented by vectors. However, Typed Racket
distinguishes between tuples and arrays: the \code{Vector} type is for
tuples, and the \code{Vectorof} type is for arrays.}
\python{
Arrays correspond to the \code{list} type in Python language.
}

Figure~\ref{fig:Lvecof-concrete-syntax} presents the definition of the
concrete syntax for \LangArray{}, and figure~\ref{fig:Lvecof-syntax}
presents the definition of the abstract syntax, extending \LangVec{}
with the \racket{\code{Vectorof}}\python{\code{list}} type and the
%
\racket{\code{make-vector} primitive operator for creating an array,
whose arguments are the length of the array and an initial value for
all the elements in the array.}
\python{bracket notation for creating an array literal.}
\racket{
The \code{vector-length},
\code{vector-ref}, and \code{vector-ref!} operators that we defined
for tuples become overloaded for use with arrays.}
\python{
The subscript operator becomes overloaded for use with arrays and tuples
and now may appear on the left-hand side of an assignment.
Note that the index of the subscript, when applied to an array, may be an
arbitrary expression and not just a constant integer.
The \code{len} function is also applicable to arrays.
}
%
We include integer multiplication in \LangArray{}, because it is
useful in many examples involving arrays such as computing the
inner product of two arrays (figure~\ref{fig:inner_product}).

\newcommand{\LarrayGrammarRacket}{
\begin{array}{lcl}
  \Type &::=& \LP \key{Vectorof}~\Type \RP \\
  \Exp &::=& \CMUL{\Exp}{\Exp}
       \MID \CMAKEVEC{\Exp}{\Exp} 
\end{array}
}
\newcommand{\LarrayASTRacket}{
\begin{array}{lcl}
  \Type &::=& \LP \key{Vectorof}~\Type \RP \\
  \Exp &::=& \MUL{\Exp}{\Exp}
       \MID \MAKEVEC{\Exp}{\Exp} 
\end{array}
}

\newcommand{\LarrayGrammarPython}{
\begin{array}{lcl}
  \Type &::=& \key{list}\LS\Type\RS \\
  \Exp &::=& \CMUL{\Exp}{\Exp}
    \MID \CGET{\Exp}{\Exp}
    \MID \LS \Exp \code{,} \ldots \RS \\
  \Stmt &::= & \CGET{\Exp}{\Exp} \mathop{\key{=}}\Exp
\end{array}
}
\newcommand{\LarrayASTPython}{
\begin{array}{lcl}
  \Type &::=& \key{ListType}\LP\Type\RP \\
  \Exp &::=& \MUL{\Exp}{\Exp}
    \MID \GET{\Exp}{\Exp} \\
    &\MID& \key{List}\LP \Exp \code{,} \ldots \code{, } \code{Load()} \RP \\
  \Stmt &::= & \ASSIGN{ \PUT{\Exp}{\Exp} }{\Exp}
\end{array}
}

\begin{figure}[tp]
\centering
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
    \small
{\if\edition\racketEd    
\[
\begin{array}{l}
  \gray{\LintGrammarRacket{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LvarGrammarRacket{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LifGrammarRacket{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LwhileGrammarRacket} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LtupGrammarRacket} \\ \hline
  \LarrayGrammarRacket \\
\begin{array}{lcl}
  \LangArray{} &::=& \Exp
\end{array}
\end{array}
\]
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd    
\[
\begin{array}{l}
  \gray{\LintGrammarPython{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LvarGrammarPython{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LifGrammarPython{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LwhileGrammarPython} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LtupGrammarPython} \\ \hline
  \LarrayGrammarPython \\
\begin{array}{rcl}
  \LangArrayM{} &::=& \Stmt^{*}
\end{array}
\end{array}
\]
\fi}
\end{tcolorbox}
\caption{The concrete syntax of \LangArray{}, extending \LangVec{} (figure~\ref{fig:Lvec-concrete-syntax}).}
\label{fig:Lvecof-concrete-syntax}
\end{figure}

\begin{figure}[tp]
\centering
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
    \small
{\if\edition\racketEd    
\[
\begin{array}{l}
  \gray{\LintASTRacket{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LvarASTRacket{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LifASTRacket{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LwhileASTRacket} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LtupASTRacket} \\ \hline
  \LarrayASTRacket \\
\begin{array}{lcl}
  \LangArray{} &::=& \Exp
\end{array}
\end{array}
\]
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd    
\[
\begin{array}{l}
  \gray{\LintASTPython{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LvarASTPython{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LifASTPython{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LwhileASTPython} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LtupASTPython} \\ \hline
  \LarrayASTPython \\
\begin{array}{rcl}
  \LangArrayM{} &::=& \Stmt^{*}
\end{array}
\end{array}
\]
\fi}
\end{tcolorbox}
\caption{The abstract syntax of \LangArray{}, extending \LangVec{} (figure~\ref{fig:Lvec-syntax}).}
\label{fig:Lvecof-syntax}
\end{figure}


\begin{figure}[tp]
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]  
{\if\edition\racketEd
% TODO: remove the function from the following example, like the python version -Jeremy    
\begin{lstlisting}
(let ([A (make-vector 2 2)])
(let ([B (make-vector 2 3)])
(let ([i 0])
(let ([prod 0])
(begin
  (while (< i n)
    (begin
      (set! prod (+ prod (* (vector-ref A i)
                            (vector-ref B i))))
      (set! i (+ i 1))))
  prod)))))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd    
\begin{lstlisting}
A = [2, 2]
B = [3, 3]
i = 0
prod = 0
while i != len(A):
  prod =  prod + A[i] * B[i]
  i = i + 1
print( prod )
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
\end{tcolorbox}

\caption{Example program that computes the inner product.}
\label{fig:inner_product}
\end{figure}

{\if\edition\racketEd
%
Figure~\ref{fig:type-check-Lvecof} shows the definition of the type
checker for \LangArray{}. The result type of
\code{make-vector} is \code{(Vectorof T)}, where \code{T} is the type
of the initializing expression.  The length expression is required to
have type \code{Integer}. The type checking of the operators
\code{vector-length}, \code{vector-ref}, and \code{vector-set!}  is
updated to handle the situation in which the vector has type
\code{Vectorof}. In these cases we translate the operators to their
\code{vectorof} form so that later passes can easily distinguish
between operations on tuples versus arrays. We override the
\code{operator-types} method to provide the type signature for
multiplication: it takes two integers and returns an integer.  \fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
%
The type checker for \LangArray{} is defined in
figure~\ref{fig:type-check-Lvecof}. The result type of a list literal
is \code{list[T]} where \code{T} is the type of the initializing
expressions.  The type checking of the \code{len} function and the
subscript operator is updated to handle lists. The type checker now
also handles a subscript on the left-hand side of an assignment.
Regarding multiplication, it takes two integers and returns an
integer.
%
\fi}

\begin{figure}[tbp]
  \begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
{\if\edition\racketEd    
    \begin{lstlisting}[basicstyle=\ttfamily\footnotesize]
(define type-check-Lvecof-class
  (class type-check-Lvec-class
    (super-new)
    (inherit check-type-equal?)

    (define/override (operator-types)
      (append '((* . ((Integer Integer) . Integer)))
              (super operator-types)))
    
    (define/override (type-check-exp env)
      (lambda (e)
        (define recur (type-check-exp env))
        (match e
          [(Prim 'make-vector (list e1 e2))
           (define-values (e1^ t1) (recur e1))
           (define-values (e2^ elt-type) (recur e2))
           (define vec-type `(Vectorof ,elt-type))
           (values (Prim 'make-vector (list e1^ e2^)) vec-type)]
          [(Prim 'vector-ref (list e1 e2))
           (define-values (e1^ t1) (recur e1))
           (define-values (e2^ t2) (recur e2))
           (match* (t1 t2)
             [(`(Vectorof ,elt-type) 'Integer)
              (values (Prim 'vectorof-ref (list e1^ e2^)) elt-type)]
             [(other wise) ((super type-check-exp env) e)])]
          [(Prim 'vector-set! (list e1 e2 e3) )
           (define-values (e-vec t-vec) (recur e1))
           (define-values (e2^ t2) (recur e2))
           (define-values (e-arg^ t-arg) (recur e3))
           (match t-vec
             [`(Vectorof ,elt-type)
              (check-type-equal? elt-type t-arg e)
              (values (Prim 'vectorof-set! (list e-vec e2^ e-arg^))  'Void)]
             [else ((super type-check-exp env) e)])]
          [(Prim 'vector-length (list e1))
           (define-values (e1^ t1) (recur e1))
           (match t1
             [`(Vectorof ,t)
              (values (Prim 'vectorof-length (list e1^))  'Integer)]
             [else ((super type-check-exp env) e)])]
          [else ((super type-check-exp env) e)])))
    ))

(define (type-check-Lvecof p)
  (send (new type-check-Lvecof-class) type-check-program p))
    \end{lstlisting}
    \fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd    
\begin{lstlisting}[basicstyle=\ttfamily\footnotesize]
class TypeCheckLarray(TypeCheckLtup):
  def type_check_exp(self, e, env):
    match e:
      case ast.List(es, Load()):
        ts = [self.type_check_exp(e, env) for e in es]
        elt_ty = ts[0]
        for (ty, elt) in zip(ts, es):
            self.check_type_equal(elt_ty, ty, elt)
        e.has_type = ListType(elt_ty)
        return e.has_type
      case Call(Name('len'), [tup]):
        tup_t = self.type_check_exp(tup, env)
        tup.has_type = tup_t
        match tup_t:
          case TupleType(ts):
            return IntType()
          case ListType(ty):
            return IntType()
          case _:
            raise Exception('len expected a tuple, not ' + repr(tup_t))
      case Subscript(tup, index, Load()):
        tup_ty = self.type_check_exp(tup, env)
        index_ty = self.type_check_exp(index, env)
        self.check_type_equal(index_ty, IntType(), index)
        match tup_ty:
          case TupleType(ts):
            match index:
              case Constant(i):
                return ts[i]
              case _:
                raise Exception('subscript required constant integer index')
          case ListType(ty):
            return ty
          case _:
            raise Exception('subscript expected a tuple, not ' + repr(tup_ty))
      case BinOp(left, Mult(), right):
        l = self.type_check_exp(left, env)
        self.check_type_equal(l, IntType(), left)
        r = self.type_check_exp(right, env)
        self.check_type_equal(r, IntType(), right)
        return IntType()
      case _:
        return super().type_check_exp(e, env)

  def type_check_stmts(self, ss, env):
    if len(ss) == 0:
      return VoidType()
    match ss[0]:
      case Assign([Subscript(tup, index, Store())], value):
        tup_t = self.type_check_exp(tup, env)
        value_t = self.type_check_exp(value, env)
        index_ty = self.type_check_exp(index, env)
        self.check_type_equal(index_ty, IntType(), index)
        match tup_t:
          case ListType(ty):
            self.check_type_equal(ty, value_t, ss[0])
          case TupleType(ts):
            return self.type_check_stmts(ss, env)
          case _:
            raise Exception('type_check_stmts: '
              'expected tuple or list, not ' + repr(tup_t))
        return self.type_check_stmts(ss[1:], env)
      case _:
        return super().type_check_stmts(ss, env)
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
  \end{tcolorbox}

  \caption{Type checker for the \LangArray{} language.}
\label{fig:type-check-Lvecof}
\end{figure}

The definition of the interpreter for \LangArray{} is shown in
figure~\ref{fig:interp-Lvecof}.
\racket{The \code{make-vector} operator is
  interpreted using Racket's \code{make-vector} function,
  and multiplication is interpreted using \code{fx*},
  which is multiplication for \code{fixnum} integers.
  In the \code{resolve} pass (Section~\ref{sec:array-resolution})
  we translate array access operations
  into \code{vectorof-ref} and \code{vectorof-set!} operations,
  which we interpret using \code{vector} operations with additional
  bounds checks that signal a \code{trapped-error}.
}
%
\python{We implement list creation with a Python list comprehension
  and multiplication is implemented with Python multiplication.  We
  add a case to handle a subscript on the left-hand side of
  assignment. Other uses of subscript can be handled by the existing
  code for tuples.}

\begin{figure}[tbp]
  \begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
{\if\edition\racketEd    
\begin{lstlisting}[basicstyle=\ttfamily\footnotesize]
(define interp-Lvecof-class
  (class interp-Lvec-class
    (super-new)

    (define/override (interp-op op)
      (match op
        ['make-vector make-vector]
        ['vectorof-length vector-length]
        ['vectorof-ref
         (lambda (v i)
           (if (< i (vector-length v))
               (vector-ref v i)
               (error 'trapped-error "index ~a out of bounds\nin ~v" i v)))]
        ['vectorof-set!
         (lambda (v i e)
           (if (< i (vector-length v))
               (vector-set! v i e)
               (error 'trapped-error "index ~a out of bounds\nin ~v" i v)))]
        [else (super interp-op op)]))
    ))

(define (interp-Lvecof p)
  (send (new interp-Lvecof-class) interp-program p))
\end{lstlisting}
    \fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}[basicstyle=\ttfamily\footnotesize]
class InterpLarray(InterpLtup):

  def interp_exp(self, e, env):
    match e:
      case ast.List(es, Load()):
        return [self.interp_exp(e, env) for e in es]
      case BinOp(left, Mult(), right):
          l = self.interp_exp(left, env); r = self.interp_exp(right, env)
          return l * r
      case _:
        return super().interp_exp(e, env)

  def interp_stmts(self, ss, env):
    if len(ss) == 0:
      return
    match ss[0]:
      case Assign([Subscript(lst, index)], value):
        lst = self.interp_exp(lst, env)
        index = self.interp_exp(index, env)
        lst[index] = self.interp_exp(value, env)
        return self.interp_stmts(ss[1:], env)
      case _:
        return super().interp_stmts(ss, env)
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
  \end{tcolorbox}

  \caption{Interpreter for \LangArray{}.}
\label{fig:interp-Lvecof}
\end{figure}


\subsection{Data Representation}
\label{sec:array-rep}

Just as with tuples, we store arrays on the heap, which means that the
garbage collector will need to inspect arrays. An immediate thought is
to use the same representation for arrays that we use for tuples.
However, we limit tuples to a length of fifty so that their length and
pointer mask can fit into the 64-bit tag at the beginning of each
tuple (section~\ref{sec:data-rep-gc}). We intend arrays to allow
millions of elements, so we need more bits to store the length.
However, because arrays are homogeneous, we need only 1 bit for the
pointer mask instead of 1 bit per array element.  Finally, the
garbage collector must be able to distinguish between tuples
and arrays, so we need to reserve one bit for that purpose.  We
arrive at the following layout for the 64-bit tag at the beginning of
an array:
\begin{itemize}
\item The right-most bit is the forwarding bit, just as in a tuple.
  A $0$ indicates that it is a forwarding pointer, and a $1$ indicates
  that it is not.
  
\item The next bit to the left is the pointer mask. A $0$ indicates
  that none of the elements are pointers to the heap, and a $1$
  indicates that all the elements are pointers.

\item The next $60$ bits store the length of the array.

\item The bit at position $62$ distinguishes between a tuple ($0$)
  and an array ($1$).

\item The left-most bit is reserved as explained in
  chapter~\ref{ch:Lgrad}.
\end{itemize}


%% Recall that in chapter~\ref{ch:Ldyn}, we use a $3$-bit tag to
%% differentiate the kinds of values that have been injected into the
%% \code{Any} type. We use the bit pattern \code{110} (or $6$ in decimal)
%% to indicate that the value is an array.

In the following subsections we provide hints regarding how to update
the passes to handle arrays.


\subsection{Overload Resolution}
\label{sec:array-resolution}

As noted previously, with the addition of arrays, several operators
have become \emph{overloaded}; that is, they can be applied to values
of more than one type. In this case, the element access and length
operators can be applied to both tuples and arrays. This kind of
overloading is quite common in programming languages, so many
compilers perform \emph{overload resolution}\index{subject}{overload
  resolution} to handle it. The idea is to translate each overloaded
operator into different operators for the different types.

Implement a new pass named \code{resolve}. 
Translate the reading of an array element
into a call to
\racket{\code{vectorof-ref}}\python{\code{array\_load}}
and the writing of an array element to
\racket{\code{vectorof-set!}}\python{\code{array\_store}}
Translate calls to \racket{\code{vector-length}}\python{\code{len}}
into \racket{\code{vectorof-length}}\python{\code{array\_len}}.
When these operators are applied to tuples, leave them as is.
%
\python{The type checker for \LangArray{} adds a \code{has\_type}
  field which can be inspected to determine whether the operator
  is applied to a tuple or an array.}


\subsection{Bounds Checking}

Recall that the interpreter for \LangArray{} signals a
\code{trapped-error} when there is an array access that is out of
bounds. Therefore your compiler is obliged to also catch these errors
during execution and halt, signaling an error. We recommend inserting
a new pass named \code{check\_bounds} that inserts code around each
\racket{\code{vectorof-ref} and \code{vectorof-set!}}
\python{subscript} operation to ensure that the index is greater than
or equal to zero and less than the array's length. If not, the program
should halt, for which we recommend using a new primitive operation
named \code{exit}.

%% \subsection{Reveal Casts}

%% The array-access operators \code{vectorof-ref} and
%% \code{vectorof-set!} are similar to the \code{any-vector-ref} and
%% \code{any-vector-set!} operators of chapter~\ref{ch:Ldyn} in
%% that the type checker cannot tell whether the index will be in bounds,
%% so the bounds check must be performed at run time.  Recall that the
%% \code{reveal-casts} pass (section~\ref{sec:reveal-casts-Rany}) wraps
%% an \code{If} around a vector reference for update to check whether
%% the index is less than the length.  You should do the same for
%% \code{vectorof-ref} and \code{vectorof-set!} .

%% In addition, the handling of the \code{any-vector} operators in
%% \code{reveal-casts} needs to be updated to account for arrays that are
%% injected to \code{Any}. For the \code{any-vector-length} operator, the
%% generated code should test whether the tag is for tuples (\code{010})
%% or arrays (\code{110}) and then dispatch to either
%% \code{any-vector-length} or \code{any-vectorof-length}.  For the later
%% we add a case in \code{select\_instructions} to generate the
%% appropriate instructions for accessing the array length from the
%% header of an array.

%% For the \code{any-vector-ref} and \code{any-vector-set!} operators,
%% the generated code needs to check that the index is less than the
%% vector length, so like the code for \code{any-vector-length}, check
%% the tag to determine whether to use \code{any-vector-length} or
%% \code{any-vectorof-length} for this purpose.  Once the bounds checking
%% is complete, the generated code can use \code{any-vector-ref} and
%% \code{any-vector-set!} for both tuples and arrays because the
%% instructions used for those operators do not look at the tag at the
%% front of the tuple or array.

\subsection{Expose Allocation}

This pass should translate array creation into lower-level
operations. In particular, the new AST node \ALLOCARRAY{\Exp}{\Type}
is analogous to the \code{Allocate} AST node for tuples.  The $\Type$
argument must be \ARRAYTY{T}, where $T$ is the element type for the
array. The \code{AllocateArray} AST node allocates an array of the
length specified by the $\Exp$ (of type \INTTY), but does not
initialize the elements of the array. Generate code in this pass to
initialize the elements analogous to the case for tuples.


{\if\edition\racketEd
\section{Uncover \texttt{get!}}
\label{sec:uncover-get-bang-vecof}

Add cases for \code{AllocateArray} to \code{collect-set!} and
\code{uncover-get!-exp}.

\fi}

\subsection{Remove Complex Operands}

Add cases in the \code{rco\_atom} and \code{rco\_exp} for
\code{AllocateArray}. In particular, an \code{AllocateArray} node is
complex, and its subexpression must be atomic.

\subsection{Explicate Control}

Add cases for \code{AllocateArray} to \code{explicate\_tail} and
\code{explicate\_assign}.

\subsection{Select Instructions}

Generate instructions for \code{AllocateArray} similar to those for
\code{Allocate} given in section~\ref{sec:select-instructions-gc}
except that the tag at the front of the array should instead use the
representation discussed in section~\ref{sec:array-rep}.

Regarding \racket{\code{vectorof-length}}\python{\code{array\_len}},
extract the length from the tag.

The instructions generated for accessing an element of an array differ
from those for a tuple (section~\ref{sec:select-instructions-gc}) in
that the index is not a constant so you need to generate instructions
that compute the offset at runtime.

Compile the \code{exit} primitive into a call to the \code{exit}
function of the C standard library, with an argument of $255$.

%% Also, note that assignment to an array element may appear in
%% as a stand-alone statement, so make sure to handle that situation in
%% this pass.

%% Finally, the instructions for \code{any-vectorof-length} should be
%% similar to those for \code{vectorof-length}, except that one must
%% first project the array by writing zeroes into the $3$-bit tag

\begin{exercise}\normalfont\normalsize

Implement a compiler for the \LangArray{} language by extending your
compiler for \LangLoop{}. Test your compiler on a half dozen new
programs, including the one shown in figure~\ref{fig:inner_product}
and also a program that multiplies two matrices. Note that although
matrices are two-dimensional arrays, they can be encoded into
one-dimensional arrays by laying out each row in the array, one after
the next.
  
\end{exercise}

{\if\edition\racketEd
\section{Challenge: Generational Collection}

The copying collector described in section~\ref{sec:GC} can incur
significant runtime overhead because the call to \code{collect} takes
time proportional to all the live data. One way to reduce this
overhead is to reduce how much data is inspected in each call to
\code{collect}. In particular, researchers have observed that recently
allocated data is more likely to become garbage then data that has
survived one or more previous calls to \code{collect}. This insight
motivated the creation of \emph{generational garbage collectors}
\index{subject}{generational garbage collector} that
(1) segregate data according to its age into two or more generations;
(2) allocate less space for younger generations, so collecting them is
faster, and more space for the older generations; and (3) perform
collection on the younger generations more frequently than on older
generations~\citep{Wilson:1992fk}.

For this challenge assignment, the goal is to adapt the copying
collector implemented in \code{runtime.c} to use two generations, one
for young data and one for old data. Each generation consists of a
FromSpace and a ToSpace. The following is a sketch of how to adapt the
\code{collect} function to use the two generations:

\begin{enumerate}
\item Copy the young generation's FromSpace to its ToSpace and then
  switch the role of the ToSpace and FromSpace
\item If there is enough space for the requested number of bytes in
  the young FromSpace, then return from \code{collect}.
\item If there is not enough space in the young FromSpace for the
  requested bytes, then move the data from the young generation to the
  old one with the following steps:
  \begin{enumerate}
  \item[a.] If there is enough room in the old FromSpace, copy the young
    FromSpace to the old FromSpace and then return.
  \item[b.] If there is not enough room in the old FromSpace, then collect
    the old generation by copying the old FromSpace to the old ToSpace
    and swap the roles of the old FromSpace and ToSpace.
  \item[c.] If there is enough room now, copy the young FromSpace to the
    old FromSpace and return. Otherwise, allocate a larger FromSpace
    and ToSpace for the old generation.  Copy the young FromSpace and
    the old FromSpace into the larger FromSpace for the old
    generation and then return.
  \end{enumerate}
\end{enumerate}

We recommend that you generalize the \code{cheney} function so that it
can be used for all the copies mentioned: between the young FromSpace
and ToSpace, between the old FromSpace and ToSpace, and between the
young FromSpace and old FromSpace. This can be accomplished by adding
parameters to \code{cheney} that replace its use of the global
variables \code{fromspace\_begin}, \code{fromspace\_end},
\code{tospace\_begin}, and \code{tospace\_end}.

Note that the collection of the young generation does not traverse the
old generation. This introduces a potential problem: there may be
young data that is reachable only through pointers in the old
generation. If these pointers are not taken into account, the
collector could throw away young data that is live!  One solution,
called \emph{pointer recording}, is to maintain a set of all the
pointers from the old generation into the new generation and consider
this set as part of the root set.  To maintain this set, the compiler
must insert extra instructions around every \code{vector-set!}. If the
vector being modified is in the old generation, and if the value being
written is a pointer into the new generation, then that pointer must
be added to the set. Also, if the value being overwritten was a
pointer into the new generation, then that pointer should be removed
from the set.

\begin{exercise}\normalfont\normalsize
  Adapt the \code{collect} function in \code{runtime.c} to implement
  generational garbage collection, as outlined in this section.
  Update the code generation for \code{vector-set!} to implement
  pointer recording. Make sure that your new compiler and runtime
  execute without error on your test suite.
\end{exercise}

\fi}

\section{Further Reading}

\citet{Appel90} describes many data representation approaches,
including the ones used in the compilation of Standard ML.

There are many alternatives to copying collectors (and their bigger
siblings, the generational collectors) with regard to garbage
collection, such as mark-and-sweep~\citep{McCarthy:1960dz} and
reference counting~\citep{Collins:1960aa}.  The strengths of copying
collectors are that allocation is fast (just a comparison and pointer
increment), there is no fragmentation, cyclic garbage is collected,
and the time complexity of collection depends only on the amount of
live data and not on the amount of garbage~\citep{Wilson:1992fk}. The
main disadvantages of a two-space copying collector is that it uses a
lot of extra space and takes a long time to perform the copy, though
these problems are ameliorated in generational collectors.
\racket{Racket}\python{Object-oriented} programs tend to allocate many
small objects and generate a lot of garbage, so copying and
generational collectors are a good fit\python{~\citep{Dieckmann99}}.
Garbage collection is an active research topic, especially concurrent
garbage collection~\citep{Tene:2011kx}. Researchers are continuously
developing new techniques and revisiting old
trade-offs~\citep{Blackburn:2004aa,Jones:2011aa,Shahriyar:2013aa,Cutler:2015aa,Shidal:2015aa,Osterlund:2016aa,Jacek:2019aa,Gamari:2020aa}. Researchers
meet every year at the International Symposium on Memory Management to
present these findings.


%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\chapter{Functions}
\label{ch:Lfun}
\index{subject}{function}
\setcounter{footnote}{0}

This chapter studies the compilation of a subset of \racket{Typed
  Racket}\python{Python} in which only top-level function definitions
are allowed. This kind of function appears in the C programming
language, and it serves as an important stepping-stone to implementing
lexically scoped functions in the form of \key{lambda} abstractions,
which is the topic of chapter~\ref{ch:Llambda}.

\section{The \LangFun{} Language}

The concrete syntax and abstract syntax for function definitions and
function application are shown in
figures~\ref{fig:Lfun-concrete-syntax} and \ref{fig:Lfun-syntax}, with
which we define the \LangFun{} language.  Programs in \LangFun{} begin
with zero or more function definitions.  The function names from these
definitions are in scope for the entire program, including all the
function definitions, and therefore the ordering of function
definitions does not matter.
%
\python{The abstract syntax for function parameters in
  figure~\ref{fig:Lfun-syntax} is a list of pairs, where each pair
  consists of a parameter name and its type.  This design differs from
  Python's \code{ast} module, which has a more complex structure for
  function parameters to handle keyword parameters,
  defaults, and so on. The type checker in \code{type\_check\_Lfun} converts the
  complex Python abstract syntax into the simpler syntax of
  figure~\ref{fig:Lfun-syntax}. The fourth and sixth parameters of the
  \code{FunctionDef} constructor are for decorators and a type
  comment, neither of which are used by our compiler. We recommend
  replacing them with \code{None} in the \code{shrink} pass.
}
%
The concrete syntax for function application
\index{subject}{function application}
is \python{$\CAPPLY{\Exp}{\Exp\code{,} \ldots}$}\racket{$\CAPPLY{\Exp}{\Exp \ldots}$},
where the first expression
must evaluate to a function and the remaining expressions are the arguments.  The
abstract syntax for function application is
$\APPLY{\Exp}{\Exp^*}$.

%% The syntax for function application does not include an explicit
%% keyword, which is error prone when using \code{match}. To alleviate
%% this problem, we translate the syntax from $(\Exp \; \Exp \ldots)$ to
%% $(\key{app}\; \Exp \; \Exp \ldots)$ during type checking.

Functions are first-class in the sense that a function pointer
\index{subject}{function pointer} is data and can be stored in memory or passed
as a parameter to another function.  Thus, there is a function
type, written
{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{lstlisting}
   (|$\Type_1$| |$\cdots$| |$\Type_n$| -> |$\Type_r$|)
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
   Callable[[|$\Type_1$|,|$\cdots$|,|$\Type_n$|], |$\Type_R$|]
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
%
\noindent for a function whose $n$ parameters have the types $\Type_1$
through $\Type_n$ and whose return type is $\Type_R$. The main
limitation of these functions (with respect to
\racket{Racket}\python{Python} functions) is that they are not
lexically scoped. That is, the only external entities that can be
referenced from inside a function body are other globally defined
functions. The syntax of \LangFun{} prevents function definitions from
being nested inside each other.

\newcommand{\LfunGrammarRacket}{
  \begin{array}{lcl}
   \Type &::=& (\Type \ldots \; \key{->}\; \Type) \\
   \Exp &::=& \LP\Exp \; \Exp \ldots\RP \\
   \Def &::=& \CDEF{\Var}{\LS\Var \key{:} \Type\RS \ldots}{\Type}{\Exp} \\
  \end{array}
}
\newcommand{\LfunASTRacket}{
  \begin{array}{lcl}
  \Type &::=& (\Type \ldots \; \key{->}\; \Type) \\
  \Exp &::=& \APPLY{\Exp}{\Exp\ldots}\\
  \Def &::=& \FUNDEF{\Var}{\LP[\Var \code{:} \Type]\ldots\RP}{\Type}{\code{'()}}{\Exp}
  \end{array}
}

\newcommand{\LfunGrammarPython}{
  \begin{array}{lcl}
    \Type &::=& \key{int}
                \MID \key{bool} \MID \key{void}
                \MID \key{tuple}\LS \Type^+ \RS
                \MID \key{Callable}\LS \LS \Type \key{,} \ldots \RS \key{, } \Type \RS \\
   \Exp &::=& \CAPPLY{\Exp}{\Exp\code{,} \ldots} \\
   \Stmt &::=& \CRETURN{\Exp} \\
   \Def &::=& \CDEF{\Var}{\Var \key{:} \Type\key{,} \ldots}{\Type}{\Stmt^{+}} 
  \end{array}
}
\newcommand{\LfunASTPython}{
  \begin{array}{lcl}
    \Type &::=& \key{IntType()} \MID \key{BoolType()} \MID \key{VoidType()}
        \MID \key{TupleType}\LS\Type^+\RS\\
        &\MID& \key{FunctionType}\LP \Type^{*} \key{, } \Type \RP \\
    \Exp &::=& \CALL{\Exp}{\Exp^{*}}\\
    \Stmt &::=& \RETURN{\Exp} \\
   \Params &::=&  \LP\Var\key{,}\Type\RP^* \\
   \Def &::=& \FUNDEF{\Var}{\Params}{\Type}{}{\Stmt^{+}} 
  \end{array}
}

\begin{figure}[tp]
\centering
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
    \small
{\if\edition\racketEd    
\[
\begin{array}{l}
  \gray{\LintGrammarRacket{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LvarGrammarRacket{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LifGrammarRacket{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LwhileGrammarRacket} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LtupGrammarRacket} \\   \hline
  \LfunGrammarRacket \\  
  \begin{array}{lcl}
  \LangFunM{} &::=& \Def \ldots \; \Exp
  \end{array}
\end{array}
\]
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\[
\begin{array}{l}
  \gray{\LintGrammarPython{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LvarGrammarPython{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LifGrammarPython{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LwhileGrammarPython} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LtupGrammarPython} \\  \hline
  \LfunGrammarPython \\
\begin{array}{rcl}
  \LangFunM{} &::=& \Def\ldots \Stmt\ldots
\end{array}
\end{array}
\]
\fi}
\end{tcolorbox}

\caption{The concrete syntax of \LangFun{}, extending \LangVec{} (figure~\ref{fig:Lvec-concrete-syntax}).}
\label{fig:Lfun-concrete-syntax}
\end{figure}

\begin{figure}[tp]
\centering
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
    \small
{\if\edition\racketEd
\[
\begin{array}{l}
  \gray{\LintOpAST} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LvarASTRacket{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LifASTRacket{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LwhileASTRacket{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LtupASTRacket{}} \\ \hline
  \LfunASTRacket \\
  \begin{array}{lcl}
  \LangFunM{} &::=& \PROGRAMDEFSEXP{\code{'()}}{\LP\Def\ldots\RP)}{\Exp}
  \end{array}
\end{array}
\]
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\[
\begin{array}{l}
  \gray{\LintASTPython{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LvarASTPython{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LifASTPython{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LwhileASTPython} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LtupASTPython} \\  \hline
  \LfunASTPython \\
\begin{array}{rcl}
  \LangFunM{} &::=& \PROGRAM{}{\LS \Def \ldots \Stmt \ldots \RS}
\end{array}
\end{array}
\]
\fi}
\end{tcolorbox}

\caption{The abstract syntax of \LangFun{}, extending \LangVec{} (figure~\ref{fig:Lvec-syntax}).}
\label{fig:Lfun-syntax}
\end{figure}


The program shown in figure~\ref{fig:Lfun-function-example} is a
representative example of defining and using functions in \LangFun{}.
We define a function \code{map} that applies some other function
\code{f} to both elements of a tuple and returns a new tuple
containing the results. We also define a function \code{inc}.  The
program applies \code{map} to \code{inc} and
%
\racket{\code{(vector 0 41)}}\python{\code{(0, 41)}}.
%
The result is \racket{\code{(vector 1 42)}}\python{\code{(1, 42)}},
%
from which we return \code{42}.

\begin{figure}[tbp]
  \begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
    {\if\edition\racketEd  
\begin{lstlisting}
(define (map [f : (Integer -> Integer)] [v : (Vector Integer Integer)])
        : (Vector Integer Integer)
  (vector (f (vector-ref v 0)) (f (vector-ref v 1))))

(define (inc [x : Integer]) : Integer
  (+ x 1))

(vector-ref (map inc (vector 0 41)) 1)
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
def map(f : Callable[[int], int], v : tuple[int,int]) -> tuple[int,int]:
    return f(v[0]), f(v[1])

def inc(x : int) -> int:
    return x + 1

print( map(inc, (0, 41))[1] )
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
  \end{tcolorbox}

  \caption{Example of using functions in \LangFun{}.}
\label{fig:Lfun-function-example}
\end{figure}

The definitional interpreter for \LangFun{} is shown in
figure~\ref{fig:interp-Lfun}. The case for the
%
\racket{\code{ProgramDefsExp}}\python{\code{Module}}
%
AST is responsible for setting up the mutual recursion between the
top-level function definitions.
%
\racket{We use the classic back-patching
  \index{subject}{back-patching} approach that uses mutable variables
  and makes two passes over the function
  definitions~\citep{Kelsey:1998di}.  In the first pass we set up the
  top-level environment using a mutable cons cell for each function
  definition. Note that the \code{lambda} value for each function is
  incomplete; it does not yet include the environment.  Once the
  top-level environment has been constructed, we iterate over it and
  update the \code{lambda} values to use the top-level environment.}
%
\python{We create a dictionary named \code{env} and fill it in
  by mapping each function name to a new \code{Function} value,
  each of which stores a reference to the \code{env}.
  (We define the class \code{Function} for this purpose.)}
%
To interpret a function \racket{application}\python{call}, we match
the result of the function expression to obtain a function value.  We
then extend the function's environment with the mapping of parameters to
argument values. Finally, we interpret the body of the function in
this extended environment.


\begin{figure}[tp]
  \begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
    {\if\edition\racketEd  
\begin{lstlisting}
(define interp-Lfun-class
  (class interp-Lvec-class
    (super-new)

    (define/override ((interp-exp env) e)
      (define recur (interp-exp env))
      (match e
        [(Apply fun args)
         (define fun-val (recur fun))
         (define arg-vals (for/list ([e args]) (recur e)))
         (match fun-val
           [`(function (,xs ...) ,body ,fun-env)
            (define params-args (for/list ([x xs] [arg arg-vals])
                                  (cons x (box arg))))
            (define new-env (append params-args fun-env))
            ((interp-exp new-env) body)]
           [else (error 'interp-exp "expected function, not ~a" fun-val)])]
        [else ((super interp-exp env) e)]
        ))

    (define/public (interp-def d)
      (match d
        [(Def f (list `[,xs : ,ps] ...) rt _ body)
         (cons f (box `(function ,xs ,body ())))]))

    (define/override (interp-program p)
      (match p
        [(ProgramDefsExp info ds body)
         (let ([top-level (for/list ([d ds]) (interp-def d))])
           (for/list ([f (in-dict-values top-level)])
             (set-box! f (match (unbox f)
                           [`(function ,xs ,body ())
                            `(function ,xs ,body ,top-level)])))
           ((interp-exp top-level) body))]))
    ))

(define (interp-Lfun p)
  (send (new interp-Lfun-class) interp-program p))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
class InterpLfun(InterpLtup):
  
  def apply_fun(self, fun, args, e):
      match fun:
        case Function(name, xs, body, env):
          new_env = env.copy().update(zip(xs, args))
          return self.interp_stmts(body, new_env)
        case _:
          raise Exception('apply_fun: unexpected: ' + repr(fun))
    
  def interp_exp(self, e, env):
    match e:
      case Call(Name('input_int'), []):
        return super().interp_exp(e, env)      
      case Call(func, args):
        f = self.interp_exp(func, env)
        vs = [self.interp_exp(arg, env) for arg in args]
        return self.apply_fun(f, vs, e)
      case _:
        return super().interp_exp(e, env)

  def interp_stmts(self, ss, env):
    if len(ss) == 0:
      return
    match ss[0]:
      case Return(value):
        return self.interp_exp(value, env)
      case FunctionDef(name, params, bod, dl, returns, comment):
        ps = [x for (x,t) in params]
        env[name] = Function(name, ps, bod, env)
        return self.interp_stmts(ss[1:], env)
      case _:
        return super().interp_stmts(ss, env)
    
  def interp(self, p):
    match p:
      case Module(ss):
        env = {}
        self.interp_stmts(ss, env)
        if 'main' in env.keys():
            self.apply_fun(env['main'], [], None)
      case _:
        raise Exception('interp: unexpected ' + repr(p))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
  \end{tcolorbox}

  \caption{Interpreter for the \LangFun{} language.}
\label{fig:interp-Lfun}
\end{figure}


%\margincomment{TODO: explain type checker}

The type checker for \LangFun{} is shown in
figure~\ref{fig:type-check-Lfun}.
%
\python{(We omit the code that parses function parameters into the
  simpler abstract syntax.)}
%
Similarly to the interpreter, the case for the
\racket{\code{ProgramDefsExp}}\python{\code{Module}}
%
AST is responsible for setting up the mutual recursion between the
top-level function definitions. We begin by create a mapping
\code{env} from every function name to its type. We then type check
the program using this mapping.
%
In the case for function \racket{application}\python{call}, we match
the type of the function expression to a function type and check that
the types of the argument expressions are equal to the function's
parameter types. The type of the \racket{application}\python{call} as
a whole is the return type from the function type.


\begin{figure}[tp]
  \begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
    {\if\edition\racketEd  
\begin{lstlisting}[basicstyle=\ttfamily\footnotesize]
(define type-check-Lfun-class
  (class type-check-Lvec-class
    (super-new)
    (inherit check-type-equal?)

    (define/public (type-check-apply env e es)
      (define-values (e^ ty) ((type-check-exp env) e))
      (define-values (e* ty*) (for/lists (e* ty*) ([e (in-list es)])
                                ((type-check-exp env) e)))
      (match ty
        [`(,ty^* ... -> ,rt)
         (for ([arg-ty ty*] [param-ty ty^*])
           (check-type-equal? arg-ty param-ty (Apply e es)))
         (values e^ e* rt)]))

    (define/override (type-check-exp env)
      (lambda (e)
        (match e
          [(FunRef f n)
           (values (FunRef f n)  (dict-ref env f))]
          [(Apply e es)
           (define-values (e^ es^ rt) (type-check-apply env e es))
           (values (Apply e^ es^) rt)]
          [(Call e es)
           (define-values (e^ es^ rt) (type-check-apply env e es))
           (values (Call e^ es^) rt)]
          [else ((super type-check-exp env) e)])))

    (define/public (type-check-def env)
      (lambda (e)
        (match e
          [(Def f (and p:t* (list `[,xs : ,ps] ...)) rt info body)
           (define new-env (append (map cons xs ps) env))
           (define-values (body^ ty^) ((type-check-exp new-env) body))
           (check-type-equal? ty^ rt body)
           (Def f p:t* rt info body^)])))	 

    (define/public (fun-def-type d)
      (match d
        [(Def f (list `[,xs : ,ps] ...) rt info body)  `(,@ps -> ,rt)]))

    (define/override (type-check-program e)
      (match e
        [(ProgramDefsExp info ds body)
         (define env (for/list ([d ds])
                           (cons (Def-name d) (fun-def-type d))))
         (define ds^ (for/list ([d ds]) ((type-check-def env) d)))
         (define-values (body^ ty) ((type-check-exp env) body))
         (check-type-equal? ty 'Integer body)
         (ProgramDefsExp info ds^ body^)]))))

(define (type-check-Lfun p)
  (send (new type-check-Lfun-class) type-check-program p))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}  
class TypeCheckLfun(TypeCheckLtup):
  def type_check_exp(self, e, env):
    match e:
      case Call(Name('input_int'), []):
        return super().type_check_exp(e, env)      
      case Call(func, args):
        func_t = self.type_check_exp(func, env)
        args_t = [self.type_check_exp(arg, env) for arg in args]
        match func_t:
          case FunctionType(params_t, return_t):
            for (arg_t, param_t) in zip(args_t, params_t):
                check_type_equal(param_t, arg_t, e)
            return return_t
          case _:
            raise Exception('type_check_exp: in call, unexpected ' +
                              repr(func_t))
      case _:
        return super().type_check_exp(e, env)

  def type_check_stmts(self, ss, env):
    if len(ss) == 0:
      return
    match ss[0]:
      case FunctionDef(name, params, body, dl, returns, comment):
        new_env = env.copy().update(params)
        rt = self.type_check_stmts(body, new_env)
        check_type_equal(returns, rt, ss[0])
        return self.type_check_stmts(ss[1:], env)
      case Return(value):
        return self.type_check_exp(value, env)
      case _:
        return super().type_check_stmts(ss, env)

  def type_check(self, p):
    match p:
      case Module(body):
        env = {}
        for s in body:
          match s:
            case FunctionDef(name, params, bod, dl, returns, comment):
              if name in env:
                raise Exception('type_check: function ' +
                                  repr(name) + ' defined twice')
              params_t = [t for (x,t) in params]
              env[name] = FunctionType(params_t, returns)
        self.type_check_stmts(body, env)
      case _:
        raise Exception('type_check: unexpected ' + repr(p))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
  \end{tcolorbox}

  \caption{Type checker for the \LangFun{} language.}
\label{fig:type-check-Lfun}
\end{figure}


\clearpage

\section{Functions in x86}
\label{sec:fun-x86}

%% \margincomment{\tiny Make sure callee-saved registers are discussed
%%    in enough depth, especially updating Fig 6.4 \\ --Jeremy }

%% \margincomment{\tiny Talk about the return address on the
%%    stack and what callq  and retq does.\\ --Jeremy }

The x86 architecture provides a few features to support the
implementation of functions. We have already seen that there are
labels in x86 so that one can refer to the location of an instruction,
as is needed for jump instructions. Labels can also be used to mark
the beginning of the instructions for a function.  Going further, we
can obtain the address of a label by using the \key{leaq}
instruction. For example, the following puts the address of the
\code{inc} label into the \code{rbx} register:
\begin{lstlisting}
   leaq inc(%rip), %rbx
\end{lstlisting}
Recall from section~\ref{sec:select-instructions-gc} that
\verb!inc(%rip)! is an example of instruction-pointer-relative
addressing.

In section~\ref{sec:x86} we used the \code{callq} instruction to jump
to functions whose locations were given by a label, such as
\code{read\_int}. To support function calls in this chapter we instead
jump to functions whose location are given by an address in
a register; that is, we use \emph{indirect function calls}. The
x86 syntax for this is a \code{callq} instruction that requires an asterisk
before the register name.\index{subject}{indirect function call}
\begin{lstlisting}
   callq *%rbx
\end{lstlisting}


\subsection{Calling Conventions}
\label{sec:calling-conventions-fun}

\index{subject}{calling conventions}

The \code{callq} instruction provides partial support for implementing
functions: it pushes the return address on the stack and it jumps to
the target. However, \code{callq} does not handle
\begin{enumerate}
\item parameter passing,
\item pushing frames on the procedure call stack and popping them off,
  or
\item determining how registers are shared by different functions.
\end{enumerate}

Regarding parameter passing, recall that the x86-64 calling
convention for Unix-based system uses the following six registers to
pass arguments to a function, in the given order.
\begin{lstlisting}
rdi rsi rdx rcx r8 r9
\end{lstlisting}
If there are more than six arguments, then the calling convention
mandates using space on the frame of the caller for the rest of the
arguments. However, to ease the implementation of efficient tail calls
(section~\ref{sec:tail-call}), we arrange never to need more than six
arguments.
%
The return value of the function is stored in register \code{rax}.

\index{subject}{prelude}\index{subject}{conclusion}

Regarding frames \index{subject}{frame} and the procedure call stack,
\index{subject}{procedure call stack} recall from
section~\ref{sec:x86} that the stack grows down and each function call
uses a chunk of space on the stack called a frame. The caller sets the
stack pointer, register \code{rsp}, to the last data item in its
frame. The callee must not change anything in the caller's frame, that
is, anything that is at or above the stack pointer. The callee is free
to use locations that are below the stack pointer.

Recall that we store variables of tuple type on the root stack.  So,
the prelude of a function needs to move the root stack pointer
\code{r15} up according to the number of variables of tuple type and
the conclusion needs to move the root stack pointer back down.  Also,
the prelude must initialize to \code{0} this frame's slots in the root
stack to signal to the garbage collector that those slots do not yet
contain a valid pointer. Otherwise the garbage collector will
interpret the garbage bits in those slots as memory addresses and try
to traverse them, causing serious mayhem!

Regarding the sharing of registers between different functions, recall
from section~\ref{sec:calling-conventions} that the registers are
divided into two groups, the caller-saved registers and the
callee-saved registers. The caller should assume that all the
caller-saved registers are overwritten with arbitrary values by the
callee. For that reason we recommend in
section~\ref{sec:calling-conventions} that variables that are live
during a function call should not be assigned to caller-saved
registers.

On the flip side, if the callee wants to use a callee-saved register,
the callee must save the contents of those registers on their stack
frame and then put them back prior to returning to the caller.  For
that reason we recommend in section~\ref{sec:calling-conventions} that if
the register allocator assigns a variable to a callee-saved register,
then the prelude of the \code{main} function must save that register
to the stack and the conclusion of \code{main} must restore it.  This
recommendation now generalizes to all functions.

Recall that the base pointer, register \code{rbp}, is used as a
point of reference within a frame, so that each local variable can be
accessed at a fixed offset from the base pointer
(section~\ref{sec:x86}).
%
Figure~\ref{fig:call-frames} shows the general layout of the caller
and callee frames.


\begin{figure}[tbp]
\centering
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
  \begin{tabular}{r|r|l|l} \hline
Caller View & Callee View & Contents       & Frame \\ \hline
8(\key{\%rbp})  & & return address & \multirow{5}{*}{Caller}\\
0(\key{\%rbp})  &  & old \key{rbp} \\
-8(\key{\%rbp}) &  & callee-saved $1$ \\
\ldots & & \ldots \\
$-8j$(\key{\%rbp}) &  & callee-saved $j$ \\
$-8(j+1)$(\key{\%rbp}) &  & local variable $1$ \\
\ldots & & \ldots \\
$-8(j+k)$(\key{\%rbp}) &  & local variable $k$ \\
 %% & &  \\
%% $8n-8$\key{(\%rsp)} & $8n+8$(\key{\%rbp})& argument $n$ \\
%% & \ldots           & \ldots \\
%% 0\key{(\%rsp)} & 16(\key{\%rbp})  & argument $1$   & \\
\hline
& 8(\key{\%rbp})   & return address & \multirow{5}{*}{Callee}\\
& 0(\key{\%rbp})   & old \key{rbp} \\
& -8(\key{\%rbp}) & callee-saved $1$ \\
& \ldots & \ldots \\
& $-8n$(\key{\%rbp})  & callee-saved $n$ \\
& $-8(n+1)$(\key{\%rbp})  & local variable $1$ \\
&  \ldots          & \ldots \\
& $-8(n+m)$(\key{\%rbp})   & local variable $m$\\ \hline
\end{tabular}
\end{tcolorbox}

\caption{Memory layout of caller and callee frames.}
\label{fig:call-frames}
\end{figure}

%% Recall from section~\ref{sec:x86} that the stack is also used for
%% local variables and for storing the values of callee-saved registers
%% (we shall refer to all of these collectively as ``locals''), and that
%% at the beginning of a function we move the stack pointer \code{rsp}
%% down to make room for them.
%% We recommend storing the local variables
%% first and then the callee-saved registers, so that the local variables
%% can be accessed using \code{rbp} the same as before the addition of
%% functions.
%% To make additional room for passing arguments, we shall
%% move the stack pointer even further down. We count how many stack
%% arguments are needed for each function call that occurs inside the
%% body of the function and find their maximum. Adding this number to the
%% number of locals gives us how much the \code{rsp} should be moved at
%% the beginning of the function. In preparation for a function call, we
%% offset from \code{rsp} to set up the stack arguments. We put the first
%% stack argument in \code{0(\%rsp)}, the second in \code{8(\%rsp)}, and
%% so on.

%% Upon calling the function, the stack arguments are retrieved by the
%% callee using the base pointer \code{rbp}. The address \code{16(\%rbp)}
%% is the location of the first stack argument, \code{24(\%rbp)} is the
%% address of the second, and so on. Figure~\ref{fig:call-frames} shows
%% the layout of the caller and callee frames. Notice how important it is
%% that we correctly compute the maximum number of arguments needed for
%% function calls; if that number is too small then the arguments and
%% local variables will smash into each other!

\subsection{Efficient Tail Calls}
\label{sec:tail-call}

In general, the amount of stack space used by a program is determined
by the longest chain of nested function calls. That is, if function
$f_1$ calls $f_2$, $f_2$ calls $f_3$, and so on to $f_n$, then the
amount of stack space is linear in $n$.  The depth $n$ can grow quite
large if functions are recursive. However, in some cases we can
arrange to use only a constant amount of space for a long chain of
nested function calls.

A \emph{tail call}\index{subject}{tail call} is a function call that
happens as the last action in a function body.  For example, in the
following program, the recursive call to \code{tail\_sum} is a tail
call:
\begin{center}
{\if\edition\racketEd  
\begin{lstlisting}
(define (tail_sum [n : Integer] [r : Integer]) : Integer
  (if (eq? n 0) 
      r
      (tail_sum (- n 1) (+ n r))))

(+ (tail_sum 3 0) 36)
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
def tail_sum(n : int, r : int) -> int:
    if n == 0:
        return r
    else:
        return tail_sum(n - 1, n + r)

print( tail_sum(3, 0) + 36)
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
\end{center}
At a tail call, the frame of the caller is no longer needed, so we can
pop the caller's frame before making the tail call. With this
approach, a recursive function that makes only tail calls ends up 
using a constant amount of stack space.  Functional languages like
Racket rely heavily on recursive functions, so the definition of
Racket \emph{requires} that all tail calls be optimized in this way.
\index{subject}{frame}

Some care is needed with regard to argument passing in tail calls.  As
mentioned, for arguments beyond the sixth, the convention is to use
space in the caller's frame for passing arguments.  However, for a
tail call we pop the caller's frame and can no longer use it.  An
alternative is to use space in the callee's frame for passing
arguments. However, this option is also problematic because the caller
and callee's frames overlap in memory.  As we begin to copy the
arguments from their sources in the caller's frame, the target
locations in the callee's frame might collide with the sources for
later arguments! We solve this problem by using the heap instead of
the stack for passing more than six arguments
(section~\ref{sec:limit-functions-r4}).

As mentioned, for a tail call we pop the caller's frame prior to
making the tail call. The instructions for popping a frame are the
instructions that we usually place in the conclusion of a
function. Thus, we also need to place such code immediately before
each tail call. These instructions include restoring the callee-saved
registers, so it is fortunate that the argument passing registers are
all caller-saved registers.

One note remains regarding which instruction to use to make the tail
call. When the callee is finished, it should not return to the current
function but instead return to the function that called the current
one. Thus, the return address that is already on the stack is the
right one, and we should not use \key{callq} to make the tail call
because that would overwrite the return address. Instead we simply use
the \key{jmp} instruction. As with the indirect function call, we write
an \emph{indirect jump}\index{subject}{indirect jump} with a register
prefixed with an asterisk.  We recommend using \code{rax} to hold the
jump target because the conclusion can overwrite just about everything
else.
\begin{lstlisting}
   jmp *%rax
\end{lstlisting}


\section{Shrink \LangFun{}}
\label{sec:shrink-r4}

The \code{shrink} pass performs a minor modification to ease the
later passes. This pass introduces an explicit \code{main} function
that gobbles up all the top-level statements of the module.
%
\racket{It also changes the top \code{ProgramDefsExp} form to
\code{ProgramDefs}.}

{\if\edition\racketEd  
\begin{lstlisting}
   (ProgramDefsExp |$\itm{info}$| (|$\Def\ldots$|) |$\Exp$|)
|$\Rightarrow$| (ProgramDefs |$\itm{info}$| (|$\Def\ldots$| |$\itm{mainDef}$|))
\end{lstlisting}
where $\itm{mainDef}$ is
\begin{lstlisting}
(Def 'main '() 'Integer '() |$\Exp'$|)
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
Module(|$\Def\ldots\Stmt\ldots$|)
|$\Rightarrow$| Module(|$\Def\ldots\itm{mainDef}$|)
\end{lstlisting}
where $\itm{mainDef}$ is
\begin{lstlisting}
FunctionDef('main', [], int, None, |$\Stmt\ldots$|Return(Constant(0)), None)
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}

\section{Reveal Functions and the \LangFunRef{} language}
\label{sec:reveal-functions-r4}

The syntax of \LangFun{} is inconvenient for purposes of compilation
in that it conflates the use of function names and local
variables. This is a problem because we need to compile the use of a
function name differently from the use of a local variable.  In
particular, we use \code{leaq} to convert the function name (a label
in x86) to an address in a register.  Thus, we create a new pass that
changes function references from $\VAR{f}$ to $\FUNREF{f}{n}$ where
$n$ is the arity of the function.\python{\footnote{The arity is not
    needed in this chapter but is used in chapter~\ref{ch:Ldyn}.}}
This pass is named \code{reveal\_functions} and the output language
is \LangFunRef{}.

%is defined in figure~\ref{fig:f1-syntax}.
%% The concrete syntax for a
%% function reference is $\CFUNREF{f}$.

%% \begin{figure}[tp]
%% \centering
%% \fbox{
%% \begin{minipage}{0.96\textwidth}
%% {\if\edition\racketEd   
%% \[
%% \begin{array}{lcl}
%% \Exp &::=& \ldots \MID \FUNREF{\Var}{\Int}\\
%%  \Def &::=& \gray{ \FUNDEF{\Var}{([\Var \code{:} \Type]\ldots)}{\Type}{\code{'()}}{\Exp} }\\
%%   \LangFunRefM{} &::=& \PROGRAMDEFS{\code{'()}}{\LP \Def\ldots \RP}
%% \end{array}
%% \]
%% \fi}
%% {\if\edition\pythonEd  
%% \[
%% \begin{array}{lcl}
%% \Exp &::=& \FUNREF{\Var}{\Int}\\
%%   \LangFunRefM{} &::=& \PROGRAM{}{\LS \Def \code{,} \ldots \RS}
%% \end{array}
%% \]
%% \fi}
%% \end{minipage}
%% }
%% \caption{The abstract syntax \LangFunRef{}, an extension of \LangFun{}
%%   (figure~\ref{fig:Lfun-syntax}).}
%% \label{fig:f1-syntax}
%% \end{figure}

%% Distinguishing between calls in tail position and non-tail position
%% requires the pass to have some notion of context. We recommend using
%% two mutually recursive functions, one for processing expressions in
%% tail position and another for the rest. 

\racket{Placing this pass after \code{uniquify} will make sure that
  there are no local variables and functions that share the same
  name.}
%
The \code{reveal\_functions} pass should come before the
\code{remove\_complex\_operands} pass because function references
should be categorized as complex expressions.

\section{Limit Functions}
\label{sec:limit-functions-r4}

Recall that we wish to limit the number of function parameters to six
so that we do not need to use the stack for argument passing, which
makes it easier to implement efficient tail calls.  However, because
the input language \LangFun{} supports arbitrary numbers of function
arguments, we have some work to do! The \code{limit\_functions} pass
transforms functions and function calls that involve more than six
arguments to pass the first five arguments as usual, but it packs the
rest of the arguments into a tuple and passes it as the sixth
argument.\footnote{The implementation this pass can be postponed to
  last because you can test the rest of the passes on functions with
  six or fewer parameters.}

Each function definition with seven or more parameters is transformed as
follows.
{\if\edition\racketEd   
\begin{lstlisting}
  (Def |$f$| ([|$x_1$|:|$T_1$|] |$\ldots$| [|$x_n$|:|$T_n$|]) |$T_r$| |$\itm{info}$| |$\itm{body}$|) 
|$\Rightarrow$|
  (Def |$f$| ([|$x_1$|:|$T_1$|] |$\ldots$| [|$x_5$|:|$T_5$|] [tup : (Vector |$T_6 \ldots T_n$|)]) |$T_r$| |$\itm{info}$| |$\itm{body}'$|) 
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd   
\begin{lstlisting}
  FunctionDef(|$f$|, [(|$x_1$|,|$T_1$|),|$\ldots$|,(|$x_n$|,|$T_n$|)], |$T_r$|, None, |$\itm{body}$|, None)
|$\Rightarrow$|
  FunctionDef(|$f$|, [(|$x_1$|,|$T_1$|),|$\ldots$|,(|$x_5$|,|$T_5$|),(tup,TupleType([|$T_6, \ldots, T_n$|]))],
         |$T_r$|, None, |$\itm{body}'$|, None)
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
%
\noindent where the $\itm{body}$ is transformed into $\itm{body}'$ by
replacing the occurrences of each parameter $x_i$ where $i > 5$ with
the $k$th element of the tuple, where $k = i - 6$.
%
{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{lstlisting}
  (Var |$x_i$|) |$\Rightarrow$| (Prim 'vector-ref (list tup (Int |$k$|)))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd   
\begin{lstlisting}
  Name(|$x_i$|) |$\Rightarrow$| Subscript(tup, Constant(|$k$|), Load())
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}

For function calls with too many arguments, the \code{limit\_functions}
pass transforms them in the following way:

\begin{tabular}{lll}
\begin{minipage}{0.3\textwidth}
{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{lstlisting}
  (|$e_0$| |$e_1$| |$\ldots$| |$e_n$|) 
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
Call(|$e_0$|, [|$e_1,\ldots,e_n$|])
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
\end{minipage}
&
$\Rightarrow$
&
\begin{minipage}{0.5\textwidth}
{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{lstlisting}
(|$e_0$| |$e_1 \ldots e_5$| (vector |$e_6 \ldots e_n$|))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
Call(|$e_0$|, [|$e_1,\ldots,e_5$|,Tuple([|$e_6,\ldots,e_n$|])])
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
\end{minipage}
\end{tabular}


\section{Remove Complex Operands}
\label{sec:rco-r4}

The primary decisions to make for this pass are whether to classify
\code{FunRef} and \racket{\code{Apply}}\python{\code{Call}} as either
atomic or complex expressions. Recall that an atomic expression will
end up as an immediate argument of an x86 instruction. Function
application will be translated to a sequence of instructions, so
\racket{\code{Apply}}\python{\code{Call}} must be classified as
complex expression.  On the other hand, the arguments of
\racket{\code{Apply}}\python{\code{Call}} should be atomic
expressions.
%
Regarding \code{FunRef}, as discussed previously, the function label
needs to be converted to an address using the \code{leaq}
instruction. Thus, even though \code{FunRef} seems rather simple, it
needs to be classified as a complex expression so that we generate an
assignment statement with a left-hand side that can serve as the
target of the \code{leaq}.

The output of this pass, \LangFunANF{} (figure~\ref{fig:Lfun-anf-syntax}),
extends \LangAllocANF{} (figure~\ref{fig:Lvec-anf-syntax}) with \code{FunRef}
and \racket{\code{Apply}}\python{\code{Call}} in the grammar for expressions
and augments programs to include a list of function definitions.
%
\python{Also, \LangFunANF{} adds \code{Return} to the grammar for statements.}


\newcommand{\LfunMonadASTRacket}{
  \begin{array}{lcl}
  \Type &::=& (\Type \ldots \; \key{->}\; \Type) \\
  \Exp &::=& \FUNREF{\itm{label}}{\Int} \MID \APPLY{\Atm}{\Atm\ldots}\\
  \Def &::=& \FUNDEF{\Var}{\LP[\Var \code{:} \Type]\ldots\RP}{\Type}{\code{'()}}{\Exp}
  \end{array}
}

\newcommand{\LfunMonadASTPython}{
  \begin{array}{lcl}
    \Type &::=& \key{IntType()} \MID \key{BoolType()} \key{VoidType()}
        \MID \key{TupleType}\LS\Type^+\RS\\
        &\MID& \key{FunctionType}\LP \Type^{*} \key{, } \Type \RP \\
    \Exp &::=& \FUNREF{\itm{label}}{\Int} \MID \CALL{\Atm}{\Atm^{*}}\\
    \Stmt &::=& \RETURN{\Exp} \\
   \Params &::=&  \LP\Var\key{,}\Type\RP^* \\
   \Def &::=& \FUNDEF{\Var}{\Params}{\Type}{}{\Stmt^{+}} 
  \end{array}
}

\begin{figure}[tp]
\centering
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
\small
{\if\edition\racketEd    
\[
\begin{array}{l}
  \gray{\LvarMonadASTRacket} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LifMonadASTRacket} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LwhileMonadASTRacket} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LtupMonadASTRacket} \\ \hline
  \LfunMonadASTRacket \\
\begin{array}{rcl}
\LangFunANFM{}  &::=& \PROGRAMDEFSEXP{\code{'()}}{\LP\Def\ldots\RP)}{\Exp}
\end{array}
\end{array}
\]
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\[
\begin{array}{l}
  \gray{\LvarMonadASTPython} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LifMonadASTPython} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LwhileMonadASTPython} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LtupMonadASTPython} \\ \hline
  \LfunMonadASTPython \\
  \begin{array}{rcl}
     \LangFunANFM{} &::=& \PROGRAM{}{\LS \Def \ldots \Stmt \ldots \RS}
  \end{array}
\end{array}
\]
\fi}
\end{tcolorbox}

\caption{\LangFunANF{} is \LangFunRef{} in monadic normal form.}
\label{fig:Lfun-anf-syntax}
\end{figure}



%% Figure~\ref{fig:Lfun-anf-syntax} defines the output language
%% \LangFunANF{} of this pass.

%% \begin{figure}[tp]
%% \centering
%% \fbox{
%% \begin{minipage}{0.96\textwidth}
%% \small
%% \[
%% \begin{array}{rcl}
%%   \Atm &::=& \gray{ \INT{\Int} \MID \VAR{\Var} \MID \BOOL{\itm{bool}} 
%%        \MID \VOID{} } \\
%% \Exp &::=& \gray{ \Atm \MID \READ{} } \\
%%    &\MID& \gray{ \NEG{\Atm} \MID \ADD{\Atm}{\Atm} } \\
%%    &\MID& \gray{ \LET{\Var}{\Exp}{\Exp} } \\
%%    &\MID& \gray{ \UNIOP{\key{'not}}{\Atm} } \\
%%    &\MID& \gray{ \BINOP{\itm{cmp}}{\Atm}{\Atm} \MID \IF{\Exp}{\Exp}{\Exp} }\\
%%    &\MID& \gray{ \LP\key{Collect}~\Int\RP \MID \LP\key{Allocate}~\Int~\Type\RP
%%   \MID \LP\key{GlobalValue}~\Var\RP }\\
%%    &\MID& \FUNREF{\Var} \MID \APPLY{\Atm}{\Atm\ldots}\\
%%  \Def &::=& \gray{ \FUNDEF{\Var}{([\Var \code{:} \Type]\ldots)}{\Type}{\code{'()}}{\Exp} }\\
%% R^{\dagger}_4  &::=& \gray{ \PROGRAMDEFS{\code{'()}}{\Def} }
%% \end{array}
%% \]
%% \end{minipage}
%% }
%% \caption{\LangFunANF{} is \LangFunRefAlloc{} in monadic normal form.}
%% \label{fig:Lfun-anf-syntax}
%% \end{figure}


\section{Explicate Control and the \LangCFun{} language}
\label{sec:explicate-control-r4}

Figure~\ref{fig:c3-syntax} defines the abstract syntax for \LangCFun{}, the
output of \code{explicate\_control}.
%
%% \racket{(The concrete syntax is given in
%%   figure~\ref{fig:c3-concrete-syntax} of the Appendix.)}
%
The auxiliary functions for assignment\racket{ and tail contexts} should
be updated with cases for
\racket{\code{Apply}}\python{\code{Call}} and \code{FunRef} and the
function for predicate context should be updated for
\racket{\code{Apply}}\python{\code{Call}} but not \code{FunRef}.  (A
\code{FunRef} cannot be a Boolean.) In assignment and predicate
contexts, \code{Apply} becomes \code{Call}\racket{, whereas in tail position
\code{Apply} becomes \code{TailCall}}.  We recommend defining a new
auxiliary function for processing function definitions.  This code is
similar to the case for \code{Program} in \LangVec{}.  The top-level
\code{explicate\_control} function that handles the \code{ProgramDefs}
form of \LangFun{} can then apply this new function to all the
function definitions.

{\if\edition\pythonEd

The translation of \code{Return} statements requires a new auxiliary
function to handle expressions in tail context, called
\code{explicate\_tail}. The function should take an expression and the
dictionary of basic blocks and produce a list of statements in the
\LangCFun{} language.  The \code{explicate\_tail} function should
include cases for \code{Begin}, \code{IfExp}, \code{Let}, \code{Call},
and a default case for other kinds of expressions. The default case
should produce a \code{Return} statement. The case for \code{Call}
should change it into \code{TailCall}.  The other cases should
recursively process their subexpressions and statements, choosing the
appropriate explicate functions for the various contexts.
  
\fi}

\newcommand{\CfunASTRacket}{
\begin{array}{lcl}
\Exp &::= & \FUNREF{\itm{label}}{\Int} \MID \CALL{\Atm}{\LP\Atm\ldots\RP} \\
\Tail &::= & \TAILCALL{\Atm}{\Atm\ldots} \\
\Def &::=& \DEF{\itm{label}}{\LP[\Var\key{:}\Type]\ldots\RP}{\Type}{\itm{info}}{\LP\LP\itm{label}\,\key{.}\,\Tail\RP\ldots\RP}
\end{array}
}

\newcommand{\CfunASTPython}{
\begin{array}{lcl}
\Exp &::= & \FUNREF{\itm{label}}{\Int} \MID \CALL{\Atm}{\Atm^{*}} \\
\Stmt &::= & \TAILCALL{\Atm}{\Atm^{*}} \\
\Params &::=& \LS\LP\Var\key{,}\Type\RP\code{,}\ldots\RS \\
\Block &::=& \itm{label}\key{:} \Stmt^{*} \\
\Blocks &::=& \LC\Block\code{,}\ldots\RC \\
\Def &::=& \DEF{\itm{label}}{\Params}{\Blocks}{\key{None}}{\Type}{\key{None}} 
\end{array}
}

\begin{figure}[tp]
  \begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
\small
{\if\edition\racketEd
\[
\begin{array}{l}
  \gray{\CvarASTRacket} \\ \hline
  \gray{\CifASTRacket} \\ \hline
  \gray{\CloopASTRacket} \\ \hline
  \gray{\CtupASTRacket} \\ \hline
  \CfunASTRacket \\
  \begin{array}{lcl}
  \LangCFunM{} & ::= & \PROGRAMDEFS{\itm{info}}{\LP\Def\ldots\RP} 
  \end{array}
\end{array}
\]
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\[
  \begin{array}{l}
  \gray{\CifASTPython} \\ \hline
  \gray{\CtupASTPython} \\ \hline
  \CfunASTPython \\
  \begin{array}{lcl}
    \LangCFunM{} & ::= & \CPROGRAMDEFS{\LS\Def\code{,}\ldots\RS} 
  \end{array}
  \end{array}
\]
\fi}
  \end{tcolorbox}

\caption{The abstract syntax of \LangCFun{}, extending \LangCVec{} (figure~\ref{fig:c2-syntax}).}
\label{fig:c3-syntax}
\end{figure}

\clearpage

\section{Select Instructions and the \LangXIndCall{} Language}
\label{sec:select-r4}
\index{subject}{instruction selection}

The output of select instructions is a program in the \LangXIndCall{}
language; the definition of its concrete syntax is shown in
figure~\ref{fig:x86-3-concrete}, and the definition of its abstract
syntax is shown in figure~\ref{fig:x86-3}.  We use the \code{align}
directive on the labels of function definitions to make sure the
bottom three bits are zero, which we put to use in
chapter~\ref{ch:Ldyn}. We discuss the new instructions as needed in
this section.  \index{subject}{x86}

\newcommand{\GrammarXIndCall}{
\begin{array}{lcl}
\Instr &::=&  \key{callq}\;\key{*}\Arg \MID \key{tailjmp}\;\Arg 
     \MID \key{leaq}\;\Arg\key{,}\;\key{\%}\Reg \\
\Block &::= & \Instr^{+} \\
\Def &::= & \code{.globl}\,\code{.align 8}\,\itm{label}\; (\itm{label}\key{:}\, \Block)^{*} 
\end{array}
}

\newcommand{\ASTXIndCallRacket}{
\begin{array}{lcl}
  \Instr &::=& \INDCALLQ{\Arg}{\itm{int}}
    \MID \TAILJMP{\Arg}{\itm{int}}\\
    &\MID& \BININSTR{\code{'leaq}}{\Arg}{\REG{\Reg}}\\
  \Block &::= & \BLOCK{\itm{info}}{\LP\Instr\ldots\RP}\\
  \Def &::= & \DEF{\itm{label}}{\code{'()}}{\Type}{\itm{info}}{\LP\LP\itm{label}\,\key{.}\,\Block\RP\ldots\RP} 
\end{array}
}

\begin{figure}[tp]
  \begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
\small
\[
\begin{array}{l}
  \gray{\GrammarXInt} \\ \hline
  \gray{\GrammarXIf} \\ \hline
  \gray{\GrammarXGlobal} \\ \hline
  \GrammarXIndCall \\
\begin{array}{lcl}
\LangXIndCallM{} &::= & \Def^{*}
\end{array}
\end{array}
\]
  \end{tcolorbox}

\caption{The concrete syntax of \LangXIndCall{} (extends \LangXGlobal{} of figure~\ref{fig:x86-2-concrete}).}
\label{fig:x86-3-concrete}
\end{figure}

\begin{figure}[tp]
  \begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
    \small
{\if\edition\racketEd
\[\arraycolsep=3pt
\begin{array}{l}
  \gray{\ASTXIntRacket} \\ \hline
  \gray{\ASTXIfRacket} \\ \hline
  \gray{\ASTXGlobalRacket} \\ \hline
  \ASTXIndCallRacket \\
\begin{array}{lcl}
\LangXIndCallM{} &::= & \XPROGRAMDEFS{\itm{info}}{\LP\Def\ldots\RP}
\end{array}
\end{array}
\]
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\[
\begin{array}{lcl}
  \Arg &::=&  \gray{  \INT{\Int} \MID \REG{\Reg} \MID \DEREF{\Reg}{\Int}
     \MID \BYTEREG{\Reg} } \\
     &\MID& \gray{ \GLOBAL{\itm{label}} } \MID \FUNREF{\itm{label}}{\Int} \\
  \Instr &::=& \ldots \MID \INDCALLQ{\Arg}{\itm{int}}
    \MID \TAILJMP{\Arg}{\itm{int}}\\
    &\MID& \BININSTR{\scode{leaq}}{\Arg}{\REG{\Reg}}\\
  \Block &::=&\itm{label}\key{:}\,\Instr^{*} \\
  \Blocks &::= & \LC\Block\code{,}\ldots\RC\\
  \Def &::= & \DEF{\itm{label}}{\LS\RS}{\Blocks}{\_}{\Type}{\_} \\
\LangXIndCallM{} &::= & \XPROGRAMDEFS{\LS\Def\code{,}\ldots\RS}
\end{array}
\]
\fi}
  \end{tcolorbox}
\caption{The abstract syntax of \LangXIndCall{} (extends
  \LangXGlobal{} of figure~\ref{fig:x86-2}).}
\label{fig:x86-3}
\end{figure}

An assignment of a function reference to a variable becomes a
load-effective-address instruction as follows, where $\itm{lhs}'$ is
the translation of $\itm{lhs}$ from \Atm{} in \LangCFun{} to \Arg{} in
\LangXIndCallVar{}. The \code{FunRef} becomes a \code{Global} AST
node, whose concrete syntax is instruction-pointer-relative
addressing.

\begin{center}
  \begin{tabular}{lcl}
\begin{minipage}{0.35\textwidth}
{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{lstlisting}
  |$\itm{lhs}$| = (fun-ref |$f$| |$n$|);
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
  |$\itm{lhs}$| = FunRef(|$f$| |$n$|);
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
\end{minipage}
&
$\Rightarrow$\qquad\qquad
&
\begin{minipage}{0.3\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}
leaq |$f$|(%rip), |$\itm{lhs}'$|
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
  \end{tabular}
\end{center}


Regarding function definitions, we need to remove the parameters and
instead perform parameter passing using the conventions discussed in
section~\ref{sec:fun-x86}. That is, the arguments are passed in
registers. We recommend turning the parameters into local variables
and generating instructions at the beginning of the function to move
from the argument-passing registers
(section~\ref{sec:calling-conventions-fun}) to these local variables.

{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{lstlisting}
  (Def |$f$| '([|$x_1$| : |$T_1$|] [|$x_2$| : |$T_2$|]  |$\ldots$| ) |$T_r$| |$\itm{info}$| |$B$|)
  |$\Rightarrow$|
  (Def |$f$| '() 'Integer |$\itm{info}'$| |$B'$|)
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
  FunctionDef(|$f$|, [|$(x_1,T_1),\ldots$|], |$B$|, _, |$T_r$|, _)
  |$\Rightarrow$|
  FunctionDef(|$f$|, [], |$B'$|, _, int, _)
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
The basic blocks $B'$ are the same as $B$ except that the
\code{start} block is modified to add the instructions for moving from
the argument registers to the parameter variables. So the \code{start}
block of $B$ shown on the left of the following is changed to the code
on the right:
\begin{center}
\begin{minipage}{0.3\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}
start:
  |$\itm{instr}_1$|
  |$\cdots$|
  |$\itm{instr}_n$|
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
$\Rightarrow$
\begin{minipage}{0.3\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}
|$f$|start:
  movq %rdi, |$x_1$|
  movq %rsi, |$x_2$|
  |$\cdots$|
  |$\itm{instr}_1$|
  |$\cdots$|
  |$\itm{instr}_n$|
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
\end{center}
Recall that we use the label \code{start} for the initial block of a
program, and in section~\ref{sec:select-Lvar} we recommend labeling
the conclusion of the program with \code{conclusion}, so that
$\RETURN{Arg}$ can be compiled to an assignment to \code{rax} followed
by a jump to \code{conclusion}. With the addition of function
definitions, there is a start block and conclusion for each function,
but their labels need to be unique. We recommend prepending the
function's name to \code{start} and \code{conclusion}, respectively,
to obtain unique labels.

\racket{The interpreter for \LangXIndCall{} needs to be given the
  number of parameters the function expects, but the parameters are no
  longer in the syntax of function definitions. Instead, add an entry
  to $\itm{info}$ that maps \code{num-params} to the number of
  parameters to construct $\itm{info}'$.}

By changing the parameters to local variables, we are giving the
register allocator control over which registers or stack locations to
use for them. If you implement the move-biasing challenge
(section~\ref{sec:move-biasing}), the register allocator will try to
assign the parameter variables to the corresponding argument register,
in which case the \code{patch\_instructions} pass will remove the
\code{movq} instruction. This happens in the example translation given
in figure~\ref{fig:add-fun} in section~\ref{sec:functions-example}, in
the \code{add} function.
%
Also, note that the register allocator will perform liveness analysis
on this sequence of move instructions and build the interference
graph. So, for example, $x_1$ will be marked as interfering with
\code{rsi}, and that will prevent the mapping of $x_1$ to \code{rsi},
which is good because otherwise the first \code{movq} would overwrite
the argument in \code{rsi} that is needed for $x_2$.

Next, consider the compilation of function calls. In the mirror image
of the handling of parameters in function definitions, the arguments
are moved to the argument-passing registers.  Note that the function
is not given as a label, but its address is produced by the argument
$\itm{arg}_0$. So, we translate the call into an indirect function
call. The return value from the function is stored in \code{rax}, so
it needs to be moved into the \itm{lhs}.
\begin{lstlisting}
  |\itm{lhs}| = |$\CALL{\itm{arg}_0}{\itm{arg}_1~\itm{arg}_2 \ldots}$|
  |$\Rightarrow$|
  movq |$\itm{arg}_1$|, %rdi
  movq |$\itm{arg}_2$|, %rsi
  |$\vdots$|
  callq *|$\itm{arg}_0$|
  movq %rax, |$\itm{lhs}$|
\end{lstlisting}
The \code{IndirectCallq} AST node includes an integer for the arity of
the function, that is, the number of parameters. That information is
useful in the \code{uncover\_live} pass for determining which
argument-passing registers are potentially read during the call.

For tail calls, the parameter passing is the same as non-tail calls:
generate instructions to move the arguments into the argument-passing
registers.  After that we need to pop the frame from the procedure
call stack.  However, we do not yet know how big the frame is; that
gets determined during register allocation. So, instead of generating
those instructions here, we invent a new instruction that means ``pop
the frame and then do an indirect jump,'' which we name
\code{TailJmp}. The abstract syntax for this instruction includes an
argument that specifies where to jump and an integer that represents
the arity of the function being called.

\section{Register Allocation}
\label{sec:register-allocation-r4}

The addition of functions requires some changes to all three aspects
of register allocation, which we discuss in the following subsections.

\subsection{Liveness Analysis}
\label{sec:liveness-analysis-r4}
\index{subject}{liveness analysis}

%% The rest of the passes need only minor modifications to handle the new
%% kinds of AST nodes: \code{fun-ref}, \code{indirect-callq}, and
%% \code{leaq}. 

The \code{IndirectCallq} instruction should be treated like
\code{Callq} regarding its written locations $W$, in that they should
include all the caller-saved registers. Recall that the reason for
that is to force variables that are live across a function call to be assigned to callee-saved
registers or to be spilled to the stack.

Regarding the set of read locations $R$, the arity field of
\code{TailJmp} and \code{IndirectCallq} determine how many of the
argument-passing registers should be considered as read by those
instructions. Also, the target field of \code{TailJmp} and
\code{IndirectCallq} should be included in the set of read locations
$R$.

\subsection{Build Interference Graph}
\label{sec:build-interference-r4}

With the addition of function definitions, we compute a separate interference
graph for each function (not just one for the whole program).

Recall that in section~\ref{sec:reg-alloc-gc} we discussed the need to
spill tuple-typed variables that are live during a call to
\code{collect}, the garbage collector.  With the addition of functions
to our language, we need to revisit this issue. Functions that perform
allocation contain calls to the collector. Thus, we should not only
spill a tuple-typed variable when it is live during a call to
\code{collect}, but we should spill the variable if it is live during
call to any user-defined function. Thus, in the
\code{build\_interference} pass, we recommend adding interference
edges between call-live tuple-typed variables and the callee-saved
registers (in addition to the usual addition of edges between
call-live variables and the caller-saved registers).


\subsection{Allocate Registers}

The primary change to the \code{allocate\_registers} pass is adding an
auxiliary function for handling definitions (the \Def{} nonterminal
shown in figure~\ref{fig:x86-3}) with one case for function
definitions. The logic is the same as described in
chapter~\ref{ch:register-allocation-Lvar} except that now register
allocation is performed many times, once for each function definition,
instead of just once for the whole program.


\section{Patch Instructions}

In \code{patch\_instructions}, you should deal with the x86
idiosyncrasy that the destination argument of \code{leaq} must be a
register. Additionally, you should ensure that the argument of
\code{TailJmp} is \itm{rax}, our reserved register---because we
trample many other registers before the tail call, as explained in the
next section.

\section{Prelude and Conclusion}

Now that register allocation is complete, we can translate the
\code{TailJmp} into a sequence of instructions. A naive translation of
\code{TailJmp} would simply be \code{jmp *$\itm{arg}$}.  However,
before the jump we need to pop the current frame to achieve efficient
tail calls.  This sequence of instructions is the same as the code for
the conclusion of a function, except that the \code{retq} is replaced with
\code{jmp *$\itm{arg}$}.

Regarding function definitions, we generate a prelude and conclusion
for each one. This code is similar to the prelude and conclusion
generated for the \code{main} function presented in
chapter~\ref{ch:Lvec}. To review, the prelude of every function should
carry out the following steps:
% TODO: .align the functions!
\begin{enumerate}
%% \item Start with \code{.global} and \code{.align} directives followed
%%   by the label for the function.  (See figure~\ref{fig:add-fun} for an
  %%   example.)
\item Push \code{rbp} to the stack and set \code{rbp} to current stack
  pointer.
\item Push to the stack all the callee-saved registers that were
  used for register allocation.
\item Move the stack pointer \code{rsp} down to make room for the
  regular spills (aligned to 16 bytes).
\item Move the root stack pointer \code{r15} up by the size of the
  root-stack frame for this function, which depends on the number of
  spilled tuple-typed variables. \label{root-stack-init}
\item Initialize to zero all new entries in the root-stack frame.
\item Jump to the start block.
\end{enumerate}
The prelude of the \code{main} function has an additional task: call
the \code{initialize} function to set up the garbage collector, and
then move the value of the global \code{rootstack\_begin} in
\code{r15}. This initialization should happen before step
\ref{root-stack-init}, which depends on \code{r15}.

The conclusion of every function should do the following:
\begin{enumerate}
\item Move the stack pointer back up past the regular spills.
\item Restore the callee-saved registers by popping them from the
  stack.
\item Move the root stack pointer back down by the size of the
  root-stack frame for this function.
\item Restore \code{rbp} by popping it from the stack.
\item Return to the caller with the \code{retq} instruction.
\end{enumerate}

The output of this pass is \LangXIndCallFlat{}, which differs from
\LangXIndCall{} in that there is no longer an AST node for function
definitions. Instead, a program is just an association list of basic
blocks, as in \LangXGlobal{}. So we have the following grammar rule:
\[
\LangXIndCallFlatM{} ::= \XPROGRAM{\itm{info}}{\LP\LP\itm{label} \,\key{.}\, \Block \RP\ldots\RP}
\]

Figure~\ref{fig:Lfun-passes} gives an overview of the passes for
compiling \LangFun{} to x86.

\begin{exercise}\normalfont\normalsize
Expand your compiler to handle \LangFun{} as outlined in this chapter.
Create eight new programs that use functions, including examples that
pass functions and return functions from other functions, recursive
functions, functions that create vectors, and functions that make tail
calls. Test your compiler on these new programs and all your
previously created test programs.
\end{exercise}


\begin{figure}[tbp]
  \begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
{\if\edition\racketEd    
    \begin{tikzpicture}[baseline=(current  bounding  box.center),scale=0.90]
\node (Lfun) at (0,2)  {\large \LangFun{}};
\node (Lfun-1) at (4,2)  {\large \LangFun{}};
\node (Lfun-2) at (7,2)  {\large \LangFun{}};
\node (F1-1) at (11,2)  {\large \LangFunRef{}};
\node (F1-2) at (11,0)  {\large \LangFunRef{}};
\node (F1-3) at (7,0)  {\large \LangFunRefAlloc{}};
\node (F1-4) at (4,0)  {\large \LangFunRefAlloc{}};
\node (F1-5) at (0,0)  {\large \LangFunANF{}};
\node (C3-2) at (0,-2)  {\large \LangCFun{}};

\node (x86-2) at (0,-4)  {\large \LangXIndCallVar{}};
\node (x86-3) at (4,-4)  {\large \LangXIndCallVar{}};
\node (x86-4) at (8,-4) {\large \LangXIndCall{}};
\node (x86-5) at (8,-6) {\large \LangXIndCallFlat{}};

\node (x86-2-1) at (0,-6)  {\large \LangXIndCallVar{}};
\node (x86-2-2) at (4,-6)  {\large \LangXIndCallVar{}};

\path[->,bend left=15] (Lfun) edge [above] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize shrink} (Lfun-1);
\path[->,bend left=15] (Lfun-1) edge [above] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize uniquify} (Lfun-2);
\path[->,bend left=15] (Lfun-2) edge [above] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize ~~reveal\_functions} (F1-1);
\path[->,bend left=15] (F1-1) edge [left] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize limit\_functions} (F1-2);
\path[->,bend left=15] (F1-2) edge [below] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize expose\_allocation} (F1-3);
\path[->,bend left=15] (F1-3) edge [below] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize uncover\_get!} (F1-4);
\path[->,bend right=15] (F1-4) edge [above] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize remove\_complex\_operands} (F1-5);
\path[->,bend right=15] (F1-5) edge [right] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize explicate\_control} (C3-2);
\path[->,bend right=15] (C3-2) edge [right] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize select\_instructions} (x86-2);
\path[->,bend left=15] (x86-2) edge [right] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize uncover\_live} (x86-2-1);
\path[->,bend right=15] (x86-2-1) edge [below] node 
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize build\_interference} (x86-2-2);
\path[->,bend right=15] (x86-2-2) edge [right] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize allocate\_registers} (x86-3);
\path[->,bend left=15] (x86-3) edge [above] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize patch\_instructions} (x86-4);
\path[->,bend right=15] (x86-4) edge [right] node {\ttfamily\footnotesize prelude\_and\_conclusion} (x86-5);
\end{tikzpicture}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{tikzpicture}[baseline=(current  bounding  box.center),scale=0.85]
\node (Lfun) at (0,2)  {\large \LangFun{}};
\node (Lfun-2) at (4,2)  {\large \LangFun{}};
\node (F1-1) at (8,2)  {\large \LangFunRef{}};
\node (F1-2) at (12,2)  {\large \LangFunRef{}};
\node (F1-4) at (4,0)  {\large \LangFunRefAlloc{}};
\node (F1-5) at (0,0)  {\large \LangFunANF{}};
\node (C3-2) at (0,-2)  {\large \LangCFun{}};

\node (x86-2) at (0,-4)  {\large \LangXIndCallVar{}};
\node (x86-3) at (4,-4)  {\large \LangXIndCallVar{}};
\node (x86-4) at (8,-4) {\large \LangXIndCall{}};
\node (x86-5) at (12,-4) {\large \LangXIndCallFlat{}};

\path[->,bend left=15] (Lfun) edge [above] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize shrink} (Lfun-2);
\path[->,bend left=15] (Lfun-2) edge [above] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize ~~reveal\_functions} (F1-1);
\path[->,bend left=15] (F1-1) edge [above] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize limit\_functions} (F1-2);
\path[->,bend left=15] (F1-2) edge [right] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize expose\_allocation} (F1-4);
\path[->,bend right=15] (F1-4) edge [above] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize remove\_complex\_operands} (F1-5);
\path[->,bend right=15] (F1-5) edge [right] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize explicate\_control} (C3-2);
\path[->,bend left=15] (C3-2) edge [right] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize select\_instructions} (x86-2);
\path[->,bend right=15] (x86-2) edge [below] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize assign\_homes} (x86-3);
\path[->,bend left=15] (x86-3) edge [above] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize patch\_instructions} (x86-4);
\path[->,bend right=15] (x86-4) edge [below] node {\ttfamily\footnotesize prelude\_and\_conclusion} (x86-5);
\end{tikzpicture}
\fi}
  \end{tcolorbox}

  \caption{Diagram of the passes for \LangFun{}, a language with functions.}
\label{fig:Lfun-passes}
\end{figure}


\section{An Example Translation}
\label{sec:functions-example}

Figure~\ref{fig:add-fun} shows an example translation of a simple
function in \LangFun{} to x86. The figure also includes the results of the
\code{explicate\_control} and \code{select\_instructions} passes.

\begin{figure}[htbp]
  \begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
    \begin{tabular}{ll}
\begin{minipage}{0.4\textwidth}
% s3_2.rkt
{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{lstlisting}[basicstyle=\ttfamily\footnotesize]
(define (add [x : Integer]
              [y : Integer])
          : Integer
   (+ x y))

(add 40 2)
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}[basicstyle=\ttfamily\footnotesize]
def add(x:int, y:int) -> int:
    return x + y

print(add(40, 2))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
$\Downarrow$
{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{lstlisting}[basicstyle=\ttfamily\footnotesize]
(define (add86 [x87 : Integer]
                 [y88 : Integer])
          : Integer
   add86start:
      return (+ x87 y88);
   )

(define (main) : Integer ()
   mainstart:
      tmp89 = (fun-ref add86 2);
      (tail-call tmp89 40 2)
   )
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}[basicstyle=\ttfamily\footnotesize]
def add(x:int, y:int) -> int:
    addstart:
        return x + y

def main() -> int:
    mainstart:
        fun.0 = add
        tmp.1 = fun.0(40, 2)
        print(tmp.1)
        return 0
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
\end{minipage}
&
$\Rightarrow$
\begin{minipage}{0.5\textwidth}
{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{lstlisting}[basicstyle=\ttfamily\footnotesize]
(define (add86) : Integer
   add86start:
      movq %rdi, x87
      movq %rsi, y88
      movq x87, %rax
      addq y88, %rax
      jmp inc1389conclusion
   )

(define (main) : Integer
   mainstart:
      leaq (fun-ref add86 2), tmp89
      movq $40, %rdi
      movq $2, %rsi
      tail-jmp tmp89
   )
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}[basicstyle=\ttfamily\footnotesize]
def add() -> int:
    addstart:
        movq %rdi, x
        movq %rsi, y
        movq x, %rax
        addq y, %rax
        jmp addconclusion

def main() -> int:
    mainstart:
        leaq add, fun.0
        movq $40, %rdi
        movq $2, %rsi
        callq *fun.0
        movq %rax, tmp.1
        movq tmp.1, %rdi
        callq print_int
        movq $0, %rax
        jmp mainconclusion
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
$\Downarrow$
\end{minipage}
\end{tabular}
\begin{tabular}{ll}
\begin{minipage}{0.3\textwidth}
{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{lstlisting}[basicstyle=\ttfamily\footnotesize]
	.globl add86
	.align 8
add86:
	pushq	%rbp
	movq	%rsp, %rbp
	jmp	add86start
add86start:
	movq	%rdi, %rax
	addq	%rsi, %rax
	jmp add86conclusion
add86conclusion:
	popq	%rbp
	retq
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}[basicstyle=\ttfamily\footnotesize]
  .align 8
add:
  pushq %rbp
  movq %rsp, %rbp
  subq $0, %rsp
  jmp addstart
addstart:
  movq %rdi, %rdx
  movq %rsi, %rcx
  movq %rdx, %rax
  addq %rcx, %rax
  jmp addconclusion
addconclusion:
  subq $0, %r15
  addq $0, %rsp
  popq %rbp
  retq 
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
\end{minipage}
&
\begin{minipage}{0.5\textwidth}
{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{lstlisting}[basicstyle=\ttfamily\footnotesize]
	.globl main
	.align 8
main:
	pushq	%rbp
	movq	%rsp, %rbp
	movq	$16384, %rdi
	movq	$16384, %rsi
	callq	initialize
	movq	rootstack_begin(%rip), %r15
	jmp	mainstart
mainstart:
	leaq	add86(%rip), %rcx
	movq	$40, %rdi
	movq	$2, %rsi
	movq	%rcx, %rax
	popq	%rbp
	jmp	*%rax
mainconclusion:
	popq	%rbp
	retq
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}[basicstyle=\ttfamily\footnotesize]
  .globl main
  .align 8
main:
  pushq %rbp
  movq %rsp, %rbp
  subq $0, %rsp
  movq $65536, %rdi
  movq $65536, %rsi
  callq initialize
  movq rootstack_begin(%rip), %r15
  jmp mainstart
mainstart:
  leaq add(%rip), %rcx
  movq $40, %rdi
  movq $2, %rsi
  callq *%rcx
  movq %rax, %rcx
  movq %rcx, %rdi
  callq print_int
  movq $0, %rax
  jmp mainconclusion
mainconclusion:
  subq $0, %r15
  addq $0, %rsp
  popq %rbp
  retq 
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
\end{minipage}
\end{tabular}
  \end{tcolorbox}

  \caption{Example compilation of a simple function to x86.}
\label{fig:add-fun}
\end{figure}


% Challenge idea: inlining! (simple version)

% Further Reading



%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\chapter{Lexically Scoped Functions}
\label{ch:Llambda}
\index{subject}{lambda}
\index{subject}{lexical scoping}
\setcounter{footnote}{0}

This chapter studies lexically scoped functions. Lexical scoping means
that a function's body may refer to variables whose binding site is
outside of the function, in an enclosing scope.
%
Consider the example shown in figure~\ref{fig:lexical-scoping} written
in \LangLam{}, which extends \LangFun{} with the \key{lambda} form for
creating lexically scoped functions.  The body of the \key{lambda}
refers to three variables: \code{x}, \code{y}, and \code{z}. The
binding sites for \code{x} and \code{y} are outside of the
\key{lambda}. Variable \code{y} is \racket{bound by the enclosing
  \key{let}}\python{a local variable of function \code{f}}, and
\code{x} is a parameter of function \code{f}. Note that function
\code{f} returns the \key{lambda} as its result value. The main
expression of the program includes two calls to \code{f} with
different arguments for \code{x}: first \code{5} and then \code{3}. The
functions returned from \code{f} are bound to variables \code{g} and
\code{h}. Even though these two functions were created by the same
\code{lambda}, they are really different functions because they use
different values for \code{x}. Applying \code{g} to \code{11} produces
\code{20} whereas applying \code{h} to \code{15} produces \code{22},
so the result of the program is \code{42}.

\begin{figure}[btp]
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
{\if\edition\racketEd
% lambda_test_21.rkt
\begin{lstlisting}
(define (f [x : Integer]) : (Integer -> Integer)
   (let ([y 4])
      (lambda: ([z : Integer]) : Integer
         (+ x (+ y z)))))

(let ([g (f 5)])
  (let ([h (f 3)])
    (+ (g 11) (h 15))))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
def f(x : int) -> Callable[[int], int]:
    y = 4
    return lambda z: x + y + z

g = f(5)
h = f(3)
print( g(11) + h(15) )
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
\end{tcolorbox}
\caption{Example of a lexically scoped function.}
\label{fig:lexical-scoping}
\end{figure}

The approach that we take for implementing lexically scoped functions
is to compile them into top-level function definitions, translating
from \LangLam{} into \LangFun{}.  However, the compiler must give
special treatment to variable occurrences such as \code{x} and
\code{y} in the body of the \code{lambda} shown in
figure~\ref{fig:lexical-scoping}. After all, an \LangFun{} function
may not refer to variables defined outside of it. To identify such
variable occurrences, we review the standard notion of free variable.

\begin{definition}\normalfont
A variable is \emph{free in expression} $e$ if the variable occurs
inside $e$ but does not have an enclosing definition that is also in
$e$.\index{subject}{free variable}
\end{definition}

For example, in the expression
\racket{\code{(+ x (+ y z))}}\python{\code{x + y + z}}
the variables \code{x}, \code{y}, and \code{z} are all free.  On the other hand,
only \code{x} and \code{y} are free in the following expression,
because \code{z} is defined by the \code{lambda}
{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{lstlisting}
   (lambda: ([z : Integer]) : Integer
      (+ x (+ y z)))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
   lambda z: x + y + z
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
%
\noindent Thus the free variables of a \code{lambda} are the ones that
need special treatment. We need to transport at runtime the values
of those variables from the point where the \code{lambda} was created
to the point where the \code{lambda} is applied. An efficient solution
to the problem, due to \citet{Cardelli:1983aa}, is to bundle the
values of the free variables together with a function pointer into a
tuple, an arrangement called a \emph{flat closure} (which we shorten
to just \emph{closure}).\index{subject}{closure}\index{subject}{flat
  closure}
%
By design, we have all the ingredients to make closures:
chapter~\ref{ch:Lvec} gave us tuples, and chapter~\ref{ch:Lfun} gave us
function pointers. The function pointer resides at index $0$, and the
values for the free variables fill in the rest of the tuple.

Let us revisit the example shown in figure~\ref{fig:lexical-scoping}
to see how closures work. It is a three-step dance. The program calls
function \code{f}, which creates a closure for the \code{lambda}. The
closure is a tuple whose first element is a pointer to the top-level
function that we will generate for the \code{lambda}; the second
element is the value of \code{x}, which is \code{5}; and the third
element is \code{4}, the value of \code{y}. The closure does not
contain an element for \code{z} because \code{z} is not a free
variable of the \code{lambda}. Creating the closure is step 1 of the
dance. The closure is returned from \code{f} and bound to \code{g}, as
shown in figure~\ref{fig:closures}.
%
The second call to \code{f} creates another closure, this time with
\code{3} in the second slot (for \code{x}). This closure is also
returned from \code{f} but bound to \code{h}, which is also shown in
figure~\ref{fig:closures}.

\begin{figure}[tbp]
  \centering
  \begin{minipage}{0.65\textwidth}
  \begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
    \includegraphics[width=\textwidth]{figs/closures}
  \end{tcolorbox}
  \end{minipage}
\caption{Flat closure representations for the two functions
  produced by the \key{lambda} in figure~\ref{fig:lexical-scoping}.}
\label{fig:closures}
\end{figure}

Continuing with the example, consider the application of \code{g} to
\code{11} shown in figure~\ref{fig:lexical-scoping}.  To apply a
closure, we obtain the function pointer from the first element of the
closure and call it, passing in the closure itself and then the
regular arguments, in this case \code{11}. This technique for applying
a closure is step 2 of the dance.
%
But doesn't this \code{lambda} take only one argument, for parameter
\code{z}? The third and final step of the dance is generating a
top-level function for a \code{lambda}.  We add an additional
parameter for the closure and insert an initialization at the beginning
of the function for each free variable, to bind those variables to the
appropriate elements from the closure parameter.
%
This three-step dance is known as \emph{closure conversion}.  We
discuss the details of closure conversion in
section~\ref{sec:closure-conversion} and show the code generated from
the example in section~\ref{sec:example-lambda}. First, we define
the syntax and semantics of \LangLam{} in section~\ref{sec:r5}.

\section{The \LangLam{} Language}
\label{sec:r5}

The definitions of the concrete syntax and abstract syntax for
\LangLam{}, a language with anonymous functions and lexical scoping,
are shown in figures~\ref{fig:Llam-concrete-syntax} and
\ref{fig:Llam-syntax}. They add the \key{lambda} form to the grammar
for \LangFun{}, which already has syntax for function application.
%
\python{The syntax also includes an assignment statement that includes
  a type annotation for the variable on the left-hand side, which
  facilitates the type checking of \code{lambda} expressions that we
  discuss later in this section.}
%
\racket{The \code{procedure-arity} operation returns the number of parameters
  of a given function, an operation that we need for the translation
  of dynamic typing in chapter~\ref{ch:Ldyn}.}
%
\python{The \code{arity} operation returns the number of parameters of
  a given function, an operation that we need for the translation
  of dynamic typing in chapter~\ref{ch:Ldyn}.
  The \code{arity} operation is not in Python, but the same functionality
  is available in a more complex form. We include \code{arity} in the
  \LangLam{} source language to enable testing.}

\newcommand{\LlambdaGrammarRacket}{
  \begin{array}{lcl}
  \Exp &::=&  \CLAMBDA{\LP\LS\Var \key{:} \Type\RS\ldots\RP}{\Type}{\Exp} \\
    &\MID& \LP \key{procedure-arity}~\Exp\RP
  \end{array}
}
\newcommand{\LlambdaASTRacket}{
  \begin{array}{lcl}
  \Exp &::=& \LAMBDA{\LP\LS\Var\code{:}\Type\RS\ldots\RP}{\Type}{\Exp}\\
  \itm{op} &::=& \code{procedure-arity} 
  \end{array}
}

\newcommand{\LlambdaGrammarPython}{
  \begin{array}{lcl}
  \Exp &::=& \CLAMBDA{\Var\code{, }\ldots}{\Exp} \MID \CARITY{\Exp} \\
  \Stmt &::=& \CANNASSIGN{\Var}{\Type}{\Exp}
  \end{array}
}

\newcommand{\LlambdaASTPython}{
  \begin{array}{lcl}
  \Exp &::=& \LAMBDA{\Var^{*}}{\Exp} \MID \ARITY{\Exp} \\
  \Stmt &::=& \ANNASSIGN{\Var}{\Type}{\Exp}
  \end{array}
}


% include AnnAssign in ASTPython

\begin{figure}[tp]
\centering
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
    \small
{\if\edition\racketEd
\[
\begin{array}{l}
  \gray{\LintGrammarRacket{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LvarGrammarRacket{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LifGrammarRacket{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LwhileGrammarRacket} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LtupGrammarRacket} \\   \hline
  \gray{\LfunGrammarRacket} \\   \hline
  \LlambdaGrammarRacket \\
  \begin{array}{lcl}
  \LangLamM{} &::=& \Def\ldots \; \Exp
  \end{array}
\end{array}
\]
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\[
\begin{array}{l}
  \gray{\LintGrammarPython{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LvarGrammarPython{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LifGrammarPython{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LwhileGrammarPython} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LtupGrammarPython} \\   \hline
  \gray{\LfunGrammarPython} \\   \hline
  \LlambdaGrammarPython \\
  \begin{array}{lcl}
    \LangFunM{} &::=& \Def\ldots \Stmt\ldots
  \end{array}
\end{array}
\]
\fi}
\end{tcolorbox}
\caption{The concrete syntax of \LangLam{}, extending \LangFun{} (figure~\ref{fig:Lfun-concrete-syntax}) 
  with \key{lambda}.}
\label{fig:Llam-concrete-syntax}
\end{figure}

\begin{figure}[tp]
\centering
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
    \small
{\if\edition\racketEd
\[\arraycolsep=3pt
\begin{array}{l}
  \gray{\LintOpAST} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LvarASTRacket{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LifASTRacket{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LwhileASTRacket{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LtupASTRacket{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LfunASTRacket} \\ \hline
  \LlambdaASTRacket \\
  \begin{array}{lcl}
  \LangLamM{} &::=& \PROGRAMDEFSEXP{\code{'()}}{\LP\Def\ldots\RP}{\Exp}
  \end{array}
\end{array}
\]
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\[
\begin{array}{l}
  \gray{\LintASTPython} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LvarASTPython{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LifASTPython{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LwhileASTPython{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LtupASTPython{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LfunASTPython} \\ \hline
  \LlambdaASTPython \\
  \begin{array}{lcl}
  \LangLamM{} &::=& \PROGRAM{}{\LS \Def \ldots \Stmt \ldots \RS}
  \end{array}
\end{array}
\]
\fi}
\end{tcolorbox}

\caption{The abstract syntax of \LangLam{}, extending \LangFun{} (figure~\ref{fig:Lfun-syntax}).}
\label{fig:Llam-syntax}
\end{figure}

\index{subject}{interpreter}
\label{sec:interp-Llambda}

Figure~\ref{fig:interp-Llambda} shows the definitional interpreter for
\LangLam{}. The case for \key{Lambda} saves the current environment
inside the returned function value. Recall that during function
application, the environment stored in the function value, extended
with the mapping of parameters to argument values, is used to
interpret the body of the function.

\begin{figure}[tbp]
  \begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
    {\if\edition\racketEd 
\begin{lstlisting}
(define interp-Llambda-class
  (class interp-Lfun-class
    (super-new)

    (define/override (interp-op op)
      (match op
        ['procedure-arity
         (lambda (v)
           (match v
             [`(function (,xs ...) ,body ,lam-env)  (length xs)]
             [else (error 'interp-op "expected a function, not ~a" v)]))]
        [else (super interp-op op)]))

    (define/override ((interp-exp env) e)
      (define recur (interp-exp env))
      (match e
        [(Lambda (list `[,xs : ,Ts] ...) rT body)
         `(function ,xs ,body ,env)]
        [else ((super interp-exp env) e)]))
    ))

(define (interp-Llambda p)
  (send (new interp-Llambda-class) interp-program p))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
class InterpLlambda(InterpLfun):

  def arity(self, v):
    match v:
      case Function(name, params, body, env):
        return len(params)
      case _:
        raise Exception('Llambda arity unexpected ' + repr(v))
      
  def interp_exp(self, e, env):
    match e:
      case Call(Name('arity'), [fun]):
        f = self.interp_exp(fun, env)
        return self.arity(f)
      case Lambda(params, body):
        return Function('lambda', params, [Return(body)], env)
      case _:
        return super().interp_exp(e, env)
    
  def interp_stmts(self, ss, env):
    if len(ss) == 0:
      return
    match ss[0]:
      case AnnAssign(lhs, typ, value, simple):
        env[lhs.id] = self.interp_exp(value, env)
        return self.interp_stmts(ss[1:], env)
      case _:
        return super().interp_stmts(ss, env)
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
  \end{tcolorbox}

  \caption{Interpreter for \LangLam{}.}
\label{fig:interp-Llambda}
\end{figure}


\label{sec:type-check-r5}
\index{subject}{type checking}

{\if\edition\racketEd
%
Figure~\ref{fig:type-check-Llambda} shows how to type check the new
\key{lambda} form. The body of the \key{lambda} is checked in an
environment that includes the current environment (because it is
lexically scoped) and also includes the \key{lambda}'s parameters.  We
require the body's type to match the declared return type.
%
\fi}

{\if\edition\pythonEd
%
Figures~\ref{fig:type-check-Llambda} and
\ref{fig:type-check-Llambda-part2} define the type checker for
\LangLam{}, which is more complex than one might expect. The reason
for the added complexity is that the syntax of \key{lambda} does not
include type annotations for the parameters or return type.  Instead
they must be inferred. There are many approaches of type inference to
choose from of varying degrees of complexity. We choose one of the
simpler approaches, bidirectional type inference~\citep{Dunfield:2021}
(aka. local type inference~\citep{Pierce:2000}), because the focus of
this book is compilation, not type inference.

The main idea of bidirectional type inference is to add an auxiliary
function, here named \code{check\_exp}, that takes an expected type
and checks whether the given expression is of that type.  Thus, in
\code{check\_exp}, type information flows in a top-down manner with
respect to the AST, in contrast to the regular \code{type\_check\_exp}
function, where type information flows in a primarily bottom-up
manner.
%
The idea then is to use \code{check\_exp} in all the places where we
already know what the type of an expression should be, such as in the
\code{return} statement of a top-level function definition, or on the
right-hand side of an annotated assignment statement.

Getting back to \code{lambda}, it is straightforward to check a
\code{lambda} inside \code{check\_exp} because the expected type
provides the parameter types and the return type.  On the other hand,
inside \code{type\_check\_exp} we disallow \code{lambda}, which means
that we do not allow \code{lambda} in contexts where we don't already
know its type. This restriction does not incur a loss of
expressiveness for \LangLam{} because it is straightforward to modify
a program to sidestep the restriction, for example, by using an
annotated assignment statement to assign the \code{lambda} to a
temporary variable.

Note that for the \code{Name} and \code{Lambda} AST nodes, the type
checker records their type in a \code{has\_type} field. This type
information is used later in this chapter.
%
\fi}

\begin{figure}[tbp]
  \begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
    {\if\edition\racketEd 
\begin{lstlisting}
(define (type-check-Llambda env)
  (lambda (e)
    (match e
      [(Lambda (and params `([,xs : ,Ts] ...)) rT body)
       (define-values (new-body bodyT) 
          ((type-check-exp (append (map cons xs Ts) env)) body))
       (define ty `(,@Ts -> ,rT))
       (cond
         [(equal? rT bodyT)
           (values (HasType (Lambda params rT new-body) ty) ty)]
         [else
           (error "mismatch in return type" bodyT rT)])]
      ...
      )))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd 
\begin{lstlisting}
class TypeCheckLlambda(TypeCheckLfun):

  def type_check_exp(self, e, env):
    match e:
      case Name(id):
        e.has_type = env[id]
        return env[id]
      case Lambda(params, body):
        raise Exception('cannot synthesize a type for a lambda')
      case Call(Name('arity'), [func]):
        func_t = self.type_check_exp(func, env)
        match func_t:
          case FunctionType(params_t, return_t):
            return IntType()
          case _:
            raise Exception('in arity, unexpected ' + repr(func_t))
      case _:
        return super().type_check_exp(e, env)
    
  def check_exp(self, e, ty, env):
    match e:
      case Lambda(params, body):
        e.has_type = ty
        match ty:
          case FunctionType(params_t, return_t):
            new_env = env.copy().update(zip(params, params_t))
            self.check_exp(body, return_t, new_env)
          case _:
            raise Exception('lambda does not have type ' + str(ty))
      case Call(func, args):
        func_t = self.type_check_exp(func, env)
        match func_t:
          case FunctionType(params_t, return_t):
            for (arg, param_t) in zip(args, params_t):
                self.check_exp(arg, param_t, env)
            self.check_type_equal(return_t, ty, e)
          case _:
            raise Exception('type_check_exp: in call, unexpected ' + \
                            repr(func_t))
      case _:
        t = self.type_check_exp(e, env)
        self.check_type_equal(t, ty, e)
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
  \end{tcolorbox}

  \caption{Type checking \LangLam{}\python{, part 1}.}
\label{fig:type-check-Llambda}
\end{figure}


{\if\edition\pythonEd 
\begin{figure}[tbp]
  \begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
    \begin{lstlisting}
  def check_stmts(self, ss, return_ty, env):
    if len(ss) == 0:
      return
    match ss[0]:
      case FunctionDef(name, params, body, dl, returns, comment):
        new_env = env.copy().update(params)
        rt = self.check_stmts(body, returns, new_env)
        self.check_stmts(ss[1:], return_ty, env)
      case Return(value):
        self.check_exp(value, return_ty, env)
      case Assign([Name(id)], value):
        if id in env:
          self.check_exp(value, env[id], env)
        else:
          env[id] = self.type_check_exp(value, env)
        self.check_stmts(ss[1:], return_ty, env)
      case Assign([Subscript(tup, Constant(index), Store())], value):
        tup_t = self.type_check_exp(tup, env)
        match tup_t:
          case TupleType(ts):
            self.check_exp(value, ts[index], env)
          case _:
            raise Exception('expected a tuple, not '  + repr(tup_t))
        self.check_stmts(ss[1:], return_ty, env)
      case AnnAssign(Name(id), ty_annot, value, simple):
        ss[0].annotation = ty_annot
        if id in env:
            self.check_type_equal(env[id], ty_annot)
        else:
            env[id] = ty_annot
        self.check_exp(value, ty_annot, env)
        self.check_stmts(ss[1:], return_ty, env)
      case _:
        self.type_check_stmts(ss, env)

  def type_check(self, p):
    match p:
      case Module(body):
        env = {}
        for s in body:
            match s:
              case FunctionDef(name, params, bod, dl, returns, comment):
                params_t = [t for (x,t) in params]
                env[name] = FunctionType(params_t, returns)
        self.check_stmts(body, int, env)
\end{lstlisting}
  \end{tcolorbox}

  \caption{Type checking the \key{lambda}'s in \LangLam{}, part 2.}
\label{fig:type-check-Llambda-part2}
\end{figure}
\fi}

\clearpage

\section{Assignment and Lexically Scoped Functions}
\label{sec:assignment-scoping}

The combination of lexically scoped functions and assignment to
variables raises a challenge with the flat-closure approach to
implementing lexically scoped functions. Consider the following
example in which function \code{f} has a free variable \code{x} that
is changed after \code{f} is created but before the call to \code{f}.
% loop_test_11.rkt
{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{lstlisting}
(let ([x 0])
  (let ([y 0])
    (let ([z 20])
      (let ([f (lambda: ([a : Integer]) : Integer (+ a (+ x z)))])
        (begin
          (set! x 10)
          (set! y 12)
          (f y))))))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
%  box_free_assign.py
\begin{lstlisting}
def g(z : int) -> int:
    x = 0
    y = 0  
    f : Callable[[int],int] = lambda a: a + x + z
    x = 10
    y = 12
    return f(y)

print( g(20) )
\end{lstlisting}
\fi} The correct output for this example is \code{42} because the call
to \code{f} is required to use the current value of \code{x} (which is
\code{10}). Unfortunately, the closure conversion pass
(section~\ref{sec:closure-conversion}) generates code for the
\code{lambda} that copies the old value of \code{x} into a
closure. Thus, if we naively applied closure conversion, the output of
this program would be \code{32}.

A first attempt at solving this problem would be to save a pointer to
\code{x} in the closure and change the occurrences of \code{x} inside
the lambda to dereference the pointer. Of course, this would require
assigning \code{x} to the stack and not to a register. However, the
problem goes a bit deeper.
Consider the following example that returns a function that refers to
a local variable of the enclosing function:
\begin{center}
\begin{minipage}{\textwidth}
{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{lstlisting}
(define (f []) : Integer
  (let ([x 0])
    (let ([g (lambda: () : Integer x)])
      (begin
        (set! x 42)
        g))))
((f))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
% counter.py  
\begin{lstlisting}
def f():
    x = 0
    g = lambda: x
    x = 42
    return g

print( f()() )
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
\end{minipage}
\end{center}
In this example, the lifetime of \code{x} extends beyond the lifetime
of the call to \code{f}. Thus, if we were to store \code{x} on the
stack frame for the call to \code{f}, it would be gone by the time we
called \code{g}, leaving us with dangling pointers for
\code{x}. This example demonstrates that when a variable occurs free
inside a function, its lifetime becomes indefinite. Thus, the value of
the variable needs to live on the heap.  The verb
\emph{box}\index{subject}{box} is often used for allocating a single
value on the heap, producing a pointer, and
\emph{unbox}\index{subject}{unbox} for dereferencing the pointer.
%
We introduce a new pass named \code{convert\_assignments} to address
this challenge.
%
\python{But before diving into that, we have one more
  problem to discuss.}

\if\edition\pythonEd
\section{Uniquify Variables}
\label{sec:uniquify-lambda}

With the addition of \code{lambda} we have a complication to deal
with: name shadowing. Consider the following program with a function
\code{f} that has a parameter \code{x}. Inside \code{f} there are two
\code{lambda} expressions. The first \code{lambda} has a parameter
that is also named \code{x}.

\begin{lstlisting}
def f(x:int, y:int) -> Callable[[int], int]:
  g : Callable[[int],int] = (lambda x: x + y)
  h : Callable[[int],int] = (lambda y: x + y)
  x = input_int()
  return g

print(f(0, 10)(32))
\end{lstlisting}

Many of our compiler passes rely on being able to connect variable
uses with their definitions using just the name of the variable,
including new passes in this chapter. However, in the above example
the name of the variable does not uniquely determine its
definition. To solve this problem we recommend implementing a pass
named \code{uniquify} that renames every variable in the program to
make sure they are all unique.

The following shows the result of \code{uniquify} for the above
example. The \code{x} parameter of \code{f} is renamed to \code{x\_0}
and the \code{x} parameter of the \code{lambda} is renamed to
\code{x\_4}.

\begin{lstlisting}
def f(x_0:int, y_1:int) -> Callable[[int], int] :
  g_2 : Callable[[int], int] = (lambda x_4: x_4 + y_1)
  h_3 : Callable[[int], int] = (lambda y_5: x_0 + y_5)
  x_0 = input_int()
  return g_2

def main() -> int :
  print(f(0, 10)(32))
  return 0
\end{lstlisting}

\fi

%% \section{Reveal Functions}
%% \label{sec:reveal-functions-r5}

%% \racket{To support the \code{procedure-arity} operator we need to
%%   communicate the arity of a function to the point of closure
%%   creation.}
%% %
%% \python{In chapter~\ref{ch:Ldyn} we need to access the arity of a
%%   function at runtime. Thus, we need to communicate the arity of a
%%   function to the point of closure creation.}
%% %
%% We can accomplish this by replacing the $\FUNREF{\Var}{\Int}$ AST node with
%% one that has a second field for the arity: $\FUNREFARITY{\Var}{\Int}$.
%% \[
%% \begin{array}{lcl}
%% \Exp &::=& \FUNREFARITY{\Var}{\Int}
%% \end{array}
%% \]

\section{Assignment Conversion}
\label{sec:convert-assignments}

The purpose of the \code{convert\_assignments} pass is to address the
challenge regarding the interaction between variable assignments and
closure conversion.  First we identify which variables need to be
boxed, and then we transform the program to box those variables. In
general, boxing introduces runtime overhead that we would like to
avoid, so we should box as few variables as possible. We recommend
boxing the variables in the intersection of the following two sets of
variables:
\begin{enumerate}
\item The variables that are free in a \code{lambda}.
\item The variables that appear on the left-hand side of an
  assignment.
\end{enumerate}
The first condition is a must but the second condition is
conservative. It is possible to develop a more liberal condition using
static program analysis.

Consider again the first example from
section~\ref{sec:assignment-scoping}:
%
{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{lstlisting}
(let ([x 0])
  (let ([y 0])
    (let ([z 20])
      (let ([f (lambda: ([a : Integer]) : Integer (+ a (+ x z)))])
        (begin
          (set! x 10)
          (set! y 12)
          (f y))))))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
def g(z : int) -> int:
    x = 0
    y = 0  
    f : Callable[[int],int] = lambda a: a + x + z
    x = 10
    y = 12
    return f(y)

print( g(20) )
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
%
\noindent The variables \code{x} and \code{y} are assigned to.  The
variables \code{x} and \code{z} occur free inside the
\code{lambda}. Thus, variable \code{x} needs to be boxed but not
\code{y} or \code{z}.  The boxing of \code{x} consists of three
transformations: initialize \code{x} with a tuple whose elements are
uninitialized, replace reads from \code{x} with tuple reads, and
replace each assignment to \code{x} with a tuple write. The output of
\code{convert\_assignments} for this example is as follows:
%
{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{lstlisting}
(define (main) : Integer
  (let ([x0 (vector 0)])
    (let ([y1 0])
      (let ([z2 20])
        (let ([f4 (lambda: ([a3 : Integer]) : Integer
                      (+ a3 (+ (vector-ref x0 0) z2)))])
          (begin 
            (vector-set! x0 0 10)
            (set! y1 12)
            (f4 y1)))))))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
%
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
def g(z : int)-> int:
  x = (uninitialized(int),)
  x[0] = 0
  y = 0
  f : Callable[[int], int] = (lambda a: a + x[0] + z)
  x[0] = 10
  y = 12
  return f(y)

def main() -> int:
  print(g(20))
  return 0
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}

To compute the free variables of all the \code{lambda} expressions, we
recommend defining the following two auxiliary functions:
\begin{enumerate}
\item \code{free\_variables} computes the free variables of an expression, and
\item \code{free\_in\_lambda} collects all the variables that are
  free in any of the \code{lambda} expressions, using
  \code{free\_variables} in the case for each \code{lambda}.
\end{enumerate}


{\if\edition\racketEd
%
To compute the variables that are assigned to, we recommend updating
the \code{collect-set!} function that we introduced in
section~\ref{sec:uncover-get-bang} to include the new AST forms such
as \code{Lambda}.
%
\fi}
  
{\if\edition\pythonEd
%
To compute the variables that are assigned to, we recommend defining
an auxiliary function named \code{assigned\_vars\_stmt} that returns
the set of variables that occur in the left-hand side of an assignment
statement, and otherwise returns the empty set.
%
\fi}

Let $\mathit{AF}$ be the intersection of the set of variables that are
free in a \code{lambda} and that are assigned to in the enclosing
function definition.

Next we discuss the \code{convert\_assignments} pass.  In the case for
$\VAR{x}$, if $x$ is in $\mathit{AF}$, then unbox it by translating
$\VAR{x}$ to a tuple read.
%
{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{lstlisting}
  (Var |$x$|)
  |$\Rightarrow$|
  (Prim 'vector-ref (list (Var |$x$|) (Int 0)))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
%
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
  Name(|$x$|)
  |$\Rightarrow$|
  Subscript(Name(|$x$|), Constant(0), Load())
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
%
\noindent In the case for assignment, recursively process the
right-hand side \itm{rhs} to obtain \itm{rhs'}.  If the left-hand side
$x$ is in $\mathit{AF}$, translate the assignment into a tuple write
as follows:
%
{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{lstlisting}
  (SetBang |$x$| |$\itm{rhs}$|)
  |$\Rightarrow$|
  (Prim 'vector-set! (list (Var |$x$|) (Int 0) |$\itm{rhs'}$|))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
  Assign([Name(|$x$|)],|$\itm{rhs}$|)
  |$\Rightarrow$|
  Assign([Subscript(Name(|$x$|), Constant(0), Store())], |$\itm{rhs'}$|)
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
%
{\if\edition\racketEd
The case for \code{Lambda} is nontrivial, but it is similar to the
case for function definitions, which we discuss next.
\fi}
%
To translate a function definition, we first compute $\mathit{AF}$,
the intersection of the variables that are free in a \code{lambda} and
that are assigned to. We then apply assignment conversion to the body
of the function definition. Finally, we box the parameters of this
function definition that are in $\mathit{AF}$. For example,
the parameter \code{x} of the following function \code{g}
needs to be boxed:
{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{lstlisting}
(define (g [x : Integer]) : Integer
  (let ([f (lambda: ([a : Integer]) : Integer (+ a x))])
    (begin
      (set! x 10)
      (f 32))))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
%
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
def g(x : int) -> int:
  f : Callable[[int],int] = lambda a: a + x
  x = 10
  return f(32)
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
%
\noindent We box parameter \code{x} by creating a local variable named
\code{x} that is initialized to a tuple whose contents is the value of
the parameter, which has been renamed to \code{x\_0}.
%
{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{lstlisting}
(define (g [x_0 : Integer]) : Integer
  (let ([x (vector x_0)])
    (let ([f (lambda: ([a : Integer]) : Integer
               (+ a (vector-ref x 0)))])
      (begin 
        (vector-set! x 0 10)
        (f 32)))))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
%
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
def g(x_0 : int)-> int:
  x = (x_0,)
  f : Callable[[int], int] = (lambda a: a + x[0])
  x[0] = 10
  return f(32)
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}

\section{Closure Conversion}
\label{sec:closure-conversion}
\index{subject}{closure conversion}

The compiling of lexically scoped functions into top-level function
definitions and flat closures is accomplished in the pass
\code{convert\_to\_closures} that comes after \code{reveal\_functions}
and before \code{limit\_functions}.

As usual, we implement the pass as a recursive function over the
AST. The interesting cases are for \key{lambda} and function
application. We transform a \key{lambda} expression into an expression
that creates a closure, that is, a tuple for which the first element
is a function pointer and the rest of the elements are the values of
the free variables of the \key{lambda}.
%
However, we use the \code{Closure} AST node instead of using a tuple
so that we can record the arity.
%
In the generated code that follows, \itm{fvs} is the free variables of
the lambda and \itm{name} is a unique symbol generated to identify the
lambda.
%
\racket{The \itm{arity} is the number of parameters (the length of
  \itm{ps}).}
%
{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{lstlisting}
(Lambda |\itm{ps}| |\itm{rt}| |\itm{body}|)
|$\Rightarrow$|
(Closure |\itm{arity}| (cons (FunRef |\itm{name}| |\itm{arity}|) |\itm{fvs}|))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
%
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
Lambda([|$x_1,\ldots,x_n$|], |\itm{body}|)
|$\Rightarrow$|
Closure(|$n$|, [FunRef(|\itm{name}|, |$n$|), |\itm{fvs}, \ldots|])
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
%
In addition to transforming each \key{Lambda} AST node into a
tuple, we create a top-level function definition for each
\key{Lambda}, as shown next.\\
\begin{minipage}{0.8\textwidth}
{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{lstlisting}
(Def |\itm{name}| ([clos : (Vector _ |\itm{fvts}| ...)] |\itm{ps'}| ...) |\itm{rt'}|
   (Let |$\itm{fvs}_1$| (Prim 'vector-ref (list (Var clos) (Int 1)))
     ...
     (Let |$\itm{fvs}_n$| (Prim 'vector-ref (list (Var clos) (Int |$n$|)))
       |\itm{body'}|)...))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
def |\itm{name}|(clos : |\itm{closTy}|, |\itm{ps'}, \ldots|) -> |\itm{rt'}|:
   |$\itm{fvs}_1$| = clos[1]
   |$\ldots$|
   |$\itm{fvs}_n$| = clos[|$n$|]
   |\itm{body'}|
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
\end{minipage}\\
The \code{clos} parameter refers to the closure.  Translate the type
annotations in \itm{ps} and the return type \itm{rt}, as discussed in
the next paragraph, to obtain \itm{ps'} and \itm{rt'}.  The type
\itm{closTy} is a tuple type for which the first element type is
\python{\code{Bottom()}}\racket{\code{\_} (the dummy type)} and the rest of
the element types are the types of the free variables in the
lambda. We use \python{\code{Bottom()}}\racket{\code{\_}} because it
is nontrivial to give a type to the function in the closure's type.%
%
\footnote{To give an accurate type to a closure, we would need to add
  existential types to the type checker~\citep{Minamide:1996ys}.}
%
%% The dummy type is considered to be equal to any other type during type
%% checking.
The free variables become local variables that are initialized with
their values in the closure.

Closure conversion turns every function into a tuple, so the type
annotations in the program must also be translated.  We recommend
defining an auxiliary recursive function for this purpose.  Function
types should be translated as follows:
%
{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{lstlisting}
(|$T_1, \ldots, T_n$| -> |$T_r$|)
|$\Rightarrow$|  
(Vector ((Vector) |$T'_1, \ldots, T'_n$| -> |$T'_r$|))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
FunctionType([|$T_1, \ldots, T_n$|], |$T_r$|)
|$\Rightarrow$|  
TupleType([FunctionType([TupleType([]), |$T'_1, \ldots, T'_n$|], |$T'_r$|)])
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
%
This type indicates that the first thing in the tuple is a
function. The first parameter of the function is a tuple (a closure)
and the rest of the parameters are the ones from the original
function, with types $T'_1, \ldots, T'_n$.  The type for the closure
omits the types of the free variables because (1) those types are not
available in this context, and (2) we do not need them in the code that
is generated for function application. So this type describes only the
first component of the closure tuple. At runtime the tuple may have
more components, but we ignore them at this point.

We transform function application into code that retrieves the
function from the closure and then calls the function, passing the
closure as the first argument. We place $e'$ in a temporary variable
to avoid code duplication.
\begin{center}
\begin{minipage}{\textwidth}
{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{lstlisting}
(Apply |$e$| |$\itm{es}$|)
|$\Rightarrow$|
(Let |$\itm{tmp}$| |$e'$|
  (Apply (Prim 'vector-ref (list (Var |$\itm{tmp}$|) (Int 0))) (cons (Var |$\itm{tmp}$|) |$\itm{es'}$|)))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
%
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
Call(|$e$|, [|$e_1, \ldots, e_n$|])
|$\Rightarrow$|
Begin([Assign([|$\itm{tmp}$|], |$e'$|)],
      Call(Subscript(Name(|$\itm{tmp}$|), Constant(0)),
           [|$\itm{tmp}$|, |$e'_1, \ldots, e'_n$|]))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
\end{minipage}
\end{center}

There is also the question of what to do with references to top-level
function definitions. To maintain a uniform translation of function
application, we turn function references into closures.

\begin{tabular}{lll}
\begin{minipage}{0.3\textwidth}
{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{lstlisting}
(FunRef |$f$| |$n$|)
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
FunRef(|$f$|, |$n$|)
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
\end{minipage}
&
$\Rightarrow$
&
\begin{minipage}{0.5\textwidth}
{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{lstlisting}
(Closure |$n$| (FunRef |$f$| |$n$|) '())
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
Closure(|$n$|, [FunRef(|$f$| |$n$|)])
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
\end{minipage}
\end{tabular}  \\


We no longer need the annotated assignment statement \code{AnnAssign}
to support the type checking of \code{lambda} expressions, so we
translate it to a regular \code{Assign} statement.

The top-level function definitions need to be updated to take an extra
closure parameter, but that parameter is ignored in the body of those
functions.

\section{An Example Translation}
\label{sec:example-lambda}

Figure~\ref{fig:lexical-functions-example} shows the result of
\code{reveal\_functions} and \code{convert\_to\_closures} for the example
program demonstrating lexical scoping that we discussed at the
beginning of this chapter.


\begin{figure}[tbp]
  \begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
    \begin{minipage}{0.8\textwidth}
{\if\edition\racketEd
% tests/lambda_test_6.rkt
\begin{lstlisting}[basicstyle=\ttfamily\footnotesize]
(define (f6 [x7 : Integer]) : (Integer -> Integer)
   (let ([y8 4])
      (lambda: ([z9 : Integer]) : Integer
         (+ x7 (+ y8 z9)))))

(define (main) : Integer
   (let ([g0 ((fun-ref f6 1) 5)])
      (let ([h1 ((fun-ref f6 1) 3)])
         (+ (g0 11) (h1 15)))))
\end{lstlisting}
$\Rightarrow$
\begin{lstlisting}[basicstyle=\ttfamily\footnotesize]
(define (f6 [fvs4 : _] [x7 : Integer]) : (Vector ((Vector _) Integer -> Integer))
   (let ([y8 4])
      (closure 1 (list (fun-ref lambda2 1) x7 y8))))

(define (lambda2 [fvs3 : (Vector _ Integer Integer)] [z9 : Integer]) : Integer
   (let ([x7 (vector-ref fvs3 1)])
      (let ([y8 (vector-ref fvs3 2)])
         (+ x7 (+ y8 z9)))))

(define (main) : Integer
   (let ([g0 (let ([clos5 (closure 1 (list (fun-ref f6 1)))])
                    ((vector-ref clos5 0) clos5 5))])
      (let ([h1 (let ([clos6 (closure 1 (list (fun-ref f6 1)))])
                       ((vector-ref clos6 0) clos6 3))])
         (+ ((vector-ref g0 0) g0 11) ((vector-ref h1 0) h1 15)))))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
%
{\if\edition\pythonEd
% free_var.py
\begin{lstlisting}
def f(x : int) -> Callable[[int], int]:
  y = 4
  return lambda z: x + y + z

g = f(5)
h = f(3)
print( g(11) + h(15) )
\end{lstlisting}
$\Rightarrow$
\begin{lstlisting}
def lambda_0(fvs_1:tuple[bot,int,tuple[int]],z:int) -> int:
  x = fvs_1[1]
  y = fvs_1[2]
  return x + y[0] + z

def f(fvs_2:bot, x:int) -> tuple[Callable[[tuple[],int], int]]
  y = (777,)
  y[0] = 4
  return (lambda_0, x, y)

def main() -> int:
  g = (let clos_3 = (f,) in clos_3[0](clos_3, 5))
  h = (let clos_4 = (f,) in clos_4[0](clos_4, 3))
  print((let clos_5 = g in clos_5[0](clos_5, 11))
        + (let clos_6 = h in clos_6[0](clos_6, 15)))
  return 0
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
\end{minipage}
  \end{tcolorbox}

  \caption{Example of closure conversion.}
\label{fig:lexical-functions-example}
\end{figure}

\begin{exercise}\normalfont\normalsize
Expand your compiler to handle \LangLam{} as outlined in this chapter.
Create five new programs that use \key{lambda} functions and make use of
lexical scoping. Test your compiler on these new programs and all
your previously created test programs.
\end{exercise}

\section{Expose Allocation}
\label{sec:expose-allocation-r5}

Compile the $\CLOSURE{\itm{arity}}{\Exp^{*}}$ form into code
that allocates and initializes a tuple, similar to the translation of
the tuple creation in section~\ref{sec:expose-allocation}.
The only difference is replacing the use of
\ALLOC{\itm{len}}{\itm{type}} with
\ALLOCCLOS{\itm{len}}{\itm{type}}{\itm{arity}}.


\section{Explicate Control and \LangCLam{}}
\label{sec:explicate-r5}

The output language of \code{explicate\_control} is \LangCLam{}; the
definition of its abstract syntax is shown in
figure~\ref{fig:Clam-syntax}.
%
\racket{The only differences with respect to \LangCFun{} are the
  addition of the \code{AllocateClosure} form to the grammar for
  $\Exp$ and the \code{procedure-arity} operator.  The handling of
  \code{AllocateClosure} in the \code{explicate\_control} pass is
  similar to the handling of other expressions such as primitive
  operators.}
%
\python{The differences with respect to \LangCFun{} are the
  additions of \code{Uninitialized}, \code{AllocateClosure},
  and \code{arity} to the grammar for $\Exp$.  The handling of them in the
  \code{explicate\_control} pass is similar to the handling of other
  expressions such as primitive operators.}


\newcommand{\ClambdaASTRacket}{
\begin{array}{lcl}
  \Exp &::= & \ALLOCCLOS{\Int}{\Type}{\Int} \\
  \itm{op} &::= & \code{procedure-arity}
\end{array}
}

\newcommand{\ClambdaASTPython}{
\begin{array}{lcl}
\Exp &::=& \key{Uninitialized}\LP \Type \RP
      \MID \key{AllocateClosure}\LP\itm{len},\Type, \itm{arity}\RP \\
      &\MID& \ARITY{\Atm}
\end{array}
}

\begin{figure}[tp]
  \begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
\small
{\if\edition\racketEd
\[
\begin{array}{l}
  \gray{\CvarASTRacket} \\ \hline
  \gray{\CifASTRacket} \\ \hline
  \gray{\CloopASTRacket} \\ \hline
  \gray{\CtupASTRacket} \\ \hline
  \gray{\CfunASTRacket} \\ \hline
  \ClambdaASTRacket \\
\begin{array}{lcl}
\LangCLamM{} & ::= & \PROGRAMDEFS{\itm{info}}{\Def^{*}}
\end{array}
\end{array}
\]
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\[
  \begin{array}{l}
  \gray{\CifASTPython} \\ \hline
  \gray{\CtupASTPython} \\ \hline
  \gray{\CfunASTPython} \\ \hline
  \ClambdaASTPython \\
  \begin{array}{lcl}
    \LangCLamM{} & ::= & \CPROGRAMDEFS{\LS\Def\code{,}\ldots\RS} 
  \end{array}
  \end{array}
\]
\fi}
  \end{tcolorbox}

\caption{The abstract syntax of \LangCLam{}, extending \LangCFun{} (figure~\ref{fig:c3-syntax}).}
\label{fig:Clam-syntax}
\end{figure}


\section{Select Instructions}
\label{sec:select-instructions-Llambda}

Compile \ALLOCCLOS{\itm{len}}{\itm{type}}{\itm{arity}} in almost the
same way as the \ALLOC{\itm{len}}{\itm{type}} form
(section~\ref{sec:select-instructions-gc}). The only difference is
that you should place the \itm{arity} in the tag that is stored at
position $0$ of the vector. Recall that in
section~\ref{sec:select-instructions-gc} a portion of the 64-bit tag
was not used. We store the arity in the $5$ bits starting at position
$58$.

\racket{Compile the \code{procedure-arity} operator into a sequence of
instructions that access the tag from position $0$ of the vector and
extract the $5$ bits starting at position $58$ from the tag.}
%
\python{Compile a call to the \code{arity} operator to a sequence of
instructions that access the tag from position $0$ of the tuple
(representing a closure) and extract the $5$-bits starting at position
$58$ from the tag.}



\begin{figure}[p]
  \begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
{\if\edition\racketEd    
\begin{tikzpicture}[baseline=(current  bounding  box.center),scale=0.85]
\node (Lfun) at (0,2)  {\large \LangLam{}};
\node (Lfun-2) at (4,2)  {\large \LangLam{}};
\node (Lfun-3) at (8,2)  {\large \LangLam{}};
\node (F1-0) at (12,2)  {\large \LangLamFunRef{}};
\node (F1-1) at (12,0)  {\large \LangLamFunRef{}};
\node (F1-2) at (8,0)  {\large \LangFunRef{}};
\node (F1-3) at (4,0)  {\large \LangFunRef{}};
\node (F1-4) at (0,0)  {\large \LangFunRefAlloc{}};
\node (F1-5) at (0,-2)  {\large \LangFunRefAlloc{}};
\node (F1-6) at (4,-2)  {\large \LangFunANF{}};
\node (C3-2) at (8,-2)  {\large \LangCFun{}};

\node (x86-2) at (0,-5)  {\large \LangXIndCallVar{}};
\node (x86-2-1) at (0,-7)  {\large \LangXIndCallVar{}};
\node (x86-2-2) at (4,-7)  {\large \LangXIndCallVar{}};
\node (x86-3) at (4,-5)  {\large \LangXIndCallVar{}};
\node (x86-4) at (8,-5) {\large \LangXIndCall{}};
\node (x86-5) at (8,-7) {\large \LangXIndCall{}};

\path[->,bend left=15] (Lfun) edge [above] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize shrink} (Lfun-2);
\path[->,bend left=15] (Lfun-2) edge [above] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize uniquify} (Lfun-3);
\path[->,bend left=15] (Lfun-3) edge [above] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize reveal\_functions} (F1-0);
\path[->,bend left=15] (F1-0) edge [left] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize convert\_assignments} (F1-1);
\path[->,bend left=15] (F1-1) edge [below] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize convert\_to\_closures} (F1-2);
\path[->,bend right=15] (F1-2) edge [above] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize limit\_functions} (F1-3);
\path[->,bend right=15] (F1-3) edge [above] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize expose\_allocation} (F1-4);
\path[->,bend left=15] (F1-4) edge [right] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize uncover\_get!} (F1-5);
\path[->,bend right=15] (F1-5) edge [below] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize remove\_complex\_operands} (F1-6);
\path[->,bend left=15] (F1-6) edge [above] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize explicate\_control} (C3-2);
\path[->] (C3-2) edge [right] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize select\_instructions} (x86-2);
\path[->,bend right=15] (x86-2) edge [right] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize uncover\_live} (x86-2-1);
\path[->,bend right=15] (x86-2-1) edge [below] node 
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize build\_interference} (x86-2-2);
\path[->,bend right=15] (x86-2-2) edge [right] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize allocate\_registers} (x86-3);
\path[->,bend left=15] (x86-3) edge [above] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize patch\_instructions} (x86-4);
\path[->,bend left=15] (x86-4) edge [right] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize prelude\_and\_conclusion} (x86-5);
\end{tikzpicture}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{tikzpicture}[baseline=(current  bounding  box.center),scale=0.85]
\node (Lfun) at (0,2)  {\large \LangLam{}};
\node (Lfun-2) at (4,2)  {\large \LangLam{}};
\node (Lfun-3) at (8,2)  {\large \LangLam{}};
\node (F1-0) at (12,2)  {\large \LangLamFunRef{}};
\node (F1-1) at (12,0)  {\large \LangLamFunRef{}};
\node (F1-2) at (8,0)  {\large \LangFunRef{}};
\node (F1-3) at (4,0)  {\large \LangFunRef{}};
\node (F1-5) at (0,0)  {\large \LangFunRefAlloc{}};
\node (F1-6) at (0,-2)  {\large \LangFunANF{}};
\node (C3-2) at (0,-4)  {\large \LangCFun{}};

\node (x86-2) at (0,-6)  {\large \LangXIndCallVar{}};
\node (x86-3) at (4,-6)  {\large \LangXIndCallVar{}};
\node (x86-4) at (8,-6) {\large \LangXIndCall{}};
\node (x86-5) at (12,-6) {\large \LangXIndCall{}};

\path[->,bend left=15] (Lfun) edge [above] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize shrink} (Lfun-2);
\path[->,bend left=15] (Lfun-2) edge [above] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize uniquify} (Lfun-3);
\path[->,bend left=15] (Lfun-3) edge [above] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize reveal\_functions} (F1-0);
\path[->,bend left=15] (F1-0) edge [left] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize convert\_assignments} (F1-1);
\path[->,bend left=15] (F1-1) edge [below] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize convert\_to\_closures} (F1-2);
\path[->,bend left=15] (F1-2) edge [below] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize limit\_functions} (F1-3);
\path[->,bend right=15] (F1-3) edge [above] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize expose\_allocation} (F1-5);
\path[->,bend right=15] (F1-5) edge [right] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize remove\_complex\_operands} (F1-6);
\path[->,bend left=15] (F1-6) edge [right] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize explicate\_control} (C3-2);
\path[->,bend right=15] (C3-2) edge [right] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize select\_instructions} (x86-2);
\path[->,bend right=15] (x86-2) edge [below] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize assign\_homes} (x86-3);
\path[->,bend right=15] (x86-3) edge [below] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize patch\_instructions} (x86-4);
\path[->,bend left=15] (x86-4) edge [above] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize prelude\_and\_conclusion} (x86-5);
\end{tikzpicture}
\fi}
  \end{tcolorbox}

  \caption{Diagram of the passes for \LangLam{}, a language with lexically scoped
  functions.}
\label{fig:Llambda-passes}
\end{figure}

Figure~\ref{fig:Llambda-passes} provides an overview of the passes
needed for the compilation of \LangLam{}.

\clearpage

\section{Challenge: Optimize Closures}
\label{sec:optimize-closures}

In this chapter we compile lexically scoped functions into a
relatively efficient representation: flat closures. However, even this
representation comes with some overhead. For example, consider the
following program with a function \code{tail\_sum} that does not have
any free variables and where all the uses of \code{tail\_sum} are in
applications in which we know that only \code{tail\_sum} is being applied
(and not any other functions):
\begin{center}
\begin{minipage}{0.95\textwidth}
{\if\edition\racketEd  
\begin{lstlisting}
(define (tail_sum [n : Integer] [s : Integer]) : Integer
  (if (eq? n 0)
      s
      (tail_sum (- n 1) (+ n s))))

(+ (tail_sum 3 0) 36)
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
def tail_sum(n : int, s : int) -> int:
    if n == 0:
        return s
    else:
        return tail_sum(n - 1, n + s)

print( tail_sum(3, 0) + 36)
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
\end{minipage}
\end{center}
As described in this chapter, we uniformly apply closure conversion to
all functions, obtaining the following output for this program:
\begin{center}
\begin{minipage}{0.95\textwidth}
{\if\edition\racketEd  
\begin{lstlisting}
(define (tail_sum1 [fvs5 : _] [n2 : Integer] [s3 : Integer]) : Integer
   (if (eq? n2 0)
      s3
      (let ([clos4 (closure (list (fun-ref tail_sum1 2)))])
         ((vector-ref clos4 0) clos4 (+ n2 -1) (+ n2 s3)))))

(define (main) : Integer
   (+ (let ([clos6 (closure (list (fun-ref tail_sum1 2)))])
         ((vector-ref clos6 0) clos6 3 0)) 27))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
def tail_sum(fvs_3:bot,n_0:int,s_1:int) -> int :
  if n_0 == 0:
    return s_1
  else:
    return (let clos_2 = (tail_sum,)
            in clos_2[0](clos_2, n_0 - 1, n_0 + s_1))

def main() -> int :
  print((let clos_4 = (tail_sum,)
         in clos_4[0](clos_4, 3, 0)) + 36)
  return 0
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
\end{minipage}
\end{center}

If this program were compiled according to the previous chapter, there
would be no allocation and the calls to \code{tail\_sum} would be
direct calls. In contrast, the program presented here allocates memory
for each closure and the calls to \code{tail\_sum} are indirect. These
two differences incur considerable overhead in a program such as this,
in which the allocations and indirect calls occur inside a tight loop.

One might think that this problem is trivial to solve: can't we just
recognize calls of the form \APPLY{\FUNREF{$f$}{$n$}}{$\mathit{args}$}
and compile them to direct calls instead of treating it like a call to
a closure? We would also drop the new \code{fvs} parameter of
\code{tail\_sum}.
%
However, this problem is not so trivial, because a global function may
\emph{escape} and become involved in applications that also involve
closures. Consider the following example in which the application
\CAPPLY{\code{f}}{\code{41}} needs to be compiled into a closure
application because the \code{lambda} may flow into \code{f}, but the
\code{inc} function might also flow into \code{f}:
\begin{center}
\begin{minipage}{\textwidth}
% lambda_test_30.rkt
{\if\edition\racketEd  
\begin{lstlisting}
(define (inc [x : Integer]) : Integer
  (+ x 1))

(let ([y (read)])
  (let ([f (if (eq? (read) 0)
               inc
               (lambda: ([x : Integer]) : Integer (- x y)))])
    (f 41)))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd  
\begin{lstlisting}
def add1(x : int) -> int:
  return x + 1

y = input_int()
g : Callable[[int], int] = lambda x: x - y
f = add1 if input_int() == 0 else g
print( f(41) )
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
\end{minipage}
\end{center}
If a global function name is used in any way other than as the
operator in a direct call, then we say that the function
\emph{escapes}. If a global function does not escape, then we do not
need to perform closure conversion on the function.

\begin{exercise}\normalfont\normalsize
  Implement an auxiliary function for detecting which global
  functions escape. Using that function, implement an improved version
  of closure conversion that does not apply closure conversion to
  global functions that do not escape but instead compiles them as
  regular functions. Create several new test cases that check whether
  your compiler properly detect whether global functions escape or not.
\end{exercise}

So far we have reduced the overhead of calling global functions, but
it would also be nice to reduce the overhead of calling a
\code{lambda} when we can determine at compile time which
\code{lambda} will be called. We refer to such calls as \emph{known
  calls}.  Consider the following example in which a \code{lambda} is
bound to \code{f} and then applied.
{\if\edition\racketEd
% lambda_test_9.rkt  
\begin{lstlisting}
(let ([y (read)])
  (let ([f (lambda: ([x : Integer]) : Integer
             (+ x y))])
    (f 21)))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
y = input_int()
f : Callable[[int],int] = lambda x: x + y
print( f(21) )
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
%
\noindent Closure conversion compiles the application
\CAPPLY{\code{f}}{\code{21}} into an indirect call, as follows:
%
{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{lstlisting}
(define (lambda5 [fvs6 : (Vector _ Integer)] [x3 : Integer]) : Integer
   (let ([y2 (vector-ref fvs6 1)])
      (+ x3 y2)))

(define (main) : Integer
   (let ([y2 (read)])
      (let ([f4 (Closure 1 (list (fun-ref lambda5 1) y2))])
         ((vector-ref f4 0) f4 21))))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
def lambda_3(fvs_4:tuple[bot,tuple[int]], x_2:int) -> int:
  y_1 = fvs_4[1]
  return x_2 + y_1[0]

def main() -> int:
  y_1 = (777,)
  y_1[0] = input_int()
  f_0 = (lambda_3, y_1)
  print((let clos_5 = f_0 in clos_5[0](clos_5, 21)))
  return 0
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
%
\noindent However, we can instead compile the application
\CAPPLY{\code{f}}{\code{21}} into a direct call, as follows:
%
{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{lstlisting}
(define (main) : Integer
   (let ([y2 (read)])
      (let ([f4 (Closure 1 (list (fun-ref lambda5 1) y2))])
         ((fun-ref lambda5 1) f4 21))))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
def main() -> int:
  y_1 = (777,)
  y_1[0] = input_int()
  f_0 = (lambda_3, y_1)
  print(lambda_3(f_0, 21))
  return 0
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}

The problem of determining which \code{lambda} will be called from a
particular application is quite challenging in general and the topic
of considerable research~\citep{Shivers:1988aa,Gilray:2016aa}. For the
following exercise we recommend that you compile an application to a
direct call when the operator is a variable and \racket{the variable
  is \code{let}-bound to a closure}\python{the previous assignment to
  the variable is a closure}.  This can be accomplished by maintaining
an environment that maps variables to function names.  Extend the
environment whenever you encounter a closure on the right-hand side of
a \racket{\code{let}}\python{assignment}, mapping the variable to the
name of the global function for the closure. This pass should come
after closure conversion.

\begin{exercise}\normalfont\normalsize
Implement a compiler pass, named \code{optimize\_known\_calls}, that
compiles known calls into direct calls. Verify that your compiler is
successful in this regard on several example programs.
\end{exercise}

These exercises only scratch the surface of closure optimization. A
good next step for the interested reader is to look at the work of
\citet{Keep:2012ab}.

\section{Further Reading}

The notion of lexically scoped functions predates modern computers by
about a decade. They were invented by \citet{Church:1932aa}, who
proposed the lambda calculus as a foundation for logic. Anonymous
functions were included in the LISP~\citep{McCarthy:1960dz}
programming language but were initially dynamically scoped. The Scheme
dialect of LISP adopted lexical scoping, and
\citet{Guy-L.-Steele:1978yq} demonstrated how to efficiently compile
Scheme programs. However, environments were represented as linked
lists, so variable look-up was linear in the size of the
environment. \citet{Appel91} gives a detailed description of several
closure representations. In this chapter we represent environments
using flat closures, which were invented by
\citet{Cardelli:1983aa,Cardelli:1984aa} for the purposes of compiling
the ML language~\citep{Gordon:1978aa,Milner:1990fk}.  With flat
closures, variable look-up is constant time but the time to create a
closure is proportional to the number of its free variables.  Flat
closures were reinvented by \citet{Dybvig:1987ab} in his PhD thesis
and used in Chez Scheme version 1~\citep{Dybvig:2006aa}.

% todo: related work on assignment conversion (e.g. orbit and rabbit
% compilers)

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\chapter{Dynamic Typing}
\label{ch:Ldyn}
\index{subject}{dynamic typing}
\setcounter{footnote}{0}

In this chapter we learn how to compile \LangDyn{}, a dynamically
typed language that is a subset of \racket{Racket}\python{Python}. The
focus on dynamic typing is in contrast to the previous chapters, which
have studied the compilation of statically typed languages. In
dynamically typed languages such as \LangDyn{}, a particular
expression may produce a value of a different type each time it is
executed. Consider the following example with a conditional \code{if}
expression that may return a Boolean or an integer depending on the
input to the program:
% part of  dynamic_test_25.rkt
{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{lstlisting}
(not (if (eq? (read) 1) #f 0))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
not (False if input_int() == 1 else 0)
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}

Languages that allow expressions to produce different kinds of values
are called \emph{polymorphic}, a word composed of the Greek roots
\emph{poly}, meaning \emph{many}, and \emph{morph}, meaning \emph{form}.
There are several kinds of polymorphism in programming languages, such as
subtype polymorphism and parametric polymorphism
(aka. generics)~\citep{Cardelli:1985kx}. The kind of polymorphism that we
study in this chapter does not have a special name; it is the kind
that arises in dynamically typed languages.

Another characteristic of dynamically typed languages is that
their primitive operations, such as \code{not}, are often defined to operate
on many different types of values.  In fact, in
\racket{Racket}\python{Python}, the \code{not} operator produces a
result for any kind of value: given \FALSE{} it returns \TRUE{}, and
given anything else it returns \FALSE{}.

Furthermore, even when primitive operations restrict their inputs to
values of a certain type, this restriction is enforced at runtime
instead of during compilation. For example, the tuple read
operation
\racket{\code{(vector-ref \#t 0)}}
\python{\code{True[0]}}
results in a runtime error because the first argument must
be a tuple, not a Boolean.

\section{The \LangDyn{} Language}

\newcommand{\LdynGrammarRacket}{
\begin{array}{rcl}
\Exp &::=& \LP\Exp \; \Exp\ldots\RP
      \MID \LP\key{lambda}\;\LP\Var\ldots\RP\;\Exp\RP \\
     & \MID & \LP\key{boolean?}\;\Exp\RP \MID \LP\key{integer?}\;\Exp\RP\\
     & \MID & \LP\key{vector?}\;\Exp\RP \MID \LP\key{procedure?}\;\Exp\RP \MID \LP\key{void?}\;\Exp\RP \\
  \Def &::=& \LP\key{define}\; \LP\Var \; \Var\ldots\RP \; \Exp\RP 
\end{array}
}

\newcommand{\LdynASTRacket}{
\begin{array}{lcl}
  \Exp &::=& \APPLY{\Exp}{\Exp\ldots} 
     \MID \LAMBDA{\LP\Var\ldots\RP}{\code{'Any}}{\Exp}\\
 \Def &::=& \FUNDEF{\Var}{\LP\Var\ldots\RP}{\code{'Any}}{\code{'()}}{\Exp} 
\end{array}
}

\begin{figure}[tp]
  \centering
  \begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]  
    \small
{\if\edition\racketEd    
\[
\begin{array}{l}
  \gray{\LintGrammarRacket{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LvarGrammarRacket{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LifGrammarRacket{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LwhileGrammarRacket} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LtupGrammarRacket} \\ \hline
  \LdynGrammarRacket \\
\begin{array}{rcl}
\LangDynM{}  &::=& \Def\ldots\; \Exp
\end{array}
\end{array}
\]
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\[
\begin{array}{rcl}
  \itm{cmp} &::= & \key{==} \MID \key{!=} \MID \key{<} \MID \key{<=} \MID \key{>} \MID \key{>=} \MID \key{is} \\
  \Exp &::=& \Int \MID \key{input\_int}\LP\RP \MID \key{-}\;\Exp \MID \Exp \; \key{+} \; \Exp \MID \Exp \; \key{-} \; \Exp \MID \LP\Exp\RP \\
  &\MID& \Var{} \MID \TRUE \MID \FALSE \MID \CAND{\Exp}{\Exp}
  \MID \COR{\Exp}{\Exp} \MID \key{not}~\Exp \\
  &\MID& \CCMP{\itm{cmp}}{\Exp}{\Exp}
      \MID \CIF{\Exp}{\Exp}{\Exp} \\
  &\MID& \Exp \key{,} \ldots \key{,} \Exp \MID \CGET{\Exp}{\Exp}
      \MID \CLEN{\Exp}  \\
   &\MID& \CAPPLY{\Exp}{\Exp\code{,} \ldots} 
    \MID \CLAMBDA{\Var\code{, }\ldots}{\Exp}\\
  \Stmt &::=& \key{print}\LP \Exp \RP \MID \Exp 
    \MID \Var\mathop{\key{=}}\Exp \\
   &\MID& \key{if}~ \Exp \key{:}~ \Stmt^{+} ~\key{else:}~ \Stmt^{+} 
   \MID \key{while}~ \Exp \key{:}~ \Stmt^{+} \\
    &\MID& \CRETURN{\Exp} \\
   \Def &::=& \CDEFU{\Var}{\Var{,} \ldots}{\Stmt^{+}} \\
  \LangDynM{} &::=& \Def\ldots \Stmt\ldots
\end{array}
\]
\fi}
  \end{tcolorbox}
\caption{Syntax of \LangDyn{}, an untyped language (a subset of \racket{Racket}\python{Python}).}
\label{fig:r7-concrete-syntax}
\end{figure}


\begin{figure}[tp]
\centering
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
    \small
{\if\edition\racketEd
\[
\begin{array}{l}
  \gray{\LintASTRacket{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LvarASTRacket{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LifASTRacket{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LwhileASTRacket} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LtupASTRacket} \\  \hline
\LdynASTRacket \\
\begin{array}{lcl}
  \LangDynM{} &::=& \PROGRAMDEFSEXP{\code{'()}}{\LP\Def\ldots\RP}{\Exp} 
\end{array}
\end{array}
\]
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\[
\begin{array}{rcl}
\itm{binaryop} &::= & \code{Add()} \MID \code{Sub()} \\
\itm{unaryop} &::= & \code{USub()} \MID \code{Not()} \\
\itm{boolop} &::=& \code{And()} \MID \code{Or()} \\
\itm{cmp} &::= & \code{Eq()} \MID \code{NotEq()} \MID \code{Lt()}
   \MID \code{LtE()} \MID \code{Gt()} \MID \code{GtE()} \\
   &\MID & \code{Is()} \\
\itm{bool} &::=& \code{True} \MID \code{False} \\
\Exp{} &::=& \INT{\Int} \MID \READ{} \\
  &\MID& \UNIOP{\itm{unaryop}}{\Exp}
    \MID  \BINOP{\Exp}{\itm{binaryop}}{\Exp}  
    \MID \VAR{\Var{}} \\
  &\MID& \BOOL{\itm{bool}} 
     \MID \BOOLOP{\itm{boolop}}{\Exp}{\Exp}\\
  &\MID& \CMP{\Exp}{\itm{cmp}}{\Exp}  \MID \IF{\Exp}{\Exp}{\Exp} \\
  &\MID& \TUPLE{\Exp^{+}} \MID \GET{\Exp}{\Exp} \\
  &\MID& \LEN{\Exp} \\
  &\MID& \CALL{\Exp}{\Exp^{*}} \MID \LAMBDA{\Var^{*}}{\Exp} \\
\Stmt{} &::=& \PRINT{\Exp} \MID \EXPR{\Exp} \\
  &\MID& \ASSIGN{\VAR{\Var}}{\Exp}\\
  &\MID& \IFSTMT{\Exp}{\Stmt^{+}}{\Stmt^{+}} 
  \MID \WHILESTMT{\Exp}{\Stmt^{+}}\\
  &\MID& \RETURN{\Exp} \\
\Params &::=& \LP\Var\key{,}\code{AnyType()}\RP^*   \\
\Def &::=& \FUNDEF{\Var}{\Params}{\code{AnyType()}}{}{\Stmt^{+}}  \\
\LangDynM{} &::=& \PROGRAM{}{\LS \Def \ldots \Stmt \ldots \RS}
\end{array}
\]
\fi}
\end{tcolorbox}

\caption{The abstract syntax of \LangDyn{}.}
\label{fig:r7-syntax}
\end{figure}


The definitions of the concrete and abstract syntax of \LangDyn{} are
shown in figures~\ref{fig:r7-concrete-syntax} and \ref{fig:r7-syntax}.
%
There is no type checker for \LangDyn{} because it checks types only
at runtime.

The definitional interpreter for \LangDyn{} is presented in
\racket{figure~\ref{fig:interp-Ldyn}}
\python{figures~\ref{fig:interp-Ldyn} and \ref{fig:interp-Ldyn-2}},
and definitions of its auxiliary functions are shown in
figure~\ref{fig:interp-Ldyn-aux}. Consider the match case for
\INT{n}.  Instead of simply returning the integer \code{n} (as
in the interpreter for \LangVar{} in figure~\ref{fig:interp-Lvar}), the
interpreter for \LangDyn{} creates a \emph{tagged value}\index{subject}{tagged
  value} that combines an underlying value with a tag that identifies
what kind of value it is. We define the following \racket{struct}\python{class}
to represent tagged values:
%
{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{lstlisting}
(struct Tagged (value tag) #:transparent)
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{minipage}{\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}
@dataclass(eq=True)
class Tagged(Value):
  value : Value
  tag : str
  def __str__(self):
    return str(self.value)
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
\fi}
%
\racket{The tags are \code{Integer}, \BOOLTY{}, \code{Void},
  \code{Vector}, and \code{Procedure}.}
%
\python{The tags are \code{'int'}, \code{'bool'}, \code{'none'},
  \code{'tuple'}, and \code{'function'}.}
%
Tags are closely related to types but do not always capture all the
information that a type does.
%
\racket{For example, a vector of type \code{(Vector Any Any)} is
  tagged with \code{Vector}, and a procedure of type \code{(Any Any ->
    Any)} is tagged with \code{Procedure}.}
%
\python{For example, a tuple of type \code{TupleType([AnyType(),AnyType()])}
  is tagged with \code{'tuple'} and a function of type
  \code{FunctionType([AnyType(), AnyType()], AnyType())}
  is tagged with \code{'function'}.}

Next consider the match case for accessing the element of a tuple.
The \racket{\code{check-tag}}\python{\code{untag}} auxiliary function
(figure~\ref{fig:interp-Ldyn-aux}) is used to ensure that the first
argument is a tuple and the second is an integer.
\racket{
If they are not, a \code{trapped-error} is raised.  Recall from
section~\ref{sec:interp_Lint} that when a definition interpreter
raises a \code{trapped-error} error, the compiled code must also
signal an error by exiting with return code \code{255}.  A
\code{trapped-error} is also raised if the index is not less than the
length of the vector.
}
%
\python{If they are not, an exception is raised.  The compiled code
  must also signal an error by exiting with return code \code{255}.  A
  exception is also raised if the index is not less than the length of the
  tuple or if it is negative.}

\begin{figure}[tbp]
  \begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
    {\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{lstlisting}[basicstyle=\ttfamily\footnotesize]
(define ((interp-Ldyn-exp env) ast)
  (define recur (interp-Ldyn-exp env))
  (match ast
    [(Var x) (dict-ref env x)]
    [(Int n) (Tagged n 'Integer)]
    [(Bool b) (Tagged b 'Boolean)]
    [(Lambda xs rt body)
     (Tagged `(function ,xs ,body ,env) 'Procedure)]
    [(Prim 'vector es)
     (Tagged (apply vector (for/list ([e es]) (recur e))) 'Vector)]
    [(Prim 'vector-ref (list e1 e2))
     (define vec (recur e1)) (define i (recur e2))
     (check-tag vec 'Vector ast) (check-tag i 'Integer ast)
     (unless (< (Tagged-value i) (vector-length (Tagged-value vec)))
       (error 'trapped-error "index ~a too big\nin ~v" (Tagged-value i) ast))
     (vector-ref (Tagged-value vec) (Tagged-value i))]
    [(Prim 'vector-set! (list e1 e2 e3))
     (define vec (recur e1)) (define i (recur e2)) (define arg (recur e3))
     (check-tag vec 'Vector ast) (check-tag i 'Integer ast)
     (unless (< (Tagged-value i) (vector-length (Tagged-value vec)))
       (error 'trapped-error "index ~a too big\nin ~v" (Tagged-value i) ast))
     (vector-set! (Tagged-value vec) (Tagged-value i) arg)
     (Tagged (void) 'Void)]
    [(Let x e body) ((interp-Ldyn-exp (cons (cons x (recur e)) env)) body)]
    [(Prim 'and (list e1 e2)) (recur (If e1 e2 (Bool #f)))]
    [(Prim 'or (list e1 e2))
     (define v1 (recur e1))
     (match (Tagged-value v1) [#f (recur e2)] [else v1])]
    [(Prim 'eq? (list l r)) (Tagged (equal? (recur l) (recur r)) 'Boolean)]
    [(Prim op (list e1))
     #:when (set-member? type-predicates op)
     (tag-value ((interp-op op) (Tagged-value (recur e1))))]
    [(Prim op es)
     (define args (map recur es))
     (define tags (for/list ([arg args]) (Tagged-tag arg)))
     (unless (for/or ([expected-tags (op-tags op)])
               (equal? expected-tags tags))
       (error 'trapped-error "illegal argument tags ~a\nin ~v" tags ast))
     (tag-value
      (apply (interp-op op) (for/list ([a args]) (Tagged-value a))))]
    [(If q t f)
     (match (Tagged-value (recur q)) [#f (recur f)] [else (recur t)])]
    [(Apply f es)
     (define new-f (recur f)) (define args (map recur es))
     (check-tag new-f 'Procedure ast) (define f-val (Tagged-value new-f))
     (match f-val 
       [`(function ,xs ,body ,lam-env)
        (unless (eq? (length xs) (length args))
         (error 'trapped-error "~a != ~a\nin ~v" (length args) (length xs) ast))
        (define new-env (append (map cons xs args) lam-env))
        ((interp-Ldyn-exp new-env) body)]
       [else (error "interp-Ldyn-exp, expected function, not" f-val)])]))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}[basicstyle=\ttfamily\footnotesize]
class InterpLdyn(InterpLlambda):
  
  def interp_exp(self, e, env):
    match e:
      case Constant(n):
        return self.tag(super().interp_exp(e, env))
      case Tuple(es, Load()):
        return self.tag(super().interp_exp(e, env))
      case Lambda(params, body):
        return self.tag(super().interp_exp(e, env))
      case Call(Name('input_int'), []):
        return self.tag(super().interp_exp(e, env))
      case BinOp(left, Add(), right):
          l = self.interp_exp(left, env); r = self.interp_exp(right, env)
          return self.tag(self.untag(l, 'int', e) + self.untag(r, 'int', e))
      case BinOp(left, Sub(), right):
          l = self.interp_exp(left, env); r = self.interp_exp(right, env)
          return self.tag(self.untag(l, 'int', e) - self.untag(r, 'int', e))
      case UnaryOp(USub(), e1):
          v = self.interp_exp(e1, env)
          return self.tag(- self.untag(v, 'int', e))
      case IfExp(test, body, orelse):
        v = self.interp_exp(test, env)
        if self.untag(v, 'bool', e):
            return self.interp_exp(body, env)
        else:
            return self.interp_exp(orelse, env)
      case UnaryOp(Not(), e1):
        v = self.interp_exp(e1, env)
        return self.tag(not self.untag(v, 'bool', e))
      case BoolOp(And(), values):
        left = values[0]; right = values[1]
        l = self.interp_exp(left, env)
        if self.untag(l, 'bool', e):
            return self.interp_exp(right, env)
        else:
            return self.tag(False)
      case BoolOp(Or(), values):
        left = values[0]; right = values[1]
        l = self.interp_exp(left, env)
        if self.untag(l, 'bool', e):
            return self.tag(True)
        else:
            return self.interp_exp(right, env)
      case Compare(left, [cmp], [right]):
        l = self.interp_exp(left, env)
        r = self.interp_exp(right, env)
        if l.tag == r.tag:
          return self.tag(self.interp_cmp(cmp)(l.value, r.value))
        else:
          raise Exception('interp Compare unexpected '
                          + repr(l) + ' ' + repr(r))
      case Subscript(tup, index, Load()):
        t = self.interp_exp(tup, env)
        n = self.interp_exp(index, env)
        return self.untag(t, 'tuple', e)[self.untag(n, 'int', e)]
      case Call(Name('len'), [tup]):
        t = self.interp_exp(tup, env)
        return self.tag(len(self.untag(t, 'tuple', e)))
      case _:
        return self.tag(super().interp_exp(e, env))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
  \end{tcolorbox}

  \caption{Interpreter for the \LangDyn{} language\python{, part 1}.}
\label{fig:interp-Ldyn}
\end{figure}

{\if\edition\pythonEd
  \begin{figure}[tbp]
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]    
\begin{lstlisting}[basicstyle=\ttfamily\footnotesize]
class InterpLdyn(InterpLlambda):
  
  def interp_stmts(self, ss, env):
    if len(ss) == 0:
      return
    match ss[0]:
      case If(test, body, orelse):
        v = self.interp_exp(test, env)
        if self.untag(v, 'bool', ss[0]):
            return self.interp_stmts(body + ss[1:], env)
        else:
            return self.interp_stmts(orelse + ss[1:], env)
      case While(test, body, []):
        while self.untag(self.interp_exp(test, env), 'bool', ss[0]):
            self.interp_stmts(body, env)
        return self.interp_stmts(ss[1:], env)
      case Assign([Subscript(tup, index)], value):
        tup = self.interp_exp(tup, env)
        index = self.interp_exp(index, env)
        tup_v = self.untag(tup, 'tuple', ss[0])
        index_v = self.untag(index, 'int', ss[0])
        tup_v[index_v] = self.interp_exp(value, env)
        return self.interp_stmts(ss[1:], env)
      case FunctionDef(name, params, bod, dl, returns, comment):
        ps = [x for (x,t) in params]
        env[name] = self.tag(Function(name, ps, bod, env))
        return self.interp_stmts(ss[1:], env)
      case _:
        return super().interp_stmts(ss, env)
\end{lstlisting}
\end{tcolorbox}

\caption{Interpreter for the \LangDyn{} language\python{, part 2}.}
\label{fig:interp-Ldyn-2}
\end{figure}
\fi}

\begin{figure}[tbp]
  \begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
    {\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{lstlisting}[basicstyle=\ttfamily\footnotesize]
(define (interp-op op)
  (match op
    ['+ fx+]
    ['- fx-]
    ['read read-fixnum]
    ['not (lambda (v) (match v [#t #f] [#f #t]))]
    ['< (lambda (v1 v2)
	  (cond [(and (fixnum? v1) (fixnum? v2)) (< v1 v2)]))]
    ['<= (lambda (v1 v2)
	   (cond [(and (fixnum? v1) (fixnum? v2)) (<= v1 v2)]))]
    ['> (lambda (v1 v2)
	  (cond [(and (fixnum? v1) (fixnum? v2)) (> v1 v2)]))]
    ['>= (lambda (v1 v2)
	   (cond [(and (fixnum? v1) (fixnum? v2)) (>= v1 v2)]))]
    ['boolean? boolean?]
    ['integer? fixnum?]
    ['void? void?]
    ['vector? vector?]
    ['vector-length vector-length]
    ['procedure? (match-lambda
                   [`(functions ,xs ,body ,env) #t] [else #f])]
    [else (error 'interp-op "unknown operator" op)]))

(define (op-tags op)
  (match op
    ['+ '((Integer Integer))]
    ['- '((Integer Integer) (Integer))]
    ['read '(())]
    ['not '((Boolean))]
    ['< '((Integer Integer))]
    ['<= '((Integer Integer))]
    ['> '((Integer Integer))]
    ['>= '((Integer Integer))]
    ['vector-length '((Vector))]))

(define type-predicates
  (set 'boolean? 'integer? 'vector? 'procedure? 'void?))

(define (tag-value v)
  (cond [(boolean? v) (Tagged v 'Boolean)]
        [(fixnum? v) (Tagged v 'Integer)]
        [(procedure? v) (Tagged v 'Procedure)]
        [(vector? v) (Tagged v 'Vector)]
        [(void? v) (Tagged v 'Void)]
        [else (error 'tag-value "unidentified value ~a" v)]))

(define (check-tag val expected ast)
  (define tag (Tagged-tag val))
  (unless (eq? tag expected)
    (error 'trapped-error "expected ~a, not ~a\nin ~v" expected tag ast)))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}[basicstyle=\ttfamily\footnotesize]
class InterpLdyn(InterpLlambda):
  
  def tag(self, v):
      if v is True or v is False:
          return Tagged(v, 'bool')
      elif isinstance(v, int):
          return Tagged(v, 'int')
      elif isinstance(v, Function):
          return Tagged(v, 'function')
      elif isinstance(v, tuple):
          return Tagged(v, 'tuple')
      elif isinstance(v, type(None)):
          return Tagged(v, 'none')
      else:
          raise Exception('tag: unexpected ' + repr(v))

  def untag(self, v, expected_tag, ast):
      match v:
        case Tagged(val, tag) if tag == expected_tag:
          return val
        case _:
          raise Exception('expected Tagged value with '
                          + expected_tag + ', not ' + ' ' + repr(v))

  def apply_fun(self, fun, args, e):
      f = self.untag(fun, 'function', e)
      return super().apply_fun(f, args, e)
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
  \end{tcolorbox}

  \caption{Auxiliary functions for the \LangDyn{} interpreter.}
\label{fig:interp-Ldyn-aux}
\end{figure}

\clearpage

\section{Representation of Tagged Values}

The interpreter for \LangDyn{} introduced a new kind of value: the
tagged value. To compile \LangDyn{} to x86 we must decide how to
represent tagged values at the bit level. Because almost every
operation in \LangDyn{} involves manipulating tagged values, the
representation must be efficient. Recall that all our values are 64
bits.  We shall steal the right-most $3$ bits to encode the tag.  We use
$001$ to identify integers, $100$ for Booleans, $010$ for tuples,
$011$ for procedures, and $101$ for the void value\python{,
  \key{None}}. We define the following auxiliary function for mapping
types to tag codes:
%
{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{align*}
\itm{tagof}(\key{Integer}) &= 001 \\
\itm{tagof}(\key{Boolean}) &= 100 \\
\itm{tagof}(\LP\key{Vector} \ldots\RP) &= 010 \\
\itm{tagof}(\LP\ldots \key{->} \ldots\RP) &= 011 \\
\itm{tagof}(\key{Void}) &= 101
\end{align*}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{align*}
\itm{tagof}(\key{IntType()}) &= 001 \\
\itm{tagof}(\key{BoolType()}) &= 100 \\
\itm{tagof}(\key{TupleType(ts)}) &= 010 \\
\itm{tagof}(\key{FunctionType(ps, rt)}) &= 011 \\
\itm{tagof}(\key{type(None)}) &= 101
\end{align*}
\fi}
%
This stealing of 3 bits comes at some price: integers are now restricted
to the range $-2^{60}$ to $2^{60}-1$. The stealing does not adversely
affect tuples and procedures because those values are addresses, and
our addresses are 8-byte aligned so the rightmost 3 bits are unused;
they are always $000$. Thus, we do not lose information by overwriting
the rightmost 3 bits with the tag, and we can simply zero out the tag
to recover the original address.

To make tagged values into first-class entities, we can give them a
type called \racket{\code{Any}}\python{\code{AnyType()}} and define
operations such as \code{Inject} and \code{Project} for creating and
using them, yielding the statically typed \LangAny{} intermediate
language. We describe how to compile \LangDyn{} to \LangAny{} in
section~\ref{sec:compile-r7}; in th next section we describe the
\LangAny{} language in greater detail.

\section{The \LangAny{} Language}
\label{sec:Rany-lang}

\newcommand{\LanyASTRacket}{
\begin{array}{lcl}
\Type &::= & \ANYTY \\
\FType &::=& \key{Integer} \MID \key{Boolean} \MID \key{Void} 
      \MID \LP\key{Vector}\; \ANYTY\ldots\RP 
      \MID \LP\ANYTY\ldots \; \key{->}\; \ANYTY\RP\\
\itm{op} &::= & \code{any-vector-length}
     \MID \code{any-vector-ref} \MID \code{any-vector-set!}\\
    &\MID& \code{boolean?} \MID \code{integer?} \MID \code{vector?}
     \MID \code{procedure?} \MID \code{void?} \\
  \Exp &::=& \INJECT{\Exp}{\FType} \MID \PROJECT{\Exp}{\FType} 
\end{array}
}

\newcommand{\LanyASTPython}{
\begin{array}{lcl}
\Type &::= & \key{AnyType()} \\
\FType &::=& \key{IntType()} \MID \key{BoolType()} \MID \key{VoidType()}
  \MID \key{TupleType}\LS\key{AnyType()}^+\RS \\
  &\MID& \key{FunctionType}\LP \key{AnyType()}^{*}\key{, }\key{AnyType()}\RP \\
\Exp & ::= & \INJECT{\Exp}{\FType} \MID \PROJECT{\Exp}{\FType} \\
     &\MID& \CALL{\VAR{\key{'any\_tuple\_load'}}}{\LS\Exp\key{, }\Exp\RS}\\
     &\MID& \CALL{\VAR{\key{'any\_len'}}}{\LS\Exp\RS} \\
     &\MID& \CALL{\VAR{\key{'arity'}}}{\LS\Exp\RS}  \\
     &\MID& \CALL{\VAR{\key{'make\_any'}}}{\LS\Exp\key{, }\INT{\Int}\RS} 
     %% &\MID& \CALL{\VAR{\key{'is\_int'}}}{\Exp} 
     %% \MID \CALL{\VAR{\key{'is\_bool'}}}{\Exp} \\
     %% &\MID& \CALL{\VAR{\key{'is\_none'}}}{\Exp} 
     %% \MID \CALL{\VAR{\key{'is\_tuple'}}}{\Exp} \\
     %% &\MID& \CALL{\VAR{\key{'is\_function'}}}{\Exp} 
\end{array}
}

\begin{figure}[tp]
\centering
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
    \small
{\if\edition\racketEd
\[
\begin{array}{l}
  \gray{\LintOpAST} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LvarASTRacket{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LifASTRacket{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LwhileASTRacket{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LtupASTRacket{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LfunASTRacket} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LlambdaASTRacket} \\ \hline
  \LanyASTRacket \\
\begin{array}{lcl}
  \LangAnyM{} &::=& \PROGRAMDEFSEXP{\code{'()}}{\LP\Def\ldots\RP}{\Exp}
\end{array}
\end{array}
\]
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\[
\begin{array}{l}
  \gray{\LintASTPython} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LvarASTPython{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LifASTPython{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LwhileASTPython{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LtupASTPython{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LfunASTPython} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LlambdaASTPython} \\ \hline
  \LanyASTPython \\
  \begin{array}{lcl}
  \LangAnyM{} &::=& \PROGRAM{}{\LS \Def \ldots \Stmt \ldots \RS}
  \end{array}
\end{array}
\]
\fi}
\end{tcolorbox}

\caption{The abstract syntax of \LangAny{}, extending \LangLam{} (figure~\ref{fig:Llam-syntax}).}
\label{fig:Lany-syntax}
\end{figure}

The definition of the abstract syntax of \LangAny{} is given in
figure~\ref{fig:Lany-syntax}.
%% \racket{(The concrete syntax of \LangAny{} is in the Appendix,
%%   figure~\ref{fig:Lany-concrete-syntax}.)}
The $\INJECT{e}{T}$ form converts the value produced by expression $e$
of type $T$ into a tagged value.  The $\PROJECT{e}{T}$ form either
converts the tagged value produced by expression $e$ into a value of
type $T$ or halts the program if the type tag does not match $T$.
%
Note that in both \code{Inject} and \code{Project}, the type $T$ is
restricted to be a flat type (the nonterminal $\FType$) which
simplifies the implementation and complies with the needs for
compiling \LangDyn{}.

The \racket{\code{any-vector}} operators
\python{\code{any\_tuple\_load} and \code{any\_len}} adapt the tuple
operations so that they can be applied to a value of type
\racket{\code{Any}}\python{\code{AnyType}}.  They also generalize the
tuple operations in that the index is not restricted to a literal
integer in the grammar but is allowed to be any expression.

\racket{The type predicates such as
\racket{\key{boolean?}}\python{\key{is\_bool}} expect their argument
to produce a tagged value; they return  {\TRUE} if the tag corresponds to
the predicate and return {\FALSE} otherwise.}

The type checker for \LangAny{} is shown in
figure~\ref{fig:type-check-Lany}
%
\racket{ and uses the auxiliary functions presented in
figure~\ref{fig:type-check-Lany-aux}}.
%
The interpreter for \LangAny{} is shown in figure~\ref{fig:interp-Lany} and
its auxiliary functions are shown in figure~\ref{fig:interp-Lany-aux}.


\begin{figure}[btp]
  \begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
    {\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{lstlisting}[basicstyle=\ttfamily\footnotesize]
(define type-check-Lany-class
  (class type-check-Llambda-class
    (super-new)
    (inherit check-type-equal?)

    (define/override (type-check-exp env)
      (lambda (e)
        (define recur (type-check-exp env))
        (match e
          [(Inject e1 ty)
           (unless (flat-ty? ty)
             (error 'type-check "may only inject from flat type, not ~a" ty))
           (define-values (new-e1 e-ty) (recur e1))
           (check-type-equal? e-ty ty e)
           (values (Inject new-e1 ty) 'Any)]
          [(Project e1 ty)
           (unless (flat-ty? ty)
             (error 'type-check "may only project to flat type, not ~a" ty))
           (define-values (new-e1 e-ty) (recur e1))
           (check-type-equal? e-ty 'Any e)
           (values (Project new-e1 ty) ty)]
          [(Prim 'any-vector-length (list e1))
           (define-values (e1^ t1) (recur e1))
           (check-type-equal? t1 'Any e)
           (values (Prim 'any-vector-length (list e1^)) 'Integer)]
          [(Prim 'any-vector-ref (list e1 e2))
           (define-values (e1^ t1) (recur e1))
           (define-values (e2^ t2) (recur e2))
           (check-type-equal? t1 'Any e)
           (check-type-equal? t2 'Integer e)
           (values (Prim 'any-vector-ref (list e1^ e2^)) 'Any)]
          [(Prim 'any-vector-set! (list e1 e2 e3))
           (define-values (e1^ t1) (recur e1))
           (define-values (e2^ t2) (recur e2))
           (define-values (e3^ t3) (recur e3))
           (check-type-equal? t1 'Any e)
           (check-type-equal? t2 'Integer e)
           (check-type-equal? t3 'Any e)
           (values (Prim 'any-vector-set! (list e1^ e2^ e3^)) 'Void)]
          [(Prim pred (list e1))
           #:when (set-member? (type-predicates) pred)
           (define-values (new-e1 e-ty) (recur e1))
           (check-type-equal? e-ty 'Any e)
           (values (Prim pred (list new-e1)) 'Boolean)]
          [(Prim 'eq? (list arg1 arg2))
           (define-values (e1 t1) (recur arg1))
           (define-values (e2 t2) (recur arg2))
           (match* (t1 t2)
             [(`(Vector ,ts1 ...) `(Vector ,ts2 ...))   (void)]
             [(other wise) (check-type-equal? t1 t2 e)])
           (values (Prim 'eq? (list e1 e2)) 'Boolean)]
          [else ((super type-check-exp env) e)])))
))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
class TypeCheckLany(TypeCheckLlambda):

  def type_check_exp(self, e, env):
    match e:
      case Inject(value, typ):
        self.check_exp(value, typ, env)
        return AnyType()
      case Project(value, typ):
        self.check_exp(value, AnyType(), env)
        return typ
      case Call(Name('any_tuple_load'), [tup, index]):
        self.check_exp(tup, AnyType(), env)
        self.check_exp(index, IntType(), env)
        return AnyType()
      case Call(Name('any_len'), [tup]):
        self.check_exp(tup, AnyType(), env)
        return IntType()
      case Call(Name('arity'), [fun]):
        ty = self.type_check_exp(fun, env)
        match ty:
          case FunctionType(ps, rt):
            return IntType()
          case TupleType([FunctionType(ps,rs)]):
            return IntType()
          case _:
            raise Exception('type_check_exp arity unexpected ' + repr(ty))
      case Call(Name('make_any'), [value, tag]):
        self.type_check_exp(value, env)
        self.check_exp(tag, IntType(), env)
        return AnyType()
      case AnnLambda(params, returns, body):
        new_env = {x:t for (x,t) in env.items()}
        for (x,t) in params:
            new_env[x] = t
        return_t = self.type_check_exp(body, new_env)
        self.check_type_equal(returns, return_t, e)
        return FunctionType([t for (x,t) in params], return_t)
      case _:
        return super().type_check_exp(e, env)
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
  \end{tcolorbox}

  \caption{Type checker for the \LangAny{} language.}
\label{fig:type-check-Lany}
\end{figure}

{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{figure}[tbp]
  \begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
\begin{lstlisting}
(define/override (operator-types)
  (append
   '((integer? . ((Any) . Boolean))
     (vector? . ((Any) . Boolean))
     (procedure? . ((Any) . Boolean))
     (void? . ((Any) . Boolean)))
   (super operator-types)))

(define/public (type-predicates)
  (set 'boolean? 'integer? 'vector? 'procedure? 'void?))

(define/public (flat-ty? ty)
  (match ty
    [(or `Integer `Boolean `Void) #t]
    [`(Vector ,ts ...) (for/and ([t ts]) (eq? t 'Any))]
    [`(,ts ... -> ,rt)
      (and (eq? rt 'Any) (for/and ([t ts]) (eq? t 'Any)))]
    [else #f]))
\end{lstlisting}
\end{tcolorbox}

\caption{Auxiliary methods for type checking \LangAny{}.}
\label{fig:type-check-Lany-aux}
\end{figure}
\fi}

\begin{figure}[btp]
  \begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{lstlisting}[basicstyle=\ttfamily\footnotesize]
(define interp-Lany-class
  (class interp-Llambda-class
    (super-new)

    (define/override (interp-op op)
      (match op
        ['boolean? (match-lambda
                     [`(tagged ,v1 ,tg) (equal? tg (any-tag 'Boolean))]
                     [else #f])]
        ['integer? (match-lambda
                     [`(tagged ,v1 ,tg) (equal? tg (any-tag 'Integer))]
                     [else #f])]
        ['vector? (match-lambda
                    [`(tagged ,v1 ,tg) (equal? tg (any-tag `(Vector Any)))]
                    [else #f])]
        ['procedure? (match-lambda
                       [`(tagged ,v1 ,tg) (equal? tg (any-tag `(Any -> Any)))]
                       [else #f])]
        ['eq? (match-lambda*
                [`((tagged ,v1^ ,tg1) (tagged ,v2^ ,tg2))
                 (and (eq? v1^ v2^) (equal? tg1 tg2))]
                [ls (apply (super interp-op op) ls)])]
        ['any-vector-ref (lambda (v i)
                           (match v [`(tagged ,v^ ,tg) (vector-ref v^ i)]))]
        ['any-vector-set! (lambda (v i a)
                            (match v [`(tagged ,v^ ,tg) (vector-set! v^ i a)]))]
        ['any-vector-length (lambda (v)
                            (match v [`(tagged ,v^ ,tg) (vector-length v^)]))]
        [else (super interp-op op)]))

    (define/override ((interp-exp env) e)
      (define recur (interp-exp env))
      (match e
        [(Inject e ty) `(tagged ,(recur e) ,(any-tag ty))]
        [(Project e ty2)  (apply-project (recur e) ty2)]
        [else ((super interp-exp env) e)]))
    ))

(define (interp-Lany p)
  (send (new interp-Lany-class) interp-program p))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}[basicstyle=\ttfamily\footnotesize]
class InterpLany(InterpLlambda):

  def interp_exp(self, e, env):
    match e:
      case Inject(value, typ):
        v = self.interp_exp(value, env)
        return Tagged(v, self.type_to_tag(typ))
      case Project(value, typ):
        v = self.interp_exp(value, env)
        match v:
          case Tagged(val, tag) if self.type_to_tag(typ) == tag:
            return val
          case _:
            raise Exception('interp project to ' + repr(typ)
                            + '  unexpected ' + repr(v))
      case Call(Name('any_tuple_load'), [tup, index]):
        tv = self.interp_exp(tup, env)
        n = self.interp_exp(index, env)
        match tv:
          case Tagged(v, tag):
            return v[n]
          case _:
            raise Exception('interp any_tuple_load unexpected ' + repr(tv))
      case Call(Name('any_len'), [value]):
        v = self.interp_exp(value, env)
        match v:
          case Tagged(value, tag):
            return len(value)
          case _:
            raise Exception('interp any_len unexpected ' + repr(v))
      case Call(Name('arity'), [fun]):
        f = self.interp_exp(fun, env)
        return self.arity(f)
      case _:
        return super().interp_exp(e, env)
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
  \end{tcolorbox}
\caption{Interpreter for \LangAny{}.}
\label{fig:interp-Lany}
\end{figure}

\begin{figure}[tbp]
  \begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]  
{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{lstlisting}[basicstyle=\ttfamily\footnotesize]
(define/public (apply-inject v tg) (Tagged v tg))

(define/public (apply-project v ty2)
  (define tag2 (any-tag ty2))
  (match v
    [(Tagged v1 tag1)
     (cond
       [(eq? tag1 tag2)
        (match ty2
          [`(Vector ,ts ...)
           (define l1 ((interp-op 'vector-length) v1))
           (cond
             [(eq? l1 (length ts)) v1]
             [else (error 'apply-project "vector length mismatch, ~a != ~a"
                          l1 (length ts))])]
          [`(,ts ... -> ,rt)
           (match v1
             [`(function ,xs ,body ,env)
              (cond [(eq? (length xs) (length ts)) v1]
                    [else
                     (error 'apply-project "arity mismatch ~a != ~a"
                            (length xs) (length ts))])]
             [else (error 'apply-project "expected function not ~a" v1)])]
          [else v1])]
       [else (error 'apply-project "tag mismatch ~a != ~a" tag1 tag2)])]
    [else (error 'apply-project "expected tagged value, not ~a" v)]))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
class InterpLany(InterpLlambda):

  def type_to_tag(self, typ):
      match typ:
        case FunctionType(params, rt):
          return 'function'
        case TupleType(fields):
          return 'tuple'
        case t if t == int:
          return 'int'
        case t if t == bool:
          return 'bool'
        case IntType():
          return 'int'
        case BoolType():
          return 'int'
        case _:
          raise Exception('type_to_tag unexpected ' + repr(typ))

  def arity(self, v):
    match v:
      case Function(name, params, body, env):
        return len(params)
      case ClosureTuple(args, arity):
        return arity
      case _:
        raise Exception('Lany arity unexpected ' + repr(v))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
  \end{tcolorbox}

  \caption{Auxiliary functions for interpreting \LangAny{}.}
  \label{fig:interp-Lany-aux}
\end{figure}

\clearpage

\section{Cast Insertion: Compiling \LangDyn{} to \LangAny{}}
\label{sec:compile-r7}

The \code{cast\_insert} pass compiles from \LangDyn{} to \LangAny{}.
Figure~\ref{fig:compile-r7-Lany} shows the compilation of many of the
\LangDyn{} forms into \LangAny{}. An important invariant of this pass
is that given any subexpression $e$ in the \LangDyn{} program, the
pass will produce an expression $e'$ in \LangAny{} that has type
\ANYTY{}. For example, the first row in
figure~\ref{fig:compile-r7-Lany} shows the compilation of the Boolean
\TRUE{}, which must be injected to produce an expression of type
\ANYTY{}.
%
The compilation of addition is shown in the second row of
figure~\ref{fig:compile-r7-Lany}. The compilation of addition is
representative of many primitive operations: the arguments have type
\ANYTY{} and must be projected to \INTTYPE{} before the addition can
be performed.

The compilation of \key{lambda} (third row of
figure~\ref{fig:compile-r7-Lany}) shows what happens when we need to
produce type annotations: we simply use \ANYTY{}.
%
% TODO:update the following for python, and the tests and interpreter. -Jeremy
\racket{The compilation of \code{if} and \code{eq?}  demonstrate how
  this pass has to account for some differences in behavior between
  \LangDyn{} and \LangAny{}. The \LangDyn{} language is more
  permissive than \LangAny{} regarding what kind of values can be used
  in various places. For example, the condition of an \key{if} does
  not have to be a Boolean. For \key{eq?}, the arguments need not be
  of the same type (in that case the result is \code{\#f}).}

\begin{figure}[btp]
\centering
  \begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{tabular}{lll}
\begin{minipage}{0.27\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}
#t
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
&
$\Rightarrow$
&
\begin{minipage}{0.65\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}
(inject #t Boolean)
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
\\[2ex]\hline
\begin{minipage}{0.27\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}
(+ |$e_1$| |$e_2$|)
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
&
$\Rightarrow$
&
\begin{minipage}{0.65\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}
(inject
   (+ (project |$e'_1$| Integer)
      (project |$e'_2$| Integer))
   Integer)
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
\\[2ex]\hline
\begin{minipage}{0.27\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}
(lambda (|$x_1 \ldots$|) |$e$|)
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
&
$\Rightarrow$
&
\begin{minipage}{0.65\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}
(inject
   (lambda: ([|$x_1$|:Any]|$\ldots$|):Any |$e'$|)
   (Any|$\ldots$|Any -> Any))
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
\\[2ex]\hline
\begin{minipage}{0.27\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}
(|$e_0$| |$e_1 \ldots e_n$|)
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
&
$\Rightarrow$
&
\begin{minipage}{0.65\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}
((project |$e'_0$| (Any|$\ldots$|Any -> Any)) |$e'_1 \ldots e'_n$|)
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
\\[2ex]\hline
\begin{minipage}{0.27\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}
(vector-ref |$e_1$| |$e_2$|)
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
&
$\Rightarrow$
&
\begin{minipage}{0.65\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}
(any-vector-ref |$e_1'$| (project |$e'_2$| Integer))
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
\\[2ex]\hline
\begin{minipage}{0.27\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}
(if |$e_1$| |$e_2$| |$e_3$|)
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
&
$\Rightarrow$
&
\begin{minipage}{0.65\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}
(if (eq? |$e'_1$| (inject #f Boolean)) |$e'_3$| |$e'_2$|)
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
\\[2ex]\hline
\begin{minipage}{0.27\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}
(eq? |$e_1$| |$e_2$|)
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
&
$\Rightarrow$
&
\begin{minipage}{0.65\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}
(inject (eq? |$e'_1$| |$e'_2$|) Boolean)
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
\\[2ex]\hline
\begin{minipage}{0.27\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}
(not |$e_1$|)
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
&
$\Rightarrow$
&
\begin{minipage}{0.65\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}
(if (eq? |$e'_1$| (inject #f Boolean))
    (inject #t Boolean) (inject #f Boolean))
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
\end{tabular} 
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\hspace{-0.8em}\begin{tabular}{|lll|} \hline
\begin{minipage}{0.23\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}
True
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
&
$\Rightarrow$
&
\begin{minipage}{0.7\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}
Inject(True, BoolType())
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
\\[2ex]\hline
\begin{minipage}{0.23\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}
|$e_1$| + |$e_2$|
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
&
$\Rightarrow$
&
\begin{minipage}{0.7\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}
Inject(Project(|$e'_1$|, IntType())
       + Project(|$e'_2$|, IntType()),
       IntType())
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
\\[2ex]\hline
\begin{minipage}{0.23\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}
lambda |$x_1 \ldots$|: |$e$|
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
&
$\Rightarrow$
&
\begin{minipage}{0.7\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}
Inject(Lambda([(|$x_1$|,AnyType),|$\ldots$|], |$e'$|)
       FunctionType([AnyType(),|$\ldots$|], AnyType()))
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
\\[2ex]\hline
\begin{minipage}{0.23\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}
|$e_0$|(|$e_1 \ldots e_n$|)
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
&
$\Rightarrow$
&
\begin{minipage}{0.7\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}
Call(Project(|$e'_0$|, FunctionType([AnyType(),|$\ldots$|],
      AnyType())), |$e'_1, \ldots, e'_n$|)
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
\\[2ex]\hline
\begin{minipage}{0.23\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}
|$e_1$|[|$e_2$|]
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
&
$\Rightarrow$
&
\begin{minipage}{0.7\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}
Call(Name('any_tuple_load'),
     [|$e_1'$|, Project(|$e_2'$|, IntType())])
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
%% \begin{minipage}{0.23\textwidth}
%% \begin{lstlisting}
%% |$e_2$| if |$e_1$| else |$e_3$|
%% \end{lstlisting}
%% \end{minipage}
%% &
%% $\Rightarrow$
%% &
%% \begin{minipage}{0.7\textwidth}
%% \begin{lstlisting}
%% (if (eq? |$e'_1$| (inject #f Boolean)) |$e'_3$| |$e'_2$|)
%% \end{lstlisting}
%% \end{minipage}
%% \\[2ex]\hline
%% \begin{minipage}{0.23\textwidth}
%% \begin{lstlisting}
%% (eq? |$e_1$| |$e_2$|)
%% \end{lstlisting}
%% \end{minipage}
%% &
%% $\Rightarrow$
%% &
%% \begin{minipage}{0.7\textwidth}
%% \begin{lstlisting}
%% (inject (eq? |$e'_1$| |$e'_2$|) Boolean)
%% \end{lstlisting}
%% \end{minipage}
%% \\[2ex]\hline
%% \begin{minipage}{0.23\textwidth}
%% \begin{lstlisting}
%% (not |$e_1$|)
%% \end{lstlisting}
%% \end{minipage}
%% &
%% $\Rightarrow$
%% &
%% \begin{minipage}{0.7\textwidth}
%% \begin{lstlisting}
%% (if (eq? |$e'_1$| (inject #f Boolean))
%%     (inject #t Boolean) (inject #f Boolean))
%% \end{lstlisting}
%% \end{minipage}
%% \\[2ex]\hline
\\\hline
\end{tabular} 
\fi}
  \end{tcolorbox}

  \caption{Cast insertion}
\label{fig:compile-r7-Lany}
\end{figure}



\section{Reveal Casts}
\label{sec:reveal-casts-Lany}

% TODO: define R'_6

In the \code{reveal\_casts} pass, we recommend compiling
\code{Project} into a conditional expression that checks whether the
value's tag matches the target type; if it does, the value is
converted to a value of the target type by removing the tag; if it
does not, the program exits.
%
{\if\edition\racketEd
%
To perform these actions we need a new primitive operation,
\code{tag-of-any}, and a new form, \code{ValueOf}.
The \code{tag-of-any} operation retrieves the type tag from a tagged
value of type \code{Any}.  The \code{ValueOf} form retrieves the
underlying value from a tagged value.  The \code{ValueOf} form
includes the type for the underlying value that is used by the type
checker.
%
\fi}
%
{\if\edition\pythonEd
%
To perform these actions we need two new AST classes: \code{TagOf} and
\code{ValueOf}. The \code{TagOf} operation retrieves the type tag from a
tagged value of type \ANYTY{}.  The \code{ValueOf} operation retrieves
the underlying value from a tagged value.  The \code{ValueOf}
operation includes the type for the underlying value which is used by
the type checker.
%
\fi}


If the target type of the projection is \BOOLTY{} or \INTTY{}, then
\code{Project} can be translated as follows.
\begin{center}
\begin{minipage}{1.0\textwidth}
{\if\edition\racketEd    
\begin{lstlisting}
(Project |$e$| |$\FType$|)
|$\Rightarrow$|
(Let |$\itm{tmp}$| |$e'$|
   (If (Prim 'eq? (list (Prim 'tag-of-any (list (Var |$\itm{tmp}$|)))
                           (Int |$\itm{tagof}(\FType)$|)))
      (ValueOf |$\itm{tmp}$| |$\FType$|)
      (Exit)))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
Project(|$e$|, |$\FType$|)
|$\Rightarrow$|
Begin([Assign([|$\itm{tmp}$|], |$e'$|)],
       IfExp(Compare(TagOf(|$\itm{tmp}$|),[Eq()],
                     [Constant(|$\itm{tagof}(\FType)$|)]),
             ValueOf(|$\itm{tmp}$|, |$\FType$|)
             Call(Name('exit'), [])))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
\end{minipage}
\end{center}
If the target type of the projection is a tuple or function type, then
there is a bit more work to do. For tuples, check that the length of
the tuple type matches the length of the tuple. For functions, check
that the number of parameters in the function type matches the
function's arity.

Regarding \code{Inject}, we recommend compiling it to a slightly
lower-level primitive operation named \racket{\code{make-any}}\python{\code{make\_any}}. This operation
takes a tag instead of a type.
\begin{center}
\begin{minipage}{1.0\textwidth}
{\if\edition\racketEd    
\begin{lstlisting}
(Inject |$e$| |$\FType$|)
|$\Rightarrow$|
(Prim 'make-any (list |$e'$| (Int |$\itm{tagof}(\FType)$|)))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd    
\begin{lstlisting}
Inject(|$e$|, |$\FType$|)
|$\Rightarrow$|
Call(Name('make_any'), [|$e'$|, Constant(|$\itm{tagof}(\FType)$|)])
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
\end{minipage}
\end{center}

{\if\edition\pythonEd    
%
The introduction of \code{make\_any} makes it difficult to use
bidirectional type checking because we no longer have an expected type
to use for type checking the expression $e'$. Thus, we run into
difficulty if $e'$ is a \code{Lambda} expression.  We recommend
translating \code{Lambda} to a new AST class \code{AnnLambda} (for
annotated lambda) whose parameters have type annotations and that
records the return type.
%
\fi}

\racket{The type predicates (\code{boolean?}, etc.) can be translated into
uses of \code{tag-of-any} and \code{eq?} in a similar way as in the
translation of \code{Project}.}

{\if\edition\racketEd    
The \code{any-vector-ref} and \code{any-vector-set!} operations
combine the projection action with the vector operation.  Also, the
read and write operations allow arbitrary expressions for the index, so
the type checker for \LangAny{} (figure~\ref{fig:type-check-Lany})
cannot guarantee that the index is within bounds. Thus, we insert code
to perform bounds checking at runtime. The translation for
\code{any-vector-ref} is as follows, and the other two operations are
translated in a similar way:
\begin{center}
\begin{minipage}{0.95\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}
(Prim 'any-vector-ref (list |$e_1$| |$e_2$|))
|$\Rightarrow$|
(Let |$v$| |$e'_1$|
  (Let |$i$| |$e'_2$|
    (If (Prim 'eq? (list (Prim 'tag-of-any (list (Var |$v$|))) (Int 2)))
      (If (Prim '< (list (Var |$i$|) (Prim 'any-vector-length (list (Var |$v$|)))))
        (Prim 'any-vector-ref (list (Var |$v$|) (Var |$i$|)))
        (Exit))
      (Exit))))
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
\end{center}
\fi}
%
{\if\edition\pythonEd
%
The \code{any\_tuple\_load} operation combines the projection action
with the load operation.  Also, the load operation allows arbitrary
expressions for the index so the type checker for \LangAny{}
(figure~\ref{fig:type-check-Lany}) cannot guarantee that the index is
within bounds. Thus, we insert code to perform bounds checking at
runtime. The translation for \code{any\_tuple\_load} is as follows.

\begin{lstlisting}
Call(Name('any_tuple_load'), [|$e_1$|,|$e_2$|])
|$\Rightarrow$|
Block([Assign([|$t$|], |$e'_1$|), Assign([|$i$|], |$e'_2$|)],
      IfExp(Compare(TagOf(|$t$|), [Eq()], [Constant(2)]),
            IfExp(Compare(|$i$|, [Lt()], [Call(Name('any_len'), [|$t$|])]),
                  Call(Name('any_tuple_load_unsafe'), [|$t$|, |$i$|]),
                  Call(Name('exit'), [])),
            Call(Name('exit'), [])))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}


{\if\edition\pythonEd

\section{Assignment Conversion}
\label{sec:convert-assignments-Lany}

Update this pass to handle the \code{TagOf}, \code{ValueOf}, and
\code{AnnLambda} AST classes.

\section{Closure Conversion}
\label{sec:closure-conversion-Lany}

Update this pass to handle the \code{TagOf}, \code{ValueOf}, and
\code{AnnLambda} AST classes.

\fi}

\section{Remove Complex Operands}
\label{sec:rco-Lany}

\racket{The \code{ValueOf} and \code{Exit} forms are both complex
  expressions.  The subexpression of \code{ValueOf} must be atomic.}
%
\python{The \code{ValueOf} and \code{TagOf} operations are both
  complex expressions.  Their subexpressions must be atomic.}

\section{Explicate Control and \LangCAny{}}
\label{sec:explicate-Lany}

The output of \code{explicate\_control} is the \LangCAny{} language,
whose syntax definition is shown in figure~\ref{fig:c5-syntax}.
%
\racket{The \code{ValueOf} form that we added to \LangAny{} remains an
  expression and the \code{Exit} expression becomes a $\Tail$. Also,
  note that the index argument of \code{vector-ref} and
  \code{vector-set!} is an $\Atm$, instead of an integer as it was in
  \LangCVec{} (figure~\ref{fig:c2-syntax}).}
%
\python{
  Update the auxiliary functions \code{explicate\_tail}, \code{explicate\_effect},
  and \code{explicate\_pred} as appropriately to handle the new expressions
  in \LangCAny{}.
}


\newcommand{\CanyASTPython}{
\begin{array}{lcl}
\Exp &::=& \CALL{\VAR{\key{'make\_any'}}}{\LS \Atm,\Atm \RS}\\
  &\MID& \key{TagOf}\LP \Atm \RP
  \MID \key{ValueOf}\LP \Atm , \FType \RP \\
  &\MID& \CALL{\VAR{\key{'any\_tuple\_load\_unsafe'}}}{\LS \Atm,\Atm \RS}\\
  &\MID& \CALL{\VAR{\key{'any\_len'}}}{\LS \Atm \RS} \\
  &\MID& \CALL{\VAR{\key{'exit'}}}{\LS\RS}
\end{array}
}

\newcommand{\CanyASTRacket}{
\begin{array}{lcl}
\Exp &::= & \BINOP{\key{'any-vector-ref}}{\Atm}{\Atm}  \\
   &\MID& (\key{Prim}~\key{'any-vector-set!}\,(\key{list}\,\Atm\,\Atm\,\Atm))\\
   &\MID& \VALUEOF{\Atm}{\FType} \\
\Tail &::= & \LP\key{Exit}\RP 
\end{array}
}

\begin{figure}[tp]
  \begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
\small
{\if\edition\racketEd
\[
\begin{array}{l}
  \gray{\CvarASTRacket} \\ \hline
  \gray{\CifASTRacket} \\ \hline
  \gray{\CloopASTRacket} \\ \hline
  \gray{\CtupASTRacket} \\ \hline
  \gray{\CfunASTRacket} \\ \hline
  \gray{\ClambdaASTRacket} \\ \hline
  \CanyASTRacket \\
\begin{array}{lcl}
\LangCAnyM{} & ::= & \PROGRAMDEFS{\itm{info}}{\LP\Def\ldots\RP}
\end{array}
\end{array}
\]
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\[
  \begin{array}{l}
  \gray{\CifASTPython} \\ \hline
  \gray{\CtupASTPython} \\ \hline
  \gray{\CfunASTPython} \\ \hline
  \gray{\ClambdaASTPython} \\ \hline
  \CanyASTPython \\
  \begin{array}{lcl}
    \LangCAnyM{} & ::= & \CPROGRAMDEFS{\LS\Def\code{,}\ldots\RS} 
  \end{array}
  \end{array}
\]
\fi}
  \end{tcolorbox}

\caption{The abstract syntax of \LangCAny{}, extending \LangCLam{} (figure~\ref{fig:Clam-syntax}).}
\label{fig:c5-syntax}
\end{figure}


\section{Select Instructions}
\label{sec:select-Lany}

In the \code{select\_instructions} pass, we translate the primitive
operations on the \ANYTY{} type to x86 instructions that manipulate
the three tag bits of the tagged value. In the following descriptions,
given an atom $e$ we use a primed variable $e'$ to refer to the result
of translating $e$ into an x86 argument:

\paragraph{\racket{\code{make-any}}\python{\code{make\_any}}}

We recommend compiling the
\racket{\code{make-any}}\python{\code{make\_any}} operation as follows
if the tag is for \INTTY{} or \BOOLTY{}.  The \key{salq} instruction
shifts the destination to the left by the number of bits specified its
source argument (in this case three, the length of the tag), and it
preserves the sign of the integer. We use the \key{orq} instruction to
combine the tag and the value to form the tagged value.  \\
%
{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{lstlisting}
(Assign |\itm{lhs}| (Prim 'make-any (list |$e$| (Int |$\itm{tag}$|))))
|$\Rightarrow$|
movq |$e'$|, |\itm{lhs'}|
salq $3, |\itm{lhs'}|
orq $|$\itm{tag}$|, |\itm{lhs'}|
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
%
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
Assign([|\itm{lhs}|], Call(Name('make_any'), [|$e$|, Constant(|$\itm{tag}$|)]))
|$\Rightarrow$|
movq |$e'$|, |\itm{lhs'}|
salq $3, |\itm{lhs'}|
orq $|$\itm{tag}$|, |\itm{lhs'}|
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
%
The instruction selection for tuples and procedures is different
because their is no need to shift them to the left. The rightmost 3
bits are already zeros, so we simply combine the value and the tag
using \key{orq}.  \\
%
{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{center}
\begin{minipage}{\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}
(Assign |\itm{lhs}| (Prim 'make-any (list |$e$| (Int |$\itm{tag}$|))))
|$\Rightarrow$|
movq |$e'$|, |\itm{lhs'}|
orq $|$\itm{tag}$|, |\itm{lhs'}|
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
\end{center}
\fi}
%
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
Assign([|\itm{lhs}|], Call(Name('make_any'), [|$e$|, Constant(|$\itm{tag}$|)]))
|$\Rightarrow$|
movq |$e'$|, |\itm{lhs'}|
orq $|$\itm{tag}$|, |\itm{lhs'}|
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}

\paragraph{\racket{\code{tag-of-any}}\python{\code{TagOf}}}

Recall that the \racket{\code{tag-of-any}}\python{\code{TagOf}}
operation extracts the type tag from a value of type \ANYTY{}. The
type tag is the bottom $3$ bits, so we obtain the tag by taking the
bitwise-and of the value with $111$ ($7$ decimal).
%
{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{lstlisting}
(Assign |\itm{lhs}| (Prim 'tag-of-any (list |$e$|)))
|$\Rightarrow$|
movq |$e'$|, |\itm{lhs'}|
andq $7, |\itm{lhs'}|
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
%
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
Assign([|\itm{lhs}|], TagOf(|$e$|))
|$\Rightarrow$|
movq |$e'$|, |\itm{lhs'}|
andq $7, |\itm{lhs'}|
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}


\paragraph{\code{ValueOf}}

The instructions for \key{ValueOf} also differ, depending on whether
the type $T$ is a pointer (tuple or function) or not (integer or
Boolean). The following shows the instruction selection for integers
and Booleans, in which we produce an untagged value by shifting it to
the right by 3 bits:
%
{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{lstlisting}
(Assign |\itm{lhs}| (ValueOf |$e$| |$T$|))
|$\Rightarrow$|
movq |$e'$|, |\itm{lhs'}|
sarq $3, |\itm{lhs'}|
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
%
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
Assign([|\itm{lhs}|], ValueOf(|$e$|, |$T$|))
|$\Rightarrow$|
movq |$e'$|, |\itm{lhs'}|
sarq $3, |\itm{lhs'}|
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
%
In the case for tuples and procedures, we zero out the rightmost 3
bits. We accomplish this by creating the bit pattern $\ldots 0111$
($7$ decimal) and apply bitwise-not to obtain $\ldots 11111000$ (-8
decimal), which we \code{movq} into the destination $\itm{lhs'}$.
Finally, we apply \code{andq} with the tagged value to get the desired
result.
%
{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{lstlisting}
(Assign |\itm{lhs}| (ValueOf |$e$| |$T$|))
|$\Rightarrow$|
movq $|$-8$|, |\itm{lhs'}|
andq |$e'$|, |\itm{lhs'}|
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
%
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
Assign([|\itm{lhs}|], ValueOf(|$e$|, |$T$|))
|$\Rightarrow$|
movq $|$-8$|, |\itm{lhs'}|
andq |$e'$|, |\itm{lhs'}|
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}


%% \paragraph{Type Predicates} We leave it to the reader to
%% devise a sequence of instructions to implement the type predicates
%% \key{boolean?}, \key{integer?}, \key{vector?}, and \key{procedure?}.

\paragraph{\racket{\code{any-vector-length}}\python{\code{any\_len}}}

The \racket{\code{any-vector-length}}\python{\code{any\_len}}
operation combines the effect of \code{ValueOf} with accessing the
length of a tuple from the tag stored at the zero index of the tuple.

{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{lstlisting}
(Assign |$\itm{lhs}$| (Prim 'any-vector-length (list |$e_1$|)))
|$\Longrightarrow$|
movq $|$-8$|, %r11
andq |$e_1'$|,  %r11
movq 0(%r11), %r11
andq $126, %r11
sarq $1, %r11
movq %r11, |$\itm{lhs'}$|
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
Assign([|$\itm{lhs}$|], Call(Name('any_len'), [|$e_1$|]))
|$\Longrightarrow$|
movq $|$-8$|, %r11
andq |$e_1'$|,  %r11
movq 0(%r11), %r11
andq $126, %r11
sarq $1, %r11
movq %r11, |$\itm{lhs'}$|
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}

\paragraph{\racket{\code{any-vector-ref}}\python{\code{\code{any\_tuple\_load\_unsafe}}}}

This operation combines the effect of \code{ValueOf} with reading an
element of the tuple (see
section~\ref{sec:select-instructions-gc}). However, the index may be
an arbitrary atom, so instead of computing the offset at compile time,
we must generate instructions to compute the offset at runtime as
follows. Note the use of the new instruction \code{imulq}.
\begin{center}
\begin{minipage}{0.96\textwidth}
{\if\edition\racketEd    
\begin{lstlisting}
(Assign |$\itm{lhs}$| (Prim 'any-vector-ref (list |$e_1$| |$e_2$|)))
|$\Longrightarrow$|
movq |$\neg 111$|, %r11
andq |$e_1'$|, %r11
movq |$e_2'$|, %rax
addq $1, %rax
imulq $8, %rax
addq %rax, %r11
movq 0(%r11) |$\itm{lhs'}$|
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
%
{\if\edition\pythonEd    
\begin{lstlisting}
Assign([|$\itm{lhs}$|], Call(Name('any_tuple_load_unsafe'), [|$e_1$|,|$e_2$|]))
|$\Longrightarrow$|
movq $|$-8$|, %r11
andq |$e_1'$|, %r11
movq |$e_2'$|, %rax
addq $1, %rax
imulq $8, %rax
addq %rax, %r11
movq 0(%r11) |$\itm{lhs'}$|
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
\end{minipage}
\end{center}
% $ pacify font lock

%% \paragraph{\racket{\code{any-vector-set!}}\python{\code{any\_tuple\_store}}}

%% The code generation for
%% \racket{\code{any-vector-set!}}\python{\code{any\_tuple\_store}} is
%% analogous to the above translation for reading from a tuple.


\section{Register Allocation for \LangAny{}}
\label{sec:register-allocation-Lany}
\index{subject}{register allocation}

There is an interesting interaction between tagged values and garbage
collection that has an impact on register allocation.  A variable of
type \ANYTY{} might refer to a tuple, and therefore it might be a root
that needs to be inspected and copied during garbage collection. Thus,
we need to treat variables of type \ANYTY{} in a similar way to
variables of tuple type for purposes of register allocation,
with particular attention to the following:
\begin{itemize}
\item If a variable of type \ANYTY{} is live during a function call,
  then it must be spilled. This can be accomplished by changing
  \code{build\_interference} to mark all variables of type \ANYTY{}
  that are live after a \code{callq} to be interfering with all the
  registers.

\item If a variable of type \ANYTY{} is spilled, it must be spilled to
  the root stack instead of the normal procedure call stack.
\end{itemize}

Another concern regarding the root stack is that the garbage collector
needs to differentiate among (1) plain old pointers to tuples, (2) a
tagged value that points to a tuple, and (3) a tagged value that is
not a tuple. We enable this differentiation by choosing not to use the
tag $000$ in the $\itm{tagof}$ function. Instead, that bit pattern is
reserved for identifying plain old pointers to tuples. That way, if
one of the first three bits is set, then we have a tagged value and
inspecting the tag can differentiate between tuples ($010$) and the
other kinds of values.

%% \begin{exercise}\normalfont
%% Expand your compiler to handle \LangAny{} as discussed in the last few
%% sections.  Create 5 new programs that use the \ANYTY{} type and the
%% new operations (\code{Inject}, \code{Project}, etc.). Test your
%% compiler on these new programs and all of your previously created test
%% programs.
%% \end{exercise}

\begin{exercise}\normalfont\normalsize
Expand your compiler to handle \LangDyn{} as outlined in this chapter.
Create tests for \LangDyn{} by adapting ten of your previous test programs
by removing type annotations. Add five more test programs that
specifically rely on the language being dynamically typed. That is,
they should not be legal programs in a statically typed language, but
nevertheless they should be valid \LangDyn{} programs that run to
completion without error.
\end{exercise}


\begin{figure}[p]
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
{\if\edition\racketEd    
\begin{tikzpicture}[baseline=(current  bounding  box.center),scale=0.85]
\node (Lfun) at (0,4)  {\large \LangDyn{}};
\node (Lfun-2) at (4,4)  {\large \LangDyn{}};
\node (Lfun-3) at (8,4)  {\large \LangDyn{}};
\node (Lfun-4) at (12,4)  {\large \LangDynFunRef{}};
\node (Lfun-5) at (12,2)  {\large \LangAnyFunRef{}};
\node (Lfun-6) at (8,2)  {\large \LangAnyFunRef{}};
\node (Lfun-7) at (4,2)  {\large \LangAnyFunRef{}};

\node (F1-2) at (0,2)  {\large \LangAnyFunRef{}};
\node (F1-3) at (0,0)  {\large \LangAnyFunRef{}};
\node (F1-4) at (4,0)  {\large \LangAnyAlloc{}};
\node (F1-5) at (8,0)  {\large \LangAnyAlloc{}};
\node (F1-6) at (12,0)  {\large \LangAnyAlloc{}};
\node (C3-2) at (0,-2)  {\large \LangCAny{}};

\node (x86-2) at (0,-4)  {\large \LangXIndCallVar{}};
\node (x86-2-1) at (0,-6)  {\large \LangXIndCallVar{}};
\node (x86-2-2) at (4,-6)  {\large \LangXIndCallVar{}};
\node (x86-3) at (4,-4)  {\large \LangXIndCallVar{}};
\node (x86-4) at (8,-4) {\large \LangXIndCall{}};
\node (x86-5) at (8,-6) {\large \LangXIndCall{}};

\path[->,bend left=15] (Lfun) edge [above] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize shrink} (Lfun-2);
\path[->,bend left=15] (Lfun-2) edge [above] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize uniquify} (Lfun-3);
\path[->,bend left=15] (Lfun-3) edge [above] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize reveal\_functions} (Lfun-4);
\path[->,bend left=15] (Lfun-4) edge [left] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize cast\_insert} (Lfun-5);
\path[->,bend left=15] (Lfun-5) edge [below] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize reveal\_casts} (Lfun-6);
\path[->,bend left=15] (Lfun-6) edge [below] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize convert\_assignments} (Lfun-7);
     
\path[->,bend right=15] (Lfun-7) edge [above] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize convert\_to\_closures} (F1-2);
\path[->,bend right=15] (F1-2) edge [right] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize limit\_functions} (F1-3);
\path[->,bend right=15] (F1-3) edge [below] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize expose\_allocation} (F1-4);
\path[->,bend right=15] (F1-4) edge [below] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize uncover\_get!} (F1-5);
\path[->,bend left=15] (F1-5) edge [above] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize remove\_complex\_operands} (F1-6);
\path[->,bend left=15] (F1-6) edge [below] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize explicate\_control} (C3-2);
\path[->,bend left=15] (C3-2) edge [right] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize select\_instructions} (x86-2);
\path[->,bend right=15] (x86-2) edge [right] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize uncover\_live} (x86-2-1);
\path[->,bend right=15] (x86-2-1) edge [below] node 
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize build\_interference} (x86-2-2);
\path[->,bend right=15] (x86-2-2) edge [right] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize allocate\_registers} (x86-3);
\path[->,bend left=15] (x86-3) edge [above] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize patch\_instructions} (x86-4);
\path[->,bend left=15] (x86-4) edge [right] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize prelude\_and\_conclusion} (x86-5);
\end{tikzpicture}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{tikzpicture}[baseline=(current  bounding  box.center),scale=0.85]
\node (Lfun) at (0,4)  {\large \LangDyn{}};
\node (Lfun-2) at (4,4)  {\large \LangDyn{}};
\node (Lfun-3) at (8,4)  {\large \LangDyn{}};
\node (Lfun-4) at (12,4)  {\large \LangDynFunRef{}};
\node (Lfun-5) at (12,2)  {\large \LangAnyFunRef{}};
\node (Lfun-6) at (8,2)  {\large \LangAnyFunRef{}};
\node (Lfun-7) at (4,2)  {\large \LangAnyFunRef{}};

\node (F1-2) at (0,2)  {\large \LangAnyFunRef{}};
\node (F1-3) at (0,0)  {\large \LangAnyFunRef{}};
\node (F1-5) at (4,0)  {\large \LangAnyAlloc{}};
\node (F1-6) at (8,0)  {\large \LangAnyAlloc{}};
\node (C3-2) at (0,-2)  {\large \LangCAny{}};

\node (x86-2) at (0,-4)  {\large \LangXIndCallVar{}};
\node (x86-3) at (4,-4)  {\large \LangXIndCallVar{}};
\node (x86-4) at (8,-4) {\large \LangXIndCall{}};
\node (x86-5) at (12,-4) {\large \LangXIndCall{}};

\path[->,bend left=15] (Lfun) edge [above] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize shrink} (Lfun-2);
\path[->,bend left=15] (Lfun-2) edge [above] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize uniquify} (Lfun-3);
\path[->,bend left=15] (Lfun-3) edge [above] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize reveal\_functions} (Lfun-4);
\path[->,bend left=15] (Lfun-4) edge [left] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize cast\_insert} (Lfun-5);
\path[->,bend left=15] (Lfun-5) edge [below] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize reveal\_casts} (Lfun-6);
\path[->,bend right=15] (Lfun-6) edge [above] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize convert\_assignments} (Lfun-7);
\path[->,bend right=15] (Lfun-7) edge [above] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize convert\_to\_closures} (F1-2);
\path[->,bend right=15] (F1-2) edge [right] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize limit\_functions} (F1-3);
\path[->,bend right=15] (F1-3) edge [below] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize expose\_allocation} (F1-5);
\path[->,bend left=15] (F1-5) edge [above] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize remove\_complex\_operands} (F1-6);
\path[->,bend left=15] (F1-6) edge [below] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize explicate\_control} (C3-2);
\path[->,bend right=15] (C3-2) edge [right] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize select\_instructions} (x86-2);
\path[->,bend right=15] (x86-2) edge [below] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize assign\_homes} (x86-3);
\path[->,bend right=15] (x86-3) edge [below] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize patch\_instructions} (x86-4);
\path[->,bend left=15] (x86-4) edge [above] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize prelude\_and\_conclusion} (x86-5);
\end{tikzpicture}
\fi}
  \end{tcolorbox}

  \caption{Diagram of the passes for \LangDyn{}, a dynamically typed language.}
\label{fig:Ldyn-passes}
\end{figure}

Figure~\ref{fig:Ldyn-passes} provides an overview of the passes needed
for the compilation of \LangDyn{}.

% Further Reading



%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
%% {\if\edition\pythonEd
%% \chapter{Objects}
%% \label{ch:Lobject}
%% \index{subject}{objects}
%% \index{subject}{classes}
%% \setcounter{footnote}{0}

%% \fi}


%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\chapter{Gradual Typing}
\label{ch:Lgrad}
\index{subject}{gradual typing}
\setcounter{footnote}{0}

This chapter studies the language \LangGrad{}, in which the programmer
can choose between static and dynamic type checking in different parts
of a program, thereby mixing the statically typed \LangLam{} language
with the dynamically typed \LangDyn{}. There are several approaches to
mixing static and dynamic typing, including multilanguage
integration~\citep{Tobin-Hochstadt:2006fk,Matthews:2007zr} and hybrid
type checking~\citep{Flanagan:2006mn,Gronski:2006uq}. In this chapter
we focus on \emph{gradual typing}\index{subject}{gradual typing}, in which the
programmer controls the amount of static versus dynamic checking by
adding or removing type annotations on parameters and
variables~\citep{Anderson:2002kd,Siek:2006bh}.

The definition of the concrete syntax of \LangGrad{} is shown in
figure~\ref{fig:Lgrad-concrete-syntax} and the definition of its
abstract syntax is shown in figure~\ref{fig:Lgrad-syntax}. The main
syntactic difference between \LangLam{} and \LangGrad{} is that type
annotations are optional, which is specified in the grammar using the
\Param{} and \itm{ret} nonterminals. In the abstract syntax, type
annotations are not optional, but we use the \CANYTY{} type when a type
annotation is absent.
%
Both the type checker and the interpreter for \LangGrad{} require some
interesting changes to enable gradual typing, which we discuss in the
next two sections.

\newcommand{\LgradGrammarRacket}{
\begin{array}{lcl}
  \Type &::=& \LP\Type \ldots \; \key{->}\; \Type\RP \\
  \Param &::=& \Var \MID \LS\Var \key{:} \Type\RS \\
  \itm{ret} &::=& \epsilon \MID \key{:} \Type \\
  \Exp &::=& \LP\Exp \; \Exp \ldots\RP 
      \MID \CGLAMBDA{\LP\Param\ldots\RP}{\itm{ret}}{\Exp} \\
    &\MID& \LP \key{procedure-arity}~\Exp\RP \\
  \Def &::=& \CGDEF{\Var}{\Param\ldots}{\itm{ret}}{\Exp} 
\end{array}
}

\newcommand{\LgradASTRacket}{
\begin{array}{lcl}
  \Type &::=& \LP\Type \ldots \; \key{->}\; \Type\RP \\
  \Param &::=& \Var \MID \LS\Var \key{:} \Type\RS \\
  \Exp &::=& \APPLY{\Exp}{\Exp\ldots}
  \MID \LAMBDA{\LP\Param\ldots\RP}{\Type}{\Exp} \\
  \itm{op} &::=& \code{procedure-arity} \\
 \Def &::=& \FUNDEF{\Var}{\LP\Param\ldots\RP}{\Type}{\code{'()}}{\Exp} 
\end{array}
}

\newcommand{\LgradGrammarPython}{
\begin{array}{lcl}
  \Type &::=& \key{Any}
                \MID \key{int}
                \MID \key{bool}
                \MID \key{tuple}\LS \Type \code{, } \ldots  \RS
                \MID \key{Callable}\LS \LS \Type \key{,} \ldots \RS \key{, } \Type \RS \\
  \Exp &::=& \CAPPLY{\Exp}{\Exp\code{,} \ldots} 
      \MID \CLAMBDA{\Var\code{, }\ldots}{\Exp}
      \MID \CARITY{\Exp} \\
  \Stmt &::=& \CANNASSIGN{\Var}{\Type}{\Exp} \MID \CRETURN{\Exp} \\ 
  \Param &::=& \Var \MID \Var \key{:} \Type \\
  \itm{ret} &::=& \epsilon \MID \key{->}~\Type \\
  \Def &::=& \CGDEF{\Var}{\Param\key{, }\ldots}{\itm{ret}}{\Stmt^{+}} 
\end{array}
}

\newcommand{\LgradASTPython}{
  \begin{array}{lcl}
  \Type &::=& \key{AnyType()} \MID \key{IntType()} \MID \key{BoolType()} \MID \key{VoidType()}\\
        &\MID& \key{TupleType}\LP\Type^{*}\RP
        \MID \key{FunctionType}\LP \Type^{*} \key{, } \Type \RP \\
  \Exp &::=& \CALL{\Exp}{\Exp^{*}} \MID \LAMBDA{\Var^{*}}{\Exp}\\
        &\MID& \ARITY{\Exp} \\
  \Stmt &::=& \ANNASSIGN{\Var}{\Type}{\Exp}
       \MID \RETURN{\Exp} \\
   \Param &::=& \LP\Var\key{,}\Type\RP \\
   \Def &::=& \FUNDEF{\Var}{\Param^{*}}{\Type}{}{\Stmt^{+}} 
  \end{array}
}  
  
\begin{figure}[tp]
\centering
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
    \small
{\if\edition\racketEd    
\[
\begin{array}{l}
  \gray{\LintGrammarRacket{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LvarGrammarRacket{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LifGrammarRacket{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LwhileGrammarRacket} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LtupGrammarRacket} \\   \hline
  \LgradGrammarRacket \\
\begin{array}{lcl}
  \LangGradM{} &::=& \gray{\Def\ldots \; \Exp}
\end{array}
\end{array}
\]
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\[
\begin{array}{l}
  \gray{\LintGrammarPython{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LvarGrammarPython{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LifGrammarPython{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LwhileGrammarPython} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LtupGrammarPython} \\   \hline
  \LgradGrammarPython \\
  \begin{array}{lcl}
    \LangGradM{} &::=& \Def\ldots \Stmt\ldots
  \end{array}
\end{array}
\]
\fi}
\end{tcolorbox}

\caption{The concrete syntax of \LangGrad{}, extending \LangVec{} (figure~\ref{fig:Lvec-concrete-syntax}).}
\label{fig:Lgrad-concrete-syntax}
\end{figure}

\begin{figure}[tp]
\centering
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
    \small
{\if\edition\racketEd
\[
\begin{array}{l}
  \gray{\LintOpAST} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LvarASTRacket{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LifASTRacket{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LwhileASTRacket{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LtupASTRacket{}} \\ \hline
  \LgradASTRacket \\
\begin{array}{lcl}
  \LangGradM{} &::=& \PROGRAMDEFSEXP{\code{'()}}{\LP\Def\ldots\RP}{\Exp}
\end{array}
\end{array}
\]
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\[
\begin{array}{l}
  \gray{\LintASTPython{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LvarASTPython{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LifASTPython{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LwhileASTPython} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LtupASTPython} \\   \hline
  \LgradASTPython \\
  \begin{array}{lcl}
    \LangGradM{} &::=& \PROGRAM{}{\LS \Def \ldots \Stmt \ldots \RS}
  \end{array}
\end{array}
\]
\fi}
\end{tcolorbox}

\caption{The abstract syntax of \LangGrad{}, extending \LangVec{} (figure~\ref{fig:Lvec-syntax}).}
\label{fig:Lgrad-syntax}
\end{figure}


% TODO: more road map -Jeremy

%\clearpage

\section{Type Checking \LangGrad{}}
\label{sec:gradual-type-check}

We begin by discussing the type checking of a partially typed variant
of the \code{map} example from chapter~\ref{ch:Lfun}, shown in
figure~\ref{fig:gradual-map}.  The \code{map} function itself is
statically typed, so there is nothing special happening there with
respect to type checking. On the other hand, the \code{inc} function
does not have type annotations, so the type checker assigns the type
\CANYTY{} to parameter \code{x} and the return type.  Now consider the
\code{+} operator inside \code{inc}. It expects both arguments to have
type \INTTY{}, but its first argument \code{x} has type \CANYTY{}.  In
a gradually typed language, such differences are allowed so long as
the types are \emph{consistent}; that is, they are equal except in
places where there is an \CANYTY{} type. That is, the type \CANYTY{}
is consistent with every other type.  Figure~\ref{fig:consistent}
shows the definition of the
\racket{\code{consistent?}}\python{\code{consistent}} method.
%
So the type checker allows the \code{+} operator to be applied
to \code{x} because \CANYTY{} is consistent with \INTTY{}.
%
Next consider the call to the \code{map} function shown in
figure~\ref{fig:gradual-map} with the arguments \code{inc} and a
tuple. The \code{inc} function has type
\racket{\code{(Any -> Any)}}\python{\code{Callable[[Any],Any]}},
but parameter \code{f} of \code{map} has type
\racket{\code{(Integer -> Integer)}}\python{\code{Callable[[int],int]}}.
The type checker for \LangGrad{} accepts this call because the two types are
consistent.

\begin{figure}[btp]
% gradual_test_9.rkt
  \begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
{\if\edition\racketEd
    \begin{lstlisting}
(define (map [f : (Integer -> Integer)]
                   [v : (Vector Integer Integer)])
                   : (Vector Integer Integer)
  (vector (f (vector-ref v 0)) (f (vector-ref v 1))))

(define (inc x) (+ x 1))

(vector-ref (map inc (vector 0 41)) 1)
    \end{lstlisting}
    \fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
def map(f : Callable[[int], int], v : tuple[int,int]) -> tuple[int,int]:
    return f(v[0]), f(v[1])

def inc(x):
    return x + 1

t = map(inc, (0, 41))
print(t[1])
\end{lstlisting}
  \fi}
  \end{tcolorbox}

  \caption{A partially typed version of the \code{map} example.}
\label{fig:gradual-map}
\end{figure}


\begin{figure}[tbp]
  \begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
{\if\edition\racketEd    
\begin{lstlisting}
(define/public (consistent? t1 t2)
  (match* (t1 t2)
    [('Integer 'Integer) #t]
    [('Boolean 'Boolean) #t]
    [('Void 'Void) #t]
    [('Any t2) #t]
    [(t1 'Any) #t]
    [(`(Vector ,ts1 ...) `(Vector ,ts2 ...))
     (for/and ([t1 ts1] [t2 ts2]) (consistent? t1 t2))]
    [(`(,ts1 ... -> ,rt1) `(,ts2 ... -> ,rt2))
     (and (for/and ([t1 ts1] [t2 ts2]) (consistent? t1 t2))
          (consistent? rt1 rt2))]
    [(other wise) #f]))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}[basicstyle=\ttfamily\footnotesize]
  def consistent(self, t1, t2):
      match (t1, t2):
        case (AnyType(), _):
          return True
        case (_, AnyType()):
          return True
        case (FunctionType(ps1, rt1), FunctionType(ps2, rt2)):
          return all(map(self.consistent, ps1, ps2)) and consistent(rt1, rt2)
        case (TupleType(ts1), TupleType(ts2)):
          return all(map(self.consistent, ts1, ts2))
        case (_, _):
          return t1 == t2
\end{lstlisting}  
  \fi}
  \end{tcolorbox}

  \caption{The consistency method on types.}
\label{fig:consistent}
\end{figure}

It is also helpful to consider how gradual typing handles programs with an
error, such as applying \code{map} to a function that sometimes
returns a Boolean, as shown in figure~\ref{fig:map-maybe_inc}.  The
type checker for \LangGrad{} accepts this program because the type of
\code{maybe\_inc} is consistent with the type of parameter \code{f} of
\code{map}; that is, 
\racket{\code{(Any -> Any)}}\python{\code{Callable[[Any],Any]}}
is consistent with
\racket{\code{(Integer -> Integer)}}\python{\code{Callable[[int],int]}}.
One might say that a gradual type checker is optimistic in that it
accepts programs that might execute without a runtime type error.
%
The definition of the type checker for \LangGrad{} is shown in
figures~\ref{fig:type-check-Lgradual-1}, \ref{fig:type-check-Lgradual-2},
and \ref{fig:type-check-Lgradual-3}.

%% \begin{figure}[tp]
%% \centering
%% \fbox{
%% \begin{minipage}{0.96\textwidth}
%% \small
%% \[
%% \begin{array}{lcl}
%%   \Exp &::=& \ldots \MID \CAST{\Exp}{\Type}{\Type} \\
%%   \LangCastM{} &::=& \gray{ \PROGRAMDEFSEXP{\code{'()}}{\LP\Def\ldots\RP}{\Exp} }
%% \end{array}
%% \]
%% \end{minipage}
%% }
%% \caption{The abstract syntax of \LangCast{}, extending \LangLam{} (figure~\ref{fig:Lwhile-syntax}).}
%% \label{fig:Lgrad-prime-syntax}
%% \end{figure}


\begin{figure}[tbp]
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]  
{\if\edition\racketEd    
\begin{lstlisting}
(define (map [f : (Integer -> Integer)]
                   [v : (Vector Integer Integer)])
                   : (Vector Integer Integer)
  (vector (f (vector-ref v 0)) (f (vector-ref v 1))))
(define (inc x) (+ x 1))
(define (true) #t)
(define (maybe_inc x) (if (eq? 0 (read)) (inc x) (true)))

(vector-ref (map maybe_inc (vector 0 41)) 0)
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd    
\begin{lstlisting}
def map(f : Callable[[int], int], v : tuple[int,int]) -> tuple[int,int]:
    return f(v[0]), f(v[1])

def inc(x):
    return x + 1
def true():
    return True
def maybe_inc(x):
    return inc(x) if input_int() == 0 else true()

t = map(maybe_inc, (0, 41))
print( t[1] )
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
\end{tcolorbox}

\caption{A variant of the \code{map} example with an error.}
\label{fig:map-maybe_inc}
\end{figure}

Running this program with input \code{1} triggers an
error when the \code{maybe\_inc} function returns
\racket{\code{\#t}}\python{\code{True}}.  The \LangGrad{} language
performs checking at runtime to ensure the integrity of the static
types, such as the
\racket{\code{(Integer -> Integer)}}\python{\code{Callable[[int],int]}}
annotation on
parameter \code{f} of \code{map}.
Here we give a preview of how the runtime checking is accomplished;
the following sections provide the details.

The runtime checking is carried out by a new \code{Cast} AST node that
is generated in a new pass named \code{cast\_insert}.  The output of
\code{cast\_insert} is a program in the \LangCast{} language, which
simply adds \code{Cast} and \CANYTY{} to \LangLam{}.
%
Figure~\ref{fig:map-cast} shows the output of \code{cast\_insert} for
\code{map} and \code{maybe\_inc}.  The idea is that \code{Cast} is
inserted every time the type checker encounters two types that are
consistent but not equal. In the \code{inc} function, \code{x} is
cast to \INTTY{} and the result of the \code{+} is cast to
\CANYTY{}.  In the call to \code{map}, the \code{inc} argument
is cast from
\racket{\code{(Any -> Any)}}
\python{\code{Callable[[Any], Any]}}
to 
\racket{\code{(Integer -> Integer)}}\python{\code{Callable[[int],int]}}.
%
In the next section we see how to interpret the \code{Cast} node.

\begin{figure}[btp]
  \begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
{\if\edition\racketEd        
\begin{lstlisting}
(define (map [f : (Integer -> Integer)] [v : (Vector Integer Integer)])
                   : (Vector Integer Integer)
  (vector (f (vector-ref v 0)) (f (vector-ref v 1))))
(define (inc [x : Any]) : Any
  (cast (+ (cast x Any Integer) 1) Integer Any))
(define (true) : Any (cast #t Boolean Any))
(define (maybe_inc [x : Any]) : Any
  (if (eq? 0 (read)) (inc x) (true)))

(vector-ref (map (cast maybe_inc (Any -> Any) (Integer -> Integer))
                       (vector 0 41)) 0)
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd        
\begin{lstlisting}[basicstyle=\ttfamily\footnotesize]
def map(f : Callable[[int], int], v : tuple[int,int]) -> tuple[int,int]:
    return f(v[0]), f(v[1])

def inc(x : Any) -> Any:
    return Cast(Cast(x, Any, int) + 1, int, Any)
def true() -> Any:
    return Cast(True, bool, Any)
def maybe_inc(x : Any) -> Any:
    return inc(x) if input_int() == 0 else true()

t = map(Cast(maybe_inc, Callable[[Any], Any], Callable[[int], int]),
        (0, 41))
print(t[1])
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
\end{tcolorbox}

\caption{Output of the \code{cast\_insert} pass for the \code{map}
  and \code{maybe\_inc} example.}
\label{fig:map-cast}
\end{figure}


{\if\edition\pythonEd        
\begin{figure}[tbp]
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]  
\begin{lstlisting}[basicstyle=\ttfamily\footnotesize]
class TypeCheckLgrad(TypeCheckLlambda):
  def type_check_exp(self, e, env) -> Type:
    match e:
      case Name(id):
        return env[id]
      case Constant(value) if isinstance(value, bool):
        return BoolType()
      case Constant(value) if isinstance(value, int):
        return IntType()
      case Call(Name('input_int'), []):
        return IntType()
      case BinOp(left, op, right):
        left_type = self.type_check_exp(left, env)
        self.check_consistent(left_type, IntType(), left)
        right_type = self.type_check_exp(right, env)
        self.check_consistent(right_type, IntType(), right)
        return IntType()
      case IfExp(test, body, orelse):
        test_t = self.type_check_exp(test, env)
        self.check_consistent(test_t, BoolType(), test)
        body_t = self.type_check_exp(body, env)
        orelse_t = self.type_check_exp(orelse, env)
        self.check_consistent(body_t, orelse_t, e)
        return self.join_types(body_t, orelse_t)
      case Call(func, args):
        func_t = self.type_check_exp(func, env)
        args_t = [self.type_check_exp(arg, env) for arg in args]
        match func_t:
          case FunctionType(params_t, return_t) if len(params_t) == len(args_t):
            for (arg_t, param_t) in zip(args_t, params_t):
                self.check_consistent(param_t, arg_t, e)
            return return_t
          case AnyType():
            return AnyType()
          case _:
            raise Exception('type_check_exp: in call, unexpected ' + repr(func_t))
      ...
      case _:
        raise Exception('type_check_exp: unexpected ' + repr(e))
\end{lstlisting}
\end{tcolorbox}

\caption{Type checking expressions in the \LangGrad{} language.}
\label{fig:type-check-Lgradual-1}
\end{figure}

\begin{figure}[tbp]
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]  
\begin{lstlisting}[basicstyle=\ttfamily\footnotesize]
  def check_exp(self, e, expected_ty, env):
    match e:
      case Lambda(params, body):
        match expected_ty:
          case FunctionType(params_t, return_t):
            new_env = env.copy().update(zip(params, params_t))
            e.has_type = expected_ty
            body_ty = self.type_check_exp(body, new_env)
            self.check_consistent(body_ty, return_t)
          case AnyType():
            new_env = env.copy().update((p, AnyType()) for p in params)
            e.has_type = FunctionType([AnyType() for _ in params], AnyType())
            body_ty = self.type_check_exp(body, new_env)
          case _:
            raise Exception('lambda does not have type ' + str(expected_ty))
      case _:
        e_ty = self.type_check_exp(e, env)
        self.check_consistent(e_ty, expected_ty, e)
\end{lstlisting}
\end{tcolorbox}
\caption{Checking expressions with respect to a type in the \LangGrad{} language.}
\label{fig:type-check-Lgradual-2}
\end{figure}

\begin{figure}[tbp]
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
\begin{lstlisting}[basicstyle=\ttfamily\footnotesize]
  def type_check_stmt(self, s, env, return_type):
    match s:
      case Assign([Name(id)], value):
        value_ty = self.type_check_exp(value, env)
        if id in env:
          self.check_consistent(env[id], value_ty, value)
        else:
          env[id] = value_ty
      ...
      case _:
        raise Exception('type_check_stmts: unexpected ' + repr(ss))

  def type_check_stmts(self, ss, env, return_type):
    for s in ss:
      self.type_check_stmt(s, env, return_type)
\end{lstlisting}
\end{tcolorbox}
\caption{Type checking statements in the \LangGrad{} language.}
\label{fig:type-check-Lgradual-3}
\end{figure}

\begin{figure}[tbp]
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]  
\begin{lstlisting}[basicstyle=\ttfamily\scriptsize]
  def join_types(self, t1, t2):
      match (t1, t2):
        case (AnyType(), _):
          return t2
        case (_, AnyType()):
          return t1
        case (FunctionType(ps1, rt1), FunctionType(ps2, rt2)):
          return FunctionType(list(map(self.join_types, ps1, ps2)),
                                 self.join_types(rt1,rt2))
        case (TupleType(ts1), TupleType(ts2)):
          return TupleType(list(map(self.join_types, ts1, ts2)))
        case (_, _):
          return t1
        
  def check_consistent(self, t1, t2, e):
    if not self.consistent(t1, t2):
      raise Exception('error: ' + repr(t1) + ' inconsistent with ' + repr(t2) \
                      + ' in ' + repr(e))

\end{lstlisting}
\end{tcolorbox}

\caption{Auxiliary methods for type checking \LangGrad{}.}
\label{fig:type-check-Lgradual-aux}
\end{figure}

\fi}


{\if\edition\racketEd        
\begin{figure}[tbp]
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]  
\begin{lstlisting}[basicstyle=\ttfamily\footnotesize]
(define/override (type-check-exp env)
  (lambda (e)
    (define recur (type-check-exp env))
    (match e
      [(Prim op es) #:when (not (set-member? explicit-prim-ops op))
       (define-values (new-es ts)
         (for/lists (exprs types) ([e es])
           (recur e)))
       (define t-ret (type-check-op op ts e))
       (values (Prim op new-es) t-ret)]
      [(Prim 'eq? (list e1 e2))
       (define-values (e1^ t1) (recur e1))
       (define-values (e2^ t2) (recur e2))
       (check-consistent? t1 t2 e)
       (define T (meet t1 t2))
       (values (Prim 'eq? (list e1^ e2^)) 'Boolean)]
      [(Prim 'and (list e1 e2))
       (recur (If e1 e2 (Bool #f)))]
      [(Prim 'or (list e1 e2))
       (define tmp (gensym 'tmp))
       (recur (Let tmp e1 (If (Var tmp) (Var tmp) e2)))]
      [(If e1 e2 e3)
       (define-values (e1^ T1) (recur e1))
       (define-values (e2^ T2) (recur e2))
       (define-values (e3^ T3) (recur e3))
       (check-consistent? T1 'Boolean e)
       (check-consistent? T2 T3 e)
       (define Tif (meet T2 T3))
       (values (If e1^ e2^ e3^) Tif)]
      [(SetBang x e1)
       (define-values (e1^ T1) (recur e1))
       (define varT (dict-ref env x))
       (check-consistent? T1 varT e)
       (values (SetBang x e1^) 'Void)]
      [(WhileLoop e1 e2)
       (define-values (e1^ T1) (recur e1))
       (check-consistent? T1 'Boolean e)
       (define-values (e2^ T2) ((type-check-exp env) e2))
       (values (WhileLoop e1^ e2^) 'Void)]
      [(Prim 'vector-length (list e1))
       (define-values (e1^ t) (recur e1))
       (match t
         [`(Vector ,ts ...)
          (values (Prim 'vector-length (list e1^)) 'Integer)]
         ['Any (values (Prim 'vector-length (list e1^)) 'Integer)])]
\end{lstlisting}
\end{tcolorbox}
\caption{Type checker for the \LangGrad{} language, part 1.}
\label{fig:type-check-Lgradual-1}
\end{figure}

\begin{figure}[tbp]
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]  
\begin{lstlisting}[basicstyle=\ttfamily\footnotesize]
      [(Prim 'vector-ref (list e1 e2))
       (define-values (e1^ t1) (recur e1))
       (define-values (e2^ t2) (recur e2))
       (check-consistent? t2 'Integer e)
       (match t1
         [`(Vector ,ts ...)
          (match e2^
            [(Int i)
             (unless (and (0 . <= . i) (i . < . (length ts)))
               (error 'type-check "invalid index ~a in ~a" i e))
             (values (Prim 'vector-ref (list e1^ (Int i))) (list-ref ts i))]
            [else (values (Prim 'vector-ref (list e1^ e2^)) 'Any)])]
         ['Any (values (Prim 'vector-ref (list e1^ e2^)) 'Any)]
         [else (error 'type-check "expected vector not ~a\nin ~v" t1 e)])]
      [(Prim 'vector-set! (list e1 e2 e3) )
       (define-values (e1^ t1) (recur e1))
       (define-values (e2^ t2) (recur e2))
       (define-values (e3^ t3) (recur e3))
       (check-consistent? t2 'Integer e)
       (match t1
         [`(Vector ,ts ...)
          (match e2^
            [(Int i)
             (unless (and (0 . <= . i) (i . < . (length ts)))
               (error 'type-check "invalid index ~a in ~a" i e))
             (check-consistent? (list-ref ts i) t3 e)
             (values (Prim 'vector-set! (list e1^ (Int i) e3^)) 'Void)]
            [else (values (Prim 'vector-set! (list e1^ e2^ e3^)) 'Void)])]
         ['Any (values (Prim 'vector-set! (list e1^ e2^ e3^)) 'Void)]
         [else (error 'type-check "expected vector not ~a\nin ~v" t1 e)])]
      [(Apply e1 e2s)
       (define-values (e1^ T1) (recur e1))
       (define-values (e2s^ T2s) (for/lists (e* ty*) ([e2 e2s]) (recur e2)))
       (match T1
         [`(,T1ps ... -> ,T1rt)
          (for ([T2 T2s] [Tp T1ps])
            (check-consistent? T2 Tp e))
          (values (Apply e1^ e2s^) T1rt)]
         [`Any (values (Apply e1^ e2s^) 'Any)]
         [else (error 'type-check "expected function not ~a\nin ~v" T1 e)])]
      [(Lambda params Tr e1)
       (define-values (xs Ts) (for/lists (l1 l2) ([p params])
                                (match p
                                  [`[,x : ,T] (values x T)]
                                  [(? symbol? x) (values x 'Any)])))
       (define-values (e1^ T1) 
         ((type-check-exp (append (map cons xs Ts) env)) e1))
       (check-consistent? Tr T1 e)
       (values (Lambda (for/list ([x xs] [T Ts]) `[,x : ,T]) Tr e1^)
               `(,@Ts -> ,Tr))]
      [else ((super type-check-exp env) e)]
      )))
\end{lstlisting}
\end{tcolorbox}
\caption{Type checker for the \LangGrad{} language, part 2.}
\label{fig:type-check-Lgradual-2}
\end{figure}

\begin{figure}[tbp]
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
\begin{lstlisting}
(define/override (type-check-def env)
  (lambda (e)
    (match e
      [(Def f params rt info body)
       (define-values (xs ps) (for/lists (l1 l2) ([p params])
                                (match p
                                  [`[,x : ,T] (values x T)]
                                  [(? symbol? x) (values x 'Any)])))
       (define new-env (append (map cons xs ps) env))
       (define-values (body^ ty^) ((type-check-exp new-env) body))
       (check-consistent? ty^ rt e)
       (Def f (for/list ([x xs] [T ps]) `[,x : ,T]) rt info body^)]
      [else (error 'type-check "ill-formed function definition ~a" e)]
      )))

(define/override (type-check-program e)
  (match e
    [(Program info body)
     (define-values (body^ ty) ((type-check-exp '()) body))
     (check-consistent? ty 'Integer e)
     (ProgramDefsExp info '() body^)]
    [(ProgramDefsExp info ds body)
     (define new-env (for/list ([d ds]) 
                       (cons (Def-name d) (fun-def-type d))))
     (define ds^ (for/list ([d ds])
                   ((type-check-def new-env) d)))
     (define-values (body^ ty) ((type-check-exp new-env) body))
     (check-consistent? ty 'Integer e)
     (ProgramDefsExp info ds^ body^)]
    [else (super type-check-program e)]))
\end{lstlisting}
\end{tcolorbox}
\caption{Type checker for the \LangGrad{} language, part 3.}
\label{fig:type-check-Lgradual-3}
\end{figure}

\begin{figure}[tbp]
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]  
\begin{lstlisting}
(define/public (join t1 t2)
  (match* (t1 t2)
    [('Integer 'Integer) 'Integer]
    [('Boolean 'Boolean) 'Boolean]
    [('Void  'Void) 'Void]
    [('Any t2) t2]
    [(t1 'Any) t1]
    [(`(Vector ,ts1 ...) `(Vector ,ts2 ...))
     `(Vector ,@(for/list ([t1 ts1] [t2 ts2]) (join t1 t2)))]
    [(`(,ts1 ... -> ,rt1) `(,ts2 ... -> ,rt2))
     `(,@(for/list ([t1 ts1] [t2 ts2]) (join t1 t2))
       -> ,(join rt1 rt2))]))

(define/public (meet t1 t2)
  (match* (t1 t2)
    [('Integer 'Integer) 'Integer]
    [('Boolean  'Boolean) 'Boolean]
    [('Void 'Void) 'Void]
    [('Any t2) 'Any]
    [(t1 'Any) 'Any]
    [(`(Vector ,ts1 ...) `(Vector ,ts2 ...))
     `(Vector ,@(for/list ([t1 ts1] [t2 ts2]) (meet t1 t2)))]
    [(`(,ts1 ... -> ,rt1) `(,ts2 ... -> ,rt2))
     `(,@(for/list ([t1 ts1] [t2 ts2]) (meet t1 t2))
       -> ,(meet rt1 rt2))]))

(define/public (check-consistent? t1 t2 e)
  (unless (consistent? t1 t2)
    (error 'type-check "~a is inconsistent with ~a\nin ~v" t1 t2 e)))

(define explicit-prim-ops
  (set-union
   (type-predicates)
   (set 'procedure-arity 'eq? 'not 'and 'or
        'vector 'vector-length 'vector-ref 'vector-set!
        'any-vector-length 'any-vector-ref 'any-vector-set!)))

(define/override (fun-def-type d)
  (match d
    [(Def f params rt info body)
     (define ps
       (for/list ([p params])
         (match p
           [`[,x : ,T] T]
           [(? symbol?) 'Any]
           [else (error 'fun-def-type "unmatched parameter ~a" p)])))
     `(,@ps -> ,rt)]
    [else (error 'fun-def-type "ill-formed definition in ~a" d)]))
\end{lstlisting}
\end{tcolorbox}

\caption{Auxiliary functions for type checking \LangGrad{}.}
\label{fig:type-check-Lgradual-aux}
\end{figure}

\fi}


\clearpage

\section{Interpreting \LangCast{}}
\label{sec:interp-casts}

The runtime behavior of casts involving simple types such as
\INTTY{} and \BOOLTY{} is straightforward.  For example, a
cast from \INTTY{} to \CANYTY{} can be accomplished with the
\code{Inject} operator of \LangAny{}, which puts the integer into a
tagged value (figure~\ref{fig:interp-Lany}). Similarly, a cast from
\CANYTY{} to \INTTY{} is accomplished with the \code{Project}
operator, by checking the value's tag and either retrieving
the underlying integer or signaling an error if the tag is not the
one for integers (figure~\ref{fig:interp-Lany-aux}).
%
Things get more interesting with casts involving
\racket{function and tuple types}\python{function, tuple, and array types}.

Consider the cast of the function \code{maybe\_inc} from
\racket{\code{(Any -> Any)}}\python{\code{Callable[[Any], Any]}}
to
\racket{\code{(Integer -> Integer)}}\python{\code{Callable[[int], int]}}
shown in figure~\ref{fig:map-maybe_inc}.
When the \code{maybe\_inc} function flows through
this cast at runtime, we don't know whether it will return
an integer, because that depends on the input from the user.
The \LangCast{} interpreter therefore delays the checking
of the cast until the function is applied. To do so it
wraps \code{maybe\_inc} in a new function that casts its parameter
from \INTTY{} to \CANYTY{}, applies \code{maybe\_inc}, and then
casts the return value from \CANYTY{} to \INTTY{}.


{\if\edition\pythonEd
%
There are further complications regarding casts on mutable data
such as the \code{list} type introduced in
the challenge assignment of section~\ref{sec:arrays}.
%
\fi}
%
Consider the example presented in figure~\ref{fig:map-bang} that
defines a partially typed version of \code{map} whose parameter
\code{v} has type
\racket{\code{(Vector Any Any)}}\python{\code{list[Any]}}
and that updates \code{v} in place
instead of returning a new tuple. So, we name this function
\code{map\_inplace}. We apply \code{map\_inplace} to an
\racket{tuple}\python{array} of integers, so the type checker inserts a
cast from
\racket{\code{(Vector Integer Integer)}}\python{\code{list[int]}}
to
\racket{\code{(Vector Any Any)}}\python{\code{list[Any]}}.
A naive way for the \LangCast{} interpreter to cast between
\racket{tuple}\python{array} types would be a build a new
\racket{tuple}\python{array}
whose elements are the result
of casting each of the original elements to the appropriate target
type.
However, this approach is not valid for mutable data structures.
In the example of figure~\ref{fig:map-bang},
if the cast created a new \racket{tuple}\python{array}, then the updates inside
\code{map\_inplace} would happen to the new \racket{tuple}\python{array} and not
the original one.

\begin{figure}[tbp]
  \begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
    % gradual_test_11.rkt
{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{lstlisting}
(define (map_inplace [f : (Any -> Any)]
                  [v : (Vector Any Any)]) : Void
  (begin
    (vector-set! v 0 (f (vector-ref v 0)))
    (vector-set! v 1 (f (vector-ref v 1)))))

(define (inc x) (+ x 1))

(let ([v (vector 0 41)])
  (begin (map_inplace inc v) (vector-ref v 1)))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
def map_inplace(f : Callable[[int], int], v : list[Any]) -> None:
  i = 0
  while i != len(v):
    v[i] = f(v[i])
    i = i + 1

def inc(x : int) -> int:
    return x + 1

v = [0, 41]
map_inplace(inc, v)
print( v[1] )
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
  \end{tcolorbox}

  \caption{An example involving casts on arrays.}
\label{fig:map-bang}
\end{figure}

Instead the interpreter needs to create a new kind of value, a
\emph{proxy}, that intercepts every \racket{tuple}\python{array} operation.
On a read, the proxy reads from the underlying \racket{tuple}\python{array}
and then applies a
cast to the resulting value.  On a write, the proxy casts the argument
value and then performs the write to the underlying \racket{tuple}\python{array}.
\racket{
For the first \code{(vector-ref v 0)} in \code{map\_inplace}, the proxy casts
\code{0} from \INTTY{} to \CANYTY{}.
For the first \code{vector-set!}, the proxy casts a tagged \code{1}
from \CANYTY{} to \INTTY{}.
}
\python{
  For the subscript \code{v[i]} in \code{f(v[i])} of \code{map\_inplace},
  the proxy casts the integer from \INTTY{} to \CANYTY{}.
  For the subscript on the left of the assignment,
  the proxy casts the tagged value from \CANYTY{} to \INTTY{}.
}

The final category of cast that we need to consider consist of casts between
the \CANYTY{} type and higher-order types such as functions and
\racket{tuples}\python{lists}. Figure~\ref{fig:map-any} shows a
variant of \code{map\_inplace} in which parameter \code{v} does not
have a type annotation, so it is given type \CANYTY{}. In the call to
\code{map\_inplace}, the \racket{tuple}\python{list} has type
\racket{\code{(Vector Integer Integer)}}\python{\code{list[int]}},
so the type checker inserts a cast to \CANYTY{}. A first thought is to use
\code{Inject}, but that doesn't work because
\racket{\code{(Vector Integer Integer)}}\python{\code{list[int]}} is not
a flat type. Instead, we must first cast to
\racket{\code{(Vector Any Any)}}\python{\code{list[Any]}}, which is flat,
and then inject to \CANYTY{}.

\begin{figure}[tbp]
  \begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{lstlisting}
(define (map_inplace [f : (Any -> Any)] v) : Void
  (begin
    (vector-set! v 0 (f (vector-ref v 0)))
    (vector-set! v 1 (f (vector-ref v 1)))))

(define (inc x) (+ x 1))

(let ([v (vector 0 41)])
  (begin (map_inplace inc v) (vector-ref v 1)))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
def map_inplace(f : Callable[[Any], Any], v) -> None:
  i = 0
  while i != len(v):
    v[i] = f(v[i])
    i = i + 1

def inc(x):
    return x + 1

v = [0, 41]
map_inplace(inc, v)
print( v[1] )
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
  \end{tcolorbox}

  \caption{Casting an \racket{tuple}\python{array} to \CANYTY{}.}
\label{fig:map-any}
\end{figure}

\begin{figure}[tbp]
  \begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
{\if\edition\racketEd    
\begin{lstlisting}[basicstyle=\ttfamily\footnotesize]
(define/public (apply_cast v s t)
  (match* (s t)
    [(t1 t2) #:when (equal? t1 t2) v]
    [('Any t2) 
     (match t2
       [`(,ts ... -> ,rt)
        (define any->any `(,@(for/list ([t ts]) 'Any) -> Any))
        (define v^ (apply-project v any->any))
        (apply_cast v^ any->any `(,@ts -> ,rt))]
       [`(Vector ,ts ...)
        (define vec-any `(Vector ,@(for/list ([t ts]) 'Any)))
        (define v^ (apply-project v vec-any))
        (apply_cast v^ vec-any `(Vector ,@ts))]
       [else (apply-project v t2)])]
    [(t1 'Any) 
     (match t1
       [`(,ts ... -> ,rt)
        (define any->any `(,@(for/list ([t ts]) 'Any) -> Any))
        (define v^ (apply_cast v `(,@ts -> ,rt) any->any))
        (apply-inject v^ (any-tag any->any))]
       [`(Vector ,ts ...)
        (define vec-any `(Vector ,@(for/list ([t ts]) 'Any)))
        (define v^ (apply_cast v `(Vector ,@ts) vec-any))
        (apply-inject v^ (any-tag vec-any))]
       [else (apply-inject v (any-tag t1))])]
    [(`(Vector ,ts1 ...) `(Vector ,ts2 ...))
     (define x (gensym 'x))
     (define cast-reads (for/list ([t1 ts1] [t2 ts2])
                          `(function (,x) ,(Cast (Var x) t1 t2) ())))
     (define cast-writes
       (for/list ([t1 ts1] [t2 ts2])
         `(function (,x) ,(Cast (Var x) t2 t1) ())))
     `(vector-proxy ,(vector v (apply vector cast-reads)
                             (apply vector cast-writes)))]
    [(`(,ts1 ... -> ,rt1) `(,ts2 ... -> ,rt2))
     (define xs (for/list ([t2 ts2]) (gensym 'x)))
     `(function ,xs ,(Cast
                      (Apply (Value v)
                             (for/list ([x xs][t1 ts1][t2 ts2])
                               (Cast (Var x) t2 t1)))
                      rt1 rt2) ())]
    ))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}[basicstyle=\ttfamily\footnotesize]
  def apply_cast(self, value, src, tgt):
    match (src, tgt):
      case (AnyType(), FunctionType(ps2, rt2)):
        anyfun = FunctionType([AnyType() for p in ps2], AnyType())
        return self.apply_cast(self.apply_project(value, anyfun), anyfun, tgt)
      case (AnyType(), TupleType(ts2)):
        anytup = TupleType([AnyType() for t1 in ts2])
        return self.apply_cast(self.apply_project(value, anytup), anytup, tgt)
      case (AnyType(), ListType(t2)):
        anylist = ListType([AnyType() for t1 in ts2])
        return self.apply_cast(self.apply_project(value, anylist), anylist, tgt)
      case (AnyType(), AnyType()):
        return value
      case (AnyType(), _):
        return self.apply_project(value, tgt)
      case (FunctionType(ps1,rt1), AnyType()):
        anyfun = FunctionType([AnyType() for p in ps1], AnyType())
        return self.apply_inject(self.apply_cast(value, src, anyfun), anyfun)
      case (TupleType(ts1), AnyType()):
        anytup = TupleType([AnyType() for t1 in ts1])
        return self.apply_inject(self.apply_cast(value, src, anytup), anytup)
      case (ListType(t1), AnyType()):
        anylist = ListType(AnyType())
        return self.apply_inject(self.apply_cast(value,src,anylist), anylist)
      case (_, AnyType()):
        return self.apply_inject(value, src)
      case (FunctionType(ps1, rt1), FunctionType(ps2, rt2)):
        params = [generate_name('x') for p in ps2]
        args = [Cast(Name(x), t2, t1)
                for (x,t1,t2) in zip(params, ps1, ps2)]
        body = Cast(Call(ValueExp(value), args), rt1, rt2)
        return Function('cast', params, [Return(body)], {})
      case (TupleType(ts1), TupleType(ts2)):
        x = generate_name('x')
        reads = [Function('cast', [x], [Return(Cast(Name(x), t1, t2))], {})
                 for (t1,t2) in zip(ts1,ts2)]
        return ProxiedTuple(value, reads)
      case (ListType(t1), ListType(t2)):
        x = generate_name('x')
        read = Function('cast', [x], [Return(Cast(Name(x), t1, t2))], {})
        write = Function('cast', [x], [Return(Cast(Name(x), t2, t1))], {})
        return ProxiedList(value, read, write)
      case (t1, t2) if t1 == t2:
        return value
      case (t1, t2):
        raise Exception('apply_cast unexpected ' + repr(src) + ' ' + repr(tgt))

  def apply_inject(self, value, src):
    return Tagged(value, self.type_to_tag(src))

  def apply_project(self, value, tgt):
        match value:
          case Tagged(val, tag) if self.type_to_tag(tgt) == tag:
            return val
          case _:
            raise Exception('apply_project, unexpected ' + repr(value))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
\end{tcolorbox}
\caption{The \code{apply\_cast} auxiliary method.}
  \label{fig:apply_cast}
\end{figure}

The \LangCast{} interpreter uses an auxiliary function named
\code{apply\_cast} to cast a value from a source type to a target type,
shown in figure~\ref{fig:apply_cast}. You'll find that it handles all
the kinds of casts that we've discussed in this section.
%
The definition of the interpreter for \LangCast{} is shown in
figure~\ref{fig:interp-Lcast}, with the case for \code{Cast}
dispatching to \code{apply\_cast}.
\racket{To handle the addition of tuple
proxies, we update the tuple primitives in \code{interp-op} using the
functions given in figure~\ref{fig:guarded-tuple}.}
Next we turn to the individual passes needed for compiling \LangGrad{}.


\begin{figure}[tbp]
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]  
{\if\edition\racketEd    
\begin{lstlisting}[basicstyle=\ttfamily\footnotesize]
(define interp-Lcast-class
  (class interp-Llambda-class
    (super-new)
    (inherit apply-fun apply-inject apply-project)

    (define/override (interp-op op)
      (match op
        ['vector-length guarded-vector-length]
        ['vector-ref guarded-vector-ref]
        ['vector-set! guarded-vector-set!]
        ['any-vector-ref (lambda (v i)
                           (match v [`(tagged ,v^ ,tg)
                                     (guarded-vector-ref v^ i)]))]
        ['any-vector-set! (lambda (v i a)
                            (match v [`(tagged ,v^ ,tg)
                                      (guarded-vector-set! v^ i a)]))]
        ['any-vector-length (lambda (v)
                              (match v [`(tagged ,v^ ,tg)
                                        (guarded-vector-length v^)]))]
        [else (super interp-op op)]
        ))

    (define/override ((interp-exp env) e)
      (define (recur e) ((interp-exp env) e))
      (match e
        [(Value v) v]
        [(Cast e src tgt) (apply_cast (recur e) src tgt)]
        [else ((super interp-exp env) e)]))
    ))

(define (interp-Lcast p)
  (send (new interp-Lcast-class) interp-program p))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}[basicstyle=\ttfamily\footnotesize]
class InterpLcast(InterpLany):

  def interp_exp(self, e, env):
    match e:
      case Cast(value, src, tgt):
        v = self.interp_exp(value, env)
        return self.apply_cast(v, src, tgt)
      case ValueExp(value):
        return value
      ...
      case _:
        return super().interp_exp(e, env)
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
\end{tcolorbox}

\caption{The interpreter for \LangCast{}.}
  \label{fig:interp-Lcast}
\end{figure}


{\if\edition\racketEd    
\begin{figure}[tbp]
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]  
\begin{lstlisting}[basicstyle=\ttfamily\footnotesize]
    (define (guarded-vector-ref vec i)
      (match vec
        [`(vector-proxy ,proxy)
         (define val (guarded-vector-ref (vector-ref proxy 0) i))
         (define rd (vector-ref (vector-ref proxy 1) i))
         (apply-fun rd (list val) 'guarded-vector-ref)]
        [else (vector-ref vec i)]))
        
    (define (guarded-vector-set! vec i arg)
      (match vec
        [`(vector-proxy ,proxy)
         (define wr (vector-ref (vector-ref proxy 2) i))
         (define arg^ (apply-fun wr (list arg) 'guarded-vector-set!))
         (guarded-vector-set! (vector-ref proxy 0) i arg^)]
        [else (vector-set! vec i arg)]))
        
    (define (guarded-vector-length vec)
      (match vec
        [`(vector-proxy ,proxy)
         (guarded-vector-length (vector-ref proxy 0))]
        [else (vector-length vec)]))
\end{lstlisting}
%% {\if\edition\pythonEd
%% \begin{lstlisting}[basicstyle=\ttfamily\footnotesize]
%% UNDER CONSTRUCTION
%% \end{lstlisting}
%% \fi}
\end{tcolorbox}

\caption{The \code{guarded-vector} auxiliary functions.}
  \label{fig:guarded-tuple}
\end{figure}
\fi}

{\if\edition\pythonEd
\section{Overload Resolution}
\label{sec:gradual-resolution}

Recall that when we added support for arrays in
section~\ref{sec:arrays}, the syntax for the array operations were the
same as for tuple operations (e.g., accessing an element, getting the
length). So we performed overload resolution, with a pass named
\code{resolve}, to separate the array and tuple operations.  In
particular, we introduced the primitives \code{array\_load},
\code{array\_store}, and \code{array\_len}.

For gradual typing, we further overload these operators to work on
values of type \CANYTY{}. Thus, the \code{resolve} pass should be
updated with new cases for the \CANYTY{} type, translating the element
access and length operations to the primitives \code{any\_load},
\code{any\_store}, and \code{any\_len}.

\fi}

\section{Cast Insertion}
\label{sec:gradual-insert-casts}

In our discussion of type checking of \LangGrad{}, we mentioned how
the runtime aspect of type checking is carried out by the \code{Cast}
AST node, which is added to the program by a new pass named
\code{cast\_insert}. The target of this pass is the \LangCast{}
language.  We now discuss the details of this pass.

The \code{cast\_insert} pass is closely related to the type checker
for \LangGrad{} (starting in figure~\ref{fig:type-check-Lgradual-1}).
In particular, the type checker allows implicit casts between
consistent types. The job of the \code{cast\_insert} pass is to make
those casts explicit. It does so by inserting
\code{Cast} nodes into the AST.
%
For the most part, the implicit casts occur in places where the type
checker checks two types for consistency.  Consider the case for
binary operators in figure~\ref{fig:type-check-Lgradual-1}. The type
checker requires that the type of the left operand is consistent with
\INTTY{}. Thus, the \code{cast\_insert} pass should insert a
\code{Cast} around the left operand, converting from its type to
\INTTY{}. The story is similar for the right operand. It is not always
necessary to insert a cast, e.g., if the left operand already has type
\INTTY{} then there is no need for a \code{Cast}.

Some of the implicit casts are not as straightforward. One such case
arises with the
conditional expression. In figure~\ref{fig:type-check-Lgradual-1} we
see that the type checker requires that the two branches have
consistent types and that type of the conditional expression is the
meet of the branches' types. In the target language \LangCast{}, both
branches will need to have the same type, and that type
will be the type of the conditional expression. Thus, each branch requires
a \code{Cast} to convert from its type to the meet of the branches' types.

The case for the function call exhibits another interesting situation. If
the function expression is of type \CANYTY{}, then it needs to be cast
to a function type so that it can be used in a function call in
\LangCast{}. Which function type should it be cast to? The parameter
and return types are unknown, so we can simply use \CANYTY{} for all
of them. Furthermore, in \LangCast{} the argument types will need to
exactly match the parameter types, so we must cast all the arguments
to type \CANYTY{} (if they are not already of that type).

{\if\edition\racketEd
%  
Likewise, the cases for the tuple operators \code{vector-length},
\code{vector-ref}, and \code{vector-set!} need to handle the situation
where the tuple expression is of type \CANYTY{}. Instead of
handling these situations with casts, we recommend translating
the special-purpose variants of the tuple operators that handle
tuples of type \CANYTY{}: \code{any-vector-length},
\code{any-vector-ref}, and \code{any-vector-set!}.
%
\fi}


\section{Lower Casts}
\label{sec:lower_casts}

The next step in the journey toward x86 is the \code{lower\_casts}
pass that translates the casts in \LangCast{} to the lower-level
\code{Inject} and \code{Project} operators and new operators for
proxies, extending the \LangLam{} language to \LangProxy{}.
The \LangProxy{} language can also be described as an extension of
\LangAny{}, with the addition of proxies. We recommend creating an
auxiliary function named \code{lower\_cast} that takes an expression
(in \LangCast{}), a source type, and a target type and translates it
to an expression in \LangProxy{}.

The \code{lower\_cast} function can follow a code structure similar to
the \code{apply\_cast} function (figure~\ref{fig:apply_cast}) used in
the interpreter for \LangCast{}, because it must handle the same cases
as \code{apply\_cast} and it needs to mimic the behavior of
\code{apply\_cast}. The most interesting cases concern
the casts involving \racket{tuple and function types}\python{tuple, array, and function types}.


{\if\edition\racketEd

As mentioned in section~\ref{sec:interp-casts}, a cast from one tuple
type to another tuple type is accomplished by creating a proxy that
intercepts the operations on the underlying tuple. Here we make the
creation of the proxy explicit with the \code{vector-proxy} AST
node. It takes three arguments: the first is an expression for the
tuple, the second is tuple of functions for casting an element that is
being read from the tuple, and the third is a tuple of functions for
casting an element that is being written to the array.  You can create
the functions for reading and writing using lambda expressions.  Also,
as we show in the next section, we need to differentiate these tuples
of functions from the user-created ones, so we recommend using a new
AST node named \code{raw-vector} instead of \code{vector}.
%
Figure~\ref{fig:map-bang-lower-cast} shows the output of
\code{lower\_casts} on the example given in figure~\ref{fig:map-bang}
that involved casting a tuple of integers to a tuple of \CANYTY{}.

\fi}

{\if\edition\pythonEd

As mentioned in section~\ref{sec:interp-casts}, a cast from one array
type to another array type is accomplished by creating a proxy that
intercepts the operations on the underlying array. Here we make the
creation of the proxy explicit with the \code{ListProxy} AST node. It
takes fives arguments: the first is an expression for the array, the
second is a function for casting an element that is being read from
the array, the third is a function for casting an element that is
being written to the array, the fourth is the type of the underlying
array, and the fifth is the type of the proxied array.  You can create
the functions for reading and writing using lambda expressions.

A cast between two tuple types can be handled in a similar manner.  We
create a proxy with the \code{TupleProxy} AST node.  Tuples are
immutable, so there is no need for a function to cast the value during
a write.  Because there is a separate element type for each slot in
the tuple, we need not just one function for casting during a read,
but instead a tuple of functions.
%
Also, as we show in the next section, we need to differentiate these
tuples from the user-created ones, so we recommend using a new AST
node named \code{RawTuple} instead of \code{Tuple} to create the
tuples of functions.
%
Figure~\ref{fig:map-bang-lower-cast} shows the output of
\code{lower\_casts} on the example given in figure~\ref{fig:map-bang}
that involved casting an array of integers to an array of \CANYTY{}.

\fi}

\begin{figure}[tbp]
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]  
{\if\edition\racketEd    
\begin{lstlisting}
(define (map_inplace [f : (Any -> Any)] [v : (Vector Any Any)]) : Void
   (begin 
      (vector-set! v 0 (f (vector-ref v 0)))
      (vector-set! v 1 (f (vector-ref v 1)))))
  
(define (inc [x : Any]) : Any
   (inject (+ (project x Integer) 1) Integer))

(let ([v (vector 0 41)])
   (begin 
      (map_inplace inc (vector-proxy v
                           (raw-vector (lambda: ([x9 : Integer]) : Any
                                          (inject x9 Integer))
                                        (lambda: ([x9 : Integer]) : Any
                                          (inject x9 Integer)))
                           (raw-vector (lambda: ([x9 : Any]) : Integer
                                          (project x9 Integer))
                                       (lambda: ([x9 : Any]) : Integer
                                          (project x9 Integer)))))
      (vector-ref v 1)))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}[basicstyle=\ttfamily\footnotesize]
def map_inplace(f : Callable[[int], int], v : list[Any]) -> void:
  i = 0
  while i != array_len(v):
    array_store(v, i, inject(f(project(array_load(v, i), int)), int))
    i = (i + 1)

def inc(x : int) -> int:
  return (x + 1)

def main() -> int:
  v = [0, 41]
  map_inplace(inc, array_proxy(v, list[int], list[Any]))
  print(array_load(v, 1))
  return 0
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
\end{tcolorbox}

\caption{Output of \code{lower\_casts} on the example shown in
  figure~\ref{fig:map-bang}.}
\label{fig:map-bang-lower-cast}
\end{figure}

A cast from one function type to another function type is accomplished
by generating a \code{lambda} whose parameter and return types match
the target function type. The body of the \code{lambda} should cast
the parameters from the target type to the source type. (Yes,
backward! Functions are contravariant\index{subject}{contravariant}
in the parameters.). Afterward, call the underlying function and then
cast the result from the source return type to the target return type.
Figure~\ref{fig:map-lower-cast} shows the output of the
\code{lower\_casts} pass on the \code{map} example give in
figure~\ref{fig:gradual-map}. Note that the \code{inc} argument in the
call to \code{map} is wrapped in a \code{lambda}.

\begin{figure}[tbp]
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]  
{\if\edition\racketEd    
\begin{lstlisting}
(define (map [f : (Integer -> Integer)]
                   [v : (Vector Integer Integer)])
                   : (Vector Integer Integer)
  (vector (f (vector-ref v 0)) (f (vector-ref v 1))))

(define (inc [x : Any]) : Any
  (inject (+ (project x Integer) 1) Integer))

(vector-ref (map (lambda: ([x9 : Integer]) : Integer
                        (project (inc (inject x9 Integer)) Integer))
                      (vector 0 41)) 1)
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}[basicstyle=\ttfamily\footnotesize]
def map(f : Callable[[int], int], v : tuple[int,int]) -> tuple[int,int]:
  return (f(v[0]), f(v[1]),)

def inc(x : any) -> any:
  return inject((project(x, int) + 1), int)

def main() -> int:
  t = map(lambda x: project(inc(inject(x, int)), int), (0, 41,))
  print(t[1])
  return 0
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
\end{tcolorbox}

\caption{Output of \code{lower\_casts} on the example shown in
  figure~\ref{fig:gradual-map}.}
\label{fig:map-lower-cast}
\end{figure}


\section{Differentiate Proxies}
\label{sec:differentiate-proxies}

So far, the responsibility of differentiating tuples and tuple proxies
has been the job of the interpreter.
%
\racket{For example, the interpreter for \LangCast{} implements
  \code{vector-ref} using the \code{guarded-vector-ref} function shown in
  figure~\ref{fig:guarded-tuple}.}
%
In the \code{differentiate\_proxies} pass we shift this responsibility
to the generated code.

We begin by designing the output language \LangPVec{}.  In \LangGrad{}
we used the type \TUPLETYPENAME{} for both
real tuples and tuple proxies.
\python{Similarly, we use the type \code{list} for both arrays and
array proxies.}
In \LangPVec{} we return the
\TUPLETYPENAME{} type to its original
meaning, as the type of just tuples, and we introduce a new type,
\PTUPLETYNAME{}, whose values
can be either real tuples or tuple
proxies.
%
{\if\edition\pythonEd
Likewise, we return the
\ARRAYTYPENAME{} type to its original
meaning, as the type of arrays, and we introduce a new type,
\PARRAYTYNAME{}, whose values
can be either arrays or array proxies.
These new types come with a suite of new primitive operations.
\fi}

{\if\edition\racketEd    
A tuple proxy is represented by a tuple containing three things: (1) the
underlying tuple, (2) a tuple of functions for casting elements that
are read from the tuple, and (3) a tuple of functions for casting
values to be written to the tuple. So, we define the following
abbreviation for the type of a tuple proxy:
\[
\itm{TupleProxy} (T\ldots \Rightarrow T'\ldots)
= (\ttm{Vector}~\PTUPLETY{T\ldots} ~R~ W) \to \PTUPLETY{T' \ldots})
\]
where $R = (\ttm{Vector}~(T\to T') \ldots)$ and
$W = (\ttm{Vector}~(T'\to T) \ldots)$.
%
Next we describe each of the new primitive operations.

\begin{description}
\item[\code{inject-vector} : (\key{Vector} $T \ldots$) $\to$
  (\key{PVector} $T \ldots$)]\ \\
%
  This operation brands a vector as a value of the \code{PVector} type.
\item[\code{inject-proxy} : $\itm{TupleProxy}(T\ldots \Rightarrow T'\ldots)$
  $\to$ (\key{PVector} $T' \ldots$)]\ \\
%
  This operation brands a vector proxy as value of the \code{PVector} type.
\item[\code{proxy?} : (\key{PVector} $T \ldots$) $\to$
  \BOOLTY{}] \ \\
%
  This returns true if the value is a tuple proxy and false if it is a
  real tuple.
\item[\code{project-vector} : (\key{PVector} $T \ldots$) $\to$
  (\key{Vector} $T \ldots$)]\ \\
%
  Assuming that the input is a tuple, this operation returns the
  tuple.
  
\item[\code{proxy-vector-length} : (\key{PVector} $T \ldots$)
  $\to$ \BOOLTY{}]\ \\
%
  Given a tuple proxy, this operation returns the length of the tuple.
  
\item[\code{proxy-vector-ref} : (\key{PVector} $T \ldots$)
  $\to$ ($i$ : \code{Integer}) $\to$ $T_i$]\ \\
%
  Given a tuple proxy, this operation returns the $i$th element of the
  tuple.
  
\item[\code{proxy-vector-set!} : (\key{PVector} $T \ldots$) $\to$ ($i$
  : \code{Integer}) $\to$ $T_i$ $\to$ \key{Void}]\ \\
  Given a tuple proxy, this operation writes a value to the $i$th element
  of the tuple.
\end{description}
\fi}

{\if\edition\pythonEd
%
A tuple proxy is represented by a tuple containing 1) the underlying
tuple and 2) a tuple of functions for casting elements that are read
from the tuple. The \LangPVec{} language includes the following AST
classes and primitive functions.

\begin{description}
\item[\code{InjectTuple}] \ \\
%
  This AST node brands a tuple as a value of the \PTUPLETYNAME{} type.
\item[\code{InjectTupleProxy}]\ \\
%
  This AST node brands a tuple proxy as value of the \PTUPLETYNAME{} type.
\item[\code{is\_tuple\_proxy}]\ \\
%
  This primitive returns true if the value is a tuple proxy and false
  if it is a tuple.
\item[\code{project\_tuple}]\ \\
%
  Converts a tuple that is branded as \PTUPLETYNAME{}
  back to a tuple.
  
\item[\code{proxy\_tuple\_len}]\ \\
%
  Given a tuple proxy, returns the length of the underlying tuple.
  
\item[\code{proxy\_tuple\_load}]\ \\
%
  Given a tuple proxy, returns the $i$th element of the underlying
  tuple.
  
\end{description}

An array proxy is represented by a tuple containing 1) the underlying
array, 2) a function for casting elements that are read from the
array, and 3) a function for casting elements that are written to the
array.  The \LangPVec{} language includes the following AST classes
and primitive functions.

\begin{description}
\item[\code{InjectList}]\ \\
  This AST node brands an array as a value of the \PARRAYTYNAME{} type.

\item[\code{InjectListProxy}]\ \\
%
  This AST node brands a array proxy as value of the \PARRAYTYNAME{} type.
\item[\code{is\_array\_proxy}]\ \\
%
  Returns true if the value is a array proxy and false if it is an
  array.
\item[\code{project\_array}]\ \\
%
  Converts an array that is branded as \PARRAYTYNAME{} back to an
  array.
  
\item[\code{proxy\_array\_len}]\ \\
%
  Given a array proxy, returns the length of the underlying array.
  
\item[\code{proxy\_array\_load}]\ \\
%
  Given a array proxy, returns the $i$th element of the underlying
  array.

\item[\code{proxy\_array\_store}]\ \\
%  
    Given an array proxy, writes a value to the $i$th element of the
    underlying array.
\end{description}

\fi}

Now we discuss the translation that differentiates tuples and arrays
from proxies. First, every type annotation in the program is
translated (recursively) to replace \TUPLETYPENAME{} with \PTUPLETYNAME{}.
Next, we insert uses of \PTUPLETYNAME{} operations in the appropriate
places. For example, we wrap every tuple creation with an
\racket{\code{inject-vector}}\python{\code{InjectTuple}}.
%
{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{minipage}{0.96\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}
(vector |$e_1 \ldots e_n$|)
|$\Rightarrow$|
(inject-vector (vector |$e'_1 \ldots e'_n$|))
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd    
\begin{lstlisting}
Tuple(|$e_1, \ldots, e_n$|)
|$\Rightarrow$|
InjectTuple(Tuple(|$e'_1, \ldots, e'_n$|))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}

The \racket{\code{raw-vector}}\python{\code{RawTuple}}
AST node that we introduced in the previous
section does not get injected.
{\if\edition\racketEd    
\begin{lstlisting}
(raw-vector |$e_1 \ldots e_n$|)
|$\Rightarrow$|
(vector |$e'_1 \ldots e'_n$|)
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd    
\begin{lstlisting}
RawTuple(|$e_1, \ldots, e_n$|)
|$\Rightarrow$|
Tuple(|$e'_1, \ldots, e'_n$|)
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}

The \racket{\code{vector-proxy}}\python{\code{TupleProxy}} AST
translates as follows:
%
{\if\edition\racketEd    
\begin{lstlisting}
(vector-proxy |$e_1~e_2~e_3$|)
|$\Rightarrow$|
(inject-proxy (vector |$e'_1~e'_2~e'_3$|))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
TupleProxy(|$e_1, e_2, T_1, T_2$|)
|$\Rightarrow$|
InjectTupleProxy(Tuple(|$e'_1,e'_2, T'_1, T'_2$|))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}

We translate the element access operations into conditional
expressions that check whether the value is a proxy and then dispatch
to either the appropriate proxy tuple operation or the regular tuple
operation.
{\if\edition\racketEd    
\begin{lstlisting}
(vector-ref |$e_1$| |$i$|)
|$\Rightarrow$|
(let ([|$v~e_1$|])
  (if (proxy? |$v$|)
    (proxy-vector-ref |$v$| |$i$|)
    (vector-ref (project-vector |$v$|) |$i$|)
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
%
Note that in the branch for a tuple, we must apply
\racket{\code{project-vector}}\python{\code{project\_tuple}} before reading
from the tuple.

The translation of array operations is similar to the ones for tuples.


\section{Reveal Casts}
\label{sec:reveal-casts-gradual}

{\if\edition\racketEd    
Recall that the \code{reveal\_casts} pass
(section~\ref{sec:reveal-casts-Lany}) is responsible for lowering
\code{Inject} and \code{Project} into lower-level operations.
%
In particular, \code{Project} turns into a conditional expression that
inspects the tag and retrieves the underlying value.  Here we need to
augment the translation of \code{Project} to handle the situation in which
the target type is \code{PVector}.  Instead of using
\code{vector-length} we need to use \code{proxy-vector-length}.
\begin{lstlisting}
(project |$e$| (PVector Any|$_1$| |$\ldots$| Any|$_n$|))
|$\Rightarrow$|
(let |$\itm{tmp}$| |$e'$|
   (if (eq? (tag-of-any |$\itm{tmp}$| 2))
      (let |$\itm{tup}$| (value-of |$\itm{tmp}$| (PVector Any |$\ldots$| Any))
        (if (eq? (proxy-vector-length |$\itm{tup}$|) |$n$|) |$\itm{tup}$| (exit)))
      (exit)))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
%
{\if\edition\pythonEd
Recall that the $\itm{tagof}$ function determines the bits used to
identify values of different types and it is used in the \code{reveal\_casts}
pass in the translation of \code{Project}. The \PTUPLETYNAME{} and
\PARRAYTYNAME{} types can be mapped to $010$ in binary ($2$ is
decimal), just like the tuple and array types.
\fi}  
%
Otherwise, the only other changes are adding cases that copy the new AST nodes.


\section{Closure Conversion}
\label{sec:closure-conversion-gradual}

The auxiliary function that translates type annotations needs to be
updated to handle the \PTUPLETYNAME{}
\racket{type}\python{and \PARRAYTYNAME{} types}.
%
Otherwise, the only other changes are adding cases that copy the new
AST nodes.

\section{Select Instructions}
\label{sec:select-instructions-gradual}

Recall that the \code{select\_instructions} pass is responsible for
lowering the primitive operations into x86 instructions.  So, we need
to translate the new operations on \PTUPLETYNAME{} \python{and \PARRAYTYNAME{}}
to x86.  To do so, the first question we need to answer is how to
differentiate between tuple and tuples proxies\python{, and likewise for
arrays and array proxies}.  We need just one bit to accomplish this;
we use the bit in position $63$ of the 64-bit tag at the front of
every tuple (see figure~\ref{fig:tuple-rep})\python{ or array
(section~\ref{sec:array-rep})}. So far, this bit has been set to $0$,
so for \racket{\code{inject-vector}}\python{\code{InjectTuple}} we leave
it that way.
{\if\edition\racketEd    
\begin{lstlisting}
(Assign |$\itm{lhs}$| (Prim 'inject-vector (list |$e_1$|)))
|$\Rightarrow$|  
movq |$e'_1$|, |$\itm{lhs'}$|
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd    
\begin{lstlisting}
Assign([|$\itm{lhs}$|], InjectTuple(|$e_1$|))
|$\Rightarrow$|  
movq |$e'_1$|, |$\itm{lhs'}$|
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
\python{The translation for \code{InjectList} is also a move instruction.}
\noindent On the other hand,
\racket{\code{inject-proxy}}\python{\code{InjectTupleProxy}} sets bit
$63$ to $1$.
%
{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{lstlisting}  
(Assign |$\itm{lhs}$| (Prim 'inject-proxy (list |$e_1$|)))
|$\Rightarrow$|  
movq |$e'_1$|, %r11
movq |$(1 << 63)$|, %rax
orq 0(%r11), %rax
movq %rax, 0(%r11)
movq %r11, |$\itm{lhs'}$|
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}  
Assign([|$\itm{lhs}$|], InjectTupleProxy(|$e_1$|))
|$\Rightarrow$|  
movq |$e'_1$|, %r11
movq |$(1 << 63)$|, %rax
orq 0(%r11), %rax
movq %rax, 0(%r11)
movq %r11, |$\itm{lhs'}$|
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
\python{\noindent The translation for \code{InjectListProxy} should set bit $63$
  of the tag and also bit $62$, to differentiate between arrays and tuples.}

The \racket{\code{proxy?} operation consumes}%
\python{\code{is\_tuple\_proxy} and \code{is\_array\_proxy} operations
  consume}
the information so carefully stashed away by the injections.  It
isolates bit $63$ to tell whether the value is a proxy.
%
{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{lstlisting}
(Assign |$\itm{lhs}$| (Prim 'proxy? (list |$e_1$|)))
|$\Rightarrow$|
movq |$e_1'$|, %r11
movq 0(%r11), %rax
sarq $63, %rax
andq $1, %rax
movq %rax, |$\itm{lhs'}$|
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}%
%
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
Assign([|$\itm{lhs}$|], Call(Name('is_tuple_proxy'), [|$e_1$|]))
|$\Rightarrow$|
movq |$e_1'$|, %r11
movq 0(%r11), %rax
sarq $63, %rax
andq $1, %rax
movq %rax, |$\itm{lhs'}$|
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}%
%
The \racket{\code{project-vector} operation is}
\python{\code{project\_tuple} and \code{project\_array} operations are}
straightforward to translate, so we leave that to the reader.

Regarding the element access operations for tuples\python{ and arrays}, the
runtime provides procedures that implement them (they are recursive
functions!), so here we simply need to translate these tuple
operations into the appropriate function call. For example, here is
the translation for
\racket{\code{proxy-vector-ref}}\python{\code{proxy\_tuple\_load}}.
{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{minipage}{0.96\textwidth}
\begin{lstlisting}
(Assign |$\itm{lhs}$| (Prim 'proxy-vector-ref (list |$e_1$| |$e_2$|)))
|$\Rightarrow$|
movq |$e_1'$|, %rdi
movq |$e_2'$|, %rsi
callq proxy_vector_ref
movq %rax, |$\itm{lhs'}$|
\end{lstlisting}
\end{minipage}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
Assign([|$\itm{lhs}$|], Call(Name('proxy_tuple_load'), [|$e_1$|, |$e_2$|]))
|$\Rightarrow$|
movq |$e_1'$|, %rdi
movq |$e_2'$|, %rsi
callq proxy_vector_ref
movq %rax, |$\itm{lhs'}$|
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}

{\if\edition\pythonEd
% TODO: revisit the names vecof for python -Jeremy  
We translate 
\code{proxy\_array\_load} to \code{proxy\_vecof\_ref},
\code{proxy\_array\_store} to \code{proxy\_vecof\_set}, and
\code{proxy\_array\_len} to \code{proxy\_vecof\_length}.
\fi}

We have another batch of operations to deal with: those for the
\CANYTY{} type. Recall that we generate an
\racket{\code{any-vector-ref}}\python{\code{any\_load\_unsafe}} when
there is a element access on something of type \CANYTY{}, and
similarly for
\racket{\code{any-vector-set!}}\python{\code{any\_store\_unsafe}} and
\racket{\code{any-vector-length}}\python{\code{any\_len}}. In
section~\ref{sec:select-Lany} we selected instructions for these
operations on the basis of the idea that the underlying value was a tuple or
array. But in the current setting, the underlying value is of type
\PTUPLETYNAME{}\python{ or \PARRAYTYNAME{}}.  We have added three runtime
functions to deal with this:
\code{proxy\_vector\_ref},
\code{proxy\_vector\_set}, and
\code{proxy\_vector\_length}, that inspect bit $62$ of the tag
to determine whether the value is a proxy, and then
dispatches to the the appropriate code.
%
So \racket{\code{any-vector-ref}}\python{\code{any\_load\_unsafe}}
can be translated as follows.
We begin by projecting the underlying value out of the tagged value and
then call the \code{proxy\_vector\_ref} procedure in the runtime.
{\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{lstlisting}
(Assign |$\itm{lhs}$| (Prim 'any-vec-ref (list |$e_1$| |$e_2$|)))
|$\Rightarrow$|
movq |$\neg 111$|, %rdi
andq |$e_1'$|, %rdi
movq |$e_2'$|, %rsi
callq proxy_vector_ref
movq %rax, |$\itm{lhs'}$|
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
Assign([|$\itm{lhs}$|], Call(Name('any_load_unsafe'), [|$e_1$|, |$e_2$|]))
|$\Rightarrow$|
movq |$\neg 111$|, %rdi
andq |$e_1'$|, %rdi
movq |$e_2'$|, %rsi
callq proxy_vector_ref
movq %rax, |$\itm{lhs'}$|
\end{lstlisting}
\fi}
\noindent The \racket{\code{any-vector-set!}}\python{\code{any\_store\_unsafe}}
and \racket{\code{any-vector-length}}\python{\code{any\_len}} operators 
are translated in a similar way. Alternatively, you could generate
instructions to open-code
the \code{proxy\_vector\_ref}, \code{proxy\_vector\_set},
and \code{proxy\_vector\_length} functions.

\begin{exercise}\normalfont\normalsize
  Implement a compiler for the gradually typed \LangGrad{} language by
  extending and adapting your compiler for \LangLam{}. Create ten new
  partially typed test programs. In addition to testing with these
  new programs, test your compiler on all the tests for \LangLam{}
  and for \LangDyn{}.
%
  \racket{Sometimes you may get a type checking error on the
    \LangDyn{} programs, but you can adapt them by inserting a cast to
    the \CANYTY{} type around each subexpression that has caused a type
    error. Although \LangDyn{} does not have explicit casts, you can
    induce one by wrapping the subexpression \code{e} with a call to
    an unannotated identity function, as follows: \code{((lambda (x) x) e)}.}
%
  \python{Sometimes you may get a type checking error on the
    \LangDyn{} programs but you can adapt them by inserting a
    temporary variable of type \CANYTY{} that is initialized with the
    troublesome expression.}
\end{exercise}

\begin{figure}[p]
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
{\if\edition\racketEd    
\begin{tikzpicture}[baseline=(current  bounding  box.center),scale=0.85]
\node (Lgradual) at (0,4)  {\large \LangGrad{}};
\node (Lgradual2) at (4,4)  {\large \LangCast{}};
\node (Lgradual3) at (8,4)  {\large \LangProxy{}};
\node (Lgradual4) at (12,4)  {\large \LangPVec{}};
\node (Lgradualr) at (12,2)  {\large \LangPVec{}};
\node (Lgradualp) at (8,2)  {\large \LangPVec{}};
\node (Llambdapp) at (4,2)  {\large \LangPVecFunRef{}};
\node (Llambdaproxy-4) at (0,2)  {\large \LangPVecFunRef{}};
\node (Llambdaproxy-5) at (0,0)  {\large \LangPVecFunRef{}};
%\node (F1-1) at (4,0)  {\large \LangPVecFunRef{}};
\node (F1-2) at (8,0)  {\large \LangPVecFunRef{}};
\node (F1-3) at (12,0)  {\large \LangPVecFunRef{}};
\node (F1-4) at (12,-2)  {\large \LangPVecAlloc{}};
\node (F1-5) at (8,-2)  {\large \LangPVecAlloc{}};
\node (F1-6) at (4,-2)  {\large \LangPVecAlloc{}};
\node (C3-2) at (0,-2)  {\large \LangCLoopPVec{}};

\node (x86-2) at (0,-4)  {\large \LangXIndCallVar{}};
\node (x86-2-1) at (0,-6)  {\large \LangXIndCallVar{}};
\node (x86-2-2) at (4,-6)  {\large \LangXIndCallVar{}};
\node (x86-3) at (4,-4)  {\large \LangXIndCallVar{}};
\node (x86-4) at (8,-4) {\large \LangXIndCall{}};
\node (x86-5) at (8,-6) {\large \LangXIndCall{}};


\path[->,bend left=15] (Lgradual) edge [above] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize cast\_insert} (Lgradual2);
\path[->,bend left=15] (Lgradual2) edge [above] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize lower\_casts} (Lgradual3);
\path[->,bend left=15] (Lgradual3) edge [above] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize differentiate\_proxies} (Lgradual4);
\path[->,bend left=15] (Lgradual4) edge [left] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize shrink} (Lgradualr);
\path[->,bend left=15] (Lgradualr) edge [above] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize uniquify} (Lgradualp);
\path[->,bend right=15] (Lgradualp) edge [above] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize reveal\_functions} (Llambdapp);
%% \path[->,bend left=15] (Llambdaproxy-4) edge [left] node
%%      {\ttfamily\footnotesize resolve} (Lgradualr);
\path[->,bend right=15] (Llambdapp) edge [above] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize reveal\_casts} (Llambdaproxy-4);
\path[->,bend right=15] (Llambdaproxy-4) edge [right] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize convert\_assignments} (Llambdaproxy-5);
\path[->,bend right=10] (Llambdaproxy-5) edge [above] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize convert\_to\_closures} (F1-2);
\path[->,bend left=15] (F1-2) edge [above] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize limit\_functions} (F1-3);
\path[->,bend left=15] (F1-3) edge [left] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize expose\_allocation} (F1-4);
\path[->,bend left=15] (F1-4) edge [below] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize uncover\_get!} (F1-5);
\path[->,bend right=15] (F1-5) edge [above] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize remove\_complex\_operands} (F1-6);
\path[->,bend right=15] (F1-6) edge [above] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize explicate\_control} (C3-2);
\path[->,bend right=15] (C3-2) edge [right] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize select\_instructions} (x86-2);
\path[->,bend right=15] (x86-2) edge [right] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize uncover\_live} (x86-2-1);
\path[->,bend right=15] (x86-2-1) edge [below] node 
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize build\_interference} (x86-2-2);
\path[->,bend right=15] (x86-2-2) edge [right] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize allocate\_registers} (x86-3);
\path[->,bend left=15] (x86-3) edge [above] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize patch\_instructions} (x86-4);
\path[->,bend left=15] (x86-4) edge [right] node {\ttfamily\footnotesize prelude\_and\_conclusion} (x86-5);
\end{tikzpicture}
\fi}
{\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{tikzpicture}[baseline=(current  bounding  box.center),scale=0.80]
\node (Lgradual) at (0,4)  {\large \LangGrad{}};
\node (Lgradual2) at (4,4)  {\large \LangGrad{}};
\node (Lgradual3) at (8,4)  {\large \LangCast{}};
\node (Lgradual4) at (12,4)  {\large \LangProxy{}};
\node (Lgradualr) at (12,2)  {\large \LangPVec{}};
\node (Lgradualp) at (8,2)  {\large \LangPVec{}};
\node (Llambdapp) at (4,2)  {\large \LangPVec{}};
\node (Llambdaproxy-4) at (0,2)  {\large \LangPVecFunRef{}};
\node (Llambdaproxy-5) at (0,0)  {\large \LangPVecFunRef{}};
\node (F1-1) at (4,0)  {\large \LangPVecFunRef{}};
\node (F1-2) at (8,0)  {\large \LangPVecFunRef{}};
\node (F1-3) at (12,0)  {\large \LangPVecFunRef{}};
\node (F1-5) at (8,-2)  {\large \LangPVecAlloc{}};
\node (F1-6) at (4,-2)  {\large \LangPVecAlloc{}};
\node (C3-2) at (0,-2)  {\large \LangCLoopPVec{}};

\node (x86-2) at (0,-4)  {\large \LangXIndCallVar{}};
\node (x86-3) at (4,-4)  {\large \LangXIndCallVar{}};
\node (x86-4) at (8,-4) {\large \LangXIndCall{}};
\node (x86-5) at (12,-4) {\large \LangXIndCall{}};

\path[->,bend left=15] (Lgradual) edge [above] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize shrink} (Lgradual2);
\path[->,bend left=15] (Lgradual2) edge [above] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize uniquify} (Lgradual3);
\path[->,bend left=15] (Lgradual3) edge [above] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize reveal\_functions} (Lgradual4);
\path[->,bend left=15] (Lgradual4) edge [left] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize resolve} (Lgradualr);
\path[->,bend left=15] (Lgradualr) edge [below] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize cast\_insert} (Lgradualp);
\path[->,bend right=15] (Lgradualp) edge [above] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize lower\_casts} (Llambdapp);
\path[->,bend right=15] (Llambdapp) edge [above] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize differentiate\_proxies} (Llambdaproxy-4);
\path[->,bend right=15] (Llambdaproxy-4) edge [right] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize reveal\_casts} (Llambdaproxy-5);
\path[->,bend right=15] (Llambdaproxy-5) edge [below] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize convert\_assignments} (F1-1);
\path[->,bend left=15] (F1-1) edge [above] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize convert\_to\_closures} (F1-2);
\path[->,bend left=15] (F1-2) edge [above] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize limit\_functions} (F1-3);
\path[->,bend left=15] (F1-3) edge [right] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize expose\_allocation} (F1-5);
\path[->,bend right=15] (F1-5) edge [above] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize remove\_complex\_operands} (F1-6);
\path[->,bend right=15] (F1-6) edge [above] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize explicate\_control} (C3-2);
\path[->,bend right=15] (C3-2) edge [right] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize select\_instructions} (x86-2);
\path[->,bend right=15] (x86-2) edge [below] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize assign\_homes} (x86-3);
\path[->,bend right=15] (x86-3) edge [below] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize patch\_instructions} (x86-4);
\path[->,bend left=15] (x86-4) edge [above] node {\ttfamily\footnotesize prelude\_and\_conclusion} (x86-5);
\end{tikzpicture}
\fi}
\end{tcolorbox}

\caption{Diagram of the passes for \LangGrad{} (gradual typing).}
\label{fig:Lgradual-passes}
\end{figure}

Figure~\ref{fig:Lgradual-passes} provides an overview of the passes
needed for the compilation of \LangGrad{}.

\section{Further Reading}

This chapter just scratches the surface of gradual typing.  The basic
approach described here is missing two key ingredients that one would
want in a implementation of gradual typing: blame
tracking~\citep{Tobin-Hochstadt:2006fk,Wadler:2009qv} and
space-efficient casts~\citep{Herman:2006uq,Herman:2010aa}.  The
problem addressed by blame tracking is that when a cast on a
higher-order value fails, it often does so at a point in the program
that is far removed from the original cast. Blame tracking is a
technique for propagating extra information through casts and proxies
so that when a cast fails, the error message can point back to the
original location of the cast in the source program.

The problem addressed by space-efficient casts also relates to
higher-order casts. It turns out that in partially typed programs, a
function or tuple can flow through a great many casts at runtime. With
the approach described in this chapter, each cast adds another
\code{lambda} wrapper or a tuple proxy. Not only does this take up
considerable space, but it also makes the function calls and tuple
operations slow.  For example, a partially typed version of quicksort
could, in the worst case, build a chain of proxies of length $O(n)$
around the tuple, changing the overall time complexity of the
algorithm from $O(n^2)$ to $O(n^3)$! \citet{Herman:2006uq} suggested a
solution to this problem by representing casts using the coercion
calculus of \citet{Henglein:1994nz}, which prevents the creation of
long chains of proxies by compressing them into a concise normal
form. \citet{Siek:2015ab} give an algorithm for compressing coercions,
and \citet{Kuhlenschmidt:2019aa} show how to implement these ideas in
the Grift compiler:
\begin{center}
  \url{https://github.com/Gradual-Typing/Grift}
\end{center}

There are also interesting interactions between gradual typing and
other language features, such as generics, information-flow types, and
type inference, to name a few. We recommend to the reader the
online gradual typing bibliography for more material:
\begin{center}
  \url{http://samth.github.io/gradual-typing-bib/}
\end{center}

% TODO: challenge problem:
%   type analysis and type specialization?
%   coercions?

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\chapter{Generics}
\label{ch:Lpoly}
\index{subject}{parametric polymorphism}
\index{subject}{generics}
\setcounter{footnote}{0}

This chapter studies the compilation of
generics\index{subject}{generics} (aka parametric
polymorphism\index{subject}{parametric polymorphism}), compiling the
\LangPoly{} subset of \racket{Typed Racket}\python{Python}.  Generics
enable programmers to make code more reusable by parameterizing
functions and data structures with respect to the types on which they
operate. For example, figure~\ref{fig:map-poly} revisits the
\code{map} example and this time gives it a more fitting type.  This
\code{map} function is parameterized with respect to the element type
of the tuple. The type of \code{map} is the following generic type
specified by the \code{All} type with parameter \code{T}:
\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{lstlisting}
  (All (T) ((T -> T) (Vector T T) -> (Vector T T)))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi
\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
  All[[T], Callable[[Callable[[T],T], tuple[T,T]], tuple[T,T]]]
\end{lstlisting}
\fi
%
The idea is that \code{map} can be used at \emph{all} choices of a
type for parameter \code{T}. In the example shown in
figure~\ref{fig:map-poly} we apply \code{map} to a tuple of integers,
implicitly choosing \racket{\code{Integer}}\python{\code{int}} for
\code{T}, but we could have just as well applied \code{map} to a tuple
of Booleans.
%
A \emph{monomorphic} function is simply one that is not generic.
%
We use the term \emph{instantiation} for the process (within the
language implementation) of turning a generic function into a
monomorphic one, where the type parameters have been replaced by
types.

\if\edition\pythonEd
%
In Python, when writing a generic function such as \code{map}, one
does not explicitly write down its generic type (using \code{All}).
Instead, the fact that it is generic is implied by the use of type
variables (such as \code{T}) in the type annotations of its
parameters.
%
\fi

\begin{figure}[tbp]
  % poly_test_2.rkt
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]  
\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{lstlisting}
(: map (All (T) ((T -> T) (Vector T T) -> (Vector T T))))
(define (map f v)
  (vector (f (vector-ref v 0)) (f (vector-ref v 1))))

(define (inc [x : Integer]) : Integer (+ x 1))

(vector-ref (map inc (vector 0 41)) 1)
\end{lstlisting}
\fi
\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
def map(f : Callable[[T],T], tup : tuple[T,T]) -> tuple[T,T]:
    return (f(tup[0]), f(tup[1]))

def add1(x : int) -> int:
    return x + 1

t = map(add1, (0, 41))
print(t[1])
\end{lstlisting}
\fi
\end{tcolorbox}

\caption{A generic version of the \code{map} function.}
\label{fig:map-poly}
\end{figure}

Figure~\ref{fig:Lpoly-concrete-syntax} presents the definition of the
concrete syntax of \LangPoly{}, and figure~\ref{fig:Lpoly-syntax}
shows the definition of the abstract syntax.
%
\if\edition\racketEd
We add a second form for function definitions in which a type
declaration comes before the \code{define}. In the abstract syntax,
the return type in the \code{Def} is \CANYTY{}, but that should be
ignored in favor of the return type in the type declaration.  (The
\CANYTY{} comes from using the same parser as discussed in
chapter~\ref{ch:Ldyn}.)  The presence of a type declaration
enables the use of an \code{All} type for a function, thereby making
it generic.
\fi
%
The grammar for types is extended to include the type of a generic
(\code{All}) and type variables\python{ (\code{GenericVar} in the
  abstract syntax)}.

\newcommand{\LpolyGrammarRacket}{
\begin{array}{lcl}
  \Type &::=& \LP\key{All}~\LP\Var\ldots\RP~ \Type\RP \MID \Var \\
  \Def &::=& \LP\key{:}~\Var~\Type\RP \\
    &&       \LP\key{define}~ \LP\Var ~ \Var\ldots\RP ~ \Exp\RP 
\end{array}
}

\newcommand{\LpolyASTRacket}{
\begin{array}{lcl}
  \Type &::=& \LP\key{All}~\LP\Var\ldots\RP~ \Type\RP \MID \Var \\
  \Def &::=& \DECL{\Var}{\Type} \\
   &&  \DEF{\Var}{\LP\Var \ldots\RP}{\key{'Any}}{\code{'()}}{\Exp}  
\end{array}
}  

\newcommand{\LpolyGrammarPython}{
\begin{array}{lcl}
  \Type &::=& \key{All}\LS \LS\Var\ldots\RS,\Type\RS \MID \Var 
\end{array}
}

\newcommand{\LpolyASTPython}{
\begin{array}{lcl}
  \Type &::=& \key{AllType}\LP\LS\Var\ldots\RS, \Type\RP
    \MID \key{GenericVar}\LP\Var\RP
\end{array}
}  


\begin{figure}[tp]
\centering
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
\footnotesize
\if\edition\racketEd
\[
\begin{array}{l}
  \gray{\LintGrammarRacket{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LvarGrammarRacket{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LifGrammarRacket{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LwhileGrammarRacket} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LtupGrammarRacket} \\   \hline
  \gray{\LfunGrammarRacket} \\   \hline
  \gray{\LlambdaGrammarRacket} \\ \hline
  \LpolyGrammarRacket \\
\begin{array}{lcl}
  \LangPoly{} &::=& \Def \ldots ~ \Exp
\end{array}
\end{array}
\]
\fi
\if\edition\pythonEd
\[
\begin{array}{l}
  \gray{\LintGrammarPython{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LvarGrammarPython{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LifGrammarPython{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LwhileGrammarPython} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LtupGrammarPython} \\   \hline
  \gray{\LfunGrammarPython} \\   \hline
  \gray{\LlambdaGrammarPython} \\\hline
  \LpolyGrammarPython \\
  \begin{array}{lcl}
    \LangPoly{} &::=& \Def\ldots \Stmt\ldots
  \end{array}
\end{array}
\]
\fi
\end{tcolorbox}

\caption{The concrete syntax of \LangPoly{}, extending \LangLam{}
    (figure~\ref{fig:Llam-concrete-syntax}).}
\label{fig:Lpoly-concrete-syntax}
\end{figure}

\begin{figure}[tp]
\centering
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
\footnotesize
\if\edition\racketEd
\[
\begin{array}{l}
  \gray{\LintOpAST} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LvarASTRacket{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LifASTRacket{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LwhileASTRacket{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LtupASTRacket{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LfunASTRacket} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LlambdaASTRacket} \\ \hline
  \LpolyASTRacket \\
\begin{array}{lcl}
  \LangPoly{} &::=& \PROGRAMDEFSEXP{\code{'()}}{\LP\Def\ldots\RP}{\Exp}
\end{array}
\end{array}
\]
\fi
\if\edition\pythonEd
\[
\begin{array}{l}
  \gray{\LintASTPython} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LvarASTPython{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LifASTPython{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LwhileASTPython{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LtupASTPython{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LfunASTPython} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LlambdaASTPython} \\ \hline
  \LpolyASTPython \\
  \begin{array}{lcl}
  \LangPoly{} &::=& \PROGRAM{}{\LS \Def \ldots \Stmt \ldots \RS}
  \end{array}
\end{array}
\]
\fi
\end{tcolorbox}

\caption{The abstract syntax of \LangPoly{}, extending \LangLam{}
    (figure~\ref{fig:Llam-syntax}).}
\label{fig:Lpoly-syntax}
\end{figure}

By including the \code{All} type in the $\Type$ nonterminal of the
grammar we choose to make generics first class, which has interesting
repercussions on the compiler.\footnote{The Python \code{typing} library does
not include syntax for the \code{All} type. It is inferred for functions whose
type annotations contain type variables.}  Many languages with generics, such as
C++~\citep{stroustrup88:_param_types} and Standard
ML~\citep{Milner:1990fk}, support only second-class generics, so it
may be helpful to see an example of first-class generics in action. In
figure~\ref{fig:apply-twice} we define a function \code{apply\_twice}
whose parameter is a generic function. Indeed, because the grammar for
$\Type$ includes the \code{All} type, a generic function may also be
returned from a function or stored inside a tuple. The body of
\code{apply\_twice} applies the generic function \code{f} to a Boolean
and also to an integer, which would not be possible if \code{f} were
not generic.

\begin{figure}[tbp]
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]  
\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{lstlisting}
(: apply_twice ((All (U) (U -> U)) -> Integer))
(define (apply_twice f)
  (if (f #t) (f 42) (f 777)))

(: id (All (T) (T -> T)))
(define (id x) x)

(apply_twice id)
\end{lstlisting}
\fi
\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
def apply_twice(f : All[[U], Callable[[U],U]]) -> int:
    if f(True):
        return f(42)
    else:
        return f(777)

def id(x: T) -> T:
    return x

print(apply_twice(id))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi
\end{tcolorbox}

\caption{An example illustrating first-class generics.}
\label{fig:apply-twice}
\end{figure}


The type checker for \LangPoly{} shown in
figure~\ref{fig:type-check-Lpoly} has several new responsibilities
(compared to \LangLam{}) which we discuss in the following paragraphs.

\if\edition\pythonEd
%
Regarding function definitions, if the type annotations on its
parameters contain generic variables, then the function is generic and
therefore its type is an \code{All} type wrapped around a function
type. Otherwise the function is monomorphic and its type is simply
a function type.
%
\fi

The type checking of a function application is extended to handle the
case in which the operator expression is a generic function. In that case
the type arguments are deduced by matching the type of the parameters
with the types of the arguments.
%
The \code{match\_types} auxiliary function
(figure~\ref{fig:type-check-Lpoly-aux}) carries out this deduction by
recursively descending through a parameter type \code{param\_ty} and
the corresponding argument type \code{arg\_ty}, making sure that they
are equal except when there is a type parameter in the parameter
type. Upon encountering a type parameter for the first time, the
algorithm deduces an association of the type parameter to the
corresponding part of the argument type. If it is not the first time
that the type parameter has been encountered, the algorithm looks up
its deduced type and makes sure that it is equal to the corresponding
part of the argument type.  The return type of the application is the
return type of the generic function with the type parameters
replaced by the deduced type arguments, using the
\code{substitute\_type} auxiliary function, which is also listed in
figure~\ref{fig:type-check-Lpoly-aux}.


The type checker extends type equality to handle the \code{All} type.
This is not quite as simple as for other types, such as function and
tuple types, because two \code{All} types can be syntactically
different even though they are equivalent. For example,
%
\racket{\code{(All (T) (T -> T))}}
\python{\code{All[[T], Callable[[T], T]]}}
is equivalent to
\racket{\code{(All (U) (U -> U))}}
\python{\code{All[[U], Callable[[U], U]]}}.
%
Two generic types should be considered equal if they differ only in
the choice of the names of the type parameters. The definition of type
equality shown in figure~\ref{fig:type-check-Lpoly-aux} renames the type
parameters in one type to match the type parameters of the other type.

\if\edition\racketEd
%
The type checker also ensures that only defined type variables appear
in type annotations. The \code{check\_well\_formed} function for which
the definition is shown in figure~\ref{fig:well-formed-types}
recursively inspects a type, making sure that each type variable has
been defined.
%
\fi


\begin{figure}[tbp]
  \begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
\if\edition\racketEd    
\begin{lstlisting}[basicstyle=\ttfamily\scriptsize]
(define type-check-poly-class
  (class type-check-Llambda-class
    (super-new)
    (inherit check-type-equal?)
  
    (define/override (type-check-apply env e1 es)
      (define-values (e^ ty) ((type-check-exp env) e1))
      (define-values (es^ ty*) (for/lists (es^ ty*) ([e (in-list es)])
                                ((type-check-exp env) e)))
      (match ty
        [`(,ty^* ... -> ,rt)
         (for ([arg-ty ty*] [param-ty ty^*])
           (check-type-equal? arg-ty param-ty (Apply e1 es)))
         (values e^ es^ rt)]
        [`(All ,xs (,tys ... -> ,rt))
         (define env^ (append (for/list ([x xs]) (cons x 'Type)) env))
         (define env^^ (for/fold ([env^^ env^]) ([arg-ty ty*] [param-ty tys])
                         (match_types env^^ param-ty arg-ty)))
         (define targs
           (for/list ([x xs])
             (match (dict-ref env^^ x (lambda () #f))
               [#f (error 'type-check "type variable ~a not deduced\nin ~v"
                          x (Apply e1 es))]
               [ty ty])))
         (values (Inst e^ ty targs) es^ (substitute_type env^^ rt))]
        [else (error 'type-check "expected a function, not ~a" ty)]))
    
    (define/override ((type-check-exp env) e)
      (match e
        [(Lambda `([,xs : ,Ts] ...) rT body)
         (for ([T Ts]) ((check_well_formed env) T))
         ((check_well_formed env) rT)
         ((super type-check-exp env) e)]
        [(HasType e1 ty)
         ((check_well_formed env) ty)
         ((super type-check-exp env) e)]
        [else ((super type-check-exp env) e)]))

    (define/override ((type-check-def env) d)
      (verbose 'type-check "poly/def" d)
      (match d
        [(Generic ts (Def f (and p:t* (list `[,xs : ,ps] ...)) rt info body))
         (define ts-env (for/list ([t ts]) (cons t 'Type)))
         (for ([p ps]) ((check_well_formed ts-env) p))
         ((check_well_formed ts-env) rt)
         (define new-env (append ts-env (map cons xs ps) env))
         (define-values (body^ ty^) ((type-check-exp new-env) body))
         (check-type-equal? ty^ rt body)
         (Generic ts (Def f p:t* rt info body^))]
        [else ((super type-check-def env) d)]))

    (define/override (type-check-program p)
      (match p
        [(Program info body)
         (type-check-program (ProgramDefsExp info '() body))]
        [(ProgramDefsExp info ds body)
         (define ds^ (combine-decls-defs ds))
         (define new-env (for/list ([d ds^])
                           (cons (def-name d) (fun-def-type d))))
         (define ds^^ (for/list ([d ds^]) ((type-check-def new-env) d)))
         (define-values (body^ ty) ((type-check-exp new-env) body))
         (check-type-equal? ty 'Integer body)
         (ProgramDefsExp info ds^^ body^)]))
  ))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi
\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}[basicstyle=\ttfamily\small]
def type_check_exp(self, e, env):
  match e:
    case Call(Name(f), args) if f in builtin_functions:
      return super().type_check_exp(e, env)      
    case Call(func, args):
      func_t = self.type_check_exp(func, env)
      func.has_type = func_t
      match func_t:
        case AllType(ps, FunctionType(p_tys, rt)):
          for arg in args:
              arg.has_type = self.type_check_exp(arg, env)
          arg_tys = [arg.has_type for arg in args]
          deduced = {}
          for (p, a) in zip(p_tys, arg_tys):
              self.match_types(p, a, deduced, e)
          return self.substitute_type(rt, deduced)
        case _:
          return super().type_check_exp(e, env)
    case _:
      return super().type_check_exp(e, env)

def type_check(self, p):
  match p:
    case Module(body):
      env = {}
      for s in body:
          match s:
            case FunctionDef(name, params, bod, dl, returns, comment):
              params_t = [t for (x,t) in params]
              ty_params = set()
              for t in params_t:
                ty_params |$\mid$|= self.generic_variables(t)
              ty = FunctionType(params_t, returns)
              if len(ty_params) > 0:
                  ty = AllType(list(ty_params), ty)
              env[name] = ty
      self.check_stmts(body, IntType(), env)
    case _:
      raise Exception('type_check: unexpected ' + repr(p))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi
\end{tcolorbox}

\caption{Type checker for the \LangPoly{} language.}
\label{fig:type-check-Lpoly}
\end{figure}

\begin{figure}[tbp]
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]  
\if\edition\racketEd    
\begin{lstlisting}[basicstyle=\ttfamily\scriptsize]
(define/override (type-equal? t1 t2)
  (match* (t1 t2)
    [(`(All ,xs ,T1) `(All ,ys ,T2))
     (define env (map cons xs ys))
     (type-equal? (substitute_type env T1) T2)]
    [(other wise)
     (super type-equal? t1 t2)]))

(define/public (match_types env pt at)
  (match* (pt at)
    [('Integer 'Integer) env] [('Boolean 'Boolean) env]
    [('Void 'Void) env] [('Any 'Any) env]
    [(`(Vector ,pts ...) `(Vector ,ats ...))
     (for/fold ([env^ env]) ([pt1 pts] [at1 ats])
       (match_types env^ pt1 at1))]
    [(`(,pts ... -> ,prt) `(,ats ... -> ,art))
     (define env^ (match_types env prt art))
     (for/fold ([env^^ env^]) ([pt1 pts] [at1 ats])
       (match_types env^^ pt1 at1))]
    [(`(All ,pxs ,pt1) `(All ,axs ,at1))
     (define env^ (append (map cons pxs axs) env))
     (match_types env^ pt1 at1)]
    [((? symbol? x) at)
     (match (dict-ref env x (lambda () #f))
       [#f (error 'type-check "undefined type variable ~a" x)]
       ['Type (cons (cons x at) env)]
       [t^ (check-type-equal? at t^ 'matching) env])]
    [(other wise) (error 'type-check "mismatch ~a != a" pt at)]))

(define/public (substitute_type env pt)
  (match pt
    ['Integer 'Integer] ['Boolean 'Boolean]
    ['Void 'Void] ['Any 'Any]
    [`(Vector ,ts ...)
     `(Vector ,@(for/list ([t ts]) (substitute_type env t)))]
    [`(,ts ... -> ,rt)
     `(,@(for/list ([t ts]) (substitute_type env t)) -> ,(substitute_type env rt))]
    [`(All ,xs ,t)
     `(All ,xs ,(substitute_type (append (map cons xs xs) env) t))]
    [(? symbol? x) (dict-ref env x)]
    [else (error 'type-check "expected a type not ~a" pt)]))

(define/public (combine-decls-defs ds)
  (match ds
    ['() '()]
    [`(,(Decl name type) . (,(Def f params _ info body) . ,ds^))
     (unless (equal? name f)
       (error 'type-check "name mismatch, ~a != ~a" name f))
     (match type
       [`(All ,xs (,ps ... -> ,rt))
        (define params^ (for/list ([x params] [T ps]) `[,x : ,T]))
        (cons (Generic xs (Def name params^ rt info body))
              (combine-decls-defs ds^))]
       [`(,ps ... -> ,rt)
        (define params^ (for/list ([x params] [T ps]) `[,x : ,T]))
        (cons (Def name params^ rt info body) (combine-decls-defs ds^))]
       [else (error 'type-check "expected a function type, not ~a" type) ])]
    [`(,(Def f params rt info body) . ,ds^)
     (cons (Def f params rt info body) (combine-decls-defs ds^))]))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi
\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}[basicstyle=\ttfamily\scriptsize]
def match_types(self, param_ty, arg_ty, deduced, e):
  match (param_ty, arg_ty):
    case (GenericVar(id), _):
      if id in deduced:
          self.check_type_equal(arg_ty, deduced[id], e)
      else:
          deduced[id] = arg_ty
    case (AllType(ps, ty), AllType(arg_ps, arg_ty)):
      rename = {ap:p for (ap,p) in zip(arg_ps, ps)}
      new_arg_ty = self.substitute_type(arg_ty, rename)
      self.match_types(ty, new_arg_ty, deduced, e)
    case (TupleType(ps), TupleType(ts)):
      for (p, a) in zip(ps, ts):
        self.match_types(p, a, deduced, e)
    case (ListType(p), ListType(a)):
      self.match_types(p, a, deduced, e)
    case (FunctionType(pps, prt), FunctionType(aps, art)):
      for (pp, ap) in zip(pps, aps):
          self.match_types(pp, ap, deduced, e)
      self.match_types(prt, art, deduced, e)
    case (IntType(), IntType()):
      pass
    case (BoolType(), BoolType()):
      pass
    case _:
      raise Exception('mismatch: ' + str(param_ty) + '\n!= ' + str(arg_ty))

def substitute_type(self, ty, var_map):
  match ty:
    case GenericVar(id):
      return var_map[id]
    case AllType(ps, ty):
      new_map = copy.deepcopy(var_map)
      for p in ps:
        new_map[p] = GenericVar(p)
      return AllType(ps, self.substitute_type(ty, new_map))
    case TupleType(ts):
      return TupleType([self.substitute_type(t, var_map) for t in ts])
    case ListType(ty):
      return ListType(self.substitute_type(ty, var_map))
    case FunctionType(pts, rt):
      return FunctionType([self.substitute_type(p, var_map) for p in pts],
                          self.substitute_type(rt, var_map))
    case IntType():
      return IntType()
    case BoolType():
      return BoolType()
    case _:
      raise Exception('substitute_type: unexpected ' + repr(ty))

def check_type_equal(self, t1, t2, e):
    match (t1, t2):
      case (AllType(ps1, ty1), AllType(ps2, ty2)):
        rename = {p2: GenericVar(p1) for (p1,p2) in zip(ps1,ps2)}
        return self.check_type_equal(ty1, self.substitute_type(ty2, rename), e)
      case (_, _):
        return super().check_type_equal(t1, t2, e)
\end{lstlisting}
\fi
\end{tcolorbox}

\caption{Auxiliary functions for type checking \LangPoly{}.}
\label{fig:type-check-Lpoly-aux}
\end{figure}


\if\edition\racketEd    
\begin{figure}[tbp]
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]  
\begin{lstlisting}
(define/public ((check_well_formed env) ty)
  (match ty
    ['Integer (void)]
    ['Boolean (void)]
    ['Void (void)]
    [(? symbol? a)
     (match (dict-ref env a (lambda () #f))
       ['Type (void)]
       [else (error 'type-check "undefined type variable ~a" a)])]
    [`(Vector ,ts ...)
     (for ([t ts]) ((check_well_formed env) t))]
    [`(,ts ... -> ,t)
     (for ([t ts]) ((check_well_formed env) t))
     ((check_well_formed env) t)]
    [`(All ,xs ,t)
     (define env^ (append (for/list ([x xs]) (cons x 'Type)) env))
     ((check_well_formed env^) t)]
    [else (error 'type-check "unrecognized type ~a" ty)]))
\end{lstlisting}
\end{tcolorbox}

\caption{Well-formed types.}
\label{fig:well-formed-types}
\end{figure}
\fi

% TODO: interpreter for R'_10
\clearpage

\section{Compiling Generics}
\label{sec:compiling-poly}

Broadly speaking, there are four approaches to compiling generics, as
follows:

\begin{description}
\item[Monomorphization] generates a different version of a generic
  function for each set of type arguments with which it is used,
  producing type-specialized code. This approach results in the most
  efficient code but requires whole-program compilation (no separate
  compilation) and may increase code size.  Unfortunately,
  monomorphization is incompatible with first-class generics, because
  it is not always possible to determine which generic functions are
  used with which type arguments during compilation. (It can be done
  at runtime, with just-in-time compilation.)  Monomorphization is
  used to compile C++ templates~\citep{stroustrup88:_param_types} and
  generic functions in NESL~\citep{Blelloch:1993aa} and
  ML~\citep{Weeks:2006aa}.
  
\item[Uniform representation] generates one version of each generic
  function and requires all values to have a common \emph{boxed} format,
  such as the tagged values of type \CANYTY{} in \LangAny{}. Both
  generic and monomorphic code is compiled similarly to code in a
  dynamically typed language (like \LangDyn{}), in which primitive
  operators require their arguments to be projected from \CANYTY{} and
  their results to be injected into \CANYTY{}.  (In object-oriented
  languages, the projection is accomplished via virtual method
  dispatch.) The uniform representation approach is compatible with
  separate compilation and with first-class generics.  However, it
  produces the least efficient code because it introduces overhead in
  the entire program. This approach is used in
  Java~\citep{Bracha:1998fk},
  CLU~\citep{liskov79:_clu_ref,Liskov:1993dk}, and some implementations
  of ML~\citep{Cardelli:1984aa,Appel:1987aa}.
  
\item[Mixed representation] generates one version of each generic
  function, using a boxed representation for type variables. However,
  monomorphic code is compiled as usual (as in \LangLam{}), and
  conversions are performed at the boundaries between monomorphic code
  and polymorphic code (e.g., when a generic function is instantiated
  and called). This approach is compatible with separate compilation
  and first-class generics and maintains efficiency in monomorphic
  code. The trade-off is increased overhead at the boundary between
  monomorphic and generic code.  This approach is used in
  implementations of ML~\citep{Leroy:1992qb} and Java, starting in
  Java 5 with the addition of autoboxing.
  
\item[Type passing] uses the unboxed representation in both
  monomorphic and generic code. Each generic function is compiled to a
  single function with extra parameters that describe the type
  arguments. The type information is used by the generated code to
  determine how to access the unboxed values at runtime. This approach is
  used in implementation of Napier88~\citep{Morrison:1991aa} and
  ML~\citep{Harper:1995um}.  Type passing is compatible with separate
  compilation and first-class generics and maintains the
  efficiency for monomorphic code. There is runtime overhead in
  polymorphic code from dispatching on type information.
\end{description}

In this chapter we use the mixed representation approach, partly
because of its favorable attributes and partly because it is
straightforward to implement using the tools that we have already
built to support gradual typing. The work of compiling generic
functions is performed in two passes, \code{resolve} and
\code{erase\_types}, that we discuss next. The output of
\code{erase\_types} is \LangCast{}
(section~\ref{sec:gradual-insert-casts}), so the rest of the
compilation is handled by the compiler of chapter~\ref{ch:Lgrad}.

\section{Resolve Instantiation}
\label{sec:generic-resolve}

Recall that the type checker for \LangPoly{} deduces the type
arguments at call sites to a generic function. The purpose of the
\code{resolve} pass is to turn this implicit instantiation into an
explicit one, by adding \code{inst} nodes to the syntax of the
intermediate language.  An \code{inst} node records the mapping of
type parameters to type arguments. The semantics of the \code{inst}
node is to instantiate the result of its first argument, a generic
function, to produce a monomorphic function. However, because the
interpreter never analyzes type annotations, instantiation can be a
no-op and simply return the generic function.
%
The output language of the \code{resolve} pass is \LangInst{},
for which the definition is shown in figure~\ref{fig:Lpoly-prime-syntax}.

\if\edition\racketEd    
The \code{resolve} pass combines the type declaration and polymorphic
function into a single definition, using the \code{Poly} form, to make
polymorphic functions more convenient to process in the next pass of the
compiler.
\fi

\newcommand{\LinstASTRacket}{
\begin{array}{lcl}
  \Type &::=& \LP\key{All}~\LP\Var\ldots\RP~ \Type\RP \MID \Var \\
  \Exp &::=& \INST{\Exp}{\Type}{\LP\Type\ldots\RP} \\
  \Def &::=& \gray{ \DEF{\Var}{\LP\LS\Var \key{:} \Type\RS \ldots\RP}{\Type}{\code{'()}}{\Exp} } \\
   &\MID& \LP\key{Poly}~\LP\Var\ldots\RP~ \DEF{\Var}{\LP\LS\Var \key{:} \Type\RS \ldots\RP}{\Type}{\code{'()}}{\Exp}\RP 
\end{array}
}  

\newcommand{\LinstASTPython}{
\begin{array}{lcl}
  \Type &::=& \key{AllType}\LP\LS\Var\ldots\RS, \Type\RP \MID \Var \\
  \Exp &::=& \INST{\Exp}{\LC\Var\key{:}\Type\ldots\RC} 
\end{array}
}

\begin{figure}[tp]
\centering
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]
\small
\if\edition\racketEd
\[
\begin{array}{l}
  \gray{\LintOpAST} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LvarASTRacket{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LifASTRacket{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LwhileASTRacket{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LtupASTRacket{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LfunASTRacket} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LlambdaASTRacket} \\ \hline
  \LinstASTRacket \\
\begin{array}{lcl}
  \LangInst{} &::=& \PROGRAMDEFSEXP{\code{'()}}{\LP\Def\ldots\RP}{\Exp}
\end{array}
\end{array}
\]
\fi
\if\edition\pythonEd
\[
\begin{array}{l}
  \gray{\LintASTPython} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LvarASTPython{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LifASTPython{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LwhileASTPython{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LtupASTPython{}} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LfunASTPython} \\ \hline
  \gray{\LlambdaASTPython} \\ \hline
  \LinstASTPython \\
  \begin{array}{lcl}
  \LangInst{} &::=& \PROGRAM{}{\LS \Def \ldots \Stmt \ldots \RS}
  \end{array}
\end{array}
\]
\fi
\end{tcolorbox}

\caption{The abstract syntax of \LangInst{}, extending \LangLam{}
    (figure~\ref{fig:Llam-syntax}).}
\label{fig:Lpoly-prime-syntax}
\end{figure}

The output of the \code{resolve} pass on the generic \code{map}
example is listed in figure~\ref{fig:map-resolve}. Note that the use
of \code{map} is wrapped in an \code{inst} node, with the parameter
\code{T} chosen to be \racket{\code{Integer}} \python{\code{int}}.

\begin{figure}[tbp]
  % poly_test_2.rkt
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]  
\if\edition\racketEd    
\begin{lstlisting}
(poly (T) (define (map [f : (T -> T)] [v : (Vector T T)]) : (Vector T T)
  (vector (f (vector-ref v 0)) (f (vector-ref v 1)))))

(define (inc [x : Integer]) : Integer (+ x 1))

(vector-ref ((inst map (All (T) ((T -> T) (Vector T T) -> (Vector T T)))
                           (Integer))
              inc (vector 0 41)) 1)
\end{lstlisting}
\fi
\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
def map(f : Callable[[T],T], tup : tuple[T,T]) -> tuple[T,T]:
    return (f(tup[0]), f(tup[1]))

def add1(x : int) -> int:
    return x + 1

t = inst(map, {T: int})(add1, (0, 41))
print(t[1])
\end{lstlisting}
\fi
\end{tcolorbox}
\caption{Output of the \code{resolve} pass on the \code{map} example.}
\label{fig:map-resolve}
\end{figure}

\section{Erase Generic Types}
\label{sec:erase_types}

We use the \CANYTY{} type presented in chapter~\ref{ch:Ldyn} to
represent type variables. For example, figure~\ref{fig:map-erase}
shows the output of the \code{erase\_types} pass on the generic
\code{map} (figure~\ref{fig:map-poly}). The occurrences of
type parameter \code{a} are replaced by \CANYTY{}, and the generic
\code{All} types are removed from the type of \code{map}. 

\begin{figure}[tbp]
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]  
\if\edition\racketEd    
\begin{lstlisting}
(define (map [f : (Any -> Any)] [v : (Vector Any Any)])
                   : (Vector Any Any)
  (vector (f (vector-ref v 0)) (f (vector-ref v 1))))

(define (inc [x : Integer]) : Integer (+ x 1))

(vector-ref ((cast map
                     ((Any -> Any) (Vector Any Any) -> (Vector Any Any))  
                     ((Integer -> Integer) (Vector Integer Integer)
                               -> (Vector Integer Integer)))
             inc (vector 0 41)) 1)
\end{lstlisting}
\fi
\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
def map(f : Callable[[Any],Any], tup : tuple[Any,Any])-> tuple[Any,Any]:
  return (f(tup[0]), f(tup[1]))

def add1(x : int) -> int:
  return (x + 1)

def main() -> int:
  t = cast(map, |$T_1$|, |$T_2$|)(add1, (0, 41))
  print(t[1])
  return 0
\end{lstlisting}
{\small
where\\
$T_1 = $ \code{Callable[[Callable[[Any], Any],tuple[Any,Any]], tuple[Any,Any]]}\\
$T_2 = $ \code{Callable[[Callable[[int], int],tuple[int,int]], tuple[int,int]]}
}
\fi
\end{tcolorbox}

\caption{The generic \code{map} example after type erasure.}
\label{fig:map-erase}
\end{figure}

This process of type erasure creates a challenge at points of
instantiation. For example, consider the instantiation of
\code{map} shown in figure~\ref{fig:map-resolve}.
The type of \code{map} is
%
\if\edition\racketEd    
\begin{lstlisting}
(All (T) ((T -> T) (Vector T T) -> (Vector T T)))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi
\if\edition\pythonEd    
\begin{lstlisting}
All[[T], Callable[[Callable[[T], T], tuple[T, T]], tuple[T, T]]]
\end{lstlisting}
\fi
%
and it is instantiated to 
%
\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{lstlisting}
((Integer -> Integer) (Vector Integer Integer)
   -> (Vector Integer Integer))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi
\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
Callable[[Callable[[int], int], tuple[int, int]], tuple[int, int]]
\end{lstlisting}
\fi
%
After erasure, the type of \code{map} is
%
\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{lstlisting}
((Any -> Any) (Vector Any Any) -> (Vector Any Any))
\end{lstlisting}
\fi
\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
Callable[[Callable[[Any], Any], tuple[Any, Any]], tuple[Any, Any]]
\end{lstlisting}
\fi
%
but we need to convert it to the instantiated type.  This is easy to
do in the language \LangCast{} with a single \code{cast}.  In the
example shown in figure~\ref{fig:map-erase}, the instantiation of
\code{map} has been compiled to a \code{cast} from the type of
\code{map} to the instantiated type. The source and the target type of a
cast must be consistent (figure~\ref{fig:consistent}), which indeed is
the case because both the source and target are obtained from the same
generic type of \code{map}, replacing the type parameters with
\CANYTY{} in the former and with the deduced type arguments in the
latter. (Recall that the \CANYTY{} type is consistent with any type.)

To implement the \code{erase\_types} pass, we first recommend defining
a recursive function that translates types, named
\code{erase\_type}. It replaces type variables with \CANYTY{} as
follows.
%
\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{lstlisting}
|$T$|
|$\Rightarrow$|
Any
\end{lstlisting}
\fi
\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
GenericVar(|$T$|)
|$\Rightarrow$|
Any
\end{lstlisting}
\fi
%
\noindent The \code{erase\_type} function also removes the generic
\code{All} types.
%
\if\edition\racketEd
\begin{lstlisting}
(All |$xs$| |$T_1$|)
|$\Rightarrow$|
|$T'_1$|
\end{lstlisting}
\fi
\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{lstlisting}
AllType(|$xs$|, |$T_1$|)
|$\Rightarrow$|
|$T'_1$|
\end{lstlisting}
\fi
where $T'_1$ is the result of applying \code{erase\_type} to $T_1$.
%
In this compiler pass, apply the \code{erase\_type} function to all 
the type annotations in the program.

Regarding the translation of expressions, the case for \code{Inst} is
the interesting one. We translate it into a \code{Cast}, as shown
next.
The type of the subexpression $e$ is a generic type of the form
\racket{$\LP\key{All}~\itm{xs}~T\RP$}
\python{$\key{AllType}\LP\itm{xs}, T\RP$}.  The source type of the
cast is the erasure of $T$, the type $T_s$.
%
\if\edition\racketEd
%
The target type $T_t$ is the result of substituting the argument types
$ts$ for the type parameters $xs$ in $T$ followed by doing type
erasure.
%
\begin{lstlisting}
(Inst |$e$| (All |$xs$| |$T$|) |$ts$|)
|$\Rightarrow$|
(Cast |$e'$| |$T_s$| |$T_t$|)
\end{lstlisting}
%
where $T_t = \LP\code{erase\_type}~\LP\code{substitute\_type}~s~T\RP\RP$,
and $s = \LP\code{map}~\code{cons}~xs~ts\RP$.
\fi
\if\edition\pythonEd
%
The target type $T_t$ is the result of substituting the deduced
argument types $d$ in $T$ followed by doing type erasure.
%
\begin{lstlisting}
Inst(|$e$|, |$d$|)
|$\Rightarrow$|
Cast(|$e'$|, |$T_s$|, |$T_t$|)
\end{lstlisting}
%
where
$T_t = \code{erase\_type}\LP\code{substitute\_type}\LP d, T\RP\RP$.
\fi

Finally, each generic function is translated to a regular
function in which type erasure has been applied to all the type
annotations and the body.
%% \begin{lstlisting}
%% (Poly |$ts$| (Def |$f$| ([|$x_1$| : |$T_1$|] |$\ldots$|) |$T_r$| |$\itm{info}$| |$e$|))
%% |$\Rightarrow$|          
%% (Def |$f$| ([|$x_1$| : |$T'_1$|] |$\ldots$|) |$T'_r$| |$\itm{info}$| |$e'$|)
%% \end{lstlisting}

\begin{exercise}\normalfont\normalsize
  Implement a compiler for the polymorphic language \LangPoly{} by
  extending and adapting your compiler for \LangGrad{}. Create six new
  test programs that use polymorphic functions. Some of them should
  make use of first-class generics.
\end{exercise}

\begin{figure}[tbp]
\begin{tcolorbox}[colback=white]  
\if\edition\racketEd    
\begin{tikzpicture}[baseline=(current  bounding  box.center),scale=0.85]
\node (Lpoly) at (0,4)  {\large \LangPoly{}};
\node (Lpolyp) at (4,4)  {\large \LangInst{}};
\node (Lgradualp) at (8,4)  {\large \LangCast{}};
\node (Llambdapp) at (12,4)  {\large \LangProxy{}};
\node (Llambdaproxy) at (12,2)  {\large \LangPVec{}};
\node (Llambdaproxy-2) at (8,2)  {\large \LangPVec{}};
\node (Llambdaproxy-3) at (4,2)  {\large \LangPVec{}};
\node (Llambdaproxy-4) at (0,2)  {\large \LangPVecFunRef{}};
\node (Llambdaproxy-5) at (0,0)  {\large \LangPVecFunRef{}};
\node (F1-1) at (4,0)  {\large \LangPVecFunRef{}};
\node (F1-2) at (8,0)  {\large \LangPVecFunRef{}};
\node (F1-3) at (12,0)  {\large \LangPVecFunRef{}};
\node (F1-4) at (12,-2)  {\large \LangPVecAlloc{}};
\node (F1-5) at (8,-2)  {\large \LangPVecAlloc{}};
\node (F1-6) at (4,-2)  {\large \LangPVecAlloc{}};
\node (C3-2) at (0,-2)  {\large \LangCLoopPVec{}};

\node (x86-2) at (0,-4)  {\large \LangXIndCallVar{}};
\node (x86-2-1) at (0,-6)  {\large \LangXIndCallVar{}};
\node (x86-2-2) at (4,-6)  {\large \LangXIndCallVar{}};
\node (x86-3) at (4,-4)  {\large \LangXIndCallVar{}};
\node (x86-4) at (8,-4) {\large \LangXIndCall{}};
\node (x86-5) at (8,-6) {\large \LangXIndCall{}};


\path[->,bend left=15] (Lpoly) edge [above] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize resolve} (Lpolyp);
\path[->,bend left=15] (Lpolyp) edge [above] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize erase\_types} (Lgradualp);
\path[->,bend left=15] (Lgradualp) edge [above] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize lower\_casts} (Llambdapp);
\path[->,bend left=15] (Llambdapp) edge [left] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize differentiate\_proxies} (Llambdaproxy);
\path[->,bend left=15] (Llambdaproxy) edge [below] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize shrink} (Llambdaproxy-2);
\path[->,bend right=15] (Llambdaproxy-2) edge [above] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize uniquify} (Llambdaproxy-3);
\path[->,bend right=15] (Llambdaproxy-3) edge [above] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize reveal\_functions} (Llambdaproxy-4);
\path[->,bend right=15] (Llambdaproxy-4) edge [right] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize reveal\_casts} (Llambdaproxy-5);
\path[->,bend right=15] (Llambdaproxy-5) edge [below] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize convert\_assignments} (F1-1);
\path[->,bend left=15] (F1-1) edge [above] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize convert\_to\_closures} (F1-2);
\path[->,bend left=15] (F1-2) edge [above] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize limit\_functions} (F1-3);
\path[->,bend left=15] (F1-3) edge [left] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize expose\_allocation} (F1-4);
\path[->,bend left=15] (F1-4) edge [below] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize uncover\_get!} (F1-5);
\path[->,bend right=15] (F1-5) edge [above] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize remove\_complex\_operands} (F1-6);
\path[->,bend right=15] (F1-6) edge [above] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize explicate\_control} (C3-2);
\path[->,bend right=15] (C3-2) edge [right] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize select\_instructions} (x86-2);
\path[->,bend right=15] (x86-2) edge [right] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize uncover\_live} (x86-2-1);
\path[->,bend right=15] (x86-2-1) edge [below] node 
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize build\_interference} (x86-2-2);
\path[->,bend right=15] (x86-2-2) edge [right] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize allocate\_registers} (x86-3);
\path[->,bend left=15] (x86-3) edge [above] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize patch\_instructions} (x86-4);
\path[->,bend left=15] (x86-4) edge [right] node {\ttfamily\footnotesize prelude\_and\_conclusion} (x86-5);
\end{tikzpicture}
\fi
\if\edition\pythonEd
\begin{tikzpicture}[baseline=(current  bounding  box.center),scale=0.85]
\node (Lgradual) at (0,4)  {\large \LangPoly{}};
\node (Lgradual2) at (4,4)  {\large \LangPoly{}};
\node (Lgradual3) at (8,4)  {\large \LangPoly{}};
\node (Lgradual4) at (12,4)  {\large \LangPoly{}};
\node (Lgradualr) at (12,2)  {\large \LangInst{}};
\node (Llambdapp) at (8,2)  {\large \LangCast{}};
\node (Llambdaproxy-4) at (4,2)  {\large \LangPVec{}};
\node (Llambdaproxy-5) at (0,2)  {\large \LangPVec{}};
\node (F1-1) at (0,0)  {\large \LangPVec{}};
\node (F1-2) at (4,0)  {\large \LangPVec{}};
\node (F1-3) at (8,0)  {\large \LangPVec{}};
\node (F1-5) at (12,0)  {\large \LangPVecAlloc{}};
\node (F1-6) at (12,-2)  {\large \LangPVecAlloc{}};
\node (C3-2) at (0,-2)  {\large \LangCLoopPVec{}};

\node (x86-2) at (0,-4)  {\large \LangXIndCallVar{}};
\node (x86-3) at (4,-4)  {\large \LangXIndCallVar{}};
\node (x86-4) at (8,-4) {\large \LangXIndCall{}};
\node (x86-5) at (12,-4) {\large \LangXIndCall{}};

\path[->,bend left=15] (Lgradual) edge [above] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize shrink} (Lgradual2);
\path[->,bend left=15] (Lgradual2) edge [above] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize uniquify} (Lgradual3);
\path[->,bend left=15] (Lgradual3) edge [above] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize reveal\_functions} (Lgradual4);
\path[->,bend left=15] (Lgradual4) edge [left] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize resolve} (Lgradualr);
\path[->,bend left=15] (Lgradualr) edge [below] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize erase\_types} (Llambdapp);
\path[->,bend right=15] (Llambdapp) edge [above] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize differentiate\_proxies} (Llambdaproxy-4);
\path[->,bend right=15] (Llambdaproxy-4) edge [above] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize reveal\_casts} (Llambdaproxy-5);
\path[->,bend right=15] (Llambdaproxy-5) edge [right] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize convert\_assignments} (F1-1);
\path[->,bend right=15] (F1-1) edge [below] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize convert\_to\_closures} (F1-2);
\path[->,bend right=15] (F1-2) edge [below] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize limit\_functions} (F1-3);
\path[->,bend left=15] (F1-3) edge [above] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize expose\_allocation} (F1-5);
\path[->,bend left=15] (F1-5) edge [left] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize remove\_complex\_operands} (F1-6);
\path[->,bend left=5] (F1-6) edge [below] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize explicate\_control} (C3-2);
\path[->,bend right=15] (C3-2) edge [right] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize select\_instructions} (x86-2);
\path[->,bend right=15] (x86-2) edge [below] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize assign\_homes} (x86-3);
\path[->,bend right=15] (x86-3) edge [below] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize patch\_instructions} (x86-4);
\path[->,bend left=15] (x86-4) edge [above] node
     {\ttfamily\footnotesize prelude\_and\_conclusion} (x86-5);
\end{tikzpicture}
\fi
\end{tcolorbox}

\caption{Diagram of the passes for \LangPoly{} (generics).}
\label{fig:Lpoly-passes}
\end{figure}

Figure~\ref{fig:Lpoly-passes} provides an overview of the passes
needed to compile \LangPoly{}.

% TODO: challenge problem: specialization of instantiations

% Further Reading

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\clearpage

\appendix

\chapter{Appendix}
\setcounter{footnote}{0}

\if\edition\racketEd

\section{Interpreters}
\label{appendix:interp}
\index{subject}{interpreter}

We provide interpreters for each of the source languages \LangInt{},
\LangVar{}, $\ldots$ in the files \code{interp-Lint.rkt},
\code{interp-Lvar.rkt}, and so on.  The interpreters for the
intermediate languages \LangCVar{} and \LangCIf{} are in
\code{interp-Cvar.rkt} and \code{interp-C1.rkt}.  The interpreters for
\LangCVec{}, \LangCFun{}, pseudo-x86, and x86 are in the
\key{interp.rkt} file.

\section{Utility Functions}
\label{appendix:utilities}

The utility functions described in this section are in the
\key{utilities.rkt} file of the support code.

\paragraph{\code{interp-tests}}

This function runs the compiler passes and the interpreters on each of
the specified tests to check whether each pass is correct. The
\key{interp-tests} function has the following parameters:
\begin{description}
\item[name (a string)] A name to identify the compiler,
\item[typechecker] A function of exactly one argument that either
  raises an error using the \code{error} function when it encounters a
  type error or returns \code{\#f} when it encounters a type
  error. If there is no type error, the type checker returns the
  program.

\item[passes] A list with one entry per pass.  An entry is a list
  consisting of four things:
  \begin{enumerate}
  \item a string giving the name of the pass;
  \item the function that implements the pass (a translator from AST
    to AST);
  \item a function that implements the interpreter (a function from
    AST to result value) for the output language; and,
  \item a type checker for the output language.  Type checkers for
    all the $\Lang{}$ and $\CLang{}$ languages are provided in the support code.
    For example, the type checkers for \LangVar{} and \LangCVar{} are in
    \code{type-check-Lvar.rkt} and \code{type-check-Cvar.rkt}. The
    type checker entry is optional.  The support code does not provide
    type checkers for the x86 languages.
  \end{enumerate}

\item[source-interp] An interpreter for the source language. The
  interpreters from appendix~\ref{appendix:interp} make a good choice.
  
\item[test-family (a string)] For example, \code{"var"}  or \code{"cond"}.
\item[tests] A list of test numbers that specifies which tests to
  run (explained next).
\end{description}
%
The \key{interp-tests} function assumes that the subdirectory
\key{tests} has a collection of Racket programs whose names all start
with the family name, followed by an underscore and then the test
number, and ending with the file extension \key{.rkt}. Also, for each test
program that calls \code{read} one or more times, there is a file with
the same name except that the file extension is \key{.in}, which
provides the input for the Racket program. If the test program is
expected to fail type checking, then there should be an empty file of
the same name with extension \key{.tyerr}.


\paragraph{\code{compiler-tests}}

This function runs the compiler passes to generate x86 (a \key{.s}
file) and then runs the GNU C compiler (gcc) to generate machine code.
It runs the machine code and checks that the output is $42$. The
parameters to the \code{compiler-tests} function are similar to those
of the \code{interp-tests} function, and they consist of
\begin{itemize}
\item a compiler name (a string),
\item a type checker,
\item description of the passes,
\item name of a test-family, and
\item a list of test numbers.
\end{itemize}


\paragraph{\code{compile-file}}

This function takes a description of the compiler passes (see the
comment for \key{interp-tests}) and returns a function that, given a
program file name (a string ending in \key{.rkt}), applies all the
passes and writes the output to a file whose name is the same as the
program file name with extension \key{.rkt} replaced by \key{.s}.


\paragraph{\code{read-program}}

This function takes a file path and parses that file (it must be a
Racket program) into an abstract syntax tree.

\paragraph{\code{parse-program}}

This function takes an S-expression representation of an abstract
syntax tree and converts it into the struct-based representation.

\paragraph{\code{assert}}

This function takes two parameters, a string (\code{msg}) and Boolean
(\code{bool}), and displays the message \key{msg} if the Boolean
\key{bool} is false.

\paragraph{\code{lookup}}

% remove discussion of lookup? -Jeremy
This function takes a key and an alist and returns the first value that is
associated with the given key, if there is one. If not, an error is
triggered.  The alist may contain both immutable pairs (built with
\key{cons}) and mutable pairs (built with \key{mcons}).

%The \key{map2} function ...

\fi %\racketEd

\section{x86 Instruction Set Quick Reference}
\label{sec:x86-quick-reference}
\index{subject}{x86}

Table~\ref{tab:x86-instr} lists some x86 instructions and what they
do. We write $A \to B$ to mean that the value of $A$ is written into
location $B$.  Address offsets are given in bytes. The instruction
arguments $A, B, C$ can be immediate constants (such as \code{\$4}),
registers (such as \code{\%rax}), or memory references (such as
\code{-4(\%ebp)}). Most x86 instructions allow at most one memory
reference per instruction.  Other operands must be immediates or
registers.

\begin{table}[tbp]
  \centering
\begin{tabular}{l|l}
\textbf{Instruction} & \textbf{Operation} \\ \hline
\texttt{addq} $A$, $B$ &  $A + B \to B$\\
\texttt{negq} $A$ & $- A \to A$ \\
\texttt{subq} $A$, $B$ &  $B - A \to B$\\
\texttt{imulq} $A$, $B$ &  $A \times B \to B$\\
\texttt{callq} $L$ & Pushes the return address and jumps to label $L$ \\
\texttt{callq} \texttt{*}$A$ & Calls the function at the address $A$. \\
%\texttt{leave} & $\texttt{ebp} \to \texttt{esp};$ \texttt{popl \%ebp} \\
\texttt{retq} & Pops the return address and jumps to it \\
\texttt{popq} $A$ & $*\mathtt{rsp} \to A; \mathtt{rsp} + 8 \to \mathtt{rsp}$ \\
\texttt{pushq} $A$ & $\texttt{rsp} - 8 \to \texttt{rsp}; A \to *\texttt{rsp}$\\
\texttt{leaq} $A$,$B$ & $A \to B$ ($B$ must be a register) \\
\texttt{cmpq} $A$, $B$ & Compare $A$ and $B$ and set the flag register ($B$ must not
   be an immediate) \\
\texttt{je} $L$ & \multirow{5}{3.7in}{Jump to label $L$ if the flag register
  matches the condition code of the instruction; otherwise go to the
  next instructions. The condition codes are \key{e} for \emph{equal},
  \key{l} for \emph{less}, \key{le} for \emph{less or equal}, \key{g}
  for \emph{greater}, and \key{ge} for \emph{greater or equal}.} \\
\texttt{jl} $L$ & \\
\texttt{jle} $L$ & \\
\texttt{jg} $L$ & \\
\texttt{jge} $L$ & \\
\texttt{jmp} $L$ & Jump to label $L$ \\
\texttt{movq} $A$, $B$ &  $A \to B$ \\
\texttt{movzbq} $A$, $B$ &
  \multirow{3}{3.7in}{$A \to B$, \text{where } $A$ is a single-byte register
  (e.g., \texttt{al} or \texttt{cl}), $B$ is an 8-byte register,
  and the extra bytes of $B$ are set to zero.} \\
 & \\
 & \\
\texttt{notq} $A$ & $\sim A \to A$ \qquad (bitwise complement)\\
\texttt{orq} $A$, $B$ & $A | B \to B$ \qquad (bitwise-or)\\
\texttt{andq} $A$, $B$ & $A \& B \to B$ \qquad (bitwise-and)\\
\texttt{salq} $A$, $B$ & $B$ \texttt{<<} $A \to B$ (arithmetic shift left, where $A$ is a constant)\\
\texttt{sarq} $A$, $B$ & $B$ \texttt{>>} $A \to B$ (arithmetic shift right, where $A$ is a constant)\\
\texttt{sete} $A$ & \multirow{5}{3.7in}{If the flag matches the condition code,
   then $1 \to A$; else $0 \to A$. Refer to \texttt{je} for the
   description of the condition codes. $A$ must be a single byte register
   (e.g., \texttt{al} or \texttt{cl}).} \\
\texttt{setl} $A$ & \\
\texttt{setle} $A$ & \\
\texttt{setg} $A$ & \\
\texttt{setge} $A$ &
\end{tabular}
\vspace{5pt}
  \caption{Quick reference for the x86 instructions used in this book.}
  \label{tab:x86-instr}
\end{table}

%% \if\edition\racketEd
%% \cleardoublepage
%% \section{Concrete Syntax for Intermediate Languages}

%% The concrete syntax of \LangAny{} is defined in
%% figure~\ref{fig:Lany-concrete-syntax}.

%% \begin{figure}[tp]
%% \centering
%% \fbox{
%% \begin{minipage}{0.97\textwidth}\small
%% \[
%% \begin{array}{lcl}
%%   \Type &::=& \gray{\key{Integer} \MID \key{Boolean}
%%      \MID \LP\key{Vector}\;\Type\ldots\RP \MID \key{Void}} \\
%%     &\MID& \gray{\LP\Type\ldots \; \key{->}\; \Type\RP} \MID \ANYTY{} \\
%% \FType &::=& \key{Integer} \MID \key{Boolean} \MID \key{Void} 
%%       \MID \LP\key{Vector}\; \ANYTY{}\ldots\RP \\
%%      &\MID& \LP\ANYTY{}\ldots \; \key{->}\; \ANYTY{}\RP\\
%% \Exp &::=& \ldots \CINJECT{\Exp}{\FType}\RP \MID \CPROJECT{\Exp}{\FType}\\
%%   &\MID& \LP\key{any-vector-length}\;\Exp\RP
%%    \MID \LP\key{any-vector-ref}\;\Exp\;\Exp\RP \\
%%   &\MID& \LP\key{any-vector-set!}\;\Exp\;\Exp\;\Exp\RP\\
%%   &\MID& \LP\key{boolean?}\;\Exp\RP \MID \LP\key{integer?}\;\Exp\RP
%%    \MID \LP\key{void?}\;\Exp\RP \\
%%   &\MID& \LP\key{vector?}\;\Exp\RP \MID \LP\key{procedure?}\;\Exp\RP \\
%%   \Def &::=& \gray{ \CDEF{\Var}{\LS\Var \key{:} \Type\RS\ldots}{\Type}{\Exp} } \\
%%   \LangAnyM{} &::=& \gray{\Def\ldots \; \Exp}
%% \end{array}
%% \]
%% \end{minipage}
%% }
%% \caption{The concrete syntax of \LangAny{}, extending \LangLam{}
%%   (figure~\ref{fig:Llam-syntax}).}
%% \label{fig:Lany-concrete-syntax}
%% \end{figure}

%% The concrete syntax for \LangCVar{}, \LangCIf{}, \LangCVec{} and
%% \LangCFun{} is defined in figures~\ref{fig:c0-concrete-syntax},
%% \ref{fig:c1-concrete-syntax}, \ref{fig:c2-concrete-syntax}, and
%% \ref{fig:c3-concrete-syntax}, respectively.


%% \begin{figure}[tbp]
%% \fbox{
%% \begin{minipage}{0.96\textwidth}
%% \small    
%% \[
%% \begin{array}{lcl}
%% \Atm &::=& \gray{ \Int \MID \Var \MID \itm{bool} } \\
%% \itm{cmp} &::= & \gray{ \key{eq?} \MID \key{<} } \\
%% \Exp &::=& \gray{ \Atm \MID \key{(read)} \MID \key{(-}~\Atm\key{)} \MID \key{(+}~\Atm~\Atm\key{)} } \\
%%   &\MID& \gray{ \LP \key{not}~\Atm \RP \MID \LP \itm{cmp}~\Atm~\Atm\RP } \\
%% &\MID& \LP \key{allocate}~\Int~\Type \RP \\
%%   &\MID& (\key{vector-ref}\;\Atm\;\Int) \MID (\key{vector-set!}\;\Atm\;\Int\;\Atm)\\
%%   &\MID& \LP \key{global-value}~\Var \RP \MID \LP \key{void} \RP \\
%% \Stmt &::=& \gray{ \Var~\key{=}~\Exp\key{;} } \MID \LP\key{collect}~\Int \RP\\
%% \Tail &::= & \gray{ \key{return}~\Exp\key{;} \MID \Stmt~\Tail } 
%%    \MID \gray{ \key{goto}~\itm{label}\key{;} }\\
%%    &\MID& \gray{ \key{if}~\LP \itm{cmp}~\Atm~\Atm \RP~ \key{goto}~\itm{label}\key{;} ~\key{else}~\key{goto}~\itm{label}\key{;} } \\
%% \LangCVecM{} & ::= & \gray{ (\itm{label}\key{:}~ \Tail)\ldots }
%% \end{array}
%% \]
%% \end{minipage}
%% }
%% \caption{The concrete syntax of the \LangCVec{} intermediate language.}
%% \label{fig:c2-concrete-syntax}
%% \end{figure}

%% \begin{figure}[tp]
%% \fbox{
%% \begin{minipage}{0.96\textwidth}
%% \small
%% \[
%% \begin{array}{lcl}
%% \Atm &::=& \gray{ \Int \MID \Var \MID \key{\#t} \MID \key{\#f} }
%%   \\
%% \itm{cmp} &::= & \gray{  \key{eq?} \MID \key{<} } \\
%% \Exp &::= & \gray{ \Atm \MID \LP\key{read}\RP \MID \LP\key{-}\;\Atm\RP \MID \LP\key{+} \; \Atm\;\Atm\RP
%%       \MID \LP\key{not}\;\Atm\RP \MID \LP\itm{cmp}\;\Atm\;\Atm\RP  } \\
%%    &\MID& \gray{  \LP\key{allocate}\,\Int\,\Type\RP
%%    \MID \LP\key{vector-ref}\, \Atm\, \Int\RP  } \\
%%    &\MID& \gray{  \LP\key{vector-set!}\,\Atm\,\Int\,\Atm\RP \MID \LP\key{global-value} \,\itm{name}\RP \MID \LP\key{void}\RP } \\
%%    &\MID& \LP\key{fun-ref}~\itm{label}~\Int\RP \MID \LP\key{call} \,\Atm\,\Atm\ldots\RP \\
%% \Stmt &::=& \gray{ \ASSIGN{\Var}{\Exp} \MID \RETURN{\Exp} 
%%        \MID \LP\key{collect} \,\itm{int}\RP }\\
%% \Tail &::= & \gray{\RETURN{\Exp} \MID \LP\key{seq}\;\Stmt\;\Tail\RP} \\
%%       &\MID& \gray{\LP\key{goto}\,\itm{label}\RP
%%        \MID \IF{\LP\itm{cmp}\, \Atm\,\Atm\RP}{\LP\key{goto}\,\itm{label}\RP}{\LP\key{goto}\,\itm{label}\RP}} \\
%%       &\MID& \LP\key{tail-call}\,\Atm\,\Atm\ldots\RP \\
%%   \Def &::=& \LP\key{define}\; \LP\itm{label} \; [\Var \key{:} \Type]\ldots\RP \key{:} \Type \; \LP\LP\itm{label}\,\key{.}\,\Tail\RP\ldots\RP\RP \\
%% \LangCFunM{} & ::= & \Def\ldots
%% \end{array}
%% \]
%% \end{minipage}
%% }
%% \caption{The \LangCFun{} language, extending \LangCVec{} (figure~\ref{fig:c2-concrete-syntax}) with functions.}
%% \label{fig:c3-concrete-syntax}
%% \end{figure}

%% \fi % racketEd

\backmatter
\addtocontents{toc}{\vspace{11pt}}

%% \addtocontents{toc}{\vspace{11pt}}


%% \nocite{*} is a way to get all the entries in the .bib file to print in the bibliography:
\nocite{*}\let\bibname\refname
\addcontentsline{toc}{fmbm}{\refname}
\printbibliography

%\printindex{authors}{Author Index}
\printindex{subject}{Index}



\end{document}


% LocalWords:  Nano Siek CC NC ISBN wonks wizardry Backus nanopasses
% LocalWords:  dataflow nx generics autoboxing Hulman Ch CO Dybvig aa
% LocalWords:  Abelson uq Felleisen Flatt Lutz vp vj Sweigart vn Matz
% LocalWords:  Matthes github gcc MacOS Chez Friedman's Dipanwita fk
% LocalWords:  Sarkar Dybvig's Abdulaziz Ghuloum bh IU Factora Bor qf
% LocalWords:  Cameron Kuhlenschmidt Vollmer Vitousek Yuh Nystrom AST
% LocalWords:  Tolmach Wollowski ASTs Aho ast struct int backquote op
% LocalWords:  args neg def init UnaryOp USub func BinOp Naur BNF rkt
% LocalWords:  fixnum datatype structure's arith exp stmt Num Expr tr
% LocalWords:  plt PSF ref CPython cpython reynolds interp cond fx pe
% LocalWords:  arg Hitchhiker's TODO nullary Lvar Lif cnd thn var sam
% LocalWords:  IfExp Bool InterpLvar InterpLif InterpRVar alist jane
% LocalWords:  basicstyle kate dict alists env stmts ss len lhs globl
% LocalWords:  rsp rbp rax rbx rcx rdx rsi rdi movq retq callq jmp es
% LocalWords:  pushq subq popq negq addq arity uniquify Cvar instr cg
% LocalWords:  Seq CProgram gensym lib Fprivate Flist tmp ANF Danvy
% LocalWords:  rco Flists py rhs unhandled cont immediates lstlisting
% LocalWords:  numberstyle Cormen sudoku Balakrishnan ve aka DSATUR
% LocalWords:  Brelaz eu Gebremedhin Omari deletekeywords min JGS wb
% LocalWords:  morekeywords fullflexible goto allocator tuples Wailes
% LocalWords:  Kernighan runtime Freiburg Thiemann Bloomington unary
% LocalWords:  eq prog rcl binaryop unaryop definitional Evaluator os
% LocalWords:  subexpression evaluator InterpLint lcl quadwords concl
% LocalWords:  nanopass subexpressions decompositions Lawall Hatcliff
% LocalWords:  subdirectory monadic Moggi mon utils macosx unix repr
% LocalWords:  Uncomment undirected vertices callee Liveness liveness
% LocalWords:  frozenset unordered Appel Rosen pqueue cmp Fortran vl
% LocalWords:  Horwitz Kempe colorable subgraph kx iteratively Matula
% LocalWords:  ys ly Palsberg si JoeQ cardinality Poletto Booleans hj
% LocalWords:  subscriptable MyPy Lehtosalo Listof Pairof indexable
% LocalWords:  bool boolop NotEq LtE GtE refactor els orelse BoolOp
% LocalWords:  boolean initializer param exprs TypeCheckLvar msg Tt
% LocalWords:  isinstance TypeCheckLif tyerr xorq bytereg al dh dl ne
% LocalWords:  le ge cmpq movzbq EFLAGS jle inlined setl je jl  Cif
% LocalWords:  lll pred IfStmt sete CFG tsort multigraph FunctionType
% LocalWords:  Wijngaarden Plotkin Logothetis PeytonJones SetBang Ph
% LocalWords:  WhileLoop unboxes Lwhile unbox InterpLwhile rhsT varT
% LocalWords:  Tbody TypeCheckLwhile acyclic mainstart mainconclusion
% LocalWords:  versa Kildall Kleene worklist enqueue dequeue deque tb
% LocalWords:  GetBang effectful SPERBER Lfun tuple implementer's tup
% LocalWords:  indices HasType Lvec InterpLtup tuple's vec ty Ungar
% LocalWords:  TypeCheckLtup Detlefs Tene FromSpace ToSpace Diwan ptr
% LocalWords:  Siebert TupleType endian salq sarq fromspace rootstack
% LocalWords:  uint th vecinit alloc GlobalValue andq bitwise ior elt
% LocalWords:  dereferencing StructDef Vectorof vectorof Lvecof Jacek
% LocalWords:  AllocateArray cheney tospace Dieckmann Shahriyar di xs
% LocalWords:  Shidal Osterlund Gamari lexically FunctionDef IntType
% LocalWords:  BoolType VoidType ProgramDefsExp vals params ps ds num
% LocalWords:  InterpLfun FunRef TypeCheckLfun leaq callee's mainDef
% LocalWords:  ProgramDefs TailCall tailjmp IndirectCallq TailJmp rT
% LocalWords:  prepending addstart addconclusion Cardelli Llambda typ
% LocalWords:  Llambda InterpLlambda AnnAssign Dunfield bodyT str fvs
% LocalWords:  TypeCheckLlambda annot dereference clos fvts closTy tg
% LocalWords:  Minamide AllocateClosure Gilray Milner morphos subtype
% LocalWords:  polymorphism untyped AnyType dataclass untag Ldyn conc
% LocalWords:  lookup InterpLdyn elif tagof Lany TypeCheckLany tv orq
% LocalWords:  AnnLambda InterpLany ClosureTuple ValueOf TagOf imulq
% LocalWords:  untagged multi Tobin Hochstadt zr mn Gronski kd ret Tp
% LocalWords:  Tif src tgt Lcast wr contravariant PVector un Lgradual
% LocalWords:  Lgradualp Llambdapp Llambdaproxy Wadler qv quicksort
% LocalWords:  Henglein nz coercions Grift parametetric parameterized
% LocalWords:  parameterizing stroustrup subst tys targs decls defs
% LocalWords:  pts ats prt pxs axs Decl Monomorphization NESL CLU qb
% LocalWords:  monomorphization Blelloch monomorphic Bracha unboxed
% LocalWords:  instantiation Lpoly Lpolyp typechecker mcons ebp jge
% LocalWords:  notq setle setg setge uncredited LT Std groundbreaking
% LocalWords:  colback GitHub inputint nonatomic ea tcolorbox bassed
% LocalWords:  tikzpicture Chaitin's Belady's Cocke Freiburghouse Lt
% LocalWords:  lessthan lessthaneq greaterthan greaterthaneq Gt pt Te
% LocalWords:  ts escapechar Tc bl ch cl cc foo lt metavariables vars
% LocalWords:  trans naively IR rep assoc ListType TypeCheckLarray dz
% LocalWords:  Mult InterpLarray lst array's generation's Collins inc
% LocalWords:  Cutler Kelsey val rt bod conflates reg inlining lam AF
% LocalWords:  ASTPython body's bot todo rs ls TypeCheckLgrad ops ab
% LocalWords:  value's inplace anyfun anytup anylist ValueExp proxied
% LocalWords:  ProxiedTuple ProxiedList InterpLcast ListProxy vectof
% LocalWords:  TupleProxy RawTuple InjectTuple InjectTupleProxy vecof
% LocalWords:  InjectList InjectListProxy unannotated Lgradualr poly
% LocalWords:  GenericVar AllType Inst builtin ap pps aps pp deepcopy
% LocalWords:  liskov clu Liskov dk Napier um inst popl jg seq ith qy
% LocalWords:  racketEd subparts subpart nonterminal nonterminals Dyn
% LocalWords:  pseudocode underapproximation underapproximations LALR
% LocalWords:  semilattices overapproximate incrementing Earley docs
% LocalWords:  multilanguage Prelim shinan DeRemer lexer Lesk LPAR cb
% LocalWords:  RPAR abcbab abc bzca usub paren expr lang WS Tomita qr
% LocalWords:  subparses